r15071 - htdocs/trunk/docs - commit the 2.0.1 gnucash-docs HTML results.
Derek Atkins
warlord at cvs.gnucash.org
Wed Nov 1 17:07:28 EST 2006
Author: warlord
Date: 2006-11-01 17:07:16 -0500 (Wed, 01 Nov 2006)
New Revision: 15071
Trac: http://svn.gnucash.org/trac/changeset/15071
Added:
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter10.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter13.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter14.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter8.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveAs.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/index.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/caution.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/important.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/note.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/tip.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/warning.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/account-options.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch05s01.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountReg_Screen.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountTree_Screen.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_AccntPeriod.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Accnts.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Business.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_DateTime.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Report_Screen.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/home.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/left.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/right.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/up.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/first-time.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/help.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/reports.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/caution.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/important.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/note.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/tip.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/warning.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/transactions.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tutorial.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/usage.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/what-is-gnucash.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/windows.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/home.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/left.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/right.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/up.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/caution.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/important.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/note.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/tip.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/warning.png
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/usage.html
Log:
commit the 2.0.1 gnucash-docs HTML results.
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts"><link rel="next" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_accts.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Accounts</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-types1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-concepts1"></a>3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts</h2></div></div><p>As we saw in the previous chapter, accounting is based on 5 basic
+ account types: <b>Assets</b>,
+ <b>Liabilities</b>, <b>Equity</b>,
+ <b>Income</b> and <b>Expenses</b>. We will now
+ expand on our understanding of these account types, and show how they are
+ represented in GnuCash. But first, let's divide them into 2 groups, the
+ balance sheet accounts and the income and expense accounts.</p><p>Lets have a quick look at the Accounting Equation (<b>Assets
+ - Liabilities = Equity + (Income - Expenses)</b>) again as a
+ reminder, before we go deeper into each account type.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="The basic accounts relationships"><div class="caption"><p>A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic
+ accounts. Net worth (equity) increases through income and decreases
+ through expenses. The arrows represent the movement of value.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-bsa2"></a>3.1.1. Balance Sheet Accounts</h3></div></div><p>The three so-called <b>Balance Sheet Accounts</b>
+ are <b>Assets</b>, <b>Liabilities</b>, and
+ <b>Equity</b>. Balance Sheet Accounts are used to track
+ the changes in value of things you own or owe.</p><p><b>Assets</b> is the group of things that you own.
+ Your assets could include a car, cash, a house, stocks, or anything else
+ that has convertible value. Convertible value means that theoretically
+ you could sell the item for cash.</p><p><b>Liabilities</b> is the group of things on which
+ you owe money. Your liabilities could include a car loan, a student
+ loan, a mortgage, your investment margin account, or anything else which
+ you must pay back at some time.</p><p><b>Equity</b> is the same as "net worth." It
+ represents what is left over after you subtract your liabilities from
+ your assets. It can be thought of as the portion of your assets that you
+ own outright, without any debt.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-ie2"></a>3.1.2. Income and Expense Accounts</h3></div></div><p>The two <b>Income and Expense Accounts</b> are used
+ to increase or decrease the value of your accounts. Thus, while the
+ balance sheet accounts simply <b>track</b> the value of
+ the things you own or owe, income and expense accounts allow you to
+ <b>change</b> the value of these accounts.</p><p><b>Income</b> is the payment you receive for your
+ time, services you provide, or the use of your money. When you receive a
+ paycheck, for example, that check is a payment for labor you provided to
+ an employer. Other examples of income include commissions, tips,
+ dividend income from stocks, and interest income from bank accounts.
+ Income will always increase the value of your Assets and thus your
+ Equity.</p><p><b>Expenses</b> refer to money you spend to purchase
+ goods or services provided by someone else. Examples of expenses are a
+ meal at a restaurant, rent, groceries, gas for your car, or tickets to
+ see a play. Expenses will always decrease your Equity. If you pay for
+ the expense immediately, you will decrease your Assets, whereas if you
+ pay for the expense on credit you increase your Liabilities.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_accts.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-types1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 3. Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.2. GnuCash Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.3. Putting It All Together</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts"><link rel="previous" href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts"><link rel="next" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.3. Putting It All Together</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-types1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Accounts</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_txns.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-examples1"></a>3.3. Putting It All Together</h2></div></div><p>Let's go through the process of building a common personal finance
+ <b>chart of accounts</b> using the information we have
+ learned from this chapter. A chart of accounts is simply a new GnuCash
+ file in which you groups your accounts to track your finances. In building
+ this chart of accounts, the first task is to divide the items you want to
+ track into the basic account types of accounting. This is fairly simple,
+ let's go through an example.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-situation2"></a>3.3.1. Simple Example</h3></div></div><p>Let us assume you have a checking and a savings account at a bank,
+ and are employed and thus receive a paycheck. You have a credit card
+ (Visa), and you pay monthly utilities in the form of rent, phone, and
+ electricity. Naturally, you also need to buy groceries. For now, we will
+ not worry about how much money you have in the bank, how much you owe on
+ the credit card, etc. We want to simply build the framework for this
+ chart of accounts.</p><p>Your <b>assets</b> would be the bank savings and
+ checking account. Your <b>liabilities</b> are the credit
+ card. Your <b>Equity</b> would be the starting values of
+ your bank accounts and credit card (we do not have those amounts yet,
+ but we know they exist). You have <b>income</b> in the
+ form of a salary, and <b>expenses</b> in the form of
+ groceries, rent, electricity, phone, and taxes (Federal, Social
+ Security, Medicare) on your salary. Simple, isn't it?</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-toplevel2"></a>3.3.2. The Basic Top Level Accounts</h3></div></div><p>Now, you must decide how you want to group these accounts. Most
+ likely, you want your assets groups together, your liabilities grouped
+ together, your Equity grouped together, your income grouped together,
+ and your expenses grouped together. This is the most common way of
+ building a GnuCash chart of accounts, and it is highly recommended that
+ you always begin this way.</p><p>Start with a clean GnuCash file (do not select any predefined
+ accounts) and build this basic starting account structure
+ (<b>File</b> -> <b>New
+ Account...</b>).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Account name <b>Assets</b> (account type
+ <b>Assets</b>, parent account <b>New top level
+ account</b>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png" alt="Creating an Assets account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the dialog to create an asset
+ <b>account</b></p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Account name <b>Liabilities</b> (account type
+ <b>Liabilities</b>, parent account <b>New top
+ level account</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Equity</b> (account type
+ <b>Equity</b>, parent account <b>New top level
+ account</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Income</b> (account type
+ <b>Income</b>, parent account <b>New top level
+ account</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Expenses</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account <b>New top
+ level account</b>)</p></li></ol></div><p>When you have created the top-level accounts, the main Account page
+ in GnuCash should look like below</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_toplevel.png" alt="The Basic Top-level Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the basic top-level accounts.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-examples-organization2"></a>3.3.3. Making Sub-Accounts</h3></div></div><p>You can now add to this basic top-level tree structure by inserting
+ some real transaction-holding sub-accounts. Notice that the tax accounts
+ are placed within a sub-account named "Taxes". You can make sub-accounts
+ within sub-accounts. This is typically done with a group of related
+ accounts (such as tax accounts in this example). <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Account name <b>Checking</b> (account type
+ <b>Bank</b>, parent account
+ <b>Asset</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Savings</b> (account type
+ <b>Bank</b>, parent account
+ <b>Asset</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Visa</b> (account type
+ <b>Credit Card</b>, parent account
+ <b>Liabilities</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Salary</b> (account type
+ <b>Income</b>, parent account
+ <b>Income</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Phone</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Electricity</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Rent</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Groceries</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Taxes</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Federal</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Social Security</b> (account
+ type <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Medicare</b> (account type
+ <b>Expenses</b>, parent account
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes</b>)</p></li><li><p>Account name <b>Opening Balance</b> (account
+ type <b>Equity</b>, parent account
+ <b>Equity</b>)</p></li></ol></div></p><p>After you have created these additional sub-accounts, the end
+ result should look like below</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_tree.png" alt="The Basic Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a simple chart of accounts.</p></div></div></div><p>Save this chart of accounts with the name
+ <tt>gcashdata_3</tt>, as well as <tt>gcashdata_3emptyAccts</tt>,
+ as we will continue to use them in the later chapters.</p><p>You have now created a chart of accounts to track a simple
+ household budget. With this basic framework in place, we can now begin
+ to populate the accounts with transactions. The next chapter will cover
+ this subject in greater detail.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-types1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_txns.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.2. GnuCash Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 4. Transactions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-examples1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.2. GnuCash Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts"><link rel="previous" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts"><link rel="next" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. Putting It All Together"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.2. GnuCash Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Accounts</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="accts-types1"></a>3.2. GnuCash Accounts</h2></div></div><p>This section will show how the GnuCash definition of an account fits
+ into the view of the 5 basic accounting types.</p><p>But first, let's begin with a definition of an
+ <b>account</b> in GnuCash. A GnuCash
+ <b>account</b> is an entity which contains other
+ sub-accounts, or that contains <b>transactions</b>. Since an
+ account can contain other accounts, you often see <b>account
+ trees</b> in GnuCash, in which logically associated accounts reside
+ within a common parent account.</p><p>A GnuCash account must have a unique name (that you assign) and one
+ of the predefined GnuCash "account types". There are a total of 12 account
+ types in GnuCash. These 12 account types are based on the 5 basic
+ accounting types, the reason there are more GnuCash account types than
+ basic accounting types is that this allows GnuCash to perform specialized
+ tracking and handling of certain accounts. There are 6 asset accounts
+ (<b>Cash</b>, <b>Bank</b>,
+ <b>Stock</b>, <b>Mutual Fund</b>,
+ <b>Accounts Receivable</b>, and <b>Asset</b>
+ ), 3 liability accounts (<b>Credit Card</b>,
+ <b>Accounts Payable</b>, and <b>Liability</b>,
+ ), 1 equity account (<b>Equity</b>), 1 income account
+ (<b>Income</b>), and 1 expense account
+ (<b>Expense</b>).</p><p>These GnuCash account types are presented in more detail
+ below.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-gc-bsa2"></a>3.2.1. Balance Sheet Accounts</h3></div></div><p>The first balance sheet account we will examine is
+ <b>Assets</b>, which, as you remember from the previous
+ section, refers to things you own.</p><p>To help you organize your asset accounts and to simplify
+ transaction entry, GnuCash supports several types of asset
+ accounts:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Cash</b> Use this account to track the money
+ you have on hand, in your wallet, in your piggy bank, under your
+ mattress, or wherever you choose to keep it handy. This is the most
+ <b>liquid</b>, or easily traded, type of asset.</p></li><li><p><b>Bank</b> This account is used to track your
+ cash balance that you keep in institutions such as banks, credit
+ unions, savings and loan, or brokerage firms - wherever someone else
+ safeguards your money. This is the second most
+ <b>liquid</b> type of account, because you can easily
+ convert it to cash on hand.</p></li><li><p><b>Stock</b> Track your individual stocks and
+ bonds using this type of account. The stock account's register
+ provides extra columns for entering number of shares and price of
+ your investment. With these types of assets, you may not be able to
+ easily convert them to cash unless you can find a buyer, and you are
+ not guaranteed to get the same amount of cash you paid for
+ them.</p></li><li><p><b>Mutual Fund</b> This is similar to the stock
+ account, except that it is used to track funds. Its account register
+ provides the same extra columns for entering share and price
+ information. Funds represent ownership shares of a variety of
+ investments, and like stocks they do not offer any guaranteed cash
+ value.</p></li><li><p><b>Accounts Receivable</b> (A/Receivable) This
+ is typically a business use only account in which you place
+ outstanding debts owed to you. It is considered an asset because you
+ should be able to count in these funds arriving.</p></li><li><p><b>Asset</b> For personal finances, use this
+ type of account to track "big-ticket" item purchases that
+ significantly impact your net worth. Generally, you can think of
+ these as things you insure, such as a house, vehicles, jewelry, and
+ other expensive belongings.</p></li></ol></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">For all GnuCash asset accounts, a <b>debit</b>
+ (left-column value entry) increases the account balance and a
+ <b>credit</b> (right-column value entry) decreases the
+ balance. (See note later in this chapter.)</p></td></tr></table></div><p>The second balance sheet account is
+ <b>Liabilities</b>, which as you recall, refers to what
+ you owe, money you have borrowed and are obligated to pay back some day.
+ These represent the rights of your lenders to obtain repayment from you.
+ Tracking the liability balances lets you know how much debt you have at
+ a given point in time.</p><p>GnuCash offers three liability account types:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Credit Card</b> Use this to track your credit
+ card receipts and reconcile your credit card statements. Credit
+ cards represent a short-term loan that you are obligated to repay to
+ the credit card company. This type of account can also be used for
+ other short-term loans such as a line of credit from your
+ bank.</p></li><li><p><b>Accounts Payable</b> (A/Payable) This is
+ typically a business use only account in which you place bills you
+ have yet to pay.</p></li><li><p><b>Liability</b> Use this type of account for
+ all other loans, generally larger long-term loans such as a mortgage
+ or vehicle loan. This account can help you keep track of how much
+ you owe and how much you have already repaid.</p></li></ol></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Liabilities in accounting act in an opposite manner from assets:
+ <b>credits</b> (right-column value entries) increase
+ liability account balances and <b>debits</b>
+ (left-column value entries) decrease them. (See note later in this
+ chapter)</p></td></tr></table></div><p>The final balance sheet account is <b>Equity</b>,
+ which is synonymous with "net worth". It represents what is left over
+ after you subtract your liabilities from your assets, so it is the
+ portion of your assets that you own outright, without any debt. In
+ GnuCash, use this type of account as the source of your opening bank
+ balances, because these balances represent your beginning net
+ worth.</p><p>There is only a single GnuCash equity account, called naturally
+ enough, <b>Equity</b>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In equity accounts, credits increase account balances and debits
+ decrease them. (See note later in this chapter)</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The accounting equation that links balance-sheet accounts is
+ Assets = Liabilities + Equity or rearranged Assets - Liabilities =
+ Equity. So, in common terms, the <b>things you own</b>
+ minus the <b>things you owe</b> equals your
+ <b>net worth</b>.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="accts-gc-ie2"></a>3.2.2. Income and Expense Accounts</h3></div></div><p><b>Income</b> is the payment you receive for your
+ time, services you provide, or the use of your money. In GnuCash, use an
+ <b>Income</b> type account to track these.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Credits increase income account balances and debits decrease
+ them. As described in <a href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Accounting Concepts">Accounting Concepts</a>,
+ credits represent money transferred
+ <b>from</b> an account. So in these special income
+ accounts, when you transfer money <b>from</b> (credit)
+ the income account to another account, the balance of the income
+ account <b>increases</b>. For example, when you deposit
+ a paycheck and record the transaction as a transfer from an income
+ account to a bank account, the balances of both accounts
+ increase.</p></td></tr></table></div><p><b>Expenses</b> refer to money you spend to purchase
+ goods or services provided by someone else. In GnuCash, use an
+ <b>Expense</b> type account to track your expenses.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Debits increase expense account balances and credits decrease
+ them. (See note later in this chapter.)</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">When you subtract total expenses from total income for a time
+ period, you get net income. This net income is then added to the
+ balance sheet as retained earnings, which is a type of
+ <b>Equity</b> account.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Below are the standard <b>Income</b> and
+ <b>Expense</b> accounts after selecting <b>Common
+ Accounts</b> in the Druid for creating a new Account Hierarchy
+ (<b>File -> New -> New Account Hierarchy</b>).</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png" alt="Default income accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the standard <b>income</b>
+ accounts</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png" alt="Some default expense accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows some standard <b>expense</b>
+ accounts</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">More on Debits and Credits</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Remember the terms debit and credit discussed in
+ <a href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Accounting Concepts">Accounting Concepts</a>?
+ Contrary to popular belief and even some dictionary definitions,
+ accounting debits and credits do not mean decrease and increase. The
+ only constant definition of debits and credits is that debits are
+ left-column entries and credits are right-column entries. In fact,
+ debits and credits each increase certain types of accounts and
+ decrease others. In asset and expense type accounts, debits increase
+ the balance and credits decrease the balance. In liability, equity and
+ income type accounts, credits increase the balance and debits decrease
+ the balance.</p><p xmlns="">For example, debits <b>increase</b> your bank
+ account balance and credits <b>decrease</b> your bank
+ account balance. Wait a minute, you might say, a
+ <b>debit</b> card <b>decreases</b> the
+ balance in my checking account, because I take money out of it. And
+ when the bank gives me money back on something, they
+ <b>credit</b> my account. So why is this reversed in
+ accounting?</p><p xmlns="">Banks report transactions from <b>their</b>
+ perspective, not yours. Their perspective is exactly opposite to
+ yours. To you, your bank account represents an asset, something you
+ own. To the bank, your bank account represents a loan, or liability,
+ because they owe you that money. As explained in this chapter, asset
+ and liability accounts are exact opposites in the way they behave. In
+ a liability account, debits <b>decrease</b> the balance
+ and credits <b>increase</b> the balance.</p><p xmlns="">When you take money out of your bank account, the balance in
+ your account decreases. To you, this is a decrease in an asset, so you
+ <b>credit</b> your bank account. To the bank, this is a
+ decrease in a liability, so they <b>debit</b> your bank
+ account.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-examples1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_accts.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.3. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/accts-types1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix A. Migration Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. Budget Reporting"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_reporting1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixa"></a>Appendix A. Migration Guide</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>A.1. <a href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Using Accounts vs. Categories</a></dt><dt>A.2. <a href="appendixa_qif1.html">Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)</a></dt><dt>A.3. <a href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</a></dt><dt>A.4. <a href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Checking QIF Data (Discussion)</a></dt><dt>A.5. <a href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Converting XML GnuCash File</a></dt></dl></div><p>
+This appendix is to help current users of other financial software packages in their migration to GnuCash. We address the conceptual differences between the layout of GnuCash accounts versus other software packages.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_reporting1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.3. Budget Reporting </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_qif1.html" title="A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_qif1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1"></a>A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories</h2></div></div><p>
+If you are familiar with other personal finance programs, you are already accustomed to tracking your income and expenses as categories. Since GnuCash is a double-entry system (refer to section 2.1), incomes and expenses are tracked in accounts. The basic concept is the same, but the account structure allows more consistency with accepted business practices. So, if you are a business user as well as a home user, GnuCash makes it easy to keep track of your business as well as your personal accounts.
+</p><p>
+Income and expense accounts give you the same information you would get with categories, but they also give you more flexibility in entering your transactions. In GnuCash, you have the option to enter transactions directly into income and expense accounts through their account registers. Other programs that use categories do not offer this option, because there is no “account register” for a category.
+</p><p>
+You also have the option in GnuCash to treat income and expense accounts exactly as you would treat categories, if you are more comfortable with that method. In Quicken® and similar programs, transactions require an account and a category. Substitute an income or expense account name in GnuCash where you would normally enter a category name in the other programs, and the result should be the same. We will discuss transaction entry in Chapter 4 in greater detail.
+</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_qif1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix A. Migration Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixa_qif1.html" title="A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html" title="A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_qif1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_entercharge1"></a>A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</h2></div></div><p>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_qif1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_entercharge1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html" title="A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_enterpay1"></a>A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion)</h2></div></div><p>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_enterpay1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html" title="A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories"><link rel="next" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html" title="A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_qif1"></a>A.2. Organization of QIF Files (Discussion)</h2></div></div><p>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_accts_vs_cats1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa_entercharge1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. Using Accounts vs. Categories </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. Common Duplication Issues (Discussion)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_qif1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html" title="A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion)"><link rel="next" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. Migration Guide</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixa_xmlconvert1"></a>A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File</h2></div></div><p>The Gnucash XML data file can be tranformed to almost any other data
+format (e.g., QIF, CSV...) quite easily if one is familiar with XSLT.
+The Gnucash data file is well-formed XML, and it can therefore be run
+through an XSLT parser with an associated stylesheet. This allows one
+to transform the file to just about any format that can be designed,
+given a properly written stylesheet.</p><p>A few steps need to be followed. The writing of a stylesheet is a task
+for a different time, but if you can get one written, here's what you
+need to do:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Copy the Gnucash to a working file. Modify the working file's
+<gnc-v2> tag to read something like what's below. Note that you can
+pretty much put anything you want in the '="..."' part; I used the URL
+because it's traditional (if such can be said about such a young
+technology!).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<gnc-v2 xmlns:cd="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cd"<br>
+ xmlns:book="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/book"<br>
+ xmlns:gnc="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/gnc"<br>
+ xmlns:cmdty="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cmdty"<br>
+ xmlns:trn="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/trn"<br>
+ xmlns:split="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/split"<br>
+ xmlns:act="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/act"<br>
+ xmlns:price="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/price"<br>
+ xmlns:ts="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/ts"<br>
+ xmlns:slot="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/kvpslot"<br>
+ xmlns:cust="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/cust"<br>
+ xmlns:entry="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/entry"<br>
+ xmlns:lot="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/lot"<br>
+ xmlns:invoice="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/invoice"<br>
+ xmlns:owner="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/owner"<br>
+ xmlns:job="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/job"<br>
+ xmlns:billterm="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/billterm"<br>
+ xmlns:bt-days="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/bt-days"<br>
+ xmlns:sx="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/sx"<br>
+ xmlns:fs="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/fs"<br>
+ xmlns:addr="http://www.gnucash.org/XML/custaddr"><br>
+ </p></div></li><li><p>Create an XSLT stylesheet containing the transformation your desire,
+or obtain one that's already written (AFAIK, there aren't any, but I'm
+working on a CSV one).</p></li><li><p>Install an XSLT processor such as Saxon
+(http://saxon.sourceforge.net/) or Xalan-J (http://xml.apache.org/).
+Any conforming processor will do, really...</p></li><li><p>Run the work file and the stylesheet through the processor according
+to the processor's instructions.</p></li><li><p>You will now have a file in the desired output format. An
+enterprising individual could go so far as to write a stylesheet to
+transform the Gnucash data file to an OpenOffice spreadsheet (or
+vice-versa, for that matter). Such things as QIF ought to be a little
+less work.</p></li></ol></div><p>Benefits are that you don't need to write a Scheme module or a new C
+routine to do this transformation. Anyone who knows or can learn XML
+and XSLT can perform this task. Not much harder, really, than writing a
+Web page....</p><p>Anyhow, I just wanted this tidbit to be captured somewhere permanently.
+I know the process works on 2.0.0 and CVS HEAD datafiles, and ought to
+work on earlier 1.8.x versions, too. Haven't mucked with 1.6.x in a
+while, but it *should* work there, too...</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_enterpay1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.4. Checking QIF Data (Discussion) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixa.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixa_xmlconvert1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html" title="A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Sources of Information"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixb"></a>Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>B.1. <a href="appendixb_info.html">Sources of Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>B.1.1. <a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_where">Q: Where's the FAQ?</a></dt><dt>B.1.2. <a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mail">Q: Are there mailing lists for GnuCash?</a></dt><dt>B.1.3. <a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_mailarchive">Q: Is there a searchable archive for the mailing lists?</a></dt><dt>B.1.4. <a href="appendixb_info.html#appendixb_info_other">Q: Are there other means of obtaining support for GnuCash?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>B.2. <a href="appendixb_general.html">General Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>B.2.1. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_windows">Q: Can I run GnuCash on Windows?</a></dt>!
<dt>B.2.
2. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_hard2compile">Q: I heard it is too hard to compile GnuCash!</a></dt><dt>B.2.3. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_batchmode">Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for GnuCash, for building reports, etc?</a></dt><dt>B.2.4. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_multuser">Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in GnuCash?</a></dt><dt>B.2.5. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_WhyC">Q: Why is GnuCash written in C?</a></dt><dt>B.2.6. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_rewrite">Q: Why don't you rewrite GnuCash in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?</a></dt><dt>B.2.7. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_general_newFeatures">Q: I really want feature XYZ but GnuCash doesn't have it. How do I get it added?</a></dt><dt>B.2.8. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_web">Q: Is there a web interface available for GnuCash?</a></dt><dt>B.2.9. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_security">Q: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.)</a></dt><dt>B.2.10. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_contribute">Q: How can I contribute to the GnuCash project?</a></dt><dt>B.2.11. <a href="appendixb_general.html#appendixb_software_bugs">Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>B.3. <a href="appendixb_using.html">Using GnuCash</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>B.3.1. <a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_moveAtoB">Q: How can I move the transactions from account A into account B, thus combining them?</a></dt><dt>B.3.2. <a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_merge2files">Q: Is it possible to merge two gnucash files?</a></dt><dt>B.3.3. <a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate">Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?</a></dt><dt>B.3.4. <a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_ListAll">Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I!
return
a list of everything?</a></dt><dt>B.3.5. <a href="appendixb_using.html#appendixb_using_Dates">Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>B.4. <a href="appendixb_accounting.html">Accounting</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>B.4.1. <a href="appendixb_accounting.html#appendixb_accounting_Taxes">Q: How do I treat taxes? As an account payable or as an expense?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This is a list of questions asked on the mailing lists for which there really is no section in the documentation covering the subject.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixa_xmlconvert1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_info.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. Converting XML GnuCash File </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.1. Sources of Information</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.4. Accounting</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="previous" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Using GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.4. Accounting</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_using.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_accounting"></a>B.4. Accounting</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_accounting_Taxes"></a>B.4.1. Q: How do I treat taxes? As an account payable or as an expense?</h3></div></div><p>A: This is a loaded question, and you should really talk to your accountant. How you treat taxes really depends on what kind of taxes they are, and how you WANT to treat them.. In some cases they are expenses, in some cases they are liabilities.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_using.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a acc!
esskey="
n" href="appendixc.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.3. Using GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_accounting.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.2. General Information</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="previous" href="appendixb_info.html" title="B.1. Sources of Information"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_using.html" title="B.3. Using GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.2. General Information</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_general"></a>B.2. General Information</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_windows"></a>B.2.1. Q: Can I run GnuCash on Windows?</h3></div></div><p>A: No, GnuCash is not developed on (or for) Windows.</p><p>If you must run GnuCash from a Windows machine, your best bet is to use VNC to run GnuCash remotely from a UNIX server. Another possibility would be to install VMWare (www.vmware.com) on your windows machine and run a copy of Linux within VMWare. We don't have many (any?) windows developers, so nobody is really working hard on a port to windows....</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_hard2compile"></a>B.2.2. Q: I heard it is too hard to compile GnuCash!</h3></div></div><p>A: This was probably t!
rue at t
he time when 1.6.0 was released. It is no longer true today, as almost every distribution ships with all the necessary libraries (except g-wrap, which means there is in fact "one" extra library to be installed before compiling GnuCash). However, by default, distributions won't install the development packages of the required libraries, so you might need to start your distribution's installer program and tell it to install not only the library packages but also the -devel packages. In general, it was noted that this problem concerns many applications in the gnome domain, and this also boils down to the fact that there is no such thing as "one monolithic gnome package".</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_batchmode"></a>B.2.3. Q: Is there a batch mode (non-interactive) available for GnuCash, for building reports, etc?</h3></div></div><p>A: No, for now GnuCash must be run interactively.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_multuser"></a>B.2.4. Q: Can multiple people access the same datafile in GnuCash?</h3></div></div><p>A: You can have multiple people with access to the same datafile, but they cannot use the data file simultaneously.</p><p>To setup multi-person access, all the people must have read/write access to the directory containing the file (to read the other's created files, and to create new files). One way to do this is by creating a user group and setting the data directory to be owned by the shared group and set to mode 2775. The '2' makes the directory setgid which copies the permissions to all files.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_WhyC"></a>B.2.5. Q: Why is GnuCash written in C?</h3></div></div><p>A: The core functionality of GnuCash is written in C, but do not forget that much of this can be accessed through Guile (scheme). There are a number of reasons for why GnuCash is written in C. The fir!
st is hi
storical, Gnucash was started in 1996 (or maybe even earlier!) and many of the OOP (C++, Java, Python) compilers were not yet mature and standarized enough on the variety of platforms considered at that time, so C was the only option at that time. A second reason is because the standard GUI GnuCash uses is GTK, which is written in C.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_rewrite"></a>B.2.6. Q: Why don't you rewrite GnuCash in programming language xyz so that I can contribute easily?</h3></div></div><p>A: The quick answer is "We won't". The longer answer is complex but still amounts to "We won't". GnuCash is a large body of code maintained by a small group of developers who are comfortable in C and Scheme (Guile). Actually, 80% of it is in C and approx. 13% is in Scheme/Lisp. There is no valid reason that would justify rewriting this amount of existing code in a newer language. Also, creating language bindings to recent languages such as Python or Ruby or (insert your favourite language here) is labor intensive, and we're already stretched pretty thin maintaining and developing the existing code.</p><p>Having said that, this is an open source project and you're free to do with it or contribute what you want. Just don't expect much support if the reason for your changes is that you're not willing to learn C or Scheme. Also, GnuCash used to have SWIG bindings (<a href="http://www.swig.org" target="_top">http://www.swig.org</a>) which have been used for some perl programming code. According to a list discussion, these SWIG bindings might still be a way to include other languages into GnuCash, but currently they are unused and unmaintained.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_general_newFeatures"></a>B.2.7. Q: I really want feature XYZ but GnuCash doesn't have it. How do I get it added?</h3></div></div><p>A: Ask nicely. :-) You can file an enhancement request at <a href="http://bugzilla.gno!
me.org/e
nter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Please bear in mind to describe your proposed enhancement as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about what your proposed new feature should do. If you want to speed up development significantly, consider donating some money as described on GnuCashDevelopment.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_web"></a>B.2.8. Q: Is there a web interface available for GnuCash?</h3></div></div><p>A: No</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_security"></a>B.2.9. Q: How can I provide security for GC data using CFS, etc.)</h3></div></div><p>A: Unanswered</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_contribute"></a>B.2.10. Q: How can I contribute to the GnuCash project?</h3></div></div><p>A: We're working on a more formal process, but for now you should subscribe to the mailing list at <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user" target="_top">http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user</a> and <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel" target="_top">http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel</a> and discuss what you can contribute with the participants on the lists. Please be aware that GnuCash is a large body of code written in C and Scheme (see the FAQ above, "Why is GnuCash written in C?" if you want to know why). If these are languages that you are not willing to work with, consider contributing in other ways.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_software_bugs"></a>B.2.11. Q: I think I found a bug. How do I report it?</h3></div></div><p>A: First of all, try to verify that it is indeed a bug and that it has not been reported b!
efore. S
earch the mail list archives (see FAQ above). Then search the <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">Gnome Bugzilla</a> database.</p><p>If you feel you have indeed found a bug, you can then report it at <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash</a>. Please bear in mind to report your bug as verbosely as possible. The trick here is to learn how to give the best information to the programmers about how to reproduce bugs. A Programmer will usually only be able to fix a bug they can see, if you can't make the programmer see your bug, it won't get fixed!</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_info.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.1. Sources of Information </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.3. Using GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_general.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.1. Sources of Information</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="previous" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. General Information"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.1. Sources of Information</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_general.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_info"></a>B.1. Sources of Information</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_where"></a>B.1.1. Q: Where's the FAQ?</h3></div></div><p>A: You're looking at it. The definitive copy can be found within the GnuCash Guide <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/docs/guide/" target="_top">http://www.gnucash.org/docs/guide/</a></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_mail"></a>B.1.2. Q: Are there mailing lists for GnuCash?</h3></div></div><p>A: Yes. Go to <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user" target="_top">http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user</a> and <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel" target="_top">http://www.gnucash!
.org/cgi
-bin/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-devel</a> to subscibe.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_mailarchive"></a>B.1.3. Q: Is there a searchable archive for the mailing lists?</h3></div></div><p>A: Yes, you can search the mail list archives at <a href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.gnucash.devel" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.gnucash.devel</a> and <a href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.gnucash.user" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.gnucash.user</a> (and <a href="http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.gnucash.german" target="_top">http://news.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnome.apps.gnucash.german</a> if you speak German).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_info_other"></a>B.1.4. Q: Are there other means of obtaining support for GnuCash?</h3></div></div><p>A: Yes. Many of the developers hang out on icq in the #gnucash discussion on irc.gnome.org. Also, there is a wiki online at <a href="http://gnomesupport.org/wiki/index.php/GnuCash" target="_top">http://gnomesupport.org/wiki/index.php/GnuCash</a>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_general.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.2. General Information</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_info.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>B.3. Using GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions"><link rel="previous" href="appendixb_general.html" title="B.2. General Information"><link rel="next" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Accounting"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">B.3. Using GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixb_using"></a>B.3. Using GnuCash</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_moveAtoB"></a>B.3.1. Q: How can I move the transactions from account A into account B, thus combining them?</h3></div></div><p>A: At present, Gnucash does not offer a way to move groups of splits from one account to another. You will need to move them one at a time. Open the register for account A and select the pulldown menu item <b>View -> Style -> Transaction Journal</b> to expose all the splits. For every split where the "Account" field shows account A reset it to account B. To do this quickly and safely, first use <b>CTRL-c</b> to copy the destination account name ("account B ") to the clipboard. Then highlight each reference to account A by double clicking on it and use <b>CTRL-v</b> to !
paste th
e destination account name. Pressing <b>Enter</b> after each paste silently moves the transaction out of the register.</p><p>Be careful! If you inadvertently set the "Account" field to an unintended location, you will need to search through all your accounts to find the lost transaction to correct your mistake.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_merge2files"></a>B.3.2. Q: Is it possible to merge two gnucash files?</h3></div></div><p>A: At present this is not possible.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_SaveAcctTemplate"></a>B.3.3. Q: How can I save a template of my account structure?</h3></div></div><p>A: This is available from the menu: <b>File</b> -> <b>Export</b> -> <b>Accounts</b></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_ListAll"></a>B.3.4. Q: When I search for customers (or anything else for that matter), how can I return a list of everything?</h3></div></div><p>A: Enter a search criteria of <b>matches regex</b>, and place a single dot "." in the text field area. Then, click Find. The regular expression "." means to match anything.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="appendixb_using_Dates"></a>B.3.5. Q: How can I record a transaction on different dates (actual date and bank date)?</h3></div></div><p>A: You record the transaction on the date you write the check or initiate the transaction. When it "clears" the bank, you can click in the "Reconciled" field to "clear" the transaction (change the "n"on-reconciled to "c"leared).</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_general.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="4!
0%" alig
n="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixb_accounting.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.2. General Information </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixb.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> B.4. Accounting</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixb_using.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixb_accounting.html" title="B.4. Accounting"><link rel="next" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_accounting.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc_vat1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="appendixc"></a>Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>C.1. <a href="appendixc_vat1.html">UK Vat</a></dt></dl></div><p>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixb_accounting.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixc_vat1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">B.4. Accounting </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> C.1. UK Vat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>C.1. UK Vat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees"><link rel="previous" href="appendixc.html" title="Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">C.1. UK Vat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="appendixc_vat1"></a>C.1. UK Vat</h2></div></div><p>
+Account types (only shown if different to parent type)
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>[E] Expense</p></li><li><p>[I] Income</p></li><li><p>[A] Asset</p></li><li><p>[L] Liability</p></li><li><p>[Q] Equity</p></li><li><p>[B] Bank accounts</p></li><li><p>[C] Credit Cards</p></li><li><p>[R] Accounts Receivable</p></li><li><p>[P] Accounts Payable</p></li></ul></div><p>(Box n) refers to VAT form box number (I actually have these as
+descriptions to the account to remind me)</p><p>Add all the (Box n -part) together to get the whole (Box n)
+The VAT shows you liability - if its negative they owe you.</p><p>Capital Equipment (Box 7 - part) and (Box 6 - part) is the value of all *additions* (purchases) made over the VAT return period - not the absolute value, nor the difference in value unless that difference is wholly due to new purchases. Depreciation, losses (e.g a write off of faulty item) and other reductions in capital value are not included. If you sell a capital item then that sale and its VAT is recorded under Income. The asset is 'converted to cash', so the 'net of VAT' increase in your bank account, when the invoice is payed, is matched by a decrease in capital.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Bank Accounts [B]<br>
+ |___ Main Account<br>
+ |___ Reserve Account<br>
+<br>
+Cash [A]<br>
+<br>
+Assets [A]<br>
+ |___ Capital Equipment (Box 7 - Part) - additions only, not absolute value<br>
+ | |___ Computers Can be depreciated to zero this year<br>
+ | |___ EEC reverse VAT purchase (Box 6 - Part) create sub-accounts if needed<br>
+ |___ Other<br>
+<br>
+Receivable [R] Customers to whom you give credit - (business section)<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+Cards [C]<br>
+ |___ Card 1<br>
+<br>
+Liabilities [L]<br>
+ |___ Owed Corp Tax<br>
+ |___ Owed Fees<br>
+ |___ Owed Tax / NI<br>
+ |___ Other<br>
+<br>
+VAT [L] Net (Box 5)<br>
+ |___ i/p [A] purchases (Box4)<br>
+ |___ o/p [L] (Box3)<br>
+ |___EEC on reverse VAT purchases (Box 2)<br>
+ |___Sales all including zero rate UK/ EEC and World (Box1)<br>
+<br>
+Payable [P] Suppliers who give you credit (business section)<br>
+<br>
+Equity [Q]<br>
+ |___ Corp Tax<br>
+ |___ Director's Loan<br>
+ |___ Dividends<br>
+ | |___ Director1<br>
+ | |___ Director2<br>
+ | |___ Shareholder 1<br>
+ |___ Grants (and stuff that does not count as income)<br>
+ |___Opening Balances<br>
+<br>
+Income [I] (Box 6 - part)<br>
+ |___ Interest<br>
+ |___ Misc<br>
+ | ___ Sales<br>
+ |___ EEC<br>
+ | |____ goods (Box 8) (sub accounts as needed)<br>
+ | |____ services includes software (sub accounts as needed)<br>
+ | ___ UK<br>
+ |____ World<br>
+<br>
+Expenses [E]<br>
+ |__Depreciation<br>
+ |__ Emoluments<br>
+ | |___ Directors Fees<br>
+ | |___ NI Employer<br>
+ | |___ Employee 1<br>
+ | |___NI<br>
+ | |___Net Salary<br>
+ | |___Stakeholder<br>
+ | |___Tax<br>
+ |___ Other Non VAT Expenses<br>
+ |___ VAT Purchases (Box 7 - part)<br>
+ |___ Accountancy<br>
+ |___ Bank Charges<br>
+ |___ Consumables<br>
+ |___ EEC reverse VAT purchases (Box 6 - Part)<br>
+ | |___ goods (Box 9) (sub accounts as needed)<br>
+ | |___ services includes software (sub accounts as needed)<br>
+ |___ Office<br>
+ |___ Phone and Internet<br>
+ |___ Software<br>
+ |___ Subscriptions<br>
+ |___ Sundry<br>
+ |___ Travel / Accom <br>
+<br>
+</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix C. Contributed Account Trees </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="appendixc.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/appendixc_vat1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Accounting Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="next" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Data Entry Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Accounting Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_basics.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-accounting1"></a>2.1. Accounting Concepts</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash is easy enough to use that you do not have to have a
+ complete understanding of accounting principles to find it useful.
+ However, you will find that some basic accounting knowledge will prove to
+ be invaluable as GnuCash was designed using these principles as a
+ template. It is highly recommended that you understand this section of the
+ guide before proceeding.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounting52"></a>2.1.1. The 5 Basic Accounts</h3></div></div><p>Basic accounting rules group all finance related things into 5
+ fundamental types of “accounts”. That is, everything that
+ accounting deals with can be placed into one of these 5 accounts:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Assets</b> - things you own.</p></li><li><p><b>Liabilities</b> - things you owe.</p></li><li><p><b>Equity</b> - overall net worth.</p></li><li><p><b>Income</b> - increases the value of your
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Expenses</b> - decreases the value of your
+ accounts.</p></li></ul></div><p>It is clear that it is possible to categorize your financial world
+ into these 5 groups. For example, the cash in your bank account is an
+ asset, your mortgage is a liability, your paycheck is income, and the
+ cost of dinner last night is an expense.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingequation2"></a>2.1.2. The Accounting Equation</h3></div></div><p>With the 5 basic accounts defined, what is the relationship
+ between them? How does one type of account affect the others? Firstly,
+ equity is defined by assets and liability. That is, your net worth is
+ calculated by subtracting your liabilities from your assets:</p><p><b>Assets - Liabilities = Equity</b></p><p>Furthermore, you can increase your equity through income, and
+ decrease equity through expenses. This makes sense of course, when you
+ receive a paycheck you become "richer" and when you pay for dinner you
+ become "poorer". This is expressed mathematically in what is known as
+ the Accounting Equation:</p><p><b>Assets - Liabilities = Equity + (Income -
+ Expenses)</b></p><p>This equation must always be balanced, a condition that can only
+ be satisfied if you enter values to multiple accounts. For example: if
+ you receive money in the form of income you must see an equal increase
+ in your assets. As another example, you could have an increase in assets
+ if you have a parallel increase in liabilities.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png" alt="The basic accounts relationships"><div class="caption"><p>A graphical view of the relationship between the 5 basic
+ accounts. Net worth (equity) increases through income and
+ decreases through expenses. The arrows represent the movement of
+ value.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingdouble2"></a>2.1.3. Double Entry</h3></div></div><p>The accounting equation is the very heart of a double entry
+ accounting system. For every change in value of one account in the
+ Accounting Equation, there must be a balancing change in another. This
+ concept is known as the <b>Principle of Balance</b>, and
+ is of fundamental importance for understanding GnuCash and other double
+ entry accounting systems. When you work with GnuCash, you will always be
+ concerned with at least 2 accounts, to keep the Accounting Equation
+ balanced.</p><p>Double entry accounting serves two purposes. The first is to
+ create an accounting trail, money always has to come from somewhere and
+ go to somewhere. Additionally, double entry accounting historically
+ served to double check the math of an accountant. Because the numbers
+ are entered into multiple accounts simultaneously, there are multiple
+ places to check to make sure the totals match. Of course, with the
+ advent of computers, the chances of a mathematical problem are low, but
+ it is good to know that the concept still exists!</p><p>Double entry accounting has been around since the late 15th
+ century, when it was described by an Italian friar, Luca Pacioli.
+ Traditional double entry accounting involves recording each transaction
+ in a book called a ledger, then copying each part of the transaction to
+ separate books called journals. This method is still used in businesses
+ today as a way to avoid entry errors and to track the source of those
+ errors. GnuCash simplifies this traditional accounting by copying part
+ of each transaction for you, so it may not catch some of the entry
+ errors that would show up in traditional accounting. But it will flag
+ transactions that are not balanced, and it will let you know when an
+ account name is missing.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Calling this double-entry bookkeeping is a bit misleading; it
+ would be somewhat more accurate to call it multiple- entry
+ bookkeeping, since a transaction can affect more than two accounts.
+ Unfortunately, there's 700 years of history of use of the term, which
+ sufficiently discourages changing it.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_basics.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-entry1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 2. The Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. Data Entry Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-accounting1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importing QIF Files"><link rel="next" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. Putting It All Together"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-import1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-backup1"></a>2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash creates several types of files to help ensure that your data
+ is not lost. You may see files with the following file extensions: xac,
+ log, LCK, LNK in the same directory as your primary data file. What each
+ of these files does is presented below.</p><pre class="programlisting">
+ $ ls
+ gcashdata
+ gcashdata.20060414185747.xac
+ gcashdata.20060414223248.log
+ gcashdata.20060415114340.xac
+ gcashdata.20060415154508.log
+ gcashdata.20060415173322.xac
+ gcashdata.20060415194251.log
+ gcashdata.7f0982.12093.LNK
+ gcashdata.LCK
+ </pre><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupxac2"></a>2.8.1. Backup file (.xac)</h3></div></div><p>Each time you save your data file, a backup copy will also be
+ saved with the extension xac. This backup file is a complete copy of
+ your previous data file, and the filename format refers to the data
+ file, year, month, day and time of the backup. For example, the filename
+ <tt>gcashdata.20060414185747.xac</tt> indicates this is a
+ backup copy of the file gcashdata saved in the year 2006, April 14, at
+ 6:57:47 p.m.</p><p>To restore an old backup file, simply open the .xac file with the
+ date to which you wish to return. Be sure and save this file with a
+ different file name, do not use a .xac extension for you regular file
+ name.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplog2"></a>2.8.2. Log file (.log)</h3></div></div><p>Each time you open a file in GnuCash, a .log is created and saved
+ with the same name format as the .xac backup files. As you make changes
+ to the open data file, the log file saves only those changes. Log files
+ are not a full backup of your data file - they simply record changes you
+ have made to the data file in the current GnuCash session.</p><p>In case you exit GnuCash inadvertently, possibly due to a power
+ outage or a system wide crash, it is possible to recover most of your
+ work since the last time you saved your GnuCash file using this log
+ file. This is the procedure:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Open the last saved GnuCash file.</p></li><li><p>Go to "File" -> "Import" -> "Replay GnuCash .log file"
+ and select the one .log file with the same date as the saved file
+ you just opened. Make sure that you picked the right .log file, or
+ you will possibly wreck havoc in your accounts.</p></li></ul></div><p>Log replaying will recover any transaction affecting the balance
+ entered since the last save, including those created from scheduled
+ transactions and business features (invoices, bills, etc.).</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Warning: Changes to the scheduled transactions, invoices of
+ bills themselves are NOT recovered, and their transactions that were
+ recovered may not be properly associated with them, and should thus be
+ double-checked. Especially for business transactions, you may have to
+ delete and re-create some of them. If you do not, although the balance
+ will be correct, some reports may not.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backuplock2"></a>2.8.3. Lock files (.LNK and .LCK)</h3></div></div><p>You may occasionally see .LNK and .LCK files appear. These do not
+ store any data, but they are created to prevent more than one user from
+ opening the same file at the same time. These files are automatically
+ created when you open the file, to lock it so no one else can access it.
+ When you close your GnuCash session or open another file, GnuCash
+ unlocks the first data file by deleting the LCK and LNK files.</p><p>If GnuCash crashes while you have a data file open, the LCK and
+ LNK files are not deleted. The next time you try to open GnuCash, you
+ will get a warning message that the file is locked. The warning message
+ appears because the LNK and LCK files are still in your directory. It is
+ safe to choose Yes to open the file, but you should delete the .LNK and
+ .LCK files (using a terminal window or your file manager.) Once those
+ files are deleted, you will not get the warning message again unless
+ GnuCash crashes.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-backupmanage2"></a>2.8.4. File Management</h3></div></div><p>So which files should you keep around? Keep your main data file,
+ of course - data files do not have an automatic file extension. It's a
+ good idea to keep some of the more recent .xac files, but you can safely
+ delete the .log files since they are not complete copies of your data.
+ You should also delete any .LCK and .LNK files that you see after
+ closing GnuCash. If you decide to manually back up your data file to
+ another disk, you only need to back up the main data file - not the .xac
+ files.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">GnuCash will automatically delete any .xac, .log files that are
+ older than 30 days. You can change this behavior in the GnuCash
+ preferences.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-import1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.7. Importing QIF Files </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.9. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-backup1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. Data Entry Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Accounting Concepts"><link rel="next" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. The GnuCash Interface"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. Data Entry Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-entry1"></a>2.2. Data Entry Concepts</h2></div></div><p>When entering data in GnuCash, you should be aware of the 3 levels
+ of organization in which GnuCash divides your data: files, accounts and
+ transactions. These levels are presented in their order of complexity, one
+ file contains many accounts and one account contains many transactions.
+ This division is fundamental to understanding how to use GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accounts2"></a>2.2.1. Files, Accounts and Transactions</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash uses <b>files</b> for storing information.
+ GnuCash provides three types of files: data files, backup files, and log
+ files. The main file that you will use to store your data is a data
+ file. You will probably have only one data file that you use for your
+ home data, but GnuCash will automatically save a backup copy for you
+ each time you save that data file. GnuCash also provides log files which
+ can be used to help reconstruct data. Backup and log files are described
+ later in this chapter.</p><p>An <b>account</b> is a place for keeping track of
+ what you own, owe, spend or receive. Although you only have one main
+ data file, that file will contain many accounts. You probably already
+ think of money you own or owe as being in an account. For example, at
+ some point you opened checking and savings accounts at a particular
+ bank, and that bank sends you monthly statements showing how much money
+ you <b>own</b> in these accounts. Credit card accounts
+ also send you statements showing what you <b>owe</b> to a
+ credit card company, and the mortgage company may send you periodic
+ statements showing how much you still <b>owe</b> on your
+ loan.</p><p>In GnuCash, accounts are also used to categorize money you receive
+ or spend, even though these are not physical accounts that receive
+ statements. As we will cover more in <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a>,
+ income type accounts are
+ used to categorize money received (like a paycheck), and expense type
+ accounts are used to categorize money spent (for pizza, to pay a bill,
+ etc.) These accounts function much like categories in some other
+ financial programs, with a few advantages discussed in
+ <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a>.</p><p>A <b>transaction</b> represents the movement of
+ money from one account to another account. Whenever you spend or receive
+ money, or transfer money between accounts, that is a transaction. In
+ GnuCash, as we will see in the next section, transactions always involve
+ at least two accounts. Examples of transactions are: paying a bill,
+ transferring money from savings to checking, buying a pizza, withdrawing
+ money, and depositing a paycheck. <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>
+ goes more in depth on how to enter transactions in GnuCash.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-dbentry2"></a>2.2.2. Double Entry</h3></div></div><p>You've probably heard the saying, “Money doesn't grow on
+ trees”. It means that money must come from somewhere - it doesn't
+ just “appear”. <b>Double entry accounting
+ </b> is a method of record-keeping that lets you track just where
+ your money comes from and where it goes. Using double entry means that
+ money is never gained nor lost - an equal amount is always transferred
+ from one place to another. When you withdraw cash, you are transferring
+ money from your bank account to your wallet. When you write a check to
+ the grocery store, you are transferring money from your checking account
+ to the grocery store. And when you deposit a paycheck, you are
+ transferring money from your source of income to your bank
+ account.</p><p>In GnuCash, these transfers are known as transactions, and each
+ transaction requires at least two accounts. To enter the cash
+ withdrawal, for example, you would enter a transfer of money from a bank
+ account to a cash account. You would record the grocery check as a
+ transfer from a checking account to a groceries expense account. And the
+ paycheck deposit is recorded as a transfer from an income account to a
+ bank account.</p><p>Unlike traditional accounting packages, GnuCash makes it very easy
+ to enter your double entry transactions. <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>
+ gives more detail on
+ entering transactions, but for now let's take a general look at how they
+ work. For a basic transaction like writing a check, you first create two
+ accounts: a checking account and an account for the expense. For
+ example, if you write a check to pay for groceries, then you need both a
+ checking account and a groceries account.
+ (See <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a> for more detail
+ on creating accounts.) To record the check, you simply enter a
+ transaction to transfer money from the checking account to the groceries
+ account. In this example, the GnuCash transactions look like this when
+ viewed from the register windows of the checking account:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png" alt="A Basic Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows entering the date, description and transfer
+ account for a payment of <b>$50</b> to the
+ <b>Grocery Store</b>.</p></div></div></div><p>In this transaction, a check is written to <b>Grocery
+ Store</b> for <b>$50</b>. Since this is a double
+ entry transaction, at least two accounts are affected and must be part
+ of the transaction. GnuCash automatically enters the current account
+ name (<b>Assets:Checking Account</b>) for you so you only
+ enter the other account name affected
+ (<b>Expenses:Groceries</b>).</p><p>To emphasize that GnuCash stores everything as double entry
+ transactions, we change the view to <b>Transaction
+ Journal</b> and see how it looks.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png" alt="Transaction Journal view of a Basic Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Transaction
+ Journal</b> of the <b>Checking
+ Account</b></p></div></div></div><p>Observe that we have one entry for depositing (debiting) the <b>
+ Expense:Groceries</b> account, and one entry for withdrawing (crediting)
+ from <b>Assets:Checking Account</b>.</p><p>Lets have a quick look to see how this same transaction looks from the
+ <b>Expense:Groceries</b> account</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png" alt="View of a Basic Transaction in Expenses:Groceries"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Transaction
+ Journal</b> of the <b>Groceries</b>
+ Account</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">In this example for double entry accounting we used a checking
+ account to pay for the groceries. But, notice that concept is the same
+ no matter what method you use to pay for the groceries. If instead you
+ used a credit card, the double entry accounting would simply involve
+ your Credit Card account instead of the Checking account.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>What about your paycheck? You can see that money goes into a bank
+ account, but where does it come from? In double-entry, the money has to
+ come from somewhere. Technically, that money comes from your employer,
+ but you don't care about tracking your employer's accounts. So how do
+ you account for money coming in? In GnuCash, you create a special income
+ type account to track your incoming paychecks.
+ (See <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a> for more
+ information on creating income accounts.) To record the paychecks, you
+ simply enter a transaction to transfer money from the income account to
+ a bank account.</p><p>Here's what a paycheck deposit looks like in GnuCash.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png" alt="A simple paycheck transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows entering the date, description and transfer
+ account for a <b>$600</b> <b>
+ Salary</b> payment from <b>Employers R
+ Us</b>.</p></div></div></div><p>In this example, <b>$600</b> is transferred from a
+ <b>Salary</b> income account to the <b>Checking
+ Account</b>. Because of the special nature of income accounts,
+ discussed in <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a>, this transaction
+ increases both the checking account balance and the income account
+ balance by the amount transferred.</p><p>So what if you want to record your gross pay and all the
+ deductions that come out of your check as well? You enter a transaction
+ with <b>multiple splits</b>, which we will cover in
+ <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2" title="4.2.2. Split Transaction">Split Transaction</a>.
+ In this type of transaction, you are transferring a sum of
+ money from one location to several locations. For any double entry
+ transaction, the <b>total</b> amount of money transferred
+ <b>from</b> accounts must equal the
+ <b>total</b> amount transferred <b>to</b>
+ other accounts.</p><p>For example, your gross pay might be $1000, but only $655 of that
+ gets deposited in your checking account. The remaining $345 is split
+ between your deductions, such as federal taxes, FICA and state taxes.
+ How do you account for this in GnuCash? First, you should have accounts
+ set up for the gross income (salary), checking, and each of the
+ deductions (See <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a>).
+ Then you enter a transaction to transfer
+ $1000 from the <b>Salary</b> account to the other
+ accounts: <b>Checking Account</b>,
+ <b>Federal</b>, <b>Medicare</b>,
+ <b>Social Security</b> and
+ <b>State/Province</b>. Because this is a double entry
+ transaction, the total amount transferred to these five accounts must
+ equal the original $1000 total coming from the income account. We cover
+ this type of transaction in more detail in
+ <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>, but for now here's a peek at what
+ it looks like:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png" alt="A Split Paycheck Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows entering the date, description and transfer
+ account for a <b>$1000</b> <b>
+ Salary</b> payment from <b>Employers R Us
+ </b>. This is then made into a split transaction to
+ <b>Checking Account</b>, <b>Federal
+ </b>, <b>Medicare</b>, <b>Social
+ Security</b> and
+ <b>State/Province</b>.</p></div></div></div><p>The main principle to remember is that there are at least two
+ parts to every transaction, and the total amount transferred from a set
+ of accounts must equal the total amount transferred to another set of
+ accounts. When a transaction transfers an equal sum from accounts to
+ other accounts, that transaction is said to be <b>in
+ balance</b>. In GnuCash, as in double-entry accounting, you want
+ to have all of your transactions in balance.</p><p>Why is this important to you? If all of your transactions are in
+ balance, then your money is all accounted for. GnuCash has a record of
+ where that money came from and where it was used. By storing the names
+ of all accounts involved in each transaction, you provide data that can
+ be sorted and viewed in report form later. Reports allow you to see
+ things like how much money you made for the year and where it all went,
+ what your net worth is, and what your taxes might be for the year. The
+ more information you provide when entering transactions, the more
+ detailed your reports will be.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Accounting Terminology</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Accountants use the terms <b>debit</b> and
+ <b>credit</b> to describe whether money is being
+ transferred <b>to</b> or <b>from</b> an
+ account. Money is recorded in the debit column, which is always the
+ left column, when it is being transferred <b>to</b> an
+ account. Money is recorded in the credit column, which is always the
+ right column, when it is being transferred <b>from</b>
+ an account. Money always flows from the right column of one account to
+ the left column of another account.</p><p xmlns="">The main rule of accounting is this: <b>For every
+ transaction, total debits must equal total credits.</b> This is
+ just another way of repeating the double entry rule, that for each
+ transaction, the amount of money transferred <b>from</b>
+ accounts must equal the amount transferred <b>to</b>
+ other accounts</p><p xmlns="">You don't have to use the terms debit and credit to use GnuCash,
+ however. GnuCash account registers default to common column headings
+ such as deposit and withdrawal - if you are more comfortable with
+ those headings, use them. If you prefer the credit and debit headings,
+ you can change the column headings to use accounting labels from the
+ menu item <b>Edit</b> ->
+ <b>Preferences</b> General
+ (see <a href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Setting Preferences">Setting Preferences</a> for more detail on setting
+ preferences).</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-accounting1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-interface1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Accounting Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. The GnuCash Interface</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-entry1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.6. Creating and Saving Files</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Getting Help"><link rel="next" href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importing QIF Files"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.6. Creating and Saving Files</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-import1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-files1"></a>2.6. Creating and Saving Files</h2></div></div><p>If you are using GnuCash for the first time, it will automatically
+ open a new file when you begin. Follow these steps to save the file under
+ a new name:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Choose <b>File</b> -> <b>Save
+ As...</b> from the menu bar or select the
+ Save toolbar button. GnuCash will bring up this
+ window:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_SaveAs.png" alt="The Save dialog"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Save</b>
+ dialog.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>In the text box below <b>Selection</b> type your
+ chosen file name (e.g. gcashdata).</p></li><li><p>Click the OK button to save the
+ file.</p></li></ol></div><p>If you are keeping track of finances for a single household, you
+ need only one file. But if you are also tracking business finances or want
+ to keep data separate for some reason, then you will need more than one
+ file. To create a new file:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>From the main menu, choose <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>New File</b>.</p></li><li><p>Follow the steps above for saving a file under a new
+ name.</p></li></ol></div><p>Before ending each GnuCash session, be sure to save your data
+ changes using <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Save</b> or the Save toolbar
+ button. In fact, it is a good idea to save your data changes often, since
+ GnuCash does not permanently record your changes until you save them. To
+ open an existing file, select <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Open</b> and choose your file from the list.</p><p>GnuCash is storing its data file without any extension. If you name
+ your GnuCash file to <tt>MyBudget</tt>, the actual file name
+ will be <tt>MyBudget.</tt><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Ensure that you do not specify an extension when you specify
+ the file name. Per the above example, only specify
+ <tt>MyBudget</tt> as the filename.</p></td></tr></table></div></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-help1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-import1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.5. Getting Help </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.7. Importing QIF Files</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-files1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.5. Getting Help</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Setting Preferences"><link rel="next" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Creating and Saving Files"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.5. Getting Help</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-prefs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-help1"></a>2.5. Getting Help</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash offers help in many ways. We have already covered the
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> dialog that gives you helpful hints
+ upon start-up of your GnuCash session. GnuCash also offers an extensive
+ help manual.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-manual2"></a>2.5.1. Help Manual</h3></div></div><p>Once you have opened GnuCash, you will see the <b>Account
+ Tree</b> window <b>Help</b> menu heading, which
+ opens the on-line manual. The on-line manual is organized by topic, and
+ you can expand each topic into its subtopics.</p><p>Topics are listed on the left side. To select a topic or subtopic,
+ click on it, and you should see the text for that topic appear on the
+ right. Use the Back and
+ Forward buttons to navigate through your topic
+ choices, and print any text using the Print
+ button.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-web2"></a>2.5.2. Web Access</h3></div></div><p>The <b>GnuCash Help</b> window also acts as a simple
+ web browser, so you can pull up a web site for additional information.
+ You can open any web site under this window by clicking the
+ Open tool bar button and then typing in the URL.
+ Use the Back, Forward,
+ Reload, Stop, and
+ Print buttons as you would in a standard
+ browser.</p><p>The <a href="http://www.gnucash.org" target="_top"><i>GnuCash</i></a> web
+ site contains helpful information about the program and about any
+ updates to it. It also contains links to the GnuCash mailing lists for
+ developers and users, and you can search the <a href="https://lists.gnucash.org/cgi-bin/namazu.cgi" target="_top"><i>archives
+ of GnuCash mailing lists</i></a> for discussions on a
+ particular topic. If you don't find the answers you are looking for, you
+ can post your question to the <a href="https://lists.gnucash.org/mailman/listinfo/gnucash-user" target="_top"><i>GnuCash
+ user list</i></a>, and someone on the list will attempt to
+ answer you.</p><p>The most updated <b>GnuCash FAQ</b> is also located
+ on the <a href="http://wiki.gnucash.org/wiki/FAQ" target="_top"><i>GnuCash
+ FAQ website</i></a>, and contains answers to the popular
+ questions.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-topic2"></a>2.5.3. Topic Search</h3></div></div><p>The online manual also provides a search function. To search for a
+ particular topic, click the Search tab at the
+ bottom of the help window and type in your topic in the field provided.
+ Click the Search button to complete your search.
+ A list of choices should appear in the box below, clicking a choice will
+ bring up its text on the right.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-prefs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-files1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.4. Setting Preferences </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.6. Creating and Saving Files</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-help1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.7. Importing QIF Files</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-files1.html" title="2.6. Creating and Saving Files"><link rel="next" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.7. Importing QIF Files</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-import1"></a>2.7. Importing QIF Files</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section tells you how to initially import data from other
+ financial programs that use QIF (Quicken® Interchange Format).
+
+ </p></td></tr></table></div><p>To import data from Quicken®, MS Money, or other programs that
+ use QIF(Quicken® Interchange
+ Format), you must first export your data to a QIF file. One way to do this
+ is to export each account as a separate QIF file. An easier way, available
+ in Quicken® 98 and beyond, is to
+ export all accounts at once into a single QIF file. Check your program's
+ manual to determine if this option is available.</p><p>Once your data is in QIF form, follow the easy 3-step import process
+ described below. Before you get started, though, please note that part of
+ the import process involves checking for duplicate transactions, so it is
+ very important that you load <b>all</b> of your QIF files
+ before importing. Duplicate transactions result when more than one account
+ is involved. For example, if one of your transactions transferred money
+ from savings to checking, you would end up with this same transaction
+ recorded twice - once in the savings account and once in the checking
+ account.</p><p>To import QIF files:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Load all of the QIF files containing data you wish to
+ import.</p><p>To do this, select <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Import</b> -> <b>Import
+ QIF...</b> from the menu. When the <b>QIF
+ Import</b> dialog box appears, click
+ Next and follow the instructions to guide you
+ through the process of loading your files.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png" alt="The QIF Import Druid"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the start of the <b>QIF
+ Import</b> Druid.</p></div></div></div><p>You will be prompted for a filename to load. Use the
+ Select button to select your QIF file and click
+ Next to load it. Once the file is loaded,
+ select Load another file if you have more files
+ to load. When you have loaded all your QIF files, click
+ Next to continue with the import
+ process.</p></li><li><p>Review the GnuCash accounts to be created.</p><p>The importer then matches up your QIF accounts and categories
+ with GnuCash accounts and gives you a brief description of the
+ matching process. Clicking Next will bring you
+ to a view comparing your QIF accounts with the corresponding GnuCash
+ accounts created. To change an account name, select the row containing
+ that account name and edit the name in the dialog box provided. Click
+ Next when you have finished making changes, and
+ proceed through a similar category matching process. QIF income and
+ expense categories import as GnuCash income and expense accounts (see
+ <a href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts">Basic Accounting Concepts</a> for more on this).
+ Make changes to these account names if
+ necessary, and click Next to continue.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you are not sure what changes are needed, it is safe to
+ accept the GnuCash account names. It is easy to edit the accounts
+ later if you find you need to make a change.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>From the drop-down list, select a standard currency to be used
+ for imported accounts and click Next to
+ continue. If you have stocks, mutual funds, or other securities, you
+ will be prompted for additional information. The importer dialog will
+ ask for the exchange or listing (i.e. NASDAQ), the security's full
+ name, and the ticker symbol. If you do not have this information
+ handy, you can edit the account information later, once the import is
+ complete. Click Next to continue.</p></li><li><p>Tell GnuCash to import the data.</p><p>The last step is the import. Once you have verified your account
+ names and investment information, click Finish
+ in the <b>Update your GnuCash accounts</b> page to
+ complete the import process. Depending upon the size of your file, the
+ import might take a few minutes to complete, so a progress bar
+ displays the percentage finished. When the import process is complete,
+ GnuCash will return you to the main window, which should now display
+ the names of the accounts you imported.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-files1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-backup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.6. Creating and Saving Files </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-import1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. The GnuCash Interface</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-entry1.html" title="2.2. Data Entry Concepts"><link rel="next" href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Setting Preferences"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. The GnuCash Interface</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-interface1"></a>2.3. The GnuCash Interface</h2></div></div><p>The very first time you open GnuCash, you will see the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> dialog. From there, GnuCash
+ provides other tools to help you easily find what you are looking for.
+ Let's take a look at some of the common screens and dialog boxes you will
+ see.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-setup2"></a>2.3.1. Create a new set of accounts</h3></div></div><p>The <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid allows
+ you to create several accounts at once. When you open GnuCash the first
+ time, you will get this dialog:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the first screen of the <b>New
+ Account Hierarchy Setup</b> Druid.</p></div></div></div><p>Click Next and follow the instructions
+ provided in the dialog. The dialog provbasics-prefs1ides a default set of accounts
+ with predefined account types, and you simply select the accounts you
+ want. For more information on account types, see
+ <a href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts">GnuCash Accounts</a>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid - Currency"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the second screen of the <b>New
+ Account Hierarchy Setup</b> Druid where you select the
+ currency.</p></div></div></div><p>The currency you select here, will be assigned to all the
+ <b>accounts</b> created in this druid.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid - Choose
+ accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the third screen of the <b>New
+ Account Hierarchy Setup</b> Druid where you choose the
+ various accounts.</p></div></div></div><p>Select one or more of the predefined account-groups here. For more
+ information on account types, see
+ <a href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts">GnuCash Accounts</a>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid - Configure"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the forth screen of the <b>New
+ Account Hierarchy Setup</b> Druid where you can set
+ <b>Opening Balance</b>.</p></div></div></div><p>In this dialog you will be able to set an <b>Opening
+ Balance</b> on each of the accounts, as well as indicate if it
+ the account should be a <b>Placeholder</b> (only
+ sub-accounts allowed, no transactions. Like Current Assets in above
+ image)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png" alt="The New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid - Finish"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Last screen of the <b>New
+ Account Hierarchy Setup</b> Druid.</p></div></div></div><p>Click Apply to create all the accounts and
+ leave the druid.</p><p>If you intend to import your data from another program and you
+ want to keep the same account names you used in that program, you may
+ want to delay setting up default accounts at this time. You can simply
+ import the data and the account names into GnuCash from the other
+ program (<a href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importing QIF Files">Importing QIF Files</a> explains how to do this).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-tip2"></a>2.3.2. Tip of the Day</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash provides a <b>Tip of the Day</b> dialog to
+ give helpful hints for using the program:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_TipOfDay.png" alt="The Tip of the Day"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Tip of the
+ Day</b>.</p></div></div></div><p>These tips provide useful information for beginning users. To view
+ more of the tips, click Next to continue. If you
+ do not wish to see this dialog box on start-up, deselect the box next to
+ <b>Display this dialog next time</b>. When you have
+ finished viewing the helpful tips, click Close to
+ close the Tip dialog.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-main2"></a>2.3.3. Account Tree Window</h3></div></div><p>You should now see the <b>Accounts</b> window, which
+ appears as shown below. The exact layout of the account tree will depend
+ on which default accounts you selected during the New Account Hierarchy
+ Setup. In this example, the "Common Accounts" are shown.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Accounts.png" alt="The Account Tree Window"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the <b>Accounts</b>
+ window.</p></div></div></div><p>The Account Tree window provides an overview of the data contained
+ in the current file. It contains a list of account names and their
+ current balances. From this window, you can open any of the accounts.
+ The individual account windows are called account registers. GnuCash
+ allows you to have as many account registers open as you wish.</p><p>At the top of this window is the title bar, which displays the
+ file name (once you have saved the file.) Below that is the menu bar.
+ You can access the menu options by either clicking on these menu
+ headings or by using shortcuts and access key combinations, covered
+ later in this chapter. Next is the tool bar, which contains buttons
+ for the most common functions.</p><p>The account tree appears below the tool bar. Once you have
+ started creating accounts, the account names will appear in the account
+ tree. You can customize which headings show up by using the
+ small down-arrow at the far right just above the account tree.</p><p>At the bottom is the status bar, which tells you
+ information about what you own (Net Assets) and how much money you have
+ made (Profits).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-register2"></a>2.3.4. Account Register Window</h3></div></div><p>The Account Register windows are used to enter and edit your
+ account data. As the name suggests, they look similar to a checkbook
+ register. When you double-click an account name in the
+ <b>Accounts</b> window, the <b>Register</b>
+ window for that account will open.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_CheckAccount.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Checking Account - Register
+ </b> with several transactions.</p></div></div></div><p><a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a> explains more about account
+ register windows and how to
+ enter data into them. For now, note that the parts of an account
+ register window are similar to the parts of the account tree window
+ described earlier. The title bar at the top contains the account name.
+ Below that, the menu bar contains menu options related to the account
+ register. Tool bar buttons simplify common data entry functions. The
+ status bar at the bottom of the window, displays some account balances
+ covered in <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>. At the bottom of the
+ account register window,
+ information appears about the current location of the cursor.</p><p>You can resize the various columns that GnuCash display, but keep
+ in mind that the description column will automatically expand to fill all unused
+ space. Therefore you should increase the size of all your other columns
+ first and then decrease the size of the description column.
+ </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-toolbar2"></a>2.3.5. Tool Bar Buttons</h3></div></div><p>Both the account tree window and the account register window
+ contain tool bar buttons. These buttons provide quick access to common
+ functions such as Save and
+ Open in the account tree window and
+ Record and Delete in the
+ account register window. If you are not sure what a button does, move
+ the mouse pointer over that button, and you should see a description of
+ the function appear.</p><p>Here is a summary of the account tree window buttons:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Save - Use this function often to save
+ the current file to disk.</p></li><li><p>Close - Use this function to close the
+ current notebook page.</p></li><li><p>Open, Edit,
+ New and Delete - These
+ are functions related to accounts. They are discussed in
+ <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a>.</p></li></ul></div><p>Register buttons are discussed in <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>.
+ </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-options2"></a>2.3.6. Menu Items</h3></div></div><p>The account tree window and the account register window both
+ contain menu headings in a menu bar. Clicking on a menu heading brings
+ up the menu items for that heading.</p><p>You can click on the account tree menu headings and then move the
+ mouse pointer over the menu items to see what they do. As the pointer
+ moves over a menu item, a description of the item appears in the lower
+ left-hand corner of the window. To select a menu item, click on
+ it.</p><p>You can also access the most common menu items in a window by
+ right-clicking the mouse anywhere in that window. In the account tree
+ window, this will bring up a list of account items. In the account
+ register window, this will bring up a list of transaction items.</p><p>Other ways of accessing menu items are through keyboard shortcuts
+ and access keys, described next.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-shortcut2"></a>2.3.7. Menu Shortcuts</h3></div></div><p>All of the menu items have access keys which are
+ marked by underlined characters in the menu names. Pressing the
+ <b>Alt</b> key with the underlined character in the menu
+ heading will bring up the menu items for that heading. Once the menu
+ items are displayed, type the underlined character in the menu item to
+ activate it. For example, typing Alt+F in the main window brings up the <b>File</b>
+ menu, then typing <b>S</b> will save the file. Access keys
+ are fixed and may not be changed by users.</p><p>Some of the more commonly used menu items also have shortcut keys
+ that directly activate the command without having to traverse the menu
+ structure. These shortcuts typically use the <b>Ctrl</b>
+ key, although they can use any key combination. Menu shortcuts are
+ displayed at the end of each menu item. These shortcuts may be edited
+ by users by setting a preference in the "Menu and Toolbar" preference
+ panel.</p><p>GnuCash, as a Gnome application, also allows you to define your
+ own menu shortcuts. To define a shortcut, first go to the "Menu and
+ Toolbar" preference panel and select the "Editable menu accelerators"
+ check box. Then return to GnuCash, click on the menu header and move
+ the mouse pointer over the menu item. While the menu item is
+ highlighted, press a key or key combination to set the shortcut. You
+ should now see your shortcut choice next to the item in the menu. To
+ delete a shortcut, press the <b>Delete</b> key while the menu
+ item is highlighted. Be careful when setting shortcuts as Gnome does
+ no checking on the key values pressed, and you can easily do things
+ like set a letter of the alphabet as your shortcut.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-entry1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. Data Entry Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.4. Setting Preferences</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-interface1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.4. Setting Preferences</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-interface1.html" title="2.3. The GnuCash Interface"><link rel="next" href="basics-help1.html" title="2.5. Getting Help"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.4. Setting Preferences</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-prefs1"></a>2.4. Setting Preferences</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash allows you to customize your session by setting several
+ preference options. From the menu select <b>Edit</b> ->
+ <b>Preferences</b>, then make your desired changes
+ using the list of items shown on the left. The changes you made will be
+ applied directly. To close the preference window press the
+ Close button.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-acctprefs2"></a>2.4.1. Accounts</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Accounts</b>, you will see the default
+ settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ Accounts</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Separator Character</b> - The account
+ separator is the character that separates a parent account from its
+ sub-account, for example Utilities:Electric. The default is a
+ :(Colon), but you can also select
+ /(Slash),
+ \(Backslash), -(Dash)
+ or .(Period), or any single non alphanumeric
+ unicode. Parent accounts and sub-accounts are discussed in
+ <a href="accts-types1.html" title="3.2. GnuCash Accounts">GnuCash Accounts</a></p></li><li><p><b>Reverse Balanced accounts</b> - This option
+ lets you determine whether account balances will display as positive
+ or negative numbers: <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>None</b> shows all credit balances as
+ negative and all debit balances as positive. (See Accounting
+ Terminology note in this chapter for more information on
+ debits and credits.)</p></li><li><p><b>Credit Accounts</b> (default) displays
+ a positive balance for account types that would normally carry
+ a credit balance (income, credit, liability, equity). See
+ <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a> for more information on
+ these account types.</p></li><li><p><b>Income & Expense</b> assigns a
+ positive credit balance to income account balances and a
+ negative debit balance to expense account balances. See
+ <a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a> for more information
+ on these account types.</p></li></ul></div></p></li><li><p><b>Labels</b> - Select this option if you want
+ column headings to refer to debits and credits instead of the
+ default informal headings. (See Accounting Terminology note in this
+ chapter for more information on debits and credits.)</p></li><li><p><b>Default Currency</b> - This item determines
+ which currency will be selected by default when creating new
+ accounts.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Locale</b> will use whatever currency is
+ specified in your system.</p></li><li><p><b>Choose</b> will let you specify a
+ specific currency to use, independent of your system
+ settings.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-business2"></a>2.4.2. Business</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Business</b>, you will see the default
+ settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Business"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ Business</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Open in a new window</b> - If checked, each
+ invoice will be opened in its own top level window. If clear, the
+ invoice will be opened in the current window.</p></li><li><p><b>Accumulate splits on post</b> - Whether
+ multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account
+ should be accumulated into a single split by default.</p></li><li><p><b>Number of rows</b> - Default number of
+ register rows to display in invoices.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Included (Invoices)</b> - Whether tax are
+ included by default in entries on invoices. This setting is
+ inherited by new customers and vendors.</p></li><li><p><b>Notify when due</b> - Lets you set whether
+ you want to be notified of when a bill is soon to be due.</p></li><li><p><b>Days in advance</b> - How many days in the
+ future to warn about bills coming due.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Included (Bills)</b> - Whether tax are
+ included by default in entries on bills. This setting is inherited
+ by new customers and vendors.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-datetime2"></a>2.4.3. Date/Time</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Date/Time</b>, you will see the default
+ settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Date/Time"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ Date/Time</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Time Format</b> - lets you specify if you
+ want to use 24 or 12 hours time format. That is if 23:00 should be
+ represented as 11PM or 23.</p></li><li><p><b>Date Format</b> - This item controls the
+ appearance of the date. The available options are US, UK, Europe,
+ ISO, and Locale. Choosing "Locale" will automatically determine the
+ date format based on your operating system settings.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-general2"></a>2.4.4. General</h3></div></div><p>In <b>General</b>, you will see the default settings
+ shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_General.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - General"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ General</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Display "tip of the Day"</b> - You can turn
+ on or off the option to display the “Tip of the Day”
+ dialog on start-up.</p></li><li><p><b>Perform account list setup on new file</b> -
+ This option turns off the display of the <b>New Account
+ Hierarchy Setup</b> druid when <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>New File</b> is selected.</p></li><li><p><b>Show close button on notebook tabs</b> - Adds
+ a small close icon on each tab, to make it easier to close the
+ various tabs.</p></li><li><p><b>Enable Euro support</b> - If selected,
+ enables support for the European Union EURO currency. Needed if you
+ have any accounts with EURO currency.</p></li><li><p><b>Display negative amounts in red</b> - If you
+ turn off this option, GnuCash will display negative numbers in
+ black.</p></li><li><p><b>Automatic Decimal Point</b> - This option
+ will automatically insert a decimal point into numbers you type
+ in.</p></li><li><p><b>Decimal Places</b> - This option allows you
+ to set the number of decimal places to be used.</p></li><li><p><b>Compress files</b> - This option determines
+ whether the GnuCash data file will be compressed or not.</p></li><li><p><b>Retain log files</b> - This option deletes
+ log files (and backup files) after the number of days set
+ here.</p></li><li><p><b>New search limit</b> - Defaults to 'new
+ search' if fewer than this number of items is returned.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-onlinebank2"></a>2.4.5. On-line Banking</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Online banking</b>, you will see the default
+ settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Online banking"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Online
+ banking</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Show documentation</b> - The first time you
+ use the QIF importer (discussed later in this chapter), you may
+ notice that the importer has detailed instructions on how to import
+ a file. Once you have become familiar with using the importer, you
+ might want to turn off this option. Turning off the option gives you
+ less detail in the importer dialogs.</p></li><li><p><b>Use Bayesian matching</b> - Use Bayesian
+ algorithms to match new transactions with existing accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Match display threshold</b> - The minimal
+ score a potential match must have to be displayed in the match
+ list.</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-add threshold</b> - A transaction whose
+ best match's score is in the red zone (above display threshold, but
+ below or equal to Auto-add threshold) will be added by
+ default.</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-clear threshold</b> - A transaction
+ whose best match's score is in the green zone (above or equal to
+ Auto-clear threshold) will be cleared by default.</p></li><li><p><b>Commercial Cash Machine fees threshold </b> -
+ If the ATM machine automatically adds a small transaction fee,
+ GnuCash will still be able to match it to the transaction as long as
+ the difference is below this threshold</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regprefs2"></a>2.4.6. Register</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Register</b>, you will see the default
+ settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ Register</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>'Enter' moves to blank transaction</b> - If
+ selected, move to the blank transaction after the user presses
+ 'enter', otherwise move down on row.</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-raise lists</b> - If selected, all lists
+ will automatically be expanded when input focus is in the list
+ field.</p></li><li><p><b>Check cleared transactions</b> - If selected,
+ automatically check off cleared transactions when
+ reconciling.</p></li><li><p><b>Automatic interest transfer</b> - If
+ selected, prior to reconciling an account which charges or pays
+ interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest
+ charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual,
+ Asset, Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Automatic credit card payments</b> - If
+ selected, after reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user
+ to enter a credit card payment.</p></li><li><p><b>Use system theme colours</b> - If selected,
+ GnuCash will use the system theme colours instead of the default
+ colours.</p></li><li><p><b>Double mode colors alternate with
+ transactions</b> - If selected, configures the register
+ window to alternate between the primary and secondary colors with
+ each transaction, instead of each row.</p></li><li><p><b>Draw horizontal lines between rows</b> - If
+ selected, GnuCash will draw a horizontal line between each
+ row.</p></li><li><p><b>Draw vertical lines between cells</b> - If
+ selected, GnuCash will draw a vertical line between the cells in
+ each row.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-regdefaults2"></a>2.4.7. Register Defaults</h3></div></div><p>The <b>Register Defaults</b> preferences item
+ affects the behavior of the transaction register windows. More
+ information about the transaction register can be found in
+ <a href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register">The Account Register</a> of this guide.</p><p>In <b>Register</b>, you will see the default
+ settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Register Defaults"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Register
+ Defaults</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Default Style</b> - you can choose from 3
+ different styles for register windows, <b>Basic
+ Ledger</b> (default), <b>Auto-Split Ledger</b>,
+ and <b>Transaction Journal</b>. The basic style is a
+ standard one-line register where everything appears on a single
+ line. The auto-split style is similar to the basic style except that
+ the current transaction is split-expanded. The journal style has
+ every transaction split-expanded.</p></li><li><p><b>Register opens in a new window</b> - If
+ selected, Register will be in a separate window instead of in a
+ tab.</p></li><li><p><b>Double Line Mode</b> - If selected, show two
+ lines of information for each transaction instead of one.</p></li><li><p><b>Number of transactions</b> - How many
+ transactions to show in a register</p></li><li><p><b>Number of rows</b> - How many rows to display
+ when the register is opened.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-reports2"></a>2.4.8. Reports</h3></div></div><p>The <b>Reports</b> preferences item affects the
+ behavior of the transaction register windows. More information about the
+ transaction register can be found in <a href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register">The Account Register</a>
+ of this guide.</p><p>In <b>Reports</b>, you will see the default settings
+ shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Reports"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ Reports</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Default Report Currency</b> - This item
+ determines which currency will be used by default when creating
+ reports. You can choose between <b>Locale</b> which
+ uses system settings, or <b>Choose</b> which lets you
+ specify your own default report currency.</p></li><li><p><b>Location</b> - if you select this option, the
+ reports will open up in a new window, instead of in a tab.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-accountingPeriod2"></a>2.4.9. Accounting Period</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Accounting Period</b>, you will see the
+ default settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Accounting Period"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Accounting
+ Period</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Include grand total</b> - if this item is
+ selected, GnuCash will include a grand total on the report.</p></li><li><p><b>Include non-currency totals</b> - if this
+ item is selected, GnuCash will include a total of non-currency items
+ (for instance number of shares) in the report.</p></li><li><p><b>Start Date</b> - This item determines which
+ from which start date the report will report from. You can choose
+ between <b>Relative</b> which uses a dynamic start
+ date (like "start of this year", "start of this month" etc), or
+ <b>Absolute</b> which lets you specify a specific
+ start date (which will not change as time goes by).</p></li><li><p><b>End Date</b> - This item determines which to
+ which end date the report will report to. You can choose between
+ <b>Relative</b> which uses a dynamic end date (like
+ "end of this year", "end of this month" etc), or
+ <b>Absolute</b> which lets you specify a specific end
+ date (which will not change as time goes by).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-schedtrans2"></a>2.4.10. Scheduled Transactions</h3></div></div><p>The <b>Scheduled Transactions</b> preferences item
+ affects the behavior of GnuCash for scheduling transactions. More
+ information about scheduled transactions can be found in
+ <a href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register">The Account Register</a> of this guide.</p><p>In <b>Scheduled Transactions</b>, you will see the
+ default settings shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Scheduled Transactions"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences - Scheduled
+ Transactions</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Run when data file opened</b> - If selected,
+ the "Since-Last-Run" window will appear on GnuCash start-up (or
+ rather when GnuCash opens the file).</p></li><li><p><b>Auto-Create new transactions</b> - If
+ selected, new Scheduled Transactions will automatically be entered
+ into the register. Also, if selected <b>Notify before
+ transactions are created</b> can be set to allow the user to
+ confirm creating the transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Create in advance, days</b> - The default
+ number of days in advance to create new Scheduled
+ Transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Remind in advance, days</b> - The default
+ number of days in advance to remind on new Scheduled
+ Transactions.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-windows2"></a>2.4.11. Windows</h3></div></div><p>In <b>Windows</b>, you will see the default settings
+ shown here:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png" alt="GnuCash Preferences - Windows"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows The <b>Preferences -
+ Windows</b></p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Save window size and position</b> - If
+ selected, next time GnuCash starts it will re-use the window size
+ and position of the last run.</p></li><li><p><b>Toolbar Style</b> - you can choose from 5
+ different styles for the toolbar, <b>Use system
+ default</b> (default), <b>Text below icons</b>,
+ <b>Text beside icons</b>, <b>Icons
+ only</b>, and <b>Text only</b>.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-interface1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-help1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. The GnuCash Interface </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.5. Getting Help</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-prefs1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.9. Putting It All Together</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"><link rel="previous" href="basics-backup1.html" title="2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data"><link rel="next" href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.9. Putting It All Together</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="basics-together1"></a>2.9. Putting It All Together</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section begins a tutorial that will continue throughout this
+ book. At the end of each chapter, you will see a <b>Putting It
+ All Together</b> section that walks you through examples to
+ illustrate concepts discussed in that section. Each <b>Putting It
+ All Together</b> section builds on the previous one, so be sure
+ to save your file for easy access.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Let's get started!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>First, let's create a file to store your real data. Open GnuCash
+ and go through the <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b>
+ dialog. You will create a file and accounts to be used for your home
+ finances, so choose the accounts that pertain to you. If you are not
+ sure what accounts you will need, click the Select
+ All option to create all of the accounts provided. When
+ you have completed the setup, save this file with a filename you want
+ to use for your home data.</p></li><li><p>Next, create a file to store test data. This is the file that
+ will be used in the tutorials throughout this manual. Click
+ <b>File</b> -> <b>New</b> to create
+ a new file, and name it <tt>gcashdata_1</tt>. Your main
+ window should now look something like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png" alt="The Main windows showing the test file"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Account Tree window with a set of
+ accounts loaded from the druid.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now, adjust some preferences in the account tree window. Select
+ <b>Edit</b> -> <b>Preferences</b>
+ -> <b>Windows</b> and change the toolbar Style
+ so that they display only text, not icons. The change will take place
+ directly, so look at the tool bar buttons in the main window. Return
+ to the <b>Preferences</b> dialog and change the tool bar
+ buttons back to the default setting by clicking Use system
+ default. From the column header row, select
+ Arrow down and select “Type”
+ (which means view column "Type"). The main window should now look like
+ this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png" alt="The effect of changing the display options"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the effect of changing the display
+ options.</p></div></div></div><p>Save your file.</p></li><li><p>If you plan to import QIF data from another program, let's try a
+ practice file first. (If not, skip to the next chapter on account
+ setup (<a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a>).)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>First, create a new file called
+ <tt>gcashimport</tt>. It is up to you if you would
+ like to specify accounts (like Common Accounts) directly or not.
+ If QIF importer do not find an account, it will create it
+ automatically (or allow you to create it manually)</p></li><li><p>From the main menu, select <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Import</b> -> <b>Import
+ QIF...</b> to start the import.</p></li><li><p>Select the appropriate currency</p></li><li><p>Select <tt>gnc_Sample_QIF.qif</tt> as QIF file
+ to load.</p></li><li><p>In the following dialogs, ensure that each transaction has a
+ valid account, if in doubt, just use the default ones.</p></li><li><p>Complete the import.</p></li></ol></div><p>The main window should now look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/basics_AccountsSampleQIF.png" alt="After importing the provided sample QIF file"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Main window after importing the
+ provided QIF sample file.</p></div></div></div><p>Save your file.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-backup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_accts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.8. Backing Up and Recovering Data </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 3. Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/basics-together1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter15.html" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"><link rel="previous" href="chapter15.html" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"><link rel="next" href="budget_creation1.html" title="15.2. Creating a Budget"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter15.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 15. Budgets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_creation1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_concepts1"></a>15.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>A budget is a tool for estimating expected income and expenses.
+ You can use it to help you plan how you intend for your finances to
+ change over a period of time, and to examine how your actual
+ financial transactions for the period compare to your planned
+ transactions.</p><p>The budgeting concept is quite general, so GnuCash offers a
+budgeting tool that is both simple and flexible. You, the user, have
+to decide how complex or simple you want to make your budget. This
+guide will help you make some of those decisions.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_conceptsterms2"></a>15.1.1. Terminology</h3></div></div><p>There are a few helpful terms listed
+ below that will be used to discuss budgeting.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Budget</b> - A financial plan describing
+ the expected revenues and/or disbursements for a particular time
+ period</p></li><li><p><b>Cash Budget</b> - A budget planning for
+ expected cash receipts and cash disbursements. This type of
+ budget tracks cash flow -- where your money comes from, where it
+ goes, and, of course, how much.</p></li><li><p><b>Expense Budget</b> - A budget chiefly for
+ planning what you spend your money on. This type of budget tracks
+ your expenses. It is typically not concerned with things like
+ appreciation or repayment of liabilities. However, it would
+ account for interest charges. For example, if you buy $100 worth
+ of groceries with your credit card, you incur an $100 expense for
+ groceries, and a $100 liability to your credit card company. When
+ you pay the credit card bill for $110, you are incurring an
+ additional interest expense of $10. An expense budget plans for
+ the transaction of buying the groceries and paying the interest,
+ but not the transaction of repaying the credit card
+ company.</p></li><li><p><b>Capital Budget</b> - A budget that
+ describes a plan for paying for a large future expense, often
+ through a combination of saving and borrowing money. Note:
+ Capital budgets can sometimes get quite complex because they can
+ try to answer the question "Can we afford to do such-and-such?" by
+ exploring various hypothetical scenarios that can involve
+ hypothetical accounts. </p></li><li><p><b>Budget Period</b> - The period of time
+ during which the plan is expected to take place. The most common
+ budget periods are annual and monthly. Sometimes, you may budget
+ for several consecutive periods at once, for convenience or for
+ finer-grained planning. For example, an annual budget may include
+ 12 monthly budget periods.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter15.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_creation1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 15. Budgets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter15.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.2. Creating a Budget</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.2. Creating a Budget</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter15.html" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"><link rel="previous" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="budget_reporting1.html" title="15.3. Budget Reporting"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.2. Creating a Budget</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 15. Budgets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_creation1"></a>15.2. Creating a Budget</h2></div></div><p>Even before you begin to make a budget, it's important to
+ have given some thought to your account hierarchy. For example, if
+ you want to budget a certain amount for your electric bill and a
+ certain amount for your water bill, you can't have only an
+ Expenses:Utilities account. Your accounts must be at least as
+ specific as your budget. </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="budget_creation2"></a>15.2.1. Choose Which Accounts To Budget For</h3></div></div><p>The first step in creating a budget is to decide what it is
+ you want to plan for. This decision will affect which accounts
+ you include in your budget. For example, if you are only
+ interested in tracking your expenses, you may create an expense
+ budget by only entering amounts for expense accounts. On the
+ other hand, if you want to track all of your cash flow, you may
+ create a cash flow budget by entering amounts for asset,
+ liability, income and expense accounts.</p><p>Before you begin to create your budget, you need to make
+ two decisions: What accounts do I want to budget for? and When
+ do I want my budget to be for? You can always change your mind
+ later, after you've created a budget, but you need to start with
+ something.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">As a rule of thumb, if you mostly care about
+ <b>what</b> you spend your money on, you may want
+ to make an expense report. If you're also concerned about having
+ enough money in the right places at the right times, you may want
+ to use a cash-flow budget.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997799"></a>15.2.2. Choosing a Budget Period</h3></div></div><p>Before creating a budget you must also decide what period of
+ time you want to plan for. The most common budget periods are
+ monthly and annual. If you want your budget to plan for changes
+ in financial patterns over time, then you should include multiple
+ budget periods in your budget. For example, if you want to plan
+ on having higher utility expenses in the winter than in the
+ summer, then you might break your annual budget into 4 quarters or
+ even 12 months, and budget a higher value for the winter periods
+ than for the summer periods.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997819"></a>15.2.3. Getting Started</h3></div></div><p>To create your first budget click on <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>New</b> -> <b>New Budget</b>. You will
+ immediately see a new budget with the default settings and no entries.
+ Then click on the "Options" button. The most important options are
+ the budget period and the number of periods. For the budget period,
+ choose the beginning date and the smallest period of time that you
+ want to plan for. Then, for the number of periods, choose how many
+ periods you want to plan for.</p><p>The budget page now shows a list of accounts with a column
+ for each budget period. The date shown in the title of each
+ column is the beginning of that budget period.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997861"></a>15.2.4. Entering Budget Values</h3></div></div><p>Now, you must enter the budget values - the amounts that you
+ expect the account balances to change during the budget period.
+ There are two ways to enter budget values. The first way is to
+ simply click on the cell and enter an amount.</p><p>If you have past transactions recorded in GnuCash, the
+ second way is to let GnuCash estimate the budget values by looking
+ at those transactions. First, select the accounts you want
+ GnuCash to estimate. Then click on the 'Estimate' toolbar button.
+ In the Estimate Budget Values dialog, select the date past which
+ GnuCash should look for past transactions. GnuCash will start at
+ that date and look forward for the duration of your budget. For
+ example, if you are making an annual budget, and you select
+ Jan. 1, 2005, GnuCash will look at all the transactions in that
+ account from Jan. 1, 2005 through Dec. 31, 2005.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_reporting1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter15.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.3. Budget Reporting</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_creation1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>15.3. Budget Reporting</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter15.html" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"><link rel="previous" href="budget_creation1.html" title="15.2. Creating a Budget"><link rel="next" href="appendixa.html" title="Appendix A. Migration Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">15.3. Budget Reporting</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_creation1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 15. Budgets</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="budget_reporting1"></a>15.3. Budget Reporting</h2></div></div><p>You've already done the hardest part - creating your budget.
+ But now you want to know how your actual financial transactions
+ compare to your plan. You need to run the Budget Report.</p><p>Click on <b>Reports</b> -> <b>Income and
+ Expense</b> -> <b>Budget Report</b>. For each
+ account, the Budget Report will show the budgeted and the actual
+ amounts in two adjacent columns for each period in the budget. If
+ you have created multiple budgets, you can use the Budget Report
+ Options to select which budget to use in the report.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="budget_creation1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="appendixa.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">15.2. Creating a Budget </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter15.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix A. Migration Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/budget_reporting1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.5. Bills</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html" title="13.4. Vendors"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Vendor Jobs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.5. Bills</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-bills1"></a>13.5. Bills</h2></div></div><p>A bill is a request for payment you receive from a vendor. GnuCash can track bills.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billnew2"></a>13.5.1. New</h3></div></div><p>When you receive a bill from a vendor and want to enter it into GnuCash, you must create a new bill. To create a new bill use the <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> -> <b>New Bill</b> menu item, and fill in the resulting window appropriately.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Invoice Info - Invoice ID</b> (optional) - the identification number of the invoice as emitted by the vendor (IE: the vendor's internal number for this invoice).</p></li><li><p><b>Invoice Info - Date Opened</b> - the date the Invoice was emitted by the vendor.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Info - Vendor</b> - the issuing vendor.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Info - Job<!
/b> (opt
ional) - associates a vendor job with this bill. Vendor jobs are described in the following section.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Info - Billing ID</b> (optional) - the vendor's ID for the bill (e.g.: their invoice #).</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Info - Terms</b> - the pay back terms agreement for this bill. A list of registered terms is available within the pop up menu. If you specified a a default value for the selected vendor, this field is initialized with the default.</p></li><li><p><b>Chargeback Project - Customer</b> (optional) - the customer to associate with this bill. This is used to charge your customer later.</p></li><li><p><b>Chargeback Project - Job</b> (optional) - the customer job to associate with this bill.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billnew.png" alt="New Bill Registration Window"><div class="caption"><p>New Bill Registration Window
+ </p></div></div></div><p>When you click the OK the <b>Edit Bill</b> opens.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billedit2"></a>13.5.2. Edit</h3></div></div><p>From the Edit Bill window you can enter an itemized list of things purchased, in a manner similar to how the account register works.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billedit.png" alt="Edit Bill Window"><div class="caption"><p>Edit Bill Window</p></div></div></div><p>There are 12 columns in the Invoice Entries area:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Date</b> - The date this item was sold.</p></li><li><p><b>Invoiced?</b> - <b>X</b> means the item is attached to this invoice, an empty box means the item is not attached to this invoice. If the box is empty you can attach the item to the invoice by first selecting the item row and then clicking in this box.</p></li><li><p><b>Description</b> (optional) - is what the item or service is called.</p></li><li><p><b>Action</b> (optional) - is a user defined field. You can place Cost Center information here, or use one of the 3 predefined actions, Hours, Material, or Project.</p></li><li><p><b>Expense Account</b> - selects the expense account to change for this item.</p></li><li><p><b>Quantity</b> - tracks how many of the items you bought.</p></li><li><p><b>Unit Price</b> - is the unit price of the item.</p></li><li><p><b>Taxable?</b> - is this item taxable? <b>X</b> means yes, a blank field means no. You can click the field to toggle the setting.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Included?</b> - has the tax already been included in the unit price? <b>X</b> means yes, a blank field means no.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Table</b> (optional) - this is a pop up menu of all the available tax tables. If the item is taxable and tax has not been included in the unit price, then this tax table is used to compute the amount of tax.</p></li><li><p><b>Subtotal</b> (uneditable) - computed subtotal for this item (less tax!
)</p></l
i><li><p><b>Billable</b> - is this item billable to the chargeback customer/job?</p></li></ul></div><p>When you have finished entering all the items, <b>Post</b> the bill. </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billpost2"></a>13.5.3. Post</h3></div></div><p>When you finish editing a bill, you should <b>Post</b> the bill. You do not have to post the bill, you can close it and return to it later. You have to post the bill eventually. Posting a bill places its transactions into an accounts payable account. The Post Bill window appears and asks you to enter information:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_billpost.png" alt="Post Bill Window"><div class="caption"><p>Post Bill Window
+ </p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Post Date</b> - specifies the date for the transactions entered into the accounts payable account.</p></li><li><p><b>Due Date</b> - is the date on which payment for the bill is expected.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>If you specified payment terms when you created the bill,
+ the date is calculated according to selected terms, and
+ the entry field is insensitive.</p></li><li><p>If you did not specify payment terms, enter the expected
+ payment due date here.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Description</b> - is an arbitrary
+ description. When bill transactions are placed in the accounts
+ payable account, this description is entered in the memo field of
+ those transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Post To Account</b> - selects the accounts
+ payable account in which bill transactions are posted. You can
+ select the account from a list of existing A/Payable
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Accumulate Splits</b> - determines if bill
+ items which transfer to the same account are combined into a single
+ split for that account or entered individually. For the sample
+ bill for Letterhead and Envelopes, the setting affects post
+ results as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Checked (splits are accumulated) - a single transfer of
+ $100.00 to the Expenses:Office Supplies account is recorded.</p></li><li><p>Not checked - the transaction created in the A/Payable
+ account, shows two transfers to Expenses:Office Supplies account
+ $75.00 and $25.00. The memo fields in the splits indicate the
+ purchase of Letterhead and Envelopes (the item descriptions
+ entered on the bill) respectively.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-billfind2"></a>13.5.4. Find</h3></div></div><p>To find an existing bill, use the <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> -> <b>Find Bill</b> application. From the results of the search, you can select a bill to edit, or view.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Before you can edit a posted bill, you will need to <b>Unpost</b> it.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">There are other ways to access an existing bill. These are similar to accessing invoices for your customers. See the section on finding invoices in the accounts receivable chapter for more information.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.4. Vendors </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.6. Vendor Jobs</td></tr></tabl!
e></div>
</body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-bills1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.3. System Components</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-setup1.html" title="13.2. Initial Setup"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html" title="13.4. Vendors"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.3. System Components</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-setup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-components1"></a>13.3. System Components</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash has an integrated accounts payable system. The transactions generated by the A/P system are placed within the Accounts Payable account, as a record of what occurs. Generally you do not directly work with this account but use the four integrated GnuCash A/P application components. The A/P components are available from the<b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> sub-menu. These A/P components are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Vendors</b> are people or companies from which you buy products or services on credit.</p></li><li><p><b>Bills</b> represent the physical bills vendors send to request payment from you. A bill contains an itemized list of things you purchased.</p></li><li><p><b>Jobs</b> (optional) is where you register Vendor Jobs. Jobs are mechanism by which you can group multiple bills!
from a
particular vendor.</p></li><li><p><b>Process Payments</b> is where you register payments to a vendor to whom you owe money.</p></li></ul></div><p>The following sections introduce the individual Accounts Payable application components.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-setup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.2. Initial Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.4. Vendors</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-components1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-setup1.html" title="13.2. Initial Setup"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter13.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-concepts1"></a>13.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>This chapter focuses on Accounts Payable (or A/P). A/P refers to the accounting of products or services that your company has bought, for which payment needs to be scheduled.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter13.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.2. Initial Setup</td></tr></table></div></body>!
</html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.6. Vendor Jobs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Bills"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Process Payment"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.6. Vendor Jobs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-jobs1"></a>13.6. Vendor Jobs</h2></div></div><p>Vendor Jobs are used to group multiple bills from a single vendor. Use of the vendor jobs feature is optional. The feature is useful when you have multiple "jobs" for the same vendor, and would like to view all the bills for a single job.</p><p>To use vendor jobs, you must create them using the <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> -> <b>New Job</b> application. You will see the <b>New Job</b> window. The editable fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Job Info - Job Number</b> (optional) - enter
+ the number for this job. If left blank, a number will be chosen for
+ you.</p></li><li><p><b>Job Info - Job Name</b> - the name you want to
+ assign to the new job.</p></li><li><p><b>Owner Info - Vendor</b> - the vendor for
+ whom the job is created.</p></li><li><p><b>Owner Info - Billing ID</b> - the vendor's
+ reference to this job (e.g. their PO Number).</p></li><li><p><b>Job Active</b> - toggles this job being active
+ or not. This is useful when you have many inactive jobs, since it is
+ easier to search only among jobs that are marked active.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png" alt="New Vendor Job"><div class="caption"><p>New Vendor Job</p></div></div></div><p>To edit an existing vendor job, use the
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> ->
+ <b>Find Job</b> application. Select the desired job in the
+ search results, and click the <b>View/Edit Job</b>
+ button.</p><p>To select from the bills associated with a given job, use
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> ->
+ <b>Find Job</b> application. Select the desired job in the
+ search results and click the <b>View Invoices</b> button. A
+ window listing bills associated with this job appears. Select a
+ bill and click the <b>View Invoice</b> button to open a
+ bill editor in the main application window.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-bills1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.5. Bills </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.7. Process Payment</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-jobs1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.7. Process Payment</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html" title="13.6. Vendor Jobs"><link rel="next" href="chapter14.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.7. Process Payment</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter14.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-payment1"></a>13.7. Process Payment</h2></div></div><p>Eventually, you need to pay your bills. To do so, use the Process Payment application found in <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> -> <b>Process Payment</b>.</p><p>The Process Payment application consists of:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Payment Information - Vendor</b> - the vendor you wish to pay.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Bill</b> - the bill you wish to pay.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Date</b> - the date you wish to make the payment, normally the current date.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Amount</b> - the amount of money to transfer in this payment.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Num</b> - the check number.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Memo</b> - any comments about this payment.</p></li><li><p><b>Post To</b> - the A/Payable account to post this transacti!
on.</p><
/li><li><p><b>Transfer Account</b> - the account from which money for the payments comes from, such as a checking account.</p></li></ul></div><p>Below is the GnuCash Accounts Receivable payment window.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_payment.png" alt="Process Payment"><div class="caption"><p>Process Payment Window
+ </p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-jobs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter14.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.6. Vendor Jobs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 14. Payroll</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-payment1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.2. Initial Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html" title="13.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-components1.html" title="13.3. System Components"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.2. Initial Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-components1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-setup1"></a>13.2. Initial Setup</h2></div></div><p>To set up GnuCash to handle accounts payable for a company, two preliminary things must be done. The first is to build an appropriate Account Hierarchy and the second is to register the company in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-setupacct2"></a>13.2.1. Account Setup</h3></div></div><p>There are many different ways to set up a business account
+ hierarchy. You can start with the Business Accounts setup which is
+ available from the New Account Hierarchy druid, or you could build one
+ manually. To access the prebuilt Business Accounts, start GnuCash and
+ click on <b>File</b> -> <b>New File</b> and
+ proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select Business
+ Accounts.</p><p>The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs
+ exactly. You will need make adjustments for the hierarchy to function
+ well with your particular situation. It should be close enough that it
+ is recommended you begin with it.</p><p>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to products or services bought by your company for which payment has not yet been sent. This is represented on the balance sheet as a liability because you will have to pay for them. To use GnuCash's integrated accounts payable system, you must first setup an account of the <b>A/Payable</b> type. The <b>A/Payable</b> account is usually a sub-account under Liabilities. It is within this account that the integrated A/P system places transactions.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Basic A/P Account Hierarchy:<br>
+<br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Bank<br>
+-Liabilities<br>
+ -Accounts Payable<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -AP Expenses<br>
+ </p></div><p>You need to add additional asset accounts and real expense accounts to make this hierarchy useful. The important aspects of this hierarchy are that you need an expense account and an Accounts Payable account, with account type set to <b>A/Payable</b>.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-setupcname2"></a>13.2.2. Company Registration</h3></div></div><p>After you have built the account structure, register the GnuCash
+ file as belonging to your company. To register your company, select
+ <b>File</b> -> <b>Properties</b>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Enter the name of your company along with contact information
+ such as your phone number, fax number, e-mail address and website
+ URL.</p></li><li><p>Enter your company's tax payer id number in the
+ <b>Company ID</b> field.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-components1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.3. System Components</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-setup1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>13.4. Vendors</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-components1.html" title="13.3. System Components"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-bills1.html" title="13.5. Bills"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">13.4. Vendors</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ap-vendors1"></a>13.4. Vendors</h2></div></div><p>A vendor is a company or person from whom you purchase goods or services. Vendors must be registered within the A/P system.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-vendornew2"></a>13.4.1. New</h3></div></div><p>To register a new vendor, select the <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> -> <b>New Vendor</b> menu item. Fill in general information about the vendor, such as Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other options: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Identification - Vendor Number</b> - can be any number by which you would like to refer to this vendor. You may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.</p></li><li><p><b>Identification - Active</b> - differentiates active vendors from inactive ones. This is useful when you have many past!
vendors
, and you want to see only those marked active</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Address - Name</b> - is the contact name of the person to receive payments you make.</p></li><li><p><b>Notes</b> - records any additional comments about the vendor. Use it to track names of contact people within the vendor's company, for example.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Currency</b> - specifies the default payment currency.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Terms</b> - specifies the default payment terms for this vendor. Payment terms must be preregistered using <b>Business</b> -> <b>Billing Terms</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Tax Included</b> - specifies if tax is included in bills from this vendor. You can choose <b>Yes</b>, <b>No</b>, or <b>Use Global</b>.
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Yes</b> means that tax is already
+ included in amounts on bills.</p></li><li><p><b>No</b> means tax is not included.</p></li><li><p><b>Use Global</b> means to use the setting
+ made in the global preferences accessible through
+ <b>Edit</b> ->
+ <b>Preferences</b>.</p></li></ul></div></p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Tax Table</b> - specifies a default tax table to apply to bills from this vendor. Tax tables must be registered using the <b>Business</b> -> <b>Tax Table</b> menu item.</p></li></ul></div><p>This is what the New Vendor registration window looks like:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png" alt="New Vendor Registration Window"><div class="caption"><p>New Vendor Registration Window
+ </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ap-vendorfind2"></a>13.4.2. Find and Edit</h3></div></div><p>To search for an existing vendor, use the <b>Business</b> -> <b>Vendor</b> -> <b>Find Vendor</b> window. You select a vendor to View/Edit from the results of the search. This window is also used to look up a vendor when entering bills and processing payments.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png" alt="Find Vendor Window"><div class="caption"><p>Find Vendor Window
+ </p></div></div></div><p>If many vendors match the search criteria you provide, the
+ search can be refined by running an additional search within the current
+ results. The current result set is searched when the <b>Refine
+ Current Search</b> radio button is selected. In fact, GnuCash
+ selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</p><p>If the vendor you are searching for does not match the supplied
+ search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <b>New
+ Search</b> radio button and then the Find
+ button. The relevant step is the <b>New Search</b>
+ selection. If the vendor is not in the result of the original search,
+ and you only search within this set, the vendor cannot be found,
+ regardless of new search criteria.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">To return a list of all registered active vendors, set the search criterion to "matches regex", and place a single dot "." in the text field area. Make sure <b>Search only active data</b> is checked, then click Find. The regular expression "." means to match anything.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-components1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.3. System Components </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter13.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.5. Bills</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ap-vendors1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.4. System Components</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-setup1.html" title="12.3. Initial Setup"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-customers1.html" title="12.5. Customers"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.4. System Components</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-setup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-components1"></a>12.4. System Components</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash has an integrated accounts receivable system. The
+ transactions generated by the A/R system are recorded within the Accounts
+ Receivable account. You generally do not work directly with this account.
+ You generally work with the four integrated GnuCash A/R application
+ components available through the <b>Business</b> ->
+ <b>Customer</b> sub-menu. These four components are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Customers</b> are people or companies to whom
+ you sell products or services on credit.</p></li><li><p><b>Invoices</b> represent the physical invoice you
+ send to a customer to request payment. This invoice contains an
+ itemized list of things you sold.</p></li><li><p><b>Jobs</b> (optional) is where you register
+ Customer Jobs. Jobs are a mechanism by which you can group multiple
+ invoices to a particular customer.</p></li><li><p><b>Process Payments</b> is used to register
+ payments you received from a customer.</p></li></ul></div><p>The following sections introduce the individual components in more
+ detail.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-setup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.3. Initial Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.5. Customers</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-components1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.2. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-overview1.html" title="12.1. Overview of Business Features"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-setup1.html" title="12.3. Initial Setup"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.2. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-overview1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-concepts1"></a>12.2. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>Accounts Receivable (or A/R) refers to products or services provided
+ by your company for which payment has not yet been received. This is
+ represented on the balance sheet as an asset, because the expectation is
+ that you will receive payment soon.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-overview1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.1. Overview of Business Features </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.3. Initial Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.5. Customers</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-components1.html" title="12.4. System Components"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Invoices"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.5. Customers</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-components1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-customers1"></a>12.5. Customers</h2></div></div><p>Customers are people or companies to whom you sell goods or
+ services. They must be registered within the A/R system.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-custnew2"></a>12.5.1. New</h3></div></div><p>To register a new customer, enter the menu
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Customer</b> ->
+ <b>New Customer</b>. Fill in customer information, such as
+ Company Name, Address, Phone, Fax, etc. Below is a list of the other
+ options:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Identification - Customer Number</b> - can be
+ any number by which you would like to refer to this customer. You
+ may leave it blank and a number will be chosen automatically.</p></li><li><p><b>Identification - Active</b> - differentiates
+ active customers from inactive ones. This is useful when you have
+ many past customers, and you want to see only those marked
+ active.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Address - Name</b> - is the contact
+ name of the person to receive the invoices.</p></li><li><p><b>Notes</b> - records any additional comments
+ about the customer.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Currency</b> -
+ specifies the default billing currency.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Terms</b> - specifies
+ the default billing terms for this customer. Billing terms must be
+ preregistered using <b>Business</b> ->
+ <b>Billing Terms Editor</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Discount</b> - gives
+ the customer a default percentage based discount at the time of
+ invoice creation. Enter a value from 0 to 100. You can override the
+ default discount when you create an invoice.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Credit Limit</b> -
+ stores the maximum credit you are willing to extend to the customer.
+ This field is for your reference purposes only. GnuCash does not use
+ the value.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Tax Included</b> - this
+ specifies whether nor not tax is included in invoice amounts by
+ default. You can choose <b>Yes</b>,
+ <b>No</b>, or <b>Use Global</b>.
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Yes</b> means that the tax is already
+ included in amounts on invoices.</p></li><li><p><b>No</b> means tax is not
+ included.</p></li><li><p><b>Use Global</b> means to use the setting
+ made in the global preferences accessible through
+ <b>Edit</b> ->
+ <b>Preferences</b>.</p></li></ul></div></p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Tax Table</b> -
+ specifies a default tax table to apply to invoice line items. Tax
+ tables must be registered from the <b>Business</b> ->
+ <b>Tax Table Editor</b> menu item.</p></li><li><p><b>Shipping Address</b> - records the customer's
+ shipping address if it is different from the billing address. The
+ shipping address is for your reference. GnuCash does not use the
+ value.</p></li></ul></div><p>This is what the New Customer registration window looks
+ like:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_custnew.png" alt="New Customer Registration Window"><div class="caption"><p>New Customer Registration Window</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-custfind2"></a>12.5.2. Find and Edit</h3></div></div><p>To search for an existing customer, use the
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Customer</b> ->
+ <b>Find Customer</b> window. You select a customer to
+ <b>View/Edit</b> from the results of the search. This
+ window is also used to look up customers when creating invoices and
+ processing payments.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_custfind.png" alt="Find Customer Window"><div class="caption"><p>Find Customer Window </p></div></div></div><p>If many customers match the search criteria you provide, the
+ search can be refined by running an additional search within the current
+ results. The current result set is searched when the <b>Refine
+ Current Search</b> radio button is selected. In fact, GnuCash
+ selects this option for you after you run the initial search.</p><p>If the customer you are searching for does not match the supplied
+ search criteria, change the search criteria, click the <b>New
+ Search</b> radio button and then the <b>Find</b>
+ button. The relevant step is the <b>New Search</b>
+ selection. If the customer is not in the result of the original search,
+ and you only search within this set, the customer cannot be found,
+ regardless of new search criteria.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">To return a list of all registered active customers, set the
+ search criterion to <b>matches regex</b>, and place a
+ single dot "." in the text field area. Make sure <b>Search only
+ active data</b> is checked, then click
+ Find. The regular expression "." means to match
+ anything.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-components1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.4. System Components </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.6. Invoices</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-customers1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Process Payment"><link rel="next" href="chapter13.html" title="Chapter 13. Accounts Payable"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-payment1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter13.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-invoicechange"></a>12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance</h2></div></div><p>The default Invoice style, as shown in <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceprint2" title="12.6.5. Print">Print</a>, is fairly barren. The default invoice
+ style leaves the top part of the form blank, so you can print on company
+ letterhead paper. There are some things you can do to change invoice
+ appearance.</p><p>Use <b>File</b> -> <b>Properties</b> to
+ enter your company name and address, which is printed on the right side of
+ invoices.</p><p>To add a customized background, heading banner or logo to invoices,
+ modify the invoice style sheets. To do this, go to <b>Edit</b>
+ -> <b>Style Sheets</b> and make a <b>New</b>
+ style sheet. You will see a window like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png" alt="New Style Sheet Window"><div class="caption"><p>The New Style Sheet window.</p></div></div></div><p>You must select the <b>Fancy</b> style sheet template,
+ and choose a name for your new style sheet. When you click the
+ <b>OK</b> button, the HTML Style Sheet editor window is
+ displayed. This window contains four tabs, Colors, General, Images, and
+ Tables. The Colors tab allows you to change the colors of various sections
+ of the invoice. The General tab allows you to set the Preparer and
+ Prepared for information, and to enable links. The Images tab allows you
+ to import graphics into the style sheet. The Tables tab allows you to
+ adjust the spacing around the tables which make up the invoice.</p><p>To include a company logo, banner heading and background image, use
+ your favorite graphics application such as The Gimp or OpenOffice Draw to
+ save the images in either GIF or PNG format. Then import them into the
+ style sheet using the Images tab.</p><p>Below is an example that imports all three types of images.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png" alt="HTML Style Sheets example"><div class="caption"><p>The HTML Style Sheets window with an example Background
+ Tile, Heading Banner, and Logo.</p></div></div></div><p>The images are placed in the invoice as follows. The
+ <b>Background Tile</b> is tiled to become the background
+ image, the <b>Heading Banner</b> goes to above the invoice
+ text, and the <b>Logo</b> is placed in the upper left corner
+ of the invoice to the left of the Heading Banner. You will probably have
+ to try a few different sized images until you get the invoices to print
+ nicely. Some sizing suggestions are that the Logo should be 1 square cm
+ (~0.5 inch), and the Heading Banner should be 15 cm (~6 inches) wide and 1
+ cm (~0.5 inch) tall.</p><p>With the style sheet configured, when you print the invoice, you
+ select the style sheet to use from the <b>Options</b> menu.
+ Below is the resultant invoice after applying the style sheet demonstrated
+ above.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png" alt="HTML Style Sheets example"><div class="caption"><p>The hideous invoice which results from the graphics
+ selected in the style sheet.</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-payment1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter13.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.8. Process Payment </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoicechange.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.6. Invoices</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-customers1.html" title="12.5. Customers"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Customer Jobs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.6. Invoices</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-customers1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-invoices1"></a>12.6. Invoices</h2></div></div><p>An invoice is the paperwork you send to a customer to request
+ payment for products or services rendered. GnuCash can generate and track
+ invoices.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicenew2"></a>12.6.1. New</h3></div></div><p>To send an invoice to a customer you must first create a new
+ invoice. To create an invoice use <b>Business</b> ->
+ <b>Customer</b> -> <b>New Invoice</b>. The
+ New Invoice window must be filled in appropriately:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Invoice Information - Invoice ID</b> - the
+ identification number of this invoice. This is your internal number
+ for this invoice. If you leave it blank, an invoice number will be
+ generated automatically.</p></li><li><p><b>Invoice Information - Date Opened</b> - the
+ date this invoice was created.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Customer</b> - the
+ customer who is to receive this invoice. Use the
+ <b>Select</b> button to access the <b>Find
+ Customer</b> window described in the previous section. When
+ you have looked up the customer to be invoiced, click the
+ <b>Select</b> in the search window to select the
+ customer.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Job</b> (optional) -
+ associates the new invoice with a customer job. Customer jobs are
+ described in the following section.</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Billing ID</b> - this
+ is the customer's PO Number or other "customer reference number".
+ You should use it to identify your invoices to this customer (and
+ job, if you have one).</p></li><li><p><b>Billing Information - Terms</b> - the payback
+ terms agreement for this invoice. A list of registered terms is
+ available within the pop up menu. If you specified a default value
+ for the selected customer, this field is initialized with the
+ default.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png" alt="Creating a New Invoice"><div class="caption"><p>Creating a New Invoice </p></div></div></div><p>When you click the <b>OK</b> button, the
+ <b>Edit Invoice</b> window opens.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoiceedit2"></a>12.6.2. Edit</h3></div></div><p>From the Edit Invoice window you can enter an itemized list of
+ things you sold on this invoice, in a manner similar to how the account
+ register works.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png" alt="Edit Invoice Window"><div class="caption"><p>Edit Invoice Window </p></div></div></div><p>There are 15 columns in the <b>Invoice Entries</b>
+ area:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Date</b> - The date this item was
+ sold.</p></li><li><p><b>Invoiced?</b> - <b>X</b> means
+ the item is attached to this invoice, an empty box means the item is
+ not attached to this invoice. The item is attached for you when you
+ proceed to the next line item.</p></li><li><p><b>Description</b> (optional) - is what the item
+ or service is called.</p></li><li><p><b>Action</b> (optional) - is a user defined
+ field. You can place Cost Center information here, or use one of the
+ 3 predefined actions, Hours, Material, or Project.</p></li><li><p><b>Income Account</b> - selects which income
+ account is credited with this income.</p></li><li><p><b>Quantity</b> - tracks how many of the items
+ you sold.</p></li><li><p><b>Unit Price</b> - is the unit price of the
+ item.</p></li><li><p><b>Discount Type</b> - is the type of
+ discount:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>$</b> means <b>Discount</b>
+ is a monetary value</p></li><li><p><b>%</b> means <b>Discount</b>
+ is a percentage.</p></li></ul></div><p>You can click the field to toggle between the discount
+ types.</p></li><li><p><b>Discount How</b> - the discount can be
+ computed as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>></b> means the discount applies after
+ tax.</p></li><li><p><b><</b> means the discount applies
+ before tax.</p></li><li><p><b>=</b> means both discount and tax are
+ applied to the pretax value.</p></li></ul></div><p>You can click the field to change the setting.</p></li><li><p><b>Discount</b> (optional) - is the total
+ discount, in monetary units or percentage, depending on
+ <b>Discount Type</b>. You can leave it blank for no
+ discount. Any default discount you specified for the customer will
+ be automatically entered for each new item.</p></li><li><p><b>Taxable?</b> - is this item taxable?
+ <b>X</b> means yes, a blank field means no. You can
+ click the field to toggle the setting.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Included?</b> - has the tax already been
+ included in the unit price? <b>X</b> means yes, a
+ blank field means no. For example, if there is 1 item of $100 with a
+ tax of 5% then:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>If Tax Included is empty, then subtotal = $100 and tax =
+ $5.</p></li><li><p>If Tax included is set (<b>X</b>), then
+ subtotal = $95 and tax = $5.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Tax Table</b> (optional) - this is a pop up
+ menu of all the available tax tables. If you make the item taxable,
+ then this table is used to compute the amount of tax. The tax table
+ determines tax percentages and the accounts to which tax is
+ charged.</p></li><li><p><b>Subtotal</b> (uneditable) - is the computed
+ subtotal for this item (less tax).</p></li><li><p><b>Tax</b> (uneditable) - is the computed tax
+ for this item.</p></li></ul></div><p>When you have finished entering all the items, you can
+ <b>Post</b> and print the invoice.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicepost2"></a>12.6.3. Post</h3></div></div><p>When you finish editing an invoice and are ready to print, you
+ must <b>Post</b> the invoice. The invoice does not have to
+ be posted immediately. In fact, you should only post an invoice when you
+ are ready to print it. Posting an invoice places the transactions in an
+ accounts receivable account.</p><p>The Post Invoice window appears and asks you to enter
+ information:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png" alt="Post Invoice Window"><div class="caption"><p>Post Invoice Window </p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Post Date</b> - specifies the date for the
+ transactions entered into the accounts receivable account.</p></li><li><p><b>Due Date</b> - is the date on which payment
+ for the invoice is expected.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>If you specified payment terms when you created the
+ invoice, the date is calculated according to selected terms, and
+ the entry field is insensitive.</p></li><li><p>If you did not specify payment terms, enter the expected
+ payment due date here.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Description</b> - is an arbitrary
+ description. When invoice transactions are placed in the accounts
+ receivable account, this description is entered in the memo field of
+ those transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Post To Account</b> - selects the accounts
+ receivable account in which invoice transactions are posted. You can
+ select the account from a list of existing A/Receivable
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p><b>Accumulate Splits</b> - determines if invoice
+ items which transfer to the same account are combined into a single
+ split for that account or entered individually. For the sample
+ invoice which sold Nails and a Hammer, the setting affects post
+ results as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Checked (splits are accumulated) - a single transfer of
+ $575.00 from the Income:Sales account is recorded.</p></li><li><p>Not checked - the transaction created in the A/Receivable
+ account, shows two transfers from Income:Sales account $100.00
+ and $475.00. The memo fields in the splits indicate the sale of
+ Nails and the Hammer (the item descriptions entered on the
+ invoice) respectively.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicefind2"></a>12.6.4. Find</h3></div></div><p>To find an existing invoice, use the <b>Business</b>
+ -> <b>Customer</b> -> <b>Find Invoice</b>
+ application. From the results of the search, you can select an invoice
+ to edit or view.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Before you can edit a posted invoice, you will need to
+ <b>Unpost</b> it.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>One of the design goals in GnuCash's Account Receivable system was
+ to allow different processes to get to the same state, so you can reach
+ an invoice from different directions based on the way you think about
+ the problem:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>You can search for the customer first, then list their
+ invoices.</p></li><li><p>You can search for invoices by number or by company
+ name.</p></li><li><p>You can list invoices associated with a customer job.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoiceprint2"></a>12.6.5. Print</h3></div></div><p>After you post an invoice, you should print it and send it to your
+ customer. To print an invoice use <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Print Invoice</b> menu item.</p><p>An example of the default GnuCash invoice print output is shown
+ below.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png" alt="Invoice Print Output"><div class="caption"><p>Invoice Print Output </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">You can modify the appearance of the invoice, IE: add a company
+ logo, etc. To do so, see the <a href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance">Changing the Invoice Appearance</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Invoices can also be printed from the main window by selecting
+ <b>Reports</b> -> <b>Business Reports</b>
+ -> <b>Printable Invoice</b> from the main menu. The
+ resulting report window states that no valid invoice is selected. To
+ select the invoice to print:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Use the <b>Options</b> tool bar button or select
+ <b>Edit</b> -> <b>Report Options</b> from
+ the main menu.</p></li><li><p>Select the <b>General</b> tab of the report
+ options dialog.</p></li><li><p>Click the <b>Select</b> button next to the
+ <b>Invoice Number</b> field.</p></li><li><p>Search for the invoice as usual.</p></li></ol></div><p>You can also print invoices from within the Process Payment
+ dialog. See the <a href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Process Payment">Process Payment</a> for instructions on
+ how to do so.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-invoicestarting2"></a>12.6.6. Assign Starting Invoice Number</h3></div></div><p>There is no easy way to assign an automatic starting invoice
+ number. GnuCash starts with number 1 and increments from there. You can
+ manually type an invoice number into the text box each time you create
+ an invoice, but this gets tiring and sooner or later leads to duplicate
+ numbers.</p><p>You can change the starting invoice number if it is important you.
+ There is no user interface to change the number at this time. You have
+ to hand edit your XML data file. The relevant entry is in the "counters"
+ section near the beginning of the file. The file must be re-opened after
+ editing.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">GnuCash optionally compresses files. Disable compression and
+ save before editing the file. To enable or disable compression use
+ <b>Edit</b> -> <b>Preferences</b>, access
+ the <b>General</b> tab, and select or deselect the
+ <b>Compress Files</b> check box.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-customers1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.5. Customers </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.7. Customer Jobs</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-invoices1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.7. Customer Jobs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html" title="12.6. Invoices"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-payment1.html" title="12.8. Process Payment"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.7. Customer Jobs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-jobs1"></a>12.7. Customer Jobs</h2></div></div><p>Customer Jobs are used to group multiple invoices to the same
+ customer. Use of the Customer Jobs feature is optional. The feature is
+ useful when you have multiple "jobs" for the same customer, and would like
+ to view all the invoices related to a single job.</p><p>To use customer jobs, you must create them using the
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Customer</b> ->
+ <b>New Job</b> application. You will see the <b>New
+ Job</b> window. The editable fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Job Info - Job Number</b> (optional) - enter
+ the number for this job. If left blank, a number will be chosen for
+ you.</p></li><li><p><b>Job Info - Job Name</b> - the name you want to
+ assign to the new job.</p></li><li><p><b>Owner Info - Customer</b> - the customer for
+ whom the job is created.</p></li><li><p><b>Owner Info - Billing ID</b> - the customer's
+ reference to this job (e.g. their PO Number). This is the "Billing
+ Identification" that they require to correlated your invoices with
+ their order. The Billing ID you enter is used to set the billing id
+ for new invoices associated with this job.</p></li><li><p><b>Job Active</b> - toggles this job being active
+ or not. This is useful when you have many inactive jobs, since it is
+ easier to search only among jobs that are marked active.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png" alt="New Customer Job"><div class="caption"><p>New Customer Job </p></div></div></div><p>To edit an existing customer job, use the
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Customer</b> ->
+ <b>Find Job</b> application. Select the desired job in the
+ search results, and click the <b>View/Edit Job</b>
+ button.</p><p>To select from the invoices associated with a given job, use
+ <b>Business</b> -> <b>Customer</b> ->
+ <b>Find Job</b> application. Select the desired job in the
+ search results and click the <b>View Invoices</b> button. A
+ window listing invoices associated with this job appears. Select an
+ invoice and click the <b>View Invoice</b> button to open an
+ invoice editor in the main application window.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoices1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.6. Invoices </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.8. Process Payment</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-jobs1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.1. Overview of Business Features</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html" title="12.2. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.1. Overview of Business Features</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ar.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-overview1"></a>12.1. Overview of Business Features</h2></div></div><p>The accounting needs of a business are quite different from that of
+ a person. Businesses have customers that owe money, vendors which are owed
+ money, employee payroll, more complex tax laws, etc. GnuCash offers
+ business oriented features to facilitate these needs.</p><p>Accounts Receivable (A/R) are used by businesses to record sales for
+ which they are not immediately paid. Accounts Payable (A/P) record bills
+ that they have received, but might not pay until later. These types of
+ accounts are used primarily when you have a lot of bills and receipts
+ flowing in and out, and do not want to lose track of them just because you
+ do not pay or get paid right away. For most home users, A/R and A/P are
+ too complicated to be worth the effort.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_bus_ar.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.2. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-overview1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.8. Process Payment</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html" title="12.7. Customer Jobs"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.8. Process Payment</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-payment1"></a>12.8. Process Payment</h2></div></div><p>Eventually, you will receive payment from your customers for
+ outstanding invoices. To register these payments, use the Process Payment
+ application found in <b>Business</b> ->
+ <b>Customer</b> -> <b>Process
+ Payment</b>.</p><p>The Process Payment application consists of:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Payment Information - Customer</b> - the
+ customer who paid you.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Invoice</b> - the invoice
+ for which payment was received. When you select an invoice, the
+ <b>Amount</b> field is set to total due for the selected
+ invoice.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Date</b> - the date you
+ you received payment.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Amount</b> - the amount
+ of money received.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Num</b> - the check
+ number.</p></li><li><p><b>Payment Information - Memo</b> - any comments
+ about this payment.</p></li><li><p><b>Post To</b> - the A/Receivable account to which
+ to post this transaction.</p></li><li><p><b>Transfer Account</b> - the account where the
+ money will be deposited (a checking account for example).</p></li></ul></div><p>Below is the GnuCash Accounts Receivable payment window.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_ar_payment.png" alt="Process Payment"><div class="caption"><p>Process Payment Window </p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-jobs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.7. Customer Jobs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-payment1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>12.3. Initial Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html" title="12.2. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-components1.html" title="12.4. System Components"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">12.3. Initial Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-components1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-ar-setup1"></a>12.3. Initial Setup</h2></div></div><p>To set up GnuCash to handle accounts receivable for a company two
+ preliminary things must be done. The first is to build an appropriate
+ Account Hierarchy and the second is to register the company in
+ GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-setupacct2"></a>12.3.1. Account Setup</h3></div></div><p>There are many different ways to set up a business account
+ hierarchy. You can start with the Business Accounts setup which is
+ available from the New Account Hierarchy druid, or you could build one
+ manually. To access the prebuilt Business Accounts, start GnuCash and
+ click on <b>File</b> -> <b>New File</b> and
+ proceed until you see the list of available accounts, select Business
+ Accounts.</p><p>The prebuilt Business Account hierarchy will not meet your needs
+ exactly. You will need make adjustments for the hierarchy to function
+ well with your particular situation. It should be close enough that it
+ is recommended you begin with it.</p><p>Accounts Receivable (or A/R) refers to products or services
+ provided by the company on credit for which payment has not yet been
+ received. This is represented on the balance sheet as an asset, because
+ you expect to receive payment soon. To use GnuCash's integrated accounts
+ receivable system, you must first set up an account (usually a
+ sub-account under Assets) defined with account type
+ <b>A/Receivable</b>. It is within this account that the
+ integrated A/R system will place transactions.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Basic A/R Account Hierarchy:<br>
+<br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Checking<br>
+ -Accounts Receivable<br>
+-Income<br>
+ -Sales<br>
+ </p></div><p>You need to add additional asset, expense, and income accounts to
+ this hierarchy for it to be useful. The important aspects of this
+ hierarchy are the use of an income account and the Accounts Receivable
+ asset account, with account type set to
+ <b>A/Receivable</b>.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">You do not need to create an individual A/R account for each
+ customer. GnuCash keeps track of customers internally and provides
+ per-customer reports based on the internal tracking.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-ar-setupcname2"></a>12.3.2. Company Registration</h3></div></div><p>After you have built the account structure, register the GnuCash
+ file as belonging to your company. To register your company, select
+ <b>File</b> -> <b>Properties</b>:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Enter the name of your company along with contact information
+ such as your phone number, fax number, e-mail address and website
+ URL.</p></li><li><p>Enter your company's tax payer id number in the
+ <b>Company ID</b> field.</p></li><li><p>Select default tax tables applicable to your most common
+ customers and vendors.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-components1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.2. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.4. System Components</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-ar-setup1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.2. Account Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter14.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="previous" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html" title="14.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Protocol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.2. Account Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-acct1"></a>14.2. Account Setup</h2></div></div><p>Local tax law must be considered when setting up accounts. Because there are many different ways payroll taxes are handled throughout the world, this section presents a very simple structure. From this, you should be able to adapt your particular payroll deductions setup.</p><p>Assume that you must pay 2 taxes, Tax1 and Tax2 and that each has an employee contributed and an employer contributed component.</p><p>The employee's salary and these two taxes are expense accounts. The tax components are liability accounts. The tax liability accounts are where you accumulate the taxes withheld for all of your employees. The taxes are later paid to the appropriate government agency.</p><p>
+ <div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Simple Payroll Account Layout:<br>
+<br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Checking<br>
+-Liabilities<br>
+ -Tax1 (short term "storage" account)<br>
+ -Tax2 (short term "storage" account)<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -Salaries<br>
+ -Tax1<br>
+ -Tax2<br>
+ </p></div>
+
+ <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Resist the temptation to create per-employee sub-accounts to track individual salaries. Creating a sub-account for each employee leads to unmanageably large lists of accounts. Imagine the account structure after a few years of employees coming and going. It is much simpler to keep all of your employees' payroll records within a single account (Expenses:Salaries for example) and use reports to view per-employee information.</p></td></tr></table></div>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter14.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.3. Protocol</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-acct1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter14.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="previous" href="chapter14.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Account Setup"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter14.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-concepts1"></a>14.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>Payroll is a financial record of wages, net pay, paid vacations, and deductions for an employee. Basically, anything that relates to giving money or benefits to an employee. Payroll is one of the more complex tasks in accounting, because there are many different accounts, people, and agencies involved in paying salaries.</p><p>Payroll is typically accounted for as an expense. Sometimes accountants "store" some payroll expenses in a short term liability account. This is useful for things such as payroll taxes, which may be paid at a different time than the employee. The employee might get paid biweekly, while taxes are paid quarterly. This chapter presents a methodology which expenses payroll immediately for salaries, but stores taxes in liability accounts.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-l!
eft: 0.5
in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">GnuCash does not have an integrated payroll system. While you can track payroll expenses in GnuCash, the calculation of taxes and deductions has to be done outside of GnuCash.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter14.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 14. Payroll </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter14.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.2. Account Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.4. Example</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter14.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="previous" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html" title="14.3. Protocol"><link rel="next" href="chapter15.html" title="Chapter 15. Budgets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.4. Example</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter15.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-example1"></a>14.4. Example</h2></div></div><p>Using the account setup seen previously, let's go through an example. Assume that there are 2 employees (E1 and E2) which each earn $1000 per month gross salary. The employee contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 10% and 5% respectively. The company contribution to Tax1 and Tax2 are 15% and 10% each on top of the employees gross salary.</p><p>Staring with $50k in the bank, and before doing any payroll, the account hierarchy looks like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex1.png" alt="Payroll Example 1"><div class="caption"><p>Payroll Initial Setup
+ </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-exampleprotocol2"></a>14.4.1. Build Protocol</h3></div></div><p>The deductions list for employee 1:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>E_GROSS_SALARY</b> - Employee gross salary - <b>$1000</b></p></li><li><p><b>E_TAX1</b> - Employee contribution to tax1 - <b>$100</b> (10% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li><p><b>E_TAX2</b> - Employee contribution to tax2 - <b>$50</b> (5% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li><p><b>C_TAX1</b> - Company contribution to tax1 - <b>$150</b> (15% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li><p><b>C_TAX2</b> - Company contribution to tax2 - <b>$100</b> (10% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li></ul></div><p>
+ <div class="table"><p><b>Table 14.2. Transaction Map for Employee 1</b></p><table summary="Transaction Map for Employee 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Account</th><th>Increase</th><th>Decrease</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Assets:Checking</td><td> </td><td>$850 (E_NET_SALARY)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Salaries</td><td>$1000 (E_GROSS_SALARY)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$100 (E_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$50 (E_TAX2)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax1</td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>$150 (C_TAX1)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax2</td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>$100 (C_TAX2)</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplepay2"></a>14.4.2. Pay an Employee</h3></div></div><p>Now, enter the first split transaction for employee 1 in the checking account. The split transaction looks like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex2.png" alt="Payroll Example 2"><div class="caption"><p>Employee 1 Split Transaction
+ </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">When paying employees, enter only the employee name in the Description area. If you decide to use GnuCash's check printing capabilities, the check is automatically made out to the correct employee. If you want to record other information in the transaction besides the employee name, use the Notes area, available when viewing the Register in double-line mode.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Repeat this for the second employee, which leaves the account hierarchy looking like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex3.png" alt="Payroll Example 3"><div class="caption"><p>Account Tree After Salaries Paid
+ </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-examplegovt2"></a>14.4.3. Pay the Government</h3></div></div><p>The Liabilities:Tax1 and Liabilities:Tax2 accounts continue to track how much you must pay to the government agencies responsible for each. When it is time to pay these agencies, make a transaction from the checking account to the liability accounts. No expense accounts are involved. The main account will then appear like this for this example:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/bus_pay_ex4.png" alt="Payroll Example 4"><div class="caption"><p>Accounts After Paying Government
+ </p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-protocol1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter15.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.3. Protocol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter14.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 15. Budgets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-example1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>14.3. Protocol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter14.html" title="Chapter 14. Payroll"><link rel="previous" href="bus-pay-acct1.html" title="14.2. Account Setup"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Example"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">14.3. Protocol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="bus-pay-protocol1"></a>14.3. Protocol</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash does not have an integrated payroll system. GnuCash can track your payroll expenses, but you need to develop a payroll protocol and perform the calculations outside of GnuCash, in a spreadsheet for example. In this section, one such protocol is presented. You can use the sample protocol as a model.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolone2"></a>14.3.1. Step 1: Deductions list</h3></div></div><p>The first step to the payroll protocol is to create a list of all the possible taxes and deductions for each employee. Each entry should include definitions and formulas for calculating each value. Once the protocol is established it needs to be changed only when payroll laws or tax rates change.</p><p>In the proposed scenario, such a list would look like this:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul compa!
ct><li><
p><b>E_GROSS_SALARY</b> - Employee gross salary</p></li><li><p><b>E_TAX1</b> - Employee contribution to tax1 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li><p><b>E_TAX2</b> - Employee contribution to tax2 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li><p><b>C_TAX1</b> - Company contribution to tax1 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li><li><p><b>C_TAX2</b> - Company contribution to tax2 (X% of E_GROSS_SALARY)</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The employee's net salary (E_NET_SALARY) is defined as E_GROSS_SALARY - E_TAX1 - E_TAX2 and need not be placed in this list since it is composed of items that already exist.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Place the actual formulas for calculating each deduction in this list. Sometimes these formulas are quite complex, and sometimes they simply say "look it up in table XYZ of the tax codes".</p><p>Notice that you can calculate some interesting values using the above definitions. One such value is the total cost to the company: E_GROSS_SALARY + C_TAX1 + C_TAX2.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocoltwo2"></a>14.3.2. Step 2: Create the Transaction Map</h3></div></div><p>When you record payroll in GnuCash, do so with a single split transaction. This split transaction populates the appropriate expense and liability accounts. If you need to look the payroll details at a later time, open the split transaction.</p><p>With the deductions list from above, an employee split transaction map can be generated. Each of the items in the list is mapped to a GnuCash account.</p><p>
+ <div class="table"><p><b>Table 14.1. Transaction Map</b></p><table summary="Transaction Map" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Account</th><th>Increase</th><th>Decrease</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Assets:Checking</td><td> </td><td>E_NET_SALARY</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Salaries</td><td>E_GROSS_SALARY</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>E_TAX2</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax1</td><td>C_TAX1</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax1</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX1</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Tax2</td><td>C_TAX2</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Tax2</td><td> </td><td>C_TAX2</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+ </p><p>Note that the C_TAX1 and C_TAX2 components have entries in the both the liability and expense accounts. The company component of each tax is expensed at the time of payroll, but remains a liability until taxes are due.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolthree2"></a>14.3.3. Step 3: Pay the Employee</h3></div></div><p>Go to the account from which the employee will be paid, for example your Assets:Checking account. Open a split transaction and enter the real values using the Transaction Map above as a guide. Repeat this for all employees.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This manual process is tedious, especially if you have a large number of employees.</p><p xmlns="">One GnuCash tool you certainly want use when entering employee payroll is duplicate transaction (use the Duplicate tool bar button). This saves you from having to enter all the transaction splits for each employee. You still need to change the amounts of money to match each employee's real payroll values, but you will not have to build the split for each employee.</p><p xmlns="">If payroll transactions do not change significantly every pay period, you can also use the duplicate transaction feature to duplicate each employee's most recent payroll transaction for the current pay period. If you find you are doing so all the time, read about the Schedule Transactions feature and save even more time!</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="bus-pay-protocolfour2"></a>14.3.4. Step 4: Pay the Government</h3></div></div><p>The final thing to do is to pay the taxes to the government. The liability accounts ha!
ve been
collecting the taxes for various government agencies, and periodically you need to send a check to the government to pay this charge. To do so, you simply enter a 2 account transaction in (for example) your checking account to pay off the tax liability. The transaction is between the checking account and the liability account, no expense account is involved. The expense accounts are charged at the time the tax liability is recorded.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.2. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter14.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.4. Example</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/bus-pay-protocol1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.3. Account Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"><link rel="previous" href="capgain_value1.html" title="9.2. Estimating Valuation"><link rel="next" href="capgain_example1.html" title="9.4. Example"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.3. Account Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_value1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Capital Gains</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_accounts1"></a>9.3. Account Setup</h2></div></div><p>As with most accounting practices, there are a number of different
+ ways to setup capital gains accounts. We will present here a general
+ method which should be flexible enough to handle most situations. The
+ first account you will need is an <b>Asset Cost</b> account
+ (GnuCash account type "asset"), which is simply a place where you record
+ the original purchase of the asset. Usually this purchase is accomplished
+ by a transaction from your bank account.</p><p>In order to keep track of the appreciation of the asset, you will
+ need three accounts. The first is an <b>Unrealized Gains</b>
+ asset account in which to collect the sum of all of the appreciation
+ amounts. The Unrealized Gains asset account is balanced by a
+ <b>Unrealized Gains</b> income account, in which all
+ periodic appreciation income is recorded. Finally, another income account
+ is necessary, called a <b>Realized Gains</b> in which you
+ record the actual capital gains upon selling the asset.</p><p>Below is a generic account hierarchy for tracking the appreciation
+ of 2 assets, ITEM1 and ITEM2. The "Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Cost" accounts are
+ balanced by the "Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account" account,
+ the "Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Unrealized Gains"
+ accounts are balanced by the "Income:Unrealized Gains" account (similar for ITEM2).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Current Assets<br>
+ -Savings Account<br>
+ -Fixed Assets<br>
+ -ITEM1 <br>
+ -Cost<br>
+ -Unrealized Gain<br>
+ -ITEM2<br>
+ -Cost<br>
+ -Unrealized Gain<br>
+-Income<br>
+ -Realized Gains<br>
+ -Unrealized Gains<br>
+ </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_value1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.2. Estimating Valuation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.4. Example</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_accounts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"><link rel="next" href="capgain_value1.html" title="9.2. Estimating Valuation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_capgain.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Capital Gains</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_value1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_concepts1"></a>9.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>This chapter will present some of the techniques used to keep track
+ of the unrealized and realized gains and losses, better known as capital
+ gains and losses.</p><p>Certain resellable assets can change value over time, such as
+ stocks, bonds, houses, or cars. Some assets (eg: a stock) could increase
+ in value, some (eg: a car) could decrease in value. It is important to be
+ able to track some of these time-dependent asset valuations, this chapter
+ will show you how.</p><p>Probably everything you own will increase or decrease in value over
+ time. So, the question is for which of these assets should you track this
+ changing value? The simple answer is that you only need to track this for
+ items which could be sold for cash in the future or which relate to
+ taxation.</p><p>Consumable and disposable items (eg: food, gas for your car, or
+ printer paper) are obviously not involved. Thus, even though the new
+ clothes you recently bought will certainly depreciate, you would not want
+ to track this depreciation since you have no intention of reselling the
+ clothes and there is no tax implications to the depreciation on clothing.
+ So, for this example, the purchase of new clothes should be recorded as a
+ pure expense... you spent the money, and it is gone.</p><p>Asset appreciation occurs when something you own increases in value
+ over time. When you own an asset which has increased in value, the
+ difference between the original purchase price and the new value is known
+ as <b>unrealized gains</b>. When you sell the asset, the
+ profit you earn is known as <b>realized gains</b> or
+ <b>capital gains</b>. An example of an asset from which you
+ could have unrealized gains, and eventually capital gains, is stock in a
+ publicly traded company.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_capgain.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_value1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 9. Capital Gains </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.2. Estimating Valuation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.4. Example</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"><link rel="previous" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Account Setup"><link rel="next" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Taxation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.4. Example</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Capital Gains</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_example1"></a>9.4. Example</h2></div></div><p>Let's suppose you buy an asset expected to increase in value, say a
+ Degas painting, and want to track this. (The insurance company will care
+ about this, even if nobody else does.)</p><p>Start with an account hierarchy similar to than shown in <a href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Account Setup">Account Setup</a>, but replace "ITEM1" with "Degas" and you
+ can remove the "ITEM2" accounts. We will assume that the Degas painting
+ had an initial value of one hundred thousand dollars. Begin by giving your
+ self $100,000 in the bank and then transferring that from your bank
+ account to your "Asset:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost" account (the asset
+ purchase transaction). You should now have a main account window which
+ appears like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_appmain.png" alt="Asset Appreciation Main Window"><div class="caption"><p>The asset appreciation example main window
+ </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_exampleunrealized2"></a>9.4.1. Unrealized Gains</h3></div></div><p>A month later, you have reason to suspect that the value of your
+ painting has increased by $10,000 (an unrealized gain). In order to
+ record this you transfer $10,000 from your Accrued Gains income account
+ (Income:Unrealized Gains) to your asset Unrealized Gains account
+ (Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain). Your main window will
+ resemble this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app2main.png" alt="Asset Appreciation Main Window"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after unrealized
+ gain</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplesell2"></a>9.4.2. Selling</h3></div></div><p>Let's suppose another month later prices for Degas paintings have
+ gone up some more, in this case about $20,000, you estimate. You duly
+ record the $20,000 as an unrealized income like above, then decide to
+ sell the painting.</p><p>Three possibilities arise. You may have <b>accurately
+ estimated</b> the unrealized gain,
+ <b>underestimated</b> the unrealized gain, or
+ <b>overestimated</b> the unrealized gain.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Accurate estimation</b> of unrealized
+ gain.</p><p>Your optimistic estimate of the painting's value was correct.
+ First you must record that the profits made are now realized gains,
+ not unrealized gains. Do this by transferring the income from the
+ "Income:Unrealized Gains" to the "Income:Realized Gains"
+ account.</p><p>Secondly, you must credit your bank account with the selling
+ price of the painting. This money comes directly from your
+ "Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas" sub-accounts. Transfer the full
+ "Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost" value into "Asset:Fixed
+ Assets:Savings Account", and the full "Assets:Fixed
+ Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gain" into "Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings
+ Account".</p><p>These transactions should now appear as follows:</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 9.1. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Transfer to</b></td><td><b>Transaction Amount</b></td><td><b>Account Total</b></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$30,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><p>This leaves the "Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account" account
+ with a total of $130000 and "Income:Realized Gains" with a total of
+ $30000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/capgain_app3main.png" alt="Asset Appreciation Main Window"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after realized
+ gain</p></div></div></div></li><li><p><b>Under estimation</b> of unrealized
+ gain.</p><p>You were over-optimistic about the value of the painting.
+ Instead of the $130000 you thought the painting was worth are only
+ offered $120000. But you still decide to sell, because you value
+ $120000 more than you value the painting. The numbers change a
+ little bit, but not too dramatically.</p><p>The transactions should now appear as follows (observe the
+ last transaction which balances the Unrealized Gains
+ accounts):</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 9.2. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Transfer to</b></td><td><b>Transaction Amount</b></td><td><b>Account Total</b></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$10,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>$10,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><p>This leaves the "Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account" account
+ with a total of $120000 and "Income:Realized Gains" with a total of
+ $20000.</p></li><li><p><b>Over estimation</b> of unrealized
+ gain.</p><p>You manage to sell your painting for more than you thought in
+ your wildest dreams ($150,000). The extra value is, again, recorded
+ as a gain, i.e. an income.</p><p>The transactions should now appear as follows (observe the
+ last transaction which balances the Unrealized Gains
+ accounts):</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 9.3. Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain</b></p><table summary="Turning an Accrued Gain into a Realized Gain" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Transfer to</b></td><td><b>Transaction Amount</b></td><td><b>Account Total</b></td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Income:Realized Gains</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Cost</td><td>Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$100,000</td><td>$0</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account</td><td>$50,000</td><td>$-20,000</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gains</td><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:Degas:Unrealized Gains</td><td>$20,000</td><td>$0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><p>This leaves the "Asset:Fixed Assets:Savings Account" account
+ with a total of $150,000 and "Income:Realized Gains" with a total of
+ $50,000.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="capgain_examplecaution2"></a>9.4.3. Caution about Valuation</h3></div></div><p>As we see in this example, for non-financial assets, it may be
+ difficult to correctly estimate the ``true'' value of an asset. It is
+ quite easy to count yourself rich based on questionable estimates that
+ do not reflect "money in the bank."</p><p>When dealing with appreciation of assets,</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Be careful with your estimation of values. Do not indulge in
+ wishful thinking.</p></li><li><p>Never, ever, count on money you do not have in your bank or as
+ cash. Until you have actually sold your asset and got the money, any
+ numbers on paper (or magnetic patterns on your hard disk) are merely
+ that. If you could realistically convince a banker to lend you
+ money, using the assets as collateral, that is a pretty reasonable
+ evidence that the assets have value, as lenders are professionally
+ suspicious of dubious overestimations of value. Be aware: all too
+ many companies that appear "profitable" on paper go out of business
+ as a result of running out of cash, precisely because "valuable
+ assets" were not the same thing as cash.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_tax1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.3. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.5. Taxation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_example1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.5. Taxation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"><link rel="previous" href="capgain_example1.html" title="9.4. Example"><link rel="next" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.5. Taxation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Capital Gains</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter10.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_tax1"></a>9.5. Taxation</h2></div></div><p>Taxation policies vary considerably between countries, so it is
+ virtually impossible to say anything that will be universally useful.
+ However, it is common for income generated by capital gains to not be
+ subject to taxation until the date that the asset is actually sold, and
+ sometimes not even then. North American home owners usually find that when
+ they sell personal residences, capital gains that occur are exempt from
+ taxation. It appears that other countries treat sale of homes differently,
+ taxing people on such gains. German authorities, for example, tax those
+ gains only if you owned the property for less than ten years.</p><p>Chris Browne has a story from his professional tax preparation days
+ where a family sold a farm, and expected a considerable tax bill that
+ turned out to be virtually nil due to having owned the property before
+ 1971 (wherein lies a critical "Valuation Day" date in Canada) and due to
+ it being a dairy farm, with some really peculiar resulting deductions. The
+ point of this story is that while the presentation here is fairly simple,
+ taxation often gets terribly complicated...</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter10.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.4. Example </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_tax1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>9.2. Estimating Valuation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"><link rel="previous" href="capgain_concepts1.html" title="9.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="capgain_accounts1.html" title="9.3. Account Setup"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">9.2. Estimating Valuation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 9. Capital Gains</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="capgain_value1"></a>9.2. Estimating Valuation</h2></div></div><p>As mentioned in the introduction to this chapter, capital gains are
+ the profits received from the same of an asset. This section will describe
+ how to record capital gains in GnuCash.</p><p>The accounting methods for handling asset appreciation differs
+ somewhat from depreciation because typically you are only concerned with
+ the moment you sell the asset and realize the capital gains. This is
+ opposed to the continuous nature of tracking depreciation. Capital gains
+ are an important subject in the world of taxation, because governments
+ tend to be quite interested in taxing capital gains in one manner or
+ another.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">As always, there are exceptions. If you hold a bond that pays all
+ of its interest at maturity, tax authorities often require that you
+ recognize interest each year, and refuse this to be treated as a capital
+ gain. Consult the appropriate tax codes to determine the preferred
+ treatment for each type of asset you have which may be affected by
+ capital gains taxes.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Estimating the increasing value of assets is generally not simple,
+ because often it is difficult to know its exact value until the moment it
+ is sold.</p><p>Securities traded daily on open markets such as stock exchanges are
+ possibly the easiest type of asset to predict the value of, and selling
+ the asset at market prices may be as simple as calling a broker and
+ issuing a Market Order. On the other hand, estimating the value of a house
+ is more difficult. Homes are sold less often than stocks, and the sales
+ tend to involve expending considerable effort and negotiations, which
+ means that estimates are likely to be less precise. Similarly, selling a
+ used automobile involves a negotiation process that makes pricing a bit
+ less predictable.</p><p>Values of collectible objects such as jewelry, works of art,
+ baseball cards, and "Beanie Babies" are even harder to estimate. The
+ markets for such objects are much less open than the securities markets
+ and less open than the housing market. Worse still are one-of-a-kind
+ assets. Factories often contain presses and dies customized to build a
+ very specific product that cost tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars;
+ this equipment may be worthless outside of that very specific context. In
+ such cases, several conflicting values might be attached to the asset,
+ none of them unambiguously correct.</p><p>The general rule of thumb in accounting for estimating unrealized
+ gains (or loses) is that you should only revalue assets such as stocks
+ which are readily sellable and for which there are very good estimates of
+ the value. For all other assets, it is better to simply wait until you
+ sell them, at which time you can exactly determine the capital gains. Of
+ course, there is no hard rule on this, and in fact different accountants
+ may prefer to do this differently.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_capgain.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.3. Account Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/capgain_value1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.1. Setting up Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"><link rel="next" href="cbook-deposits1.html" title="5.2. Entering Deposits"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.1. Setting up Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cbook.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Checkbook</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-deposits1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-accounts1"></a>5.1. Setting up Accounts</h2></div></div><p>The first step in managing your checkbook is to set up the necessary
+ accounts. You can either use the default GnuCash accounts or set up your
+ own. For more detail on how to set up a new account, refer to
+ <a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2" title="3.3.2. The Basic Top Level Accounts">The Basic Top Level Accounts</a>.
+ For instructions on importing your accounts from another program, refer to
+ <a href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importing QIF Files">Importing QIF Files</a>.</p><p>Let's start with the bank accounts you'll need. You need one GnuCash
+ bank type account for each physical bank account you wish to track. If you
+ are setting up your own accounts or using the default GnuCash accounts,
+ make sure that you have an opening balance transaction for each bank
+ account you own. The easiest way to get this number is to use the balance
+ from your last bank statement as your opening balance. You can enter this
+ in the account information window automatically as part of the
+ <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid, or you can enter a
+ manual transaction directly in the account. To enter the transaction
+ manually, enter a transfer from an <b>Opening Balances</b>
+ account (type equity) to the bank account.</p><p>The typical bank accounts you might track include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Checking - any institutional account that provides check-writing
+ privileges.</p></li><li><p>Savings - an interest-bearing institutional account usually used
+ to hold money for a longer term than checking accounts.</p></li></ul></div><p>Common transactions that affect these bank accounts are payments and
+ deposits. <b>Payments</b> are transfers of money out of the
+ bank account, usually to an expense account. <b>Deposits</b>
+ are transfers of money into the bank account, usually from an income
+ account. You will need to set up income and expense accounts to track
+ where that money comes from and where it goes. Remember that a balanced
+ transaction requires a transfer of an equal sum of money from at least one
+ account to at least one other account. So if you deposit money in your
+ checking account, you must also enter the account that money comes from.
+ If you pay a bill from your checking account, you must also enter the
+ account where that money goes.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cbook.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-deposits1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 5. Checkbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.2. Entering Deposits</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-accounts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.2. Entering Deposits</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"><link rel="previous" href="cbook-accounts1.html" title="5.1. Setting up Accounts"><link rel="next" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html" title="5.3. Entering Withdrawals"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.2. Entering Deposits</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Checkbook</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-deposits1"></a>5.2. Entering Deposits</h2></div></div><p>Most deposit transactions are entered as a transfer from an income
+ account to a bank account. Income may come from many sources, and it's a
+ good idea to set up a separate income type account for each different
+ source. For example, your income may come mainly from your paychecks, but
+ you may also receive interest on your savings. In this case, you should
+ have one income account for salary and another income account for interest
+ income.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/tip.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Tip</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Be sure to check the Tax-Related box in the Account Information
+ Dialog when you set up taxable income accounts. Some types of income,
+ such as gift income, may not be considered taxable, so check the
+ appropriate tax rules to determine what is taxable. For ways to track
+ capital gains income, refer to <a href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Before you start entering paycheck deposits, decide how much detail
+ you want to track. The basic level of detail is to enter your net pay,
+ just like you would in your paper register. This is easiest, but you can
+ get even more information out of GnuCash if you enter your gross pay with
+ deductions. It takes a bit more effort to enter the deductions, but
+ entering your tax withholding information throughout the year allows you
+ to run useful tax status reports in GnuCash at any time. These reports can
+ help you determine whether you are withholding enough tax, and they can
+ help you estimate your tax bill ahead of time. If you are unsure about the
+ level of detail, start by entering net pay. You can always go back and
+ edit your transactions later if you decide you want more detail.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.1. Setting up Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.3. Entering Withdrawals</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-deposits1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"><link rel="previous" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html" title="5.3. Entering Withdrawals"><link rel="next" href="cbook-together1.html" title="5.5. Putting It All Together"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Checkbook</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-reconacct1"></a>5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash makes reconciliation of your bank account with your monthly
+ bank statement much easier. <a href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Reconciliation">Reconciliation</a>
+ gives instructions on how to
+ reconcile your transactions with the monthly bank statement. This is the
+ main reconciliation task that should be done every month.</p><p>But what about all those other accounts you created? Should those be
+ reconciled too? If you receive a statement for the account, then you
+ should consider reconciling that account. Examples include the checking
+ account statement, the savings account statement, and the credit card
+ statement. Credit card statements and credit card transactions are covered
+ in the <a href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards">Chapter 6</a>, so if you are interested in
+ tracking your credit cards in GnuCash, take a look at the instructions
+ provided there.</p><p>Income and expense accounts are usually not reconciled, because
+ there is no statement to check them against. You also don't need to
+ reconcile cash accounts, for the same reason. With a cash account, though,
+ you might want to adjust the balance every once in a while, so that your
+ actual cash on hand matches the balance in your cash account. Adjusting
+ balances is covered in the next section.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-withdrawals1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.3. Entering Withdrawals </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.5. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-reconacct1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.5. Putting It All Together</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"><link rel="previous" href="cbook-reconacct1.html" title="5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts"><link rel="next" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.5. Putting It All Together</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-reconacct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Checkbook</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cc.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-together1"></a>5.5. Putting It All Together</h2></div></div><p>In <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>, you entered some transactions
+ in your checking account. In this chapter, we will add more transactions and
+ then reconcile them.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-open2"></a>5.5.1. Opening Balances</h3></div></div><p>So, let's get started by opening the gcashdata file you saved in the
+ last chapter (<tt>gcashdata_4</tt>). Your chart of accounts
+ should look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png" alt="The Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Chart of Accounts.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-transactions"></a>5.5.2. Add some transactions</h3></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Now open the Checking account from the main window. In the last
+ chapter, you entered some paycheck transactions as deposits into
+ Checking. Now we will enter another kind of deposit - a transfer of
+ money from Savings into Checking. On a blank line, enter a transaction
+ to transfer $500 from Savings to Checking (In this case, the last
+ transaction date was March 28, but this transfer transaction took
+ place on the March 24). Your Transfer account will be Savings, since
+ you are in the Checking account. Your Checking account should now look
+ like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_transferin.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Checking Account Register.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now let's write some checks on this account. First, write a
+ check to HomeTown Grocery for $75 (5 of March). Your transfer account
+ is Groceries, since all of this money is going to buy groceries. Next,
+ write a check to ABC Hardware for $100 (6 of March), and split this
+ amount between two expenses: Household $50 and Tools $50. You will
+ need to create an expense type account for each of these, then enter
+ splits for them. Your checking account should now look like
+ this;</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_checkexamp.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Checking Account Register after
+ registering some more checks.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Suppose you now need to withdraw some money. You don't have a
+ cash account set up in your chart of accounts, so you will need to
+ create one. Create the account as <b>Cash</b> as a
+ top-level account of type <b>Asset</b>. From your
+ Checking account register, enter an ATM type withdrawal to transfer
+ $100 from Checking to Cash on the 25 of March.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_atm.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Checking Account Register with an ATM
+ withdrawal.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reconcile"></a>5.5.3. Opening Balances</h3></div></div><p>Now we are ready to reconcile this Checking account, using this
+ sample bank statement:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_bankstmt.png" alt="A sample Bank Statement"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a sample Bank Statement.</p></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Select <b>Actions</b><b> ->
+ </b><b>Reconcile</b> from the menu, and fill
+ in the Closing balance as $1451.79. Click OK to begin reconciling the
+ account. Check off the entries as they appear on the sample statement.
+ When you have checked off all your entries, the reconcile window
+ should look like this:
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconexamp.png" alt="The reconcile window"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the reconcile window with a $5
+ difference.</p></div></div></div><p>Notice that your reconciled balance differs from your ending
+ balance by $5.00. If you look at the sample bank statement, you will
+ see there is a $5.00 service charge that has not been added to your
+ Checking account.
+ </p></li><li><p>So click on the Checking register and add the $5.00 service
+ charge to your Checking account. On a blank line of the Checking
+ register, enter a transaction to transfer $5.00 from Checking to a
+ Service Charges account. (You will need to create the Service Charges
+ account as type expense.) Use the transaction date printed on the
+ sample statement as the date you enter for this transaction. Your
+ Checking account should now look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_servch.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Checking Account Register with
+ service charge added.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Click back on the Reconcile window, and you should see the
+ service charge now under Funds Out. Click on it to mark it as
+ reconciled, and note that the difference amount below now becomes
+ 0.00. Click the Finish button on the tool bar to complete the
+ reconciliation. The Reconcile R column in your Checking register
+ should now show <b>y</b> for each transaction you just
+ reconciled. Also observe the bottom status row that now indicates
+ "Reconciled: USD 1451.79"</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png" alt="The Checking Account Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the reconciled Checking Account
+ Register.</p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-save"></a>5.5.4. Save file</h3></div></div><p>Go back to the main window and save your file with the new
+ <tt>gcashdata_5</tt> name. Your chart of accounts is
+ steadily growing, and it should now look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png" alt="The Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Chart of Accounts.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-puttoget-reports"></a>5.5.5. Reports</h3></div></div><p>As we did in the previous chapter, lets have a look at a
+ <b>Cash Flow</b>, and a <b>Transaction</b> Report.
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>First lets have a look at the <b>Cash Flow</b> report
+ for the month of March.</p><p>Select the cash flow report from <b>Reports</b> ->
+ <b>Income & Expense</b> ->
+ <b>Cash Flow</b>
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_CashFlow.png" alt="Cash Flow report for the month of March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Cash Flow report after
+ <a href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook">Chapter 5</a>.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now lets have a look at corresponding transaction report for the various
+ Asset accounts.
+ </p><p>Select the transaction report from <b>Reports</b> ->
+ <b>Transaction Report</b>
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png" alt="Transaction Report for the Assets accounts during March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Transaction Report for the Assets accounts
+ during March.
+ </p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now lets change the transaction report to only show the various
+ Expenses account.
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Transaction Report for the various Expense accounts
+ during March.
+ </p></div></div></div></li></ol></div><p>Notice that you have not yet used one of the accounts listed in your
+ chart, the <b>Credit Card</b> account. Now that you know how
+ to keep track of your bank and cash accounts in GnuCash, you may want to
+ start tracking your credit cards as well. GnuCash provides a special type
+ of account for credit cards, and this is discussed in the next
+ chapter.
+ </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-reconacct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cc.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 6. Credit Cards</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-together1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.3. Entering Withdrawals</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"><link rel="previous" href="cbook-deposits1.html" title="5.2. Entering Deposits"><link rel="next" href="cbook-reconacct1.html" title="5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.3. Entering Withdrawals</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-deposits1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Checkbook</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cbook-withdrawals1"></a>5.3. Entering Withdrawals</h2></div></div><p>When you withdraw money from your bank account, for whatever reason,
+ you are transferring money from your bank account to some other location.
+ In GnuCash, this other location is tracked as an account. The more
+ detailed accounts you create and use for your spending, the more
+ information you will get about where your money goes.</p><p>Withdrawals take many forms. ATM withdrawals are one of the most
+ common transactions. Writing checks is one way to withdraw money to pay
+ bills, to buy purchases, or to give to charity. Depending on your bank,
+ you might also have service charges, where the bank withdraws the money
+ from your account. Transfers of money out to another account are also
+ withdrawals. We will take a look at each of these types of withdrawals and
+ how to record them in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cbook-atm2"></a>5.3.1. ATM/Cash Withdrawals</h3></div></div><p>Cash withdrawals are handled as a transfer from a bank account to
+ a cash account. GnuCash provides special <b>Cash</b> type
+ accounts for tracking your cash purchases, so you should set up a cash
+ account to record your ATM and other cash withdrawals.</p><p>Cash accounts can be used for different levels of detail. On a
+ basic level of detail, you simply transfer money to it from your
+ checking account. That tells you how much money you took out of checking
+ on a given day, but it doesn't tell you where that cash was spent. With
+ a little more effort, you can use the cash account to record your cash
+ purchases as well, so that you can see where that cash went. You record
+ these purchases as a transfer from the cash account to expense
+ accounts.</p><p>Some people record every cash purchase, but this takes a lot of
+ work. An easier way is to record the purchases for which you have
+ receipts, but then adjust the balance of the account to match what is in
+ your wallet.</p><p>It's a good idea to at least set up a cash account for your
+ withdrawals. Then if you decide to track where your cash goes, you can
+ enter transactions for the money you spend. You determine what level of
+ detail you want to use.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-deposits1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.2. Entering Deposits </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cbook.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.4. Reconciling Your Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cbook-withdrawals1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Setting Up Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="previous" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concepts"><link rel="next" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Entering Charges"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Setting Up Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-accounts1"></a>6.2. Setting Up Accounts</h2></div></div><p>To begin managing your credit cards in GnuCash, you should set up a
+ "Liability" top level account and under this parent account create credit
+ card type accounts for each credit card you use. If you are tracking only
+ the payments you make to the credit card company, then all you need is a
+ bank account and a credit card account to enter your transactions.</p><p>The charges you make on your credit card are expenses, so you will
+ have to setup these accounts under the top-level account called
+ "Expenses". If you decide to keep a more detailed records of your
+ purchases, you will need to create expense accounts for each kind of
+ purchase you make. Since you will also be reconciling the balance to your
+ credit card statements, you should also enter an opening balance in each
+ credit card account. The easiest way to do this is to use your last
+ statement balance as the opening balance.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-simple2"></a>6.2.1. Simple Setup</h3></div></div><p>If you do not want to track each expense made on the credit card,
+ you can setup a simple account hierarchy like this:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Bank<br>
+-Liabilities<br>
+ -Credit Card<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -Credit Card<br>
+ </p></div><p>In this example, if you enter your total amount charged per month
+ as a transaction between “Liabilities:Credit Card” and
+ “Expenses:Credit Card”. When you make a payment, you would
+ enter a transaction between “Assets:Bank” and
+ “Liabilities:Credit Card”.</p><p>The obvious limitation of this simple credit card setup is that
+ you cannot see where your money is going. All your credit card expenses
+ are being entered in the Credit Card expense account. This is, however,
+ very simple to setup and maintain.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-accounts-complete2"></a>6.2.2. Complete Setup</h3></div></div><p>If you want to track your expenses more completely, you should
+ setup multiple expense accounts named for the various kinds of expenses
+ you have. Each charge on your credit card is then entered as a separate
+ transaction between your Credit Card liability account and a specific
+ expense account. Below is an example of an account hierarchy for
+ this:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Bank<br>
+-Liabilities<br>
+ -Credit Card<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -Food<br>
+ -Car<br>
+ -Clothes<br>
+ -Entertainment<br>
+ -Interest<br>
+ -Service<br>
+ </p></div><p>Clearly, you should enter specific expense accounts which fit your
+ spending habits. The only difference with this setup as compared to the
+ simple setup is that the expenses have been subdivided by groups. Also
+ notice that there is an "Interest" expense, this is used for when your
+ credit card charges interest on your monthly unpaid balance. The
+ "Service" expense account is used to track service expenses associated
+ with the credit card, such as the yearly usage fee if it exists. With
+ this setup, you will be able to see where your money goes every month,
+ grouped according to the expense accounts.</p><p>The rest of this chapter will assume you are using the complete
+ setup.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-entercharge1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.1. Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Entering Charges</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-accounts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.1. Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="next" href="cc-accounts1.html" title="6.2. Setting Up Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.1. Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cc.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-concepts1"></a>6.1. Concepts</h2></div></div><p>Since you probably write a check or make an electronic payment to
+ the credit card company each month, you may think of your credit card bill
+ as an expense - but it really is not an expense. Why? A credit card
+ account is a short-term loan - you buy things on that loan account, and
+ then you eventually have to pay back the money, often with interest (your
+ finance charge). The purchases you make with that credit card are your
+ expenses.</p><p>You have a couple of options when entering credit card transactions,
+ so choose the one that fits your desired level of detail. The simplest
+ method is to simply track monthly payments to the credit card company.
+ From your bank account, you enter a transfer of money each month to the
+ credit card expense account. This will show you the amount of money you
+ are paying each month to the credit card company, but it won't show you
+ any information about your credit card balance or credit card
+ purchases.</p><p>A more complete way to track your credit card in GnuCash is to enter
+ each purchase and payment as a separate transaction. Using the credit card
+ account register, you enter your receipts throughout the month. When your
+ credit card statement arrives, you reconcile the credit card account to
+ the statement, and you enter your payment as a transfer of money from your
+ checking account to your credit card account. This method gives you more
+ information about your balance during the month and points out any
+ discrepancies during reconciliation, but you will have to do more data
+ entry.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_cc.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 6. Credit Cards </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.2. Setting Up Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.3. Entering Charges</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="previous" href="cc-accounts1.html" title="6.2. Setting Up Accounts"><link rel="next" href="cc-enterpay1.html" title="6.4. Entering Payments"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.3. Entering Charges</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-enterpay1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-entercharge1"></a>6.3. Entering Charges</h2></div></div><p>Entering your charges provides you with a more complete picture of
+ your spending habits. Charges on a credit card are tracked as a
+ transaction between the credit card liability account and the appropriate
+ expense account.</p><p>When you swipe that credit card through the machine at a store, you
+ are transferring money from your credit card company to that merchant.
+ This transaction increases the amount of money you owe the credit card
+ company. If you keep track of these types of transactions, you can
+ reconcile your credit card account with your monthly statement, and you
+ should quickly spot any transactions that look suspicious. So how should
+ you account for charges to your credit card?</p><p>One way is to manually enter all your receipts, either throughout
+ the month or all at once. This can be time-consuming, but it is probably
+ the best way to make sure that all of your charges are authorized. If you
+ consistently enter all your receipts, you can quickly catch any errors or
+ unauthorized transactions during your monthly reconciliation.</p><p>Another way is to import a credit card statement directly into your
+ account. If your credit card company supports a QIF file format for its
+ statements, you have the option of directly importing the statement. This
+ type of import is covered in the <a href="basics-import1.html" title="2.7. Importing QIF Files">Importing QIF Files</a>,
+ and it is a
+ convenient way to track your purchases without having to manually enter
+ all your receipts.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-enterpay1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.2. Setting Up Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.4. Entering Payments</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-entercharge1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.4. Entering Payments</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="previous" href="cc-entercharge1.html" title="6.3. Entering Charges"><link rel="next" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. Putting It All Together"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.4. Entering Payments</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-entercharge1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-enterpay1"></a>6.4. Entering Payments</h2></div></div><p>Most payments to your credit card bill are entered as transfers from
+ a bank account (asset) to the credit card account (liability). When you
+ pay the monthly bill, you are withdrawing money from a bank account to pay
+ down the credit card balance. This transaction decreases both your bank
+ account balance and the amount of credit card debt you owe.</p><p>When you return a purchase, you receive a refund on your credit
+ card. This is another type of payment in that it decreases the amount of
+ credit card debt you owe. If you recorded the original purchase
+ transaction as a transfer from the credit card account to the expense, you
+ now simply reverse that transaction: transfer the money back from the
+ expense to the credit card account. This transaction decreases both the
+ expense account balance and the credit card account balance. For example,
+ if you originally recorded a credit card purchase of clothing, the
+ transaction is a transfer from the credit card account to the clothing
+ expense account. If you then return that clothing for a refund, you simply
+ transfer the money back from the clothing expense account to the credit
+ card account.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">A common mistake is to enter a refund as income. It is not income,
+ but rather a "negative expense". That is why you must transfer money
+ from the expense account to your credit card when you receive a
+ refund.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>To clarify this, lets run through an example. You bought some Jeans
+ for $74.99 on your VISA card, but realized 1 day later that they are to
+ big and want to return them. The shop gracefully agrees, and refunds your
+ credit card.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Start with opening the previous datafile we stored
+ (<tt>gcashdata_5</tt>), and store it as
+ <tt>gcashdata_6</tt>.</p></li><li><p>Open the <b>Liabilities:Visa</b> account register
+ and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $74.99 jeans
+ purchase. The <b>Transfer</b> account should be
+ <b>Expenses:Clothes</b> and you
+ <b>Charge</b> your Visa account with the $74.99.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Since we had not created the Expense:Clothes account
+ previously, GnuCash will prompt us to create it. Just remember to
+ create it as an Expense account</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p>Enter the refund in one of the following way.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Enter the same transaction as the purchase transaction, but
+ instead of a "Charge" amount, use a "Payment" amount in the Credit
+ Card account register.</p></li><li><p>Select the purchase transaction you want to refund (that is
+ the Jeans transaction in our case), and selecting
+ <b>Transaction</b> -> <b>Add Reversing
+ Transaction</b>. Modify the date as needed.</p></li></ul></div><p>After reversing the transaction, your credit card account should
+ look something like this </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png" alt="Refunded a credit card purchase"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Liability:Credit Card -
+ Register</b> after reversing a purchase
+ transaction.</p></div></div></div><p>and the <b>Expenses:Clothes</b> register should
+ look something like this </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png" alt="Refunded a credit card purchase"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Expenses:Clothes</b>
+ register after reversing a purchase transaction.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Save the GnuCash data file.</p></li></ol></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-entercharge1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-together1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Entering Charges </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.5. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-enterpay1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.5. Putting It All Together</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards"><link rel="previous" href="cc-enterpay1.html" title="6.4. Entering Payments"><link rel="next" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.5. Putting It All Together</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-enterpay1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_loans.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="cc-together1"></a>6.5. Putting It All Together</h2></div></div><p>Now that we have covered the basic ideas behind the various
+ transactions you must make to successfully track your credit card in
+ GnuCash, let's go through an example. In this example, we will make credit
+ card purchases, refund two of the purchases, get charged interest on
+ the unpaid balance, reconcile the credit card account, and finally make a
+ partial payoff of the credit card.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-openfile"></a>6.5.1. Open GnuCash file</h3></div></div><p>Start with opening the previous datafile we stored,
+ <tt>gcashdata_5</tt>, and store it as
+ <tt>gcashdata_6</tt> directly. The main window should look
+ something like this: </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_accounts.png" alt="Starting account structure"><div class="caption"><p>Starting account structure for tracking a credit card in the
+ putting it all together example.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-purchases2"></a>6.5.2. Purchases</h3></div></div><p>Let's make some purchases on our visa card. Start by buying $25
+ worth of food from the Greasy Spoon Cafe, $100 worth of clothing from
+ Faux Pas Fashions, $25 worth of gasoline from Premium Gasoline, $125
+ worth of groceries and household items from Groceries R Us (split
+ between $85 in groceries and $40 in household items) and finally, $60
+ worth of household items from CheapMart.</p><p>We also redo the exercise in previous chapter, with purchasing
+ a pair of Jeans for $74.99 on April 3, and refund them two days later.</p><p>The register window for the credit card liability should look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_purchases.png" alt="Initial credit card purchases"><div class="caption"><p>Initial credit card purchases.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-refund2"></a>6.5.3. Refund</h3></div></div><p>Now suppose that on April 15th you return the clothes you bought
+ on April 11th from Faux Pas Fashions and they give you credit back on
+ your credit card. Enter a transaction for the credit card refund for the
+ full $100 amount. Remember to use the same transfer account you used for
+ the original purchase, and enter the amount under the Payment column.
+ GnuCash will automatically complete the name and transfer account for
+ you, but it will also automatically enter the $100 in the Charge column.
+ You will need to reenter the amount in the Payment column. The
+ transaction looks like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_refund.png" alt="Item return transaction"><div class="caption"><p>Returning clothes to Faux Pas Fashions, refund to credit
+ card.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-interest2"></a>6.5.4. Interest Charge</h3></div></div><p>After the month of spending, unfortunately, the credit card bill
+ arrives in the mail or you access it on-line through the internet. You
+ have been charged $20 in interest on the last day of April because of
+ the balance you carried from the previous month. This gets entered into
+ the credit card account as an expense.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_interest.png" alt="Interest charge"><div class="caption"><p>Interest charge.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-reconcile2"></a>6.5.5. Reconciliation</h3></div></div><p>When your credit card bill arrives you should reconcile your
+ credit card account to this document. This is done using GnuCash's
+ built-in reconciliation application. Highlight the credit card account
+ and click on <b>Actions</b> ->
+ <b>Reconcile...</b>. This reconciliation procedure is
+ described in detail in the <a href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Reconciliation">Reconciliation</a>,
+ but we will step
+ through the process here as well. For this example, let's assume that
+ the credit card statement is dated May 1st, with a final balance of
+ $455. Enter these values in to the initial Reconcile window as shown
+ here.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_reconcile_init.png" alt="Initial reconcile window"><div class="caption"><p>Initial account reconciliation window.</p></div></div></div><p>During the reconciliation process, you check off each transaction
+ in the account as you confirm that the transaction appears in both your
+ GnuCash account and the credit card statement. For this example, as
+ shown in the figure below, there is a $300 difference between your
+ GnuCash accounts and the credit card statement.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_reconcile.png" alt="Main reconcile window"><div class="caption"><p>Main account reconciliation window, demonstrating a
+ discrepancy of $300.</p></div></div></div><p>Some investigation uncovers that you forgot to record a payment
+ you made on March 5th to the credit card company for $300, you
+ must enter this payment transaction from your bank account to the credit
+ card. Now the credit card statement and your GnuCash account can be
+ reconciled, with a balance of $455.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-together-payment2"></a>6.5.6. Payment</h3></div></div><p>Assuming you have completed reconciliation of your credit card
+ account, you need to make a payment to the credit card company. In this
+ example, we owe $455 but will make a partial payment of $300 again this
+ month. To do so, enter a transaction from your bank account to the
+ credit card account for $300, which should reduce your credit card
+ balance to $155. Your credit card account register should now appear
+ like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_payment.png" alt="Reconciliation and payment"><div class="caption"><p>Account register after account reconciliation and
+ payment.</p></div></div></div><p>Go back to the main window and save your file
+ (<tt>gcashdata_6</tt>). Your chart of accounts is steadily
+ growing, and it should now look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_final.png" alt="GnuCash main window"><div class="caption"><p>GnuCash Chart of Accounts after account reconciliation and
+ payment.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-save"></a>6.5.7. Save file</h3></div></div><p>Last, save the GnuCash data file (<tt>gcashdata_6</tt>).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="cc-puttoget-reports"></a>6.5.8. Reports</h3></div></div><p>As we did in the previous chapters, lets have a look at a
+ <b>Cash Flow</b>, and a <b>Transaction</b> Report.
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>First lets have a look at the <b>Cash Flow</b> report
+ for the liability account <b>Visa</b> during the month of March.</p><p>Select the cash flow report from <b>Reports</b> ->
+ <b>Income & Expense</b> ->
+ <b>Cash Flow</b>
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_CashFlow.png" alt="Cash Flow report for the month of March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Cash Flow report after
+ <a href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards">Chapter 6</a>.</p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now lets have a look at corresponding transaction report for the Visa
+ account.
+ </p><p>Select the transaction report from <b>Reports</b> ->
+ <b>Transaction Report</b>
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png" alt="Transaction Report for the Visa account during March/April"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Transaction Report for the Visa account
+ during March/April.
+ </p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now lets change the transaction report to only show the various
+ Expenses account.
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during April"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Transaction Report for the various Expense accounts
+ during April.
+ </p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-enterpay1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_loans.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.4. Entering Payments </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_cc.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 7. Loans</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/cc-together1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Missing Loan Documentation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2965592"></a>7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>When you will record the selling of your house in GnuCash you have
+ some different options. Here we will go through two of them, one in which
+ you only recorded the purchase amount, and now the selling amount. The other
+ where you have followed the ups and downs on the property market and registered
+ various Unrealized gains over the time.</p><p></p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2965610"></a>7.8.1. Simple Transaction</h3></div></div><p>In this way you only record the proper sale amount.</p><p>Lets work through two samples of selling a house, one with a
+ profit, and one with a loss. If you want to sell a car instead, just
+ substitute the house accounts with a car account.</p><p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Fixed Assets<br>
+ -House<br>
+ -Current Assets<br>
+ -Saving<br>
+-Income<br>
+ -Capital Gains Long<br>
+ -House<br>
+ </p></div></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, and now managed
+ to sell it for $600,000. How do you record this?</p><p>To record this you need to increase our bank account with the
+ $600k, and decrease some other accounts with $600k. The house
+ account only contains $300k which is what you bought it for, so you
+ move this amount to your bank account. That means you are lacking
+ #300k. This amount you fetch from the Income:Captial Gains Long:House
+ account. The split transaction you enter into your
+ <b>bank</b> account (<b>Assets:Fixed
+ Assets:Saving</b>) should look like this.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 7.3. Selling an asset (house) with a profit</b></p><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p></li><li><p>You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, but due to a
+ newly created airport, could only sell it for $230,000. How do you
+ record this?</p><p>To record this you need to increase your bank account with the
+ $230k, and decrease some other accounts with $230k. The house
+ account contains $300k which is more than what you sold it for. So
+ lets move $230k of it to your bank account. After this you have $70k
+ remaining in your house account which needs to be removed. You move it
+ to our Income:Capital Gains Long:House account, which will indicate
+ a loss. The split transaction you enter into your
+ <b>house</b> account (<b>Assets:Fixed
+ Assets:House</b>) should look like this.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 7.4. Selling an asset (house) with a loss</b></p><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a loss" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$230,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains Long:House</td><td>$70,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2965842"></a>7.8.2. A More Complex Transaction</h3></div></div><p>In this example we will touch a little on some more complicated
+ accounting principles. For more details on this subject please check
+ <a href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9</a></p><p>Here we will only touch on the case when you have accurately estimated
+ the current value of your house. For the other cases (over-, and
+ under-estimated), please check <a href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9</a>.</p><p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Fixed Assets<br>
+ -House<br>
+ -Cost<br>
+ -Unrealized Gain<br>
+ -Current Assets<br>
+ -Saving<br>
+-Income<br>
+ -Realized Gain<br>
+ -House<br>
+ -Unrealized Gain<br>
+ -House<br>
+ </p></div></p><p>You bought a house for $300,000 once upon a time, and over
+ the years keept a close look on the market and updated your
+ records with the estimated current value of your house. At the time
+ you want to sell it, you have determined that the current market
+ value is $600,000. </p><p>The difference between $600,000 (estimated market value), and
+ $300,000 (purchase value) is the current Unrealized Gain value. Therefore
+ you have a total of $300,000 in your
+ <b>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain</b> account</p><p>How do you record this sell transaction?</p><p>To record this you need to increase your bank account with the
+ $600k, and decrease some other accounts with $600k.
+ You must first change from unrealized gain to realized gain
+ for your Income accounts.
+ Lastly you need to transfer the full amounts from the "Assets:Fixed Assets:House"
+ sub-accounts.</p><p>The transaction you enter into your
+ <b>Income:Realized Gain:House</b>
+ account should look like this.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 7.5. Selling an asset (house) with a profit</b></p><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Realized Gain:House</td><td>$300,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Unrealized Gain:House</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><p>The transaction you enter into your
+ <b>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</b> account
+ should look like this.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 7.6. Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2</b></p><table summary="Selling an asset (house) with a profit 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Saving</td><td>$600,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Cost</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House:Unrealized Gain</td><td> </td><td>$300,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><p>After having recorded these transactions you see that your House
+ Asset have a value of 0, your Savings account have increased with $600,000,
+ and lastly, the Income:Realized Gain have increased to $300,000.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_Reconciling.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_missing1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/ch07s08.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter10.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter10.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter10.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="capgain_tax1.html" title="9.5. Taxation"><link rel="next" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter10"></a>Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>10.1. <a href="currency_concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="currency_acct1.html">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="currency_support1.html">GnuCash Currency Support</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="currency_prefs1.html">Setting International Preferences</a></dt><dt>10.5. <a href="currency_howto1.html">Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>10.5.1. <a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Manual">Manually Updating Exchange Rates</a></dt><dt>10.5.2. <a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_Auto">Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)</a></dt><dt>10.5.3. <a href="currency_howto1.html#currency_howto_disable">How to disable currency retrieval</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>10.6. <a href="currency_purchase1.html">Recording Purchases in !
a Foreig
n Currency (How-To)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>10.6.1. <a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2">Purchase of an asset with foreign currency</a></dt><dt>10.6.2. <a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase3">Purchasing foreign stocks</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>10.7. <a href="currency_invest1.html">Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>10.7.1. <a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest12">Purchasing a currency investment</a></dt><dt>10.7.2. <a href="currency_invest1.html#currency_invest13">Selling a currency investment</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>10.8. <a href="currency_reconcile1.html">Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</a></dt><dt>10.9. <a href="currency_examples1.html">Putting It All Together (Examples)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>10.9.1. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2980559">Basic scenario</a></dt><dt>10.9.2. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2980668">Configure Accounts</a></dt><dt>10.9.3. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2980718">Opening Balance</a></dt><dt>10.9.4. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2980853">Purchase a house</a></dt><dt>10.9.5. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2981004">Stock Purchasing</a></dt><dt>10.9.6. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2981303">Get the online quotes</a></dt><dt>10.9.7. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2981335">Lending money to a friend</a></dt><dt>10.9.8. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2981370">Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</a></dt><dt>10.9.9. <a href="currency_examples1.html#id2981511">Whats next?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will show you how to setup your GnuCash accounts to use
+ multiple currencies.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="capgain_tax1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">9.5. Taxation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter10.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter13.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter13.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter13.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html" title="12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance"><link rel="next" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html" title="13.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter13"></a>Chapter 13. Accounts Payable</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>13.1. <a href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dt>13.2. <a href="bus-ap-setup1.html">Initial Setup</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>13.2.1. <a href="bus-ap-setup1.html#bus-ap-setupacct2">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>13.2.2. <a href="bus-ap-setup1.html#bus-ap-setupcname2">Company Registration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>13.3. <a href="bus-ap-components1.html">System Components</a></dt><dt>13.4. <a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html">Vendors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>13.4.1. <a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendornew2">New</a></dt><dt>13.4.2. <a href="bus-ap-vendors1.html#bus-ap-vendorfind2">Find and Edit</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>13.5. <a href="bus-ap-bills1.html">Bills</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>13.5.1. <a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billnew2">New</a></dt><dt>13.5.2. <a href="bu!
s-ap-bil
ls1.html#bus-ap-billedit2">Edit</a></dt><dt>13.5.3. <a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billpost2">Post</a></dt><dt>13.5.4. <a href="bus-ap-bills1.html#bus-ap-billfind2">Find</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>13.6. <a href="bus-ap-jobs1.html">Vendor Jobs</a></dt><dt>13.7. <a href="bus-ap-payment1.html">Process Payment</a></dt></dl></div><p>Accounts Payable (or A/P) refers to the accounting of products or services which a company has bought and needs to pay off.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ap-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">12.9. Changing the Invoice Appearance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 13.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter13.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter14.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter14.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter14.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 14. Payroll</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="bus-ap-payment1.html" title="13.7. Process Payment"><link rel="next" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html" title="14.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 14. Payroll</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-payment1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter14"></a>Chapter 14. Payroll</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>14.1. <a href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dt>14.2. <a href="bus-pay-acct1.html">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>14.3. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html">Protocol</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>14.3.1. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolone2">Step 1: Deductions list</a></dt><dt>14.3.2. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocoltwo2">Step 2: Create the Transaction Map</a></dt><dt>14.3.3. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolthree2">Step 3: Pay the Employee</a></dt><dt>14.3.4. <a href="bus-pay-protocol1.html#bus-pay-protocolfour2">Step 4: Pay the Government</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>14.4. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html">Example</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>14.4.1. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#bus-pay-exampleprotocol2">Build Protocol</a></dt><dt>14.4.2. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#bus-!
pay-exam
plepay2">Pay an Employee</a></dt><dt>14.4.3. <a href="bus-pay-example1.html#bus-pay-examplegovt2">Pay the Government</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Payroll is a financial record of wages, net pay, paid vacations, and deductions for an employee. This chapter demonstrates how to track payroll using GnuCash</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-ap-payment1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-pay-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">13.7. Process Payment </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 14.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter14.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 15. Budgets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="bus-pay-example1.html" title="14.4. Example"><link rel="next" href="budget_concepts1.html" title="15.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 15. Budgets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter15"></a>Chapter 15. Budgets</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>15.1. <a href="budget_concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>15.1.1. <a href="budget_concepts1.html#budget_conceptsterms2">Terminology</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15.2. <a href="budget_creation1.html">Creating a Budget</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>15.2.1. <a href="budget_creation1.html#budget_creation2">Choose Which Accounts To Budget For</a></dt><dt>15.2.2. <a href="budget_creation1.html#id2997799">Choosing a Budget Period</a></dt><dt>15.2.3. <a href="budget_creation1.html#id2997819">Getting Started</a></dt><dt>15.2.4. <a href="budget_creation1.html#id2997861">Entering Budget Values</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15.3. <a href="budget_reporting1.html">Budget Reporting</a></dt></dl></div><p>
+ This chapter explains how to create and use budgets with GnuCash.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="bus-pay-example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="budget_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">14.4. Example </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 15.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter15.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter8.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter8.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter8.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 8. Investments</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="loans_missing1.html" title="7.9. Missing Loan Documentation"><link rel="next" href="invest_concepts1.html" title="8.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_missing1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter8"></a>Chapter 8. Investments</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>8.1. <a href="invest_concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.1.1. <a href="invest_concepts1.html#invest_terms2">Terminology</a></dt><dt>8.1.2. <a href="invest_concepts1.html#invest_types2">Types of Investments</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.2. <a href="invest_accounts1.html">Setting Up Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.2.1. <a href="invest_accounts1.html#invest_predefined2">Predefined Accounts</a></dt><dt>8.2.2. <a href="invest_accounts1.html#invest_custom2">Custom Accounts Example</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.3. <a href="invest_int1.html">Interest Bearing Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.3.1. <a href="invest_int1.html#invest_intacct2">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>8.3.2. <a href="invest_int1.html#invest-intex2">Example</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.4. <a href="invest-setup1.html">Setup Investment Portfoli!
o</a></d
t><dd><dl><dt>8.4.1. <a href="invest-setup1.html#invest-setup-stockaccounts2">Setup Accounts for Stocks and Mutual Funds</a></dt><dt>8.4.2. <a href="invest-setup1.html#invest-setup-example2">Example Stock Account</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.5. <a href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Buying Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.5.1. <a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-stock2">Entering Preexisting Shares</a></dt><dt>8.5.2. <a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-new2">Buying New Shares</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.6. <a href="invest-stockprice1.html">Setting Share Price</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.6.1. <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-initial2">Initial Price Editor Setup</a></dt><dt>8.6.2. <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-manual2">Setting Stock Price Manually</a></dt><dt>8.6.3. <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2">Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes</a></dt><dt>8.6.4. <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-view2">Displaying Share Value</a></dt><dt>8.6.5. <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-report">Making Stock Value Reports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.7. <a href="invest-sell1.html">Selling Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.7.1. <a href="invest-sell1.html#invest-sellexample2">Example - Sale of stock with profit</a></dt><dt>8.7.2. <a href="invest-sell1.html#invest-sellexampleloss">Example - Sale of stock with loss</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.8. <a href="invest-dividends1.html">Dividends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.8.1. <a href="invest-dividends1.html#invest-dividendcash">Dividends in Cash</a></dt><dt>8.8.2. <a href="invest-dividends1.html#invest-dividendreinvest">Dividends Re-Invested</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8.9. <a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Splits and Mergers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>8.9.1. <a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html#invest-simplesplit">Simple Stock Split</a></dt><dt>8.9.2. <a href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html#invest-merger1">Moderately Complex Stock Merger</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter explains how to manage your investments w!
ith GnuC
ash.
+ Most people have an investment plan, whether its just putting money into a
+ CD account, investing through a company sponsored plan at your workplace or
+ buying and selling stocks and bonds through a brokerage. GnuCash gives you
+ tools to help you manage these investments such as the <b>Price
+ Editor </b> which allows you to record changes in the prices of
+ stocks you own.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_missing1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.9. Missing Loan Documentation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter8.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 3. Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="basics-together1.html" title="2.9. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="accts-concepts1.html" title="3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_accts"></a>Chapter 3. Accounts</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="accts-concepts1.html">Basic Accounting Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3.1.1. <a href="accts-concepts1.html#accts-bsa2">Balance Sheet Accounts</a></dt><dt>3.1.2. <a href="accts-concepts1.html#accts-ie2">Income and Expense Accounts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>3.2. <a href="accts-types1.html">GnuCash Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3.2.1. <a href="accts-types1.html#accts-gc-bsa2">Balance Sheet Accounts</a></dt><dt>3.2.2. <a href="accts-types1.html#accts-gc-ie2">Income and Expense Accounts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>3.3. <a href="accts-examples1.html">Putting It All Together</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3.3.1. <a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-situation2">Simple Example</a></dt><dt>3.3.2. <a href="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-toplevel2">The Basic Top Level Accounts</a></dt><dt>3.3.3.!
<a href
="accts-examples1.html#accts-examples-organization2">Making Sub-Accounts</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will discuss some useful concepts for organizing your
+ accounts. Since GnuCash does not impose any specific account tree layout,
+ you are free to design your account structure in any manner you wish.
+ However, there are a few basic accounting concepts which you will probably
+ want to follow when designing your accounts to maximize their
+ utility.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="basics-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="accts-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.9. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.1. Basic Accounting Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_accts.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. The Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installation"><link rel="next" href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Accounting Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. The Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-install1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-accounting1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_basics"></a>Chapter 2. The Basics</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="basics-accounting1.html">Accounting Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.1.1. <a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accounting52">The 5 Basic Accounts</a></dt><dt>2.1.2. <a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingequation2">The Accounting Equation</a></dt><dt>2.1.3. <a href="basics-accounting1.html#basics-accountingdouble2">Double Entry</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.2. <a href="basics-entry1.html">Data Entry Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.2.1. <a href="basics-entry1.html#basics-accounts2">Files, Accounts and Transactions</a></dt><dt>2.2.2. <a href="basics-entry1.html#basics-dbentry2">Double Entry</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.3. <a href="basics-interface1.html">The GnuCash Interface</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.3.1. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-setup2">Create a new set of accounts</a></!
dt><dt>2
.3.2. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-tip2">Tip of the Day</a></dt><dt>2.3.3. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-main2">Account Tree Window</a></dt><dt>2.3.4. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-register2">Account Register Window</a></dt><dt>2.3.5. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-toolbar2">Tool Bar Buttons</a></dt><dt>2.3.6. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-options2">Menu Items</a></dt><dt>2.3.7. <a href="basics-interface1.html#basics-shortcut2">Menu Shortcuts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.4. <a href="basics-prefs1.html">Setting Preferences</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.4.1. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-acctprefs2">Accounts</a></dt><dt>2.4.2. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-business2">Business</a></dt><dt>2.4.3. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-datetime2">Date/Time</a></dt><dt>2.4.4. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-general2">General</a></dt><dt>2.4.5. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-onlinebank2">On-line Banking</a></dt><dt>2.4.6. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-regprefs2">Register</a></dt><dt>2.4.7. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-regdefaults2">Register Defaults</a></dt><dt>2.4.8. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-reports2">Reports</a></dt><dt>2.4.9. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-accountingPeriod2">Accounting Period</a></dt><dt>2.4.10. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-schedtrans2">Scheduled Transactions</a></dt><dt>2.4.11. <a href="basics-prefs1.html#basics-windows2">Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.5. <a href="basics-help1.html">Getting Help</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.5.1. <a href="basics-help1.html#basics-manual2">Help Manual</a></dt><dt>2.5.2. <a href="basics-help1.html#basics-web2">Web Access</a></dt><dt>2.5.3. <a href="basics-help1.html#basics-topic2">Topic Search</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.6. <a href="basics-files1.html">Creating and Saving Files</a></dt><dt>2.7. <a href="basics-import1.html">Importing QIF Files</a></dt><dt>2.8. <a href="basics-backup1.html">Backing Up and Recovering Data</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.8.1. <a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupxac2">B!
ackup fi
le (.xac)</a></dt><dt>2.8.2. <a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplog2">Log file (.log)</a></dt><dt>2.8.3. <a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backuplock2">Lock files (.LNK and .LCK)</a></dt><dt>2.8.4. <a href="basics-backup1.html#basics-backupmanage2">File Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2.9. <a href="basics-together1.html">Putting It All Together</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter will introduce some of the basics of using GnuCash. It is
+ recommended that you read through this chapter, before starting to do any
+ real work with GnuCash. The chapters which follow this will begin to show
+ you hands on examples.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-install1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="basics-accounting1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.5. Installation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Accounting Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_basics.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Example"><link rel="next" href="bus-ar-overview1.html" title="12.1. Overview of Business Features"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-overview1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_bus_ar"></a>Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>12.1. <a href="bus-ar-overview1.html">Overview of Business Features</a></dt><dt>12.2. <a href="bus-ar-concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dt>12.3. <a href="bus-ar-setup1.html">Initial Setup</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>12.3.1. <a href="bus-ar-setup1.html#bus-ar-setupacct2">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>12.3.2. <a href="bus-ar-setup1.html#bus-ar-setupcname2">Company Registration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12.4. <a href="bus-ar-components1.html">System Components</a></dt><dt>12.5. <a href="bus-ar-customers1.html">Customers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>12.5.1. <a href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custnew2">New</a></dt><dt>12.5.2. <a href="bus-ar-customers1.html#bus-ar-custfind2">Find and Edit</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12.6. <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html">Invoices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>12.6.1. <!
a href="
bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicenew2">New</a></dt><dt>12.6.2. <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceedit2">Edit</a></dt><dt>12.6.3. <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicepost2">Post</a></dt><dt>12.6.4. <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicefind2">Find</a></dt><dt>12.6.5. <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoiceprint2">Print</a></dt><dt>12.6.6. <a href="bus-ar-invoices1.html#bus-ar-invoicestarting2">Assign Starting Invoice Number</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12.7. <a href="bus-ar-jobs1.html">Customer Jobs</a></dt><dt>12.8. <a href="bus-ar-payment1.html">Process Payment</a></dt><dt>12.9. <a href="bus-ar-invoicechange.html">Changing the Invoice Appearance</a></dt></dl></div><p>Accounts Receivable (or A/R) refers to products or services provided
+ by your company for which payment has not yet been received.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_example1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bus-ar-overview1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.4. Example </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 12.1. Overview of Business Features</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_bus_ar.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 9. Capital Gains</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html" title="8.9. Splits and Mergers"><link rel="next" href="capgain_concepts1.html" title="9.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 9. Capital Gains</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_capgain"></a>Chapter 9. Capital Gains</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>9.1. <a href="capgain_concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="capgain_value1.html">Estimating Valuation</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="capgain_accounts1.html">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>9.4. <a href="capgain_example1.html">Example</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>9.4.1. <a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_exampleunrealized2">Unrealized Gains</a></dt><dt>9.4.2. <a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_examplesell2">Selling</a></dt><dt>9.4.3. <a href="capgain_example1.html#capgain_examplecaution2">Caution about Valuation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>9.5. <a href="capgain_tax1.html">Taxation</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter will present some of the techniques used to keep track of
+ the unrealized and realized gains and losses, better known as capital gains
+ and losses.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="capgain_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.9. Splits and Mergers </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 9.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_capgain.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 5. Checkbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="txns-puttoget1.html" title="4.7. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="cbook-accounts1.html" title="5.1. Setting up Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Checkbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-puttoget1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_cbook"></a>Chapter 5. Checkbook</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>5.1. <a href="cbook-accounts1.html">Setting up Accounts</a></dt><dt>5.2. <a href="cbook-deposits1.html">Entering Deposits</a></dt><dt>5.3. <a href="cbook-withdrawals1.html">Entering Withdrawals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>5.3.1. <a href="cbook-withdrawals1.html#cbook-atm2">ATM/Cash Withdrawals</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>5.4. <a href="cbook-reconacct1.html">Reconciling Your Accounts</a></dt><dt>5.5. <a href="cbook-together1.html">Putting It All Together</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>5.5.1. <a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-open2">Opening Balances</a></dt><dt>5.5.2. <a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-transactions">Add some transactions</a></dt><dt>5.5.3. <a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-reconcile">Opening Balances</a></dt><dt>5.5.4. <a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-save">Sa!
ve file<
/a></dt><dt>5.5.5. <a href="cbook-together1.html#cbook-puttoget-reports">Reports</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will give you all the specific information you need to
+ manage your checkbook with GnuCash. Managing your checkbook register is the
+ first step of tracking your finances, and GnuCash makes it much easier to
+ manage than the traditional paper register does.</p><p>For one thing, as discussed in <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>,
+ data entry of common
+ transactions is practically done for you in GnuCash, because of its
+ auto-completion feature. GnuCash keeps a running balance of each account,
+ and it makes reconciling these accounts easy. And the double-entry method
+ helps you account for your spending by requiring a transfer account for
+ withdrawals, so you can easily find out how much money you spend in
+ different areas.</p><p>Once you are comfortable with using GnuCash for your checking and
+ other bank accounts, you may wish to continue on with tracking other
+ financial accounts. Chapters 6 through 9 examine methods to manage your
+ other accounts.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-puttoget1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cbook-accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.7. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.1. Setting up Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cbook.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 6. Credit Cards</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="cbook-together1.html" title="5.5. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="cc-concepts1.html" title="6.1. Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. Credit Cards</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_cc"></a>Chapter 6. Credit Cards</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>6.1. <a href="cc-concepts1.html">Concepts</a></dt><dt>6.2. <a href="cc-accounts1.html">Setting Up Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>6.2.1. <a href="cc-accounts1.html#cc-accounts-simple2">Simple Setup</a></dt><dt>6.2.2. <a href="cc-accounts1.html#cc-accounts-complete2">Complete Setup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>6.3. <a href="cc-entercharge1.html">Entering Charges</a></dt><dt>6.4. <a href="cc-enterpay1.html">Entering Payments</a></dt><dt>6.5. <a href="cc-together1.html">Putting It All Together</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>6.5.1. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-openfile">Open GnuCash file</a></dt><dt>6.5.2. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-purchases2">Purchases</a></dt><dt>6.5.3. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-refund2">Refund</a></dt><dt>6.5.4. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-interest2">Interest C!
harge</a
></dt><dt>6.5.5. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-reconcile2">Reconciliation</a></dt><dt>6.5.6. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-together-payment2">Payment</a></dt><dt>6.5.7. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-save">Save file</a></dt><dt>6.5.8. <a href="cc-together1.html#cc-puttoget-reports">Reports</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will show you how to manage your credit cards using
+ GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cbook-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="cc-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.5. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_cc.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 11. Depreciation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="currency_examples1.html" title="10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples)"><link rel="next" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 11. Depreciation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_dep"></a>Chapter 11. Depreciation</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>11.1. <a href="dep_concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>11.1.1. <a href="dep_concepts1.html#dep_concepts_personal2">Personal Finances</a></dt><dt>11.1.2. <a href="dep_concepts1.html#dep_concepts_business2">Business</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11.2. <a href="dep_value1.html">Estimating Valuation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>11.2.1. <a href="dep_value1.html#dep_valueschemes2">Depreciation Schemes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11.3. <a href="dep_accounts1.html">Account Setup</a></dt><dt>11.4. <a href="dep_example1.html">Example</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter will introduce the concept of depreciation in accounting
+ and give some real life examples for using it.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_dep.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 7. Loans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="cc-together1.html" title="6.5. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_loans"></a>Chapter 7. Loans</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="loans_concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>7.1.1. <a href="loans_concepts1.html#loans_conceptsterms2">Terminology</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>7.2. <a href="loans_accounts1.html">Setting Up Accounts</a></dt><dt>7.3. <a href="loans_calcs1.html">Calculations</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>7.3.1. <a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2">Example: Monthly Payments</a></dt><dt>7.3.2. <a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample2_2">Example: Length of Loan</a></dt><dt>7.3.3. <a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsdetails2">Advanced: Calculation Details</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>7.4. <a href="loans_mortgage1.html">House Mortgage (How-To)</a></dt><dt>7.5. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>7.5.1. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_!
personal
LoanToSomeOne_loan">Loan Specifications</a></dt><dt>7.5.2. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts">Accounts for the loan</a></dt><dt>7.5.3. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup">Lending the money</a></dt><dt>7.5.4. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment">Receiving first payment</a></dt><dt>7.5.5. <a href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html#loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment">Receiving second payment</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>7.6. <a href="loans_CarLoan.html">Automobile Loan (How-To)</a></dt><dt>7.7. <a href="loans_Reconciling.html">Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</a></dt><dt>7.8. <a href="ch07s08.html">Selling a house or a car (How-To)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>7.8.1. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2965610">Simple Transaction</a></dt><dt>7.8.2. <a href="ch07s08.html#id2965842">A More Complex Transaction</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>7.9. <a href="loans_missing1.html">Missing Loan Documentation</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter explains how to manage your loans with GnuCash.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="cc-together1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.5. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_loans.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Overview</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_oview"></a>Chapter 1. Overview</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="oview-intro1.html">Introduction</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="oview-features1.html">Features</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1.2.1. <a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featureseasy2">Easy to Use</a></dt><dt>1.2.2. <a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresinvest2">Tracks Your Investments</a></dt><dt>1.2.3. <a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresintl2">International Support</a></dt><dt>1.2.4. <a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresbus2">Business Support</a></dt><dt>1.2.5. <a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresaccounting2">Accounting Features</a></dt><dt>1.2.6. <a href="oview-features1.html#oview-featuresnew2">What's New in v2.0</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>1.3. <a href="oview-about1.html">About this Book</a></dt><dt>1.4. <a href="oview-reasons1.html">Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash</a></dt><dt>1.5. <a href="oview!
-install
1.html">Installation</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-intro1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_oview.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 4. Transactions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="accts-examples1.html" title="3.3. Putting It All Together"><link rel="next" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Basic Concepts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="chapter_txns"></a>Chapter 4. Transactions</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="txns-concepts1.html">Basic Concepts</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="txns-registers1.html">The Account Register</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.2.1. <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-twoaccount2">Simple Transaction</a></dt><dt>4.2.2. <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-multiaccount2">Split Transaction</a></dt><dt>4.2.3. <a href="txns-registers1.html#txns-registers-features2">Features of the Account Register</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4.3. <a href="txns-regstyle1.html">Choosing a Register Style</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Using Entry Shortcuts</a></dt><dt>4.5. <a href="txns-reconcile1.html">Reconciliation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.5.1. <a href="txns-reconcile1.html#txns-reconcile-window2">Reconcile Window</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4.6. <a href="txns-sxn1.html">Schedul!
ed Trans
actions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.6.1. <a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-ledger2">Creating from the Ledger</a></dt><dt>4.6.2. <a href="txns-sxn1.html#txns-sxn-editor2">Creating from the Editor</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4.7. <a href="txns-puttoget1.html">Putting It All Together</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.7.1. <a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-openfile">Open GnuCash file</a></dt><dt>4.7.2. <a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-open2">Opening Balances</a></dt><dt>4.7.3. <a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-add2">Additional Transaction Examples</a></dt><dt>4.7.4. <a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-save">Save file</a></dt><dt>4.7.5. <a href="txns-puttoget1.html#txns-puttoget-reports">Reports</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>This chapter will give you the basic information you need to
+ understand and use transactions in GnuCash. Whereas accounts are the
+ framework and structure of a chart of accounts, transactions are the data
+ which fills each account.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="accts-examples1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-concepts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.3. Putting It All Together </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. Basic Concepts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/chapter_txns.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.2. Account Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_concepts1.html" title="10.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="currency_support1.html" title="10.3. GnuCash Currency Support"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.2. Account Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_support1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_acct1"></a>10.2. Account Setup</h2></div></div><p>Your default account currency is set in <b>Edit</b>
+ -> <b>Preferences</b> -> <b>Accounts</b>
+ -> <b>Default Currency</b>. You should set this parameter
+ correctly, as it will save you much time when building your account
+ structure.</p><p>When you create a new account, you have the option to define the
+ commodity. For currency accounts, you can specify any one of the hundreds
+ of currencies supported by GnuCash by simply selecting it from the
+ currency commodity list. You will notice that the default currency is
+ always whatever you have defined in the preferences. So, if you mostly
+ work with Euros, but have the occasional Ethiopian Birr account, be sure
+ to set your preferences to Euro.</p><p>As an example, let's set up a typical bank account scenario where
+ you mostly work in US Dollars, but do also have a European bank account
+ using the Euro currency, as well as one bank account in Hong Kong using
+ Hong Kong Dollars. So, setup 3 bank accounts, one using the Euro currency,
+ one in US Dollars, and another in Hong Kong Dollars. One possible account
+ structure for this would be:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets (USD)<br>
+ -Current Assets (USD)<br>
+ -US Bank (USD)<br>
+ -European Bank (EUR)<br>
+ -HK Bank (HKD)<br>
+-Equity (USD)<br>
+ -Opening Balances<br>
+ -USD (USD)<br>
+ -EUR (EUR) <br>
+ -EUR (HKD)<br>
+<br>
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.<br>
+ </p></div><p>Since in this example you mostly work in USD, all of the parent
+ accounts are set to USD. Of course, if you mostly work in Euros, you could
+ change the currency of these parent accounts to EUR. To totals shown in
+ the account tree window will always be converted to the currency of each
+ particular account. Notice, we also setup 3 Starting Balances equity
+ accounts, used to initially populate the 3 banks.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">You could also setup just a single Starting Balance account and
+ use a currency transfer to populate the "different currency" accounts.
+ However, this is more advanced option, which is explained in a later
+ section (<a href="currency_purchase1.html#currency_purchase2" title="10.6.1. Purchase of an asset with foreign currency">Purchase of an asset with foreign currency</a>.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Below you see the result of this example, in which you start with
+ USD 10,000, EUR 10,000 as well as HKD 10,000 in the three bank accounts.
+ Notice that the total of the parent accounts only show the value of the
+ currency of subaccounts with matching currencies. In the future you can
+ setup the exchange rates between the currencies, and the parent accounts
+ will calculate the converted value of all subaccounts. See the later
+ section (<a href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)">Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</a>) on how to do this.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main1.png" alt="Initial multi currency Account Bank Setup"><div class="caption"><p>Initial setup of 3 bank accounts with different
+ currencies. </p></div></div></div><p>Notice that the "Total (Report)" column is being displayed. This is
+ configured in the column header row, select Arrow
+ down and select “Total(USD)”.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_support1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_acct1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="next" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Account Setup"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter10.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_acct1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_concepts1"></a>10.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash supports the use of multiple currencies in different
+ accounts. For example, you can have a bank account setup in Euros, and
+ another using Hong Kong Dollars.</p><p>Some of the issues which arise when using multiple currencies is how
+ do you transfer funds between accounts with different currencies? How do
+ you calculate the overall value when you have mized currency accounts? How
+ do reports deal with mixed currencies?</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter10.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_acct1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.2. Account Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_examples1"></a>10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples)</h2></div></div><p>In this Putting It All Together you will use quite a bit of what you
+ have learned so far in this guide with a bit of a twist. The twist beeing
+ a lot of different currencies.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980559"></a>10.9.1. Basic scenario</h3></div></div><p>The following are the basic scenarios.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>You live in Australia and use AUD as our default
+ currency</p></li><li><p>You win the lottery as well as inherit some money</p></li><li><p>You pay of your existing house loan</p></li><li><p>You purchase some stocks in Sweden using SEK (Ericsson
+ B-Fria)</p></li><li><p>You purchase some stocks in HK using HKD (Beijing
+ Airport)</p></li><li><p>You purchase some stocks in US using USD (Amazon)</p></li><li><p>You lend some EURO to a friend (Peter)</p></li><li><p>You borrow some money from a Japanese bank</p></li><li><p>You buy a house in New Zealand</p></li><li><p>You use a credit card in Australia</p></li><li><p>You would like to have maximum control of your expenses</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Again these samples are not to be consider a valid and
+ accurate advice. They are only to be considered as an sample for
+ the techniques used in GnuCash, and not as a Invenstment Advice.
+ Please consult a proper financial advisor for more information
+ regarding international investments/loans.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980668"></a>10.9.2. Configure Accounts</h3></div></div><p>This time lets start with a fresh and new GnuCash data file, so
+ <b>File</b> -> <b>New</b>, and edit
+ preferences (<b>Edit</b> -> <b>Preferences</b>)
+ to set Default Currency as AUD. Since you have
+ decided to be able to track as much of your various expenses and incomes
+ as possile, the following account hierarchy could be used;</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account (AUD)<br>
+ </p></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980718"></a>10.9.3. Opening Balance</h3></div></div><p>You open the mail one morning, and to your enormous surprise find
+ that you are the last living relative of a very distant relative who
+ happend to be very rich. And also $500,000 AUD richer. That was not the
+ last though, another mail states you won the lottery, and got $250,000
+ AUD for that. </p><p>To record these transaction we need the following accounts</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Equity:Lottery (AUD)<br>
+Equity:Inheritance (AUD) <br>
+ </p></div><p>The transactions you enter into your <b>Income:Current
+ Assets:Savings Account</b> should look like this.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.3. You come into some extra money</b></p><table summary="You come into some extra money" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Lottery</td><td>$250,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Inheritance</td><td>$500,000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>And the Chart of Accounts looks like this after above transactions have been entered.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png" alt="Chart Of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>
+ Chart Of Accounts after receiving some money
+ </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980853"></a>10.9.4. Purchase a house</h3></div></div><p>Atlast you can afford to pay of that house loan you had to take some years ago
+ (with a $50,000 deposit).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets:Fixed Assest:House (AUD) $300,000<br>
+Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage (AUD) $250,000<br>
+Expenses:Interest:Mortgage Interest (AUD)<br>
+Equity:Opening Balance (AUD) $50,000<br>
+ </p></div><p>After you have had a small chat with your Mortgage bank, they
+ agree to let you pay it all of in one go, plus some interest (AUD
+ 30,000). You should enter the following split transaction into
+ <b>Assets:Fixed Assest:House</b> account.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.4. Paying of the house mortgage</b></p><table summary="Paying of the house mortgage" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td> </td><td>280000</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Interest:Mortgage Interest</td><td>30000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Libilities:Loans:Mortgage</td><td>250000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The <b>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage</b> Transaction Ledger looks like
+ this after the transacations have been entered</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png" alt="House Mortgage"><div class="caption"><p>
+ Transaction Ledger of the House Loan
+ </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2981004"></a>10.9.5. Stock Purchasing</h3></div></div><p>Since you quite suddenly have a lot of money in your bank account,
+ you decide to visit a Financial Advisor, and after his recommendation
+ (remember, this is fictional - Not a genuine stock purchase advice) you
+ decide to purchase Telecommunication (Ericsson in Sweden), Beijing
+ Airport (Hong Kong), and Amazon (USA).</p><p>The needed accounts to track these investments looks like
+ this.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:ERIC.ST (STOCK ERIC.ST Yahoo)<br>
+Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:Bank (SEK)<br>
+Assets:Investments:HK Broker:0694.HK (STOCK 0694.HK Yahoo)<br>
+Assets:Investments:HK Broker:Bank (HKD)<br>
+Assets:Investments:US Broker:AMZN (STOCK AMZN Nasdaq)<br>
+Assets:Investments:US Broker:Bank (USD)<br>
+Expenses:Investments:Commissions:Swedish Broker:ERIC.ST (SEK)<br>
+Expenses:Investments:Commissions:HK Broker:0694.HK (HKD)<br>
+Expenses:Investments:Commissions:US Broker:AMZN (USD)<br>
+Expenses:Investments:Currency Transfer (AUD)<br>
+</p></div><p>You decide to invest $100,000 into each stock, and to do this
+ we first do a currency transaction to the various bank accounts
+ associated with the stock. </p><p>The transaction you enter into your <b>Income:Current
+ Assets:Savings Account</b> should look like this.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.5. Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
+ split.</b></p><table summary="Transfer money to overseas with a multiple currency transaction
+ split." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Deposit</td><td>Withdrawal</td><td>Exchange Rate</td><td>Transaction Fee</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Swedish Broker:Bank</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.5869</td><td>35</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:HK Broker:Bank</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>5.8869</td><td>30</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:USD Broker:Bank</td><td>100000</td><td> </td><td>0.7593</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Now when there is some money in the various stock brokerage
+ accounts, you ask each broker to buy stocks for the certain amount.
+ Remember to execute the transaction from the stocks associated bank
+ account, and if the Exchange Rate window do not pop up, right click the
+ row and manually start it. Enter the number of stocks you purchase in
+ the last entry (To Amount:).</p><p>
+ <div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.6. Purchasing oversea stocks</b></p><table summary="Purchasing oversea stocks" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Stock Symbol</td><td>Number of shares</td><td>Amount</td><td>Commission</td></tr><tr><td>ERIC.ST</td><td>15000</td><td>270000</td><td>400</td></tr><tr><td>0694.HK</td><td>70000</td><td>280000</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>AMZN</td><td>1000</td><td>32000</td><td>25</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+ </p><p>As you can see in the Chart of Accounts, you have now purchased stocks in three
+ different currencise (HK, USD, as well as in SEK), but the Chart of Account (as seen below)
+ do not indicate how much it is valued in your home currency, AUD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png" alt="Chart of Account after Stocks"><div class="caption"><p>
+ Some of the accounts in Chart of Accounts after the stock purchase
+ </p></div></div></div><p>Next section will ensure you get the various exchange rates so GnuCash can show your
+ total worth in the local currency (AUD in this case)</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2981303"></a>10.9.6. Get the online quotes</h3></div></div><p>To get the current exchange rates and stock quotes, go to
+ <b>Tools</b> -> <b>Price Editor</b> and then
+ click on Get Quotes. </p><p></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2981335"></a>10.9.7. Lending money to a friend</h3></div></div><p>Peter has run into some difficulties all the way over in Europe
+ Land. Since he is a very dear pal of yours, you decide to help him out
+ with a personal loan of 40,000 Euro.</p><p>
+ <div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets:Money owed to me:Euro:Peter (Euro)<br>
+Income:Interest Income:Peter (Euro)<br>
+Expenses:Bank Charge (AUD)<br>
+ </p></div>
+ </p><p>This is a
+ simpe currency transaction from your Savings Account (AUD), to your
+ Assets:Money owed to me:Peter (EURO) account. You got the exchange rate
+ of 0.606161, which means you need to withdraw AUD 65,989.10, as well as
+ pay the service fee of 35 AUD.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2981370"></a>10.9.8. Buying property in New Zealand with a loan from Japan</h3></div></div><p>Your long time Japanese friend offers you a Japanese house loan if
+ you purchase a property overseas, with only AUD 50,000 as deposit. After
+ having discussed this with your Financial Advisor in Australia and gone
+ through the various risks and benefits related to your situation, you
+ decide to accept his offer. </p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Again, this should not be taken as a financial advice. Please
+ consult with a registered financial advisor before undertaking
+ investing (or spekulating) in overseas markets, or local markets for
+ that matter.</p><p xmlns="">A word of warning might be of interest here, taking a loan
+ overseas for a very low interest rate might seem like a very good
+ deal. Do keep in mind though that the exchange rate might change and
+ can change drastically. If you take a loan in your local currency, you
+ only have to worry about the interest rate. Taking a loan overseas,
+ then you have to worry about the interest rate and the exchange rate.
+ </p></td></tr></table></div><p>You found a nice small cottage in a small coastal town near
+ Auckland which would be a perfect summer house, and you decide to use
+ the money from Japan for this purpose.</p><p>We need the following accounts for this example;</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Liabilities:Loans:Japan Loan (JPY)<br>
+Expenses:Interest:Japan Loan (JPY)<br>
+Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan (JPY)<br>
+Assets:Current Assets:Japan Bank (JPY)<br>
+Assets:Fixed Assest:NZ House (NZ)<br>
+</p></div><div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.7. Buying a NZ House Split Transaction</b></p><table summary="Buying a NZ House Split Transaction" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:NZ House</td><td>300000 (NZD)</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Savings Account</td><td> </td><td>50000 (AUD) (1.18926)</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Japan Loan</td><td> </td><td>28000000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees:Japan Loan</td><td>300000 (JPY) (0.0137609)</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2981511"></a>10.9.9. Whats next?</h3></div></div><p>As you have seen in the above examples you have only done the initial purchases.
+ The rest, that is various selling, and unrealized gains tracking is left for you to
+ ponder upon.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_dep.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 11. Depreciation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_examples1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_prefs1.html" title="10.4. Setting International Preferences"><link rel="next" href="currency_purchase1.html" title="10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_prefs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_purchase1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_howto1"></a>10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash allows you to update the Currency Exchange Rates in two
+ different ways, manual and automatic. In the following two sections we
+ will work through both ways.</p><p>Before we start, lets have a quick look at the Chart of
+ Accounts</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main1.png" alt="Initial multi currency Account Bank Setup"><div class="caption"><p>Initial setup of 3 bank accounts with different
+ currencies. </p></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Manual"></a>10.5.1. Manually Updating Exchange Rates</h3></div></div><p>Open the Price Editor by going to <b>Tools</b> ->
+ <b>Price Editor</b>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window. </p></div></div></div><p>Click on the Add button to add a new
+ currency exchange. A window will appear to allow you to select the
+ commodity you wish to define the exchange rate for. Click on
+ Select and set the <b>Type</b> to
+ Currency and the <b>Currency/security</b> to EUR (Euro).
+ This window should appear like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_selectcurr.png" alt="Select Euro Commodity"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Select Commodity Window</p></div></div></div><p>Click Ok and in the Select Commodity
+ window, set the exchange rate between the selected commodity and the
+ selected currency. In this example, you will set the exchange rate to 1
+ EUR to 1 USD.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_selectcomm.png" alt="Select Commodity"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Select Commodity Window</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Price Editor Window"><div class="caption"><p>The Price Editor window after setting the exchange
+ rate between Euros and US Dollars</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main2.png" alt="Chart of Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after setting the exchange rate
+ between Euros and US Dollars.</p></div></div></div><p>Observe that since you have no exchange rate for HKD, GnuCash do
+ not convert the HKD accounts to USD. This will be added in the next
+ section.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_Auto"></a>10.5.2. Automatic Updating Exchange Rates (How-To)</h3></div></div><p>In the previous section you saw how you could manually define a
+ new currency exchange rate, but there must be an easier way to do it.
+ And there is.</p><p>Open the Price Editor by going to <b>Tools</b> ->
+ <b>Price Editor</b>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_peditor.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window before you obtain online quotes.
+ </p></div></div></div><p>Click on the Get Quotes button to
+ automatically load the various exchange rates you need.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+ If the Get Quotes button is disabled,
+ that means that the perl module Finance::Quote is not installed.
+ For information on how to install it, please see
+ <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes">Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes</a>
+ </p></td></tr></table></div><p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p>Price Editor Window after we obtained online
+ quotes. </p></div></div></div></p><p>You noticed that GnuCash will download exchange rates for all
+ currencies you are using in your various accounts. This will happend
+ everytime you click on Get Quotes or have GnuCash
+ downloading quotes/exchange rates automatically as per <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes">Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes</a></p><p>And if you check the main Chart of Accounts you now see that
+ GnuCash has automatically converted the HKD amount to USD amount on the
+ parent accounts that are in USD, as well as on the Total (USD) column.
+ Also the Euro accounts have been been updated with the latest exchange
+ rate.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_main3.png" alt="Price Editor window"><div class="caption"><p> Chart of Accounts after we obtain online quotes.
+ </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_howto_disable"></a>10.5.3. How to disable currency retrieval</h3></div></div><p>Currency Quote retrieval will start from the time you create an account
+ with a non-default currency. However, it will not stop when you delete these accounts
+ from GnuCash.</p><p>
+ When you have deleted the last account for one particular currency,
+ and you do not wish to get currency updates for this currency anymore. Do the following;
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Tools</b> -> <b>Price Editor</b></p></li><li><p>Expand the CURRENCY row</p></li><li><p>Double click on the Currency you want to disable Exchange Rate retrieval for.</p></li><li><p>Unselect the <b>Get Online Quotes</b></p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_prefs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_purchase1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.4. Setting International Preferences </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_howto1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_purchase1.html" title="10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="currency_reconcile1.html" title="10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_invest1"></a>10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>Currency investment is when you decide to invest in different
+ countries currency, and hope that their currency will raise in value
+ relative your own currency.</p><p>When you enter these transactions into GnuCash, you will have to
+ decide on how much details you would like to have.</p><p>If you are not interested in details at all, a very simple account
+ structure would be enough. Something like this;</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)<br>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX (XXX)</p></div><p>But, if you do want to be able to track the Capital Gains or Losses,
+ as well as the various fees, you do need a bit more complexed layout.
+ Something like this;</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank (USD)<br>
+ Assets:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)<br>
+ Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX (XXX)<br>
+ Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital Gains:XXX (XXX)</p></div><p>Where XXX is the currency you are investing in.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+ There is currently (30 April 2006) a small bug (
+ <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=340041" target="_top"><i>340041</i>
+ </a>) in GnuCash, that makes it impossible to track currency investments
+ capital gains.
+ </p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest12"></a>10.7.1. Purchasing a currency investment</h3></div></div><p>A typical purchase order might be something like this, seen from
+ the Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.1. Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><table summary="Buying a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Deposit</b></td><td><b>Withdrawal</b></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</td><td> </td><td>Invested Amount</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</td><td>Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td>Invested Amount - Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div>You should get an Exchange Rate window popping up when you
+ leave the last row in the split above (Currency Transaction). If this
+ window do not pop up, right click on the row, and select <b>Edit
+ Exchange Rate</b>. In the Exchange Rate window you specify the
+ exchange rate you got from the bank.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_invest13"></a>10.7.2. Selling a currency investment</h3></div></div><p>Entering an currency you are selling is done in the same way as
+ buying one except the you are now transfering money from the Currency
+ account to your Savings account (very much similar to (<a href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Selling Shares">Selling Shares</a>).</p><p>The proper recording of the currency sale *must* be done using a
+ split transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the
+ profit (or loss) as coming from an Income:Capital Gains account (or
+ Expense:Capital Loss). To balance this income, you will need to enter
+ the Currency asset twice in the split. Once to record the actual sale
+ (using the correct amount and correct exchange rate) and once to balance
+ the income profit (setting the amount to 0).</p><p>In short, a selling Currency transaction should look something
+ like below, seen again from the Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 10.2. Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><table summary="Selling a currency with a Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Deposit</b></td><td><b>Withdrawal</b></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:Bank</td><td>Sold Amount - Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Investments:Currency:Currency Bank:XXX</td><td>Exchange Fee</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td> </td><td>Sold Amount</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Investments:Currency Bank:Capital
+ Gains:XXX</td><td>[LOSS]</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Investments:Currency:XXX</td><td>PROFIT (with To Amount = 0)</td><td>[LOSS (with To Amount = 0) ]</td></tr></tbody></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+ There is currently (30 April 2006) a small bug (
+
+ <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=340041" target="_top"><i>340041</i>
+ </a>
+
+ ) in GnuCash, that makes it impossible to track currency investments capital gains.
+ </p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_purchase1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_reconcile1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_invest1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.4. Setting International Preferences</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_support1.html" title="10.3. GnuCash Currency Support"><link rel="next" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.4. Setting International Preferences</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_support1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_prefs1"></a>10.4. Setting International Preferences</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash allows you to specify the following international related
+ preferences</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Default currency you want the newly created registers to
+ have</p></li><li><p>Default currency for the reports</p></li><li><p>Date and Time formats</p></li><li><p>Euro support</p></li></ul></div><p>For a full explanation of the International Preferences available,
+ see <a href="basics-prefs1.html" title="2.4. Setting Preferences">Setting Preferences</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_support1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_howto1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.3. GnuCash Currency Support </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_prefs1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_howto1.html" title="10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="currency_invest1.html" title="10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_howto1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_invest1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_purchase1"></a>10.6. Recording Purchases in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>You can do it in two different ways.</p><p>1) Use GnuCash build in currency exchange between accounts when you
+ do your transactions. This is mainly used for one time transactions, and
+ nothing which happens regurarly.</p><p>2) Use separate accounts for this Purchase, where all involved
+ accounts use the same currency. This is the recommended method, since it
+ allows much better tracking and follow up. In this way, you do one
+ currency exchange transaction, and after that you do normal
+ transactions.</p><p>The rest of this section will explain more based upon option
+ 2)</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_purchase2"></a>10.6.1. Purchase of an asset with foreign currency</h3></div></div><p>Your normal place of residence is in Florida, therefore you are
+ using USD as your default currency. But, you do like to travel to
+ Bahamas and go fishing. You like it so much so you decided to purchase a
+ boat there. To do this, you opened a bank account in Jamaica, moved some
+ money from US, and then purchased your dream boat (smallest
+ version)</p><p>To record this in GnuCash we use the following basic account
+ structure</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets (USD)<br>
+ -Current Assets (USD)<br>
+ -US Bank (USD)<br>
+ -Jamaican Bank (JMD)<br>
+ -Fixed Assets (USD)<br>
+ -Boat (JMD)<br>
+-Equity (USD)<br>
+ -Opening Balances<br>
+ -USD (USD)<br>
+<br>
+Note: the currency of each account is shown in parenthesis.<br>
+ </p></div><p>First you need to transfere some money ($10,000) to Jamaica, and
+ you use your normal US bank account (whith balance of $100,000) for
+ that. The bank give you an exchange rate of USD 1 = JMD 64, but charges
+ you USD 150 to do transfer the money.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png" alt="Currency transfer"><div class="caption"><p>Transfer money to Jamaica</p></div></div></div><p>Select the Jamaica transaction line ($9,850.00), right click and
+ select <b>Edit Exchange Rate</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png" alt="Edit Exchange rate"><div class="caption"><p>A dialog window where the exchange rate in a currency
+ transaction is specified</p></div></div></div><p>As Exchange Rate you enter 1 USD = 64 JMD, since this is the rate
+ your bank gave. Press ok in the Transfer Funds (Edit Exchange Rate)
+ window, and then save this split transaction. Below is how it now looks
+ in the main Chart of Accounts.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png" alt="Chart of Accounts before purchasing the boat"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts before purchasing the
+ boat</p></div></div></div><p>You find the boat, and since it's a bargain at JMD 509,000 you
+ decide to buy it. To record this transaction in GnuCash, you will need
+ to enter a simple transaction in Assets:Current Assets:Jamaican Bank
+ withdrawing 509,000 and transfering it to Assets:Fixed
+ Assets:Boat</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png" alt="Chart of Accounts after purchasing the boat"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after purchasing the
+ boat</p></div></div></div><p>The Chart of Accounts now reflects that your bank account has been
+ reduced with the value of the boat (JMD 509,000), and that your Fixed Assets
+ boat account has been increased with the same amount. If you also have turned
+ on the CoA (Column Choice) "Total (USD)" you will see the corresponding
+ value in USD. The USD value will always reflect the latest currency exchange
+ rate you have either automatically or manually updated GnuCash with.
+ </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="currency_purchase3"></a>10.6.2. Purchasing foreign stocks</h3></div></div><p>A more complicated example</p><p>This example will show how to deal with having stocks in a
+ different currency than your normal currency.</p><p>In this example you live in America and therefore you have set the
+ default Currency to USD. You decide to purchase some stocks in Hong Kong.
+ </p><p>You would also like to be able to track the various income and
+ expenses per stock and broker.</p><p>The stock you want to purchase are Beijing Airport (Hong Kong)
+ (Afterall the 2008 Olympics in Beijing should bring in a lot of business
+ to the airport)</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+ The above stock (Beijing Airport) are just choosen
+ for this particular example, and should not be taken as any kind of
+ stock purchase advice
+ </p></td></tr></table></div><p>You need to find out what the stock ticker is for this
+ stock. To do this, you do a bit of investigation on the Internet, and
+ in particular on <a href="http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup" target="_top"><i>Yahoo! Finance - Ticker
+ Symbol Lookup</i></a> (http://finance.yahoo.com/lookup).
+ This gives you the following:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Beijing Airport</b> has the Stock Symbol
+ 0694.HK at Yahoo</p></li></ul></div><p>Since we wanted to be able to track all various incomes and expenses,
+ we come up with the following Account structure</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:0694.HK (Beijing Airport)<br>
+Assets:Investments:Brokerage Accounts:Boom:Bank (HKD)<br>
+Equity:Opening Balances:HKD (HKD)<br>
+Expenses:Commissions:Boom.0694.HK (HKD)<br>
+Income:Investments:Dividend:Boom:0694.HK (HKD)<br>
+ </p></div><p>The Chart of Accounts looks like this after creating all the
+ needed accounts</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png" alt="Chart of Accounts for international stocks"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts for international
+ stocks</p></div></div></div><p>The various commodities (<b>Tools</b> ->
+ <b>Security Editor</b>) looks like this</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png" alt="International commodities"><div class="caption"><p>International commodities</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">
+ There is currently a small bug (
+
+ <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=335101" target="_top"><i>335101</i>
+ </a>
+
+ ) in GnuCash, that makes it impossible to buy a stock in a different currency than the default directly from the commodity account. The simple workaround is to open the associated bank account and enter the transaction from here.
+ </p></td></tr></table></div><p>If you have not moved some cash (HKD50,000) to the corresponding stocks bank
+ account, do so now. Either using the Equity (HKD) account, or by transfering
+ money from an existing bank account (Currency Transfer).</p><p>To record this stock purchase, you have to open the stocks associated
+ bank account (Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank), and there enter
+ the following information</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Buy Stocks <br>
+ Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:Bank Withdrawal 50,000<br>
+ Expenses:Investments:Commission:Boom_HKD Deposit 500<br>
+ Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Boom:0694 Deposit 49,500 (16,500 shares)<br>
+ </p></div><p>If the "Exchange Data" dialog popup do not appear, open it
+ manually by right click on the last row, and select <b>Edit
+ Exchange Rate</b> In the following pop up window, enter the
+ actual number of stocks (16,500) as the <b>To Amount:</b>
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png" alt="Transfer Funds"><div class="caption"><p>Setting To Amount in the Transfer Funds dialog</p></div></div></div><p>When you exit the exchange dialog, and Enter this transaction GnuCash will
+ update the stock purchase transaction with all relevant data.</p><p>If you now go back to the main Chart of Accounts, you will see something like
+ this</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png" alt="Purchased international stocks"><div class="caption"><p>
+ Chart of Accounts with some international stocks
+ </p></div></div></div><p>As you can see, everything is in its own Currency, and this is because GnuCash
+ do not have any exchange rates between USD and HKD. To remedy this go to
+ <b>Tools</b> -> <b>Price Editor</b>
+ and click on the Get Quotes button to
+ automatically load the various exchange rates you need.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_howto1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_invest1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.5. Recording/Updating Currency Exchange (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_purchase1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_invest1.html" title="10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="currency_examples1.html" title="10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_invest1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_examples1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_reconcile1"></a>10.8. Reconciling Statements in a Foreign Currency (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>Reconciling foreigh statement are done in the same manner as when
+ you reconcile your local bank statement. If you have created a Chart of
+ Accounts structure which allows you to have the same Currency per account
+ as your Reconcile Statement, it is actually exactly the same as
+ reconciling your local bank statement, apart from the fact you might need
+ a dictionary</p><p>If you have different currencies you might have to manually convert
+ the amounts from one currency to another while you reconcile the
+ accounts.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_invest1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_examples1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.7. Tracking Currency Investments (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.9. Putting It All Together (Examples)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_reconcile1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter10.html" title="Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies"><link rel="previous" href="currency_acct1.html" title="10.2. Account Setup"><link rel="next" href="currency_prefs1.html" title="10.4. Setting International Preferences"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 10. Multiple Currencies</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="currency_support1"></a>10.3. GnuCash Currency Support</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash supports over a hundred currencies, from the Andorran Franc
+ to the Zimbabwe Dollar. You will also find supports for some lesser
+ popular currencies like the US Dollar, Canadian Dollar, European Euro, and
+ British Pound.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="currency_acct1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="currency_prefs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">10.2. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter10.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 10.4. Setting International Preferences</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/currency_support1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.3. Account Setup</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"><link rel="previous" href="dep_value1.html" title="11.2. Estimating Valuation"><link rel="next" href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Example"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.3. Account Setup</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_value1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 11. Depreciation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_accounts1"></a>11.3. Account Setup</h2></div></div><p>As with most accounting practices, there are a number of different
+ ways to setup depreciation accounts. We will present here a general method
+ which should be flexible enough to handle most situations. The first
+ account you will need is an <b>Asset Cost</b> account
+ (GnuCash account type "asset"), which is simply a place where you record
+ the original purchase of the asset. Usually this purchase is accomplished
+ by a transaction from your bank account.</p><p>In order to keep track of the depreciation of the asset, you will
+ need two depreciation accounts. The first is an <b>Accumulated
+ Depreciation</b> account in which to collect the sum of all of the
+ depreciation amounts, and will contain negative values. In GnuCash, this
+ is an account type <b>asset</b>. The Accumulated
+ Depreciation account is balanced by a <b>Depreciation
+ Expense</b> account, in which all periodic depreciation expenses
+ are recorded. In GnuCash, this is an account type
+ <b>expense</b>.</p><p>Below is a generic account hierarchy for tracking the depreciation
+ of 2 assets, ITEM1 and ITEM2. The "Asset Cost" accounts are balanced by
+ the "Bank" account, the Accumulated Depreciation account is balanced by
+ the Depreciation Expense account.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Assets<br>
+ -Fixed Assets<br>
+ -ITEM1 <br>
+ -Cost (Asset Cost account)<br>
+ -Depreciation (Accumulated Depreciation account)<br>
+ -ITEM2<br>
+ -Cost (Asset Cost account)<br>
+ -Depreciation (Accumulated Depreciation account)<br>
+ -Current Assets<br>
+ -Bank<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -Depreciation (Depreciation Expense account)<br>
+ </p></div><p>One of the features of the account hierarchy shown above is that you
+ can readily see some important summary values about your depreciating
+ asset. The "Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1" account total shows you the current
+ estimated value for item1, the "Assets:Fixed Assets:ITEM1:Cost" shows you
+ what you originally paid for item1, "Assets:Fixed
+ Assets:ITEM1:Depreciation" shows you your accrued depreciation for item1,
+ and finally, "Expenses:Depreciation" demonstrates the total accrued
+ depreciation of all your assets.</p><p>It is certainly possible to use a different account hierarchy. One
+ popular account setup is to combine the <b>Asset Cost</b>
+ and <b>Accrued Depreciation</b> asset accounts. This has the
+ advantage of having fewer accounts cluttering your account hierarchy, but
+ with the disadvantage that to determine some of the summary details
+ mentioned in the paragraph above you will have to open the account
+ register windows. As with most things, there are many ways to do it, find
+ a way that works best for you.</p><p>The actual input of the depreciation amounts is done by hand every
+ accounting period. There is no way in GnuCash (as of yet) to perform the
+ depreciation scheme calculations automatically, or to input the values
+ automatically into the appropriate accounts. However, since an accounting
+ period is typically one year, this really is not much work to do by
+ hand.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_value1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_example1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.2. Estimating Valuation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.4. Example</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_accounts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"><link rel="next" href="dep_value1.html" title="11.2. Estimating Valuation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_dep.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 11. Depreciation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_value1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_concepts1"></a>11.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>Depreciation is the accounting method for expensing capital
+ purchases over time. There are two reasons that you may want to record
+ depreciation; you are doing bookkeeping for your own personal finances and
+ would like to keep track of your net worth, or you are doing bookkeeping
+ for a small busines and need to produce a financial statement from which
+ you will prepare your tax return.</p><p>The method of recording depreciation is the same in either case. but
+ the end goal is different. This section will discuss the differences
+ between the two. But first, some terminology.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Accumulated depreciation</b> - the accumulated
+ total of book depreciation taken over the life of the asset. This is
+ accumulated in the depreciation account in the asset section.</p></li><li><p><b>Book depreciation</b> - this is the amount of
+ depreciation that you record in your financial statements per
+ accounting period.</p></li><li><p><b>Fair market value</b> - the amount for which an
+ asset could be sold at a given time.</p></li><li><p><b>Net book value</b> - this is the difference
+ between the original cost and the depreciation taken to date.</p></li><li><p><b>Original cost</b> - this is the amount that the
+ asset cost you to purchase. It includes any cost to get the asset into
+ a condition in which you can use it. For example - shipping,
+ installation costs, special training.</p></li><li><p><b>Salvage value</b> - this is the value that you
+ estimate the asset can be sold for at the end of it's useful life (to
+ you).</p></li><li><p><b>Tax depreciation</b> - this is the amount of
+ depreciation that you take for income tax purposes.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_concepts_personal2"></a>11.1.1. Personal Finances</h3></div></div><p>Depreciation is used in personal finances to periodically lower an
+ asset's value to give you an accurate estimation of your current net
+ worth. For example, if you owned a car you could keep track of its
+ current value by recording depreciation every year. To accomplish this,
+ you record the original purchase as an asset, and then record a
+ depreciation expense each year (See <a href="dep_example1.html" title="11.4. Example">Example</a> for
+ an example). This would result in the net book value being approximately
+ equal to the fair market value of the asset at the end of the
+ year.</p><p>Depreciation for personal finance has no tax implications, it is
+ simple used to help you estimate your net worth. Because of this, there
+ are no rules for how you estimate depreciation, use your best
+ judgement.</p><p>For which assets should you estimate depreciation? Since the idea
+ of depreciation for personal finances is to give you an estimate of your
+ personal net worth, you need only track depreciation on assets of
+ notable worth that you could potentially sell, such as a car or
+ boat.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_concepts_business2"></a>11.1.2. Business</h3></div></div><p>As opposed to personal finance where the goal is tracking personal
+ worth, business is concerned with matching the expense of purchasing
+ capital assets with the revenue generated by them. This is done through
+ book depreciation. Businesses must also be concerned with local tax laws
+ covering depreciation of assets. This is known as tax depreciation. The
+ business is free to choose whatever scheme it wants to record book
+ depreciation, but the scheme used for tax depreciation is fixed. More
+ often than not this results in differences between book and tax
+ depreciation, but steps can be taken to reduce these differences.</p><p>Now, what purchases should be capitalized? If you expect something
+ that you purchase to help you earn income for more than just the current
+ year, then it should be capitalized. This includes things like land,
+ buildings, equipment, automobiles, and computers - as long as they are
+ used for business purposes. It does not include items that would be
+ considered inventory. So if you made a purchase with the intent to
+ resell the item, it should not be capitalized.</p><p>In addition to the purchase of the asset itself, any costs
+ associated with getting the asset into a condition so that you can use
+ it should be capitalized. For example, if you buy a peice of equipment
+ and it needs to be shipped from out of town, and then some electrical
+ work needs to be done so you can plug the machine in, and some
+ specialized training is needed so you know how to use the machine, all
+ these costs would be included in the cost of the equipment.</p><p>You also need to know the estimated salvage value of the asset.
+ Generally, this is assumed to be zero. The idea behind knowing the
+ salvage value is that the asset will be depreciated untill the net book
+ value (cost less depreciation) equals the salvage value. Then, when the
+ asset is written off, you will not have a gain or loss resulting from
+ the disposal of the asset.</p><p>The last step is to determine the method of depreciation that you
+ want to use. This will be discussed on the next few pages.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Warning: Be aware that different countries can have
+ substantially different tax policies for depreciation; all that this
+ document can really provide is some of the underlying ideas to help
+ you apply your "favorite" tax/depreciation policies.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_dep.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_value1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 11. Depreciation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.2. Estimating Valuation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.4. Example</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"><link rel="previous" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. Account Setup"><link rel="next" href="chapter_bus_ar.html" title="Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.4. Example</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 11. Depreciation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_example1"></a>11.4. Example</h2></div></div><p>Let's go ahead and step through an example. Imagine you are a
+ photographer and you use a car and an expensive camera for your personal
+ business. You will want to track the depreciation on these items, because
+ you can probably deduct the depreciation from your business taxes.</p><p>The first step is to build the account hierarchy (as shown in the
+ previous section, replace ITEM1 and ITEM2 with "car" and "camera"). Now,
+ record the purchase of your assets by transferring the money from your
+ bank account to the appropriate <b>Asset Cost</b> accounts
+ for each item (eg: the "Assets:Fixed Assets:Car:Cost" account for the
+ car). In this example, you start with $30k in the bank, the car cost $20k
+ and the camera cost $10k and were both purchased on January 1,
+ 2000.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_example.png" alt="Asset Depreciation Example1"><div class="caption"><p>The asset depreciation example main window, before
+ depreciation </p></div></div></div><p>Looking at the tax codes, we realize that we must report
+ depreciation on these items using the "sum of digits" scheme, over a 5
+ year period. So, the yearly depreciation amounts for the car come to
+ $6667, $5333, $4000, $2667, $1333 for years 1 to 5 respectively, rounded
+ to the nearest dollar. The yearly depreciation amounts for the camera are
+ $3333, $2667, $2000, $1333, $667. Consult the previous section on
+ Depreciation Schemes for the formula for calculating these values.</p><p>For each accounting period (IE: fiscal year) you record the
+ depreciation as an expense in the appropriate <b>Accrued
+ Depreciation</b> account (eg: the "Asset:Fixed
+ Assets:Car:Depreciation" account for the car). The two windows below show
+ your car's accrued depreciation account and the main window after the
+ third year (IE: three periods) of depreciation using this "sum of digits"
+ scheme.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_assetreg.png" alt="Asset Depreciation Register Window"><div class="caption"><p>The asset depreciation register window
+ </p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/dep_assetmain.png" alt="Asset Depreciation Main Window"><div class="caption"><p>The asset depreciation main window </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">A Word of Caution: Since depreciation and tax issues are closely
+ related, you may not always be free in choosing your preferred method.
+ Fixing wrong calculations will cost a whole lot more time and trouble
+ than getting the calculations right the first time, so if you plan to
+ depreciate assets, it is wise to make sure of the schemes you will be
+ permitted or required to use.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.3. Account Setup </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 12. Accounts Receivable</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_example1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>11.2. Estimating Valuation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation"><link rel="previous" href="dep_concepts1.html" title="11.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="dep_accounts1.html" title="11.3. Account Setup"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">11.2. Estimating Valuation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 11. Depreciation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="dep_value1"></a>11.2. Estimating Valuation</h2></div></div><p>A central issue with depreciation is to determine how you will
+ estimate the future value of the asset. Compared to the often uncertain
+ estimates one has to do where appreciation of assets is concerned, we are
+ on somewhat firmer ground here. Using sources listed below should make it
+ fairly straight forward to estimate the future value of your depreciating
+ assets.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Tax Codes:</b> For businesses that want to use
+ depreciation for tax purposes, governments tend to set up precise
+ rules as to how you are required to calculate depreciation. Consult
+ your local tax codes, which should explicitly state how to estimate
+ depreciation.</p></li><li><p><b>Car Blue Book:</b> For automobiles, it is easy
+ to look up in references such as "Blue Books" estimates of what an
+ automobile should be worth after some period of time in the future.
+ From this you will be able to develop a model of the
+ depreciation.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="dep_valueschemes2"></a>11.2.1. Depreciation Schemes</h3></div></div><p>A <b>depreciation scheme</b> is a mathematical model
+ of how an asset will be expensed over time. For every asset which
+ undergoes depreciation, you will need to decide on a depreciation
+ scheme. An important point to keep in mind is that, for tax purposes,
+ you will need to depreciate your assets at a certain rate. This is
+ called tax depreciation. For financial statement purposes you are free
+ to choose whatever method you want. This is book depreciation. Most
+ small businesses use the same rate for tax and book depreciation. This
+ way there is less of a difference between your net income on the
+ financial statements and your taxable income.</p><p>This section will present 3 of the more popular depreciation
+ schemes: <b>linear</b>, <b>geometric</b>,
+ and <b>sum of digits</b>. To simplify the examples, we
+ will assume the salvage value of the asset being depreciated is zero. If
+ you choose to use a salvage value, you would stop depreciating the asset
+ once the net book value equals the salvage value.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Linear depreciation</b> diminishes the value
+ of an asset by a fixed amount each period until the net value is
+ zero. This is the simplest calculation, as you estimate a useful
+ lifetime, and simply divide the cost equally across that
+ lifetime.</p><p>Example: You have bought a computer for $1500 and wish to
+ depreciate it over a period of 5 years. Each year the amount of
+ depreciation is $300, leading to the following calculations:</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 11.1. Linear Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><table summary="Linear Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Year</b></td><td><b>Depreciation</b></td><td><b>Remaining Value</b></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>300</td><td>1200</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>300</td><td>900</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>300</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>300</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p></li><li><p><b>Geometric depreciation</b> is depreciated by
+ a fixed percentage of the asset value in the previous period. This
+ is a front-weighted depreciation scheme, more depreciation being
+ applied early in the period. In this scheme the value of an asset
+ decreases exponentially leaving a value at the end that is larger
+ than zero (i.e.: a resale value).</p><p>Example: We take the same example as above, with an annual
+ depreciation of 30%.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 11.2. Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><table summary="Geometric Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Year</b></td><td><b>Depreciation</b></td><td><b>Remaining Value</b></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>450</td><td>1050</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>315</td><td>735</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>220.50</td><td>514.50</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>154.35</td><td>360.15</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>108.05</td><td>252.10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Beware: Tax authorities may require (or allow) a larger
+ percentage in the first period. On the other hand, in Canada, this
+ is reversed, as they permit only a half share of "Capital Cost
+ Allowance" in the first year. The result of this approach is that
+ asset value decreases more rapidly at the beginning than at the
+ end which is probably more realistic for most assets than a linear
+ scheme. This is certainly true for automobiles.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p><b>Sum of digits</b> is a front-weighted
+ depreciation scheme similar to the geometric depreciation, except
+ that the value of the asset reaches zero at the end of the period.
+ This is a front-weighted depreciation scheme, more depreciation
+ being applied early in the period. This method is most often
+ employed in Anglo/Saxon countries. Here is an illustration:</p><p>Example: First you divide the asset value by the sum of the
+ years of use, e.g. for our example from above with an asset worth
+ $1500 that is used over a period of five years you get
+ 1500/(1+2+3+4+5)=100. Depreciation and asset value are then
+ calculated as follows:</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 11.3. Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example</b></p><table summary="Sum of Digits Depreciation Scheme Example" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Year</b></td><td><b>Depreciation</b></td><td><b>Remaining Value</b></td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>-</td><td>1500</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>100*5=500</td><td>1000</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>100*4=400</td><td>600</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>100*3=300</td><td>300</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>100*2=200</td><td>100</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>100*1=100</td><td>0</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="dep_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="dep_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">11.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_dep.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 11.3. Account Setup</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/dep_value1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.1. 0. PREAMBLE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section1.html" title="D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.1. 0. PREAMBLE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-preamble"></a>D.1. 0. PREAMBLE</h2></div></div><p>
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
+ other written document “free” in the sense of
+ freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
+ redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+ commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+ preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+ their work, while not being considered responsible for
+ modifications made by others.
+ </p><p>
+ This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means
+ that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
+ the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
+ which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
+ </p><p>
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same
+ freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
+ to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
+ regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
+ whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-preamble.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="D.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section2.html" title="D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section1"></a>D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</h2></div></div><p><a name="fdl-document"></a>
+ This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+ notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+ distributed under the terms of this License. The
+ “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or
+ work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
+ as “you”.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-modified"></a>
+ A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work
+ containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
+ verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-secondary"></a>
+ A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a
+ front-matter section of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> that deals exclusively
+ with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
+ Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
+ matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
+ that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+ textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+ mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+ connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
+ legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-invariant"></a>
+ The “Invariant Sections” are certain <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</a> whose titles
+ are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
+ License.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-cover-texts"></a>
+ The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of
+ text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
+ in the notice that says that the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
+ License.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-transparent"></a>
+ A “Transparent” copy of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document"> Document</a> means a machine-readable
+ copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
+ to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
+ directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
+ images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
+ drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
+ suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
+ translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
+ formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
+ whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+ subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
+ that is not “Transparent” is called
+ “Opaque”.
+ </p><p>
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
+ plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+ format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+ standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
+ modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
+ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+ proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
+ and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+ machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
+ output purposes only.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-title-page"></a>
+ The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the
+ title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
+ hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
+ the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
+ page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the
+ most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
+ beginning of the body of the text.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.1. 0. PREAMBLE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section9.html" title="D.10. 9. TERMINATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-using.html" title="D.12. Addendum"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section10"></a>D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</h2></div></div><p>
+ The <a href="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html" target="_top">Free Software
+ Foundation</a> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
+ Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
+ will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
+ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft" target="_top">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
+ “or any later version” applies to it, you have the
+ option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+ specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
+ the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+ you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
+ the Free Software Foundation.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.10. 9. TERMINATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.12. Addendum</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section10.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section1.html" title="D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section3.html" title="D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section2"></a>D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may copy and distribute the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
+ you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
+ control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
+ distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
+ copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
+ must also follow the conditions in <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
+ above, and you may publicly display copies.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section2.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section2.html" title="D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section4.html" title="D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section3"></a>D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</h2></div></div><p>
+ If you publish printed copies of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
+ and the Document's license notice requires <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>, you must enclose
+ the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
+ Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
+ clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
+ copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
+ other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
+ limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+ respects.
+ </p><p>
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+ </p><p>
+ If you publish or distribute <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Opaque</a> copies of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
+ you must either include a machine-readable <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a> copy along with
+ each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
+ publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
+ complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
+ material, which the general network-using public has access to
+ download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
+ protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
+ or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+ public.
+ </p><p>
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
+ of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> well before
+ redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
+ to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section3.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section3.html" title="D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section5.html" title="D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section4"></a>D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may copy and distribute a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the conditions of
+ sections <a href="fdl-section2.html" title="D.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING">2</a> and <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">3</a> above, provided that you release
+ the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
+ licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
+ to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
+ these things in the Modified Version:
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>A. </b>
+ Use in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, and from those of
+ previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
+ listed in the History section of the Document). You may
+ use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>B. </b>
+ List on the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>,
+ together with at least five of the principal authors of
+ the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> (all of
+ its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>C. </b>
+ State on the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a> the name of the publisher of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>, as the
+ publisher.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>D. </b>
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>E. </b>
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>F. </b>
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
+ license notice giving the public permission to use the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> under
+ the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>G. </b>
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> and
+ required <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover
+ Texts</a> given in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document's</a> license notice.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>H. </b>
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>I. </b>
+ Preserve the section entitled “History”, and
+ its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
+ title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>as given on
+ the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a>. If
+ there is no section entitled “History” in the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
+ Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+ sentence.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>J. </b>
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> for public access
+ to a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a>
+ copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
+ given in the Document for previous versions it was based
+ on. These may be placed in the “History”
+ section. You may omit a network location for a work that
+ was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
+ refers to gives permission.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>K. </b>
+ In any section entitled “Acknowledgements” or
+ “Dedications”, preserve the section's title,
+ and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
+ each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+ dedications given therein.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>L. </b>
+ Preserve all the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, unaltered in their
+ text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>M. </b>
+ Delete any section entitled
+ “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be
+ included in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified
+ Version</a>.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>N. </b>
+ Do not retitle any existing section as
+ “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with
+ any <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Section</a>.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p>
+ If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
+ includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</a> and
+ contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
+ option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
+ do this, add their titles to the list of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> in the
+ Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
+ distinct from any other section titles.
+ </p><p>
+ You may add a section entitled “Endorsements”,
+ provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+ </p><p>
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</a>, and a passage
+ of up to 25 words as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</a>, to the end of
+ the list of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>
+ in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>.
+ Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
+ may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
+ entity. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
+ added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
+ acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
+ replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
+ publisher that added the old one.
+ </p><p>
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> do not by this License
+ give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section4.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section4.html" title="D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section6.html" title="D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section5"></a>D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may combine the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ with other documents released under this License, under the
+ terms defined in <a href="fdl-section4.html" title="D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>
+ above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
+ combination all of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
+ and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
+ its license notice.
+ </p><p>
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
+ and multiple identical <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
+ multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
+ contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
+ at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+ number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
+ list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
+ work.
+ </p><p>
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
+ “History” in the various original documents,
+ forming one section entitled “History”; likewise
+ combine any sections entitled “Acknowledgements”,
+ and any sections entitled “Dedications”. You must
+ delete all sections entitled “Endorsements.”
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section5.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section5.html" title="D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section7.html" title="D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section6"></a>D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may make a collection consisting of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and other documents
+ released under this License, and replace the individual copies
+ of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
+ is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
+ documents in all other respects.
+ </p><p>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section6.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section6.html" title="D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section8.html" title="D.9. 8. TRANSLATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section7"></a>D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</h2></div></div><p>
+ A compilation of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> or its derivatives with
+ other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
+ volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
+ count as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
+ of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
+ for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
+ “aggregate”, and this License does not apply to the
+ other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
+ account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
+ derivative works of the Document. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</a> requirement of <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="D.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a> is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
+ quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
+ be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
+ aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
+ aggregate.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.9. 8. TRANSLATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section7.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.9. 8. TRANSLATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section7.html" title="D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section9.html" title="D.10. 9. TERMINATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.9. 8. TRANSLATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section8"></a>D.9. 8. TRANSLATION</h2></div></div><p>
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the terms of <a href="fdl-section4.html" title="D.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>. Replacing <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> with
+ translations requires special permission from their copyright
+ holders, but you may include translations of some or all
+ Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
+ Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
+ License provided that you also include the original English
+ version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
+ translation and the original English version of this License,
+ the original English version will prevail.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.10. 9. TERMINATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section8.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.10. 9. TERMINATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section8.html" title="D.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section10.html" title="D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.10. 9. TERMINATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section9"></a>D.10. 9. TERMINATION</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> except as expressly
+ provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
+ modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+ automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+ parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+ License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+ parties remain in full compliance.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.9. 8. TRANSLATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-section9.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>D.12. Addendum</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section10.html" title="D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">D.12. Addendum</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-using"></a>D.12. Addendum</h2></div></div><p>
+ To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+ the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+ license notices just after the title page:
+ </p><blockquote class="blockquote"><p>
+ Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ </p><p>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> being LIST
+ THEIR TITLES, with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a> being LIST,
+ and with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
+ Texts</a> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
+ the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation
+ License”.
+ </p></blockquote><p>
+ If you have no <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a>, write “with no Invariant Sections”
+ instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a>, write
+ “no Front-Cover Texts” instead of
+ “Front-Cover Texts being LIST”; likewise for <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
+ we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
+ choice of free software license, such as the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" target="_top"> GNU General Public
+ License</a>, to permit their use in free software.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">D.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl-using.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="appendixc_vat1.html" title="C.1. UK Vat"><link rel="next" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="D.1. 0. PREAMBLE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="fdl"></a>Appendix D. GNU Free Documentation License</h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+ Version 1.1, March 2000
+ </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</p></div></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Legal Notice</h2><p>
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place,
+ Suite 330, , Boston, , MA
+ 02111-1307, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+ </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>D.1. <a href="fdl-preamble.html">0. PREAMBLE</a></dt><dt>D.2. <a href="fdl-section1.html">1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</a></dt><dt>D.3. <a href="fdl-section2.html">2. VERBATIM COPYING</a></dt><dt>D.4. <a href="fdl-section3.html">3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</a></dt><dt>D.5. <a href="fdl-section4.html">4. MODIFICATIONS</a></dt><dt>D.6. <a href="fdl-section5.html">5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</a></dt><dt>D.7. <a href="fdl-section6.html">6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</a></dt><dt>D.8. <a href="fdl-section7.html">7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</a></dt><dt>D.9. <a href="fdl-section8.html">8. TRANSLATION</a></dt><dt>D.10. <a href="fdl-section9.html">9. TERMINATION</a></dt><dt>D.11. <a href="fdl-section10.html">10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</a></dt><dt>D.12. <a href="fdl-using.html">Addendum</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="appendixc_vat1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">C.1. UK Vat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> D.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/fdl.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_CreateAssetsAccount.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultExpenseAccounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_DefaultIncomeAccounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_toplevel.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/accts_tree.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_AccountRelationships.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Accounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_CheckAccount.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_SalarySplit.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_compact.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_expanded.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_groceries.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_DoubleEntryIntro_salary.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_EmptyAccounts2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Accounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Finish.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_Setup.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_NewAccountHierarchySetup_currency.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_AccountingPeriod.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Accounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Business.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_DateTime.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_General.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_OnlineBanking.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Register.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_RegisterDefaults.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Reports.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_ScheduledTransactions.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_Preferences_Windows.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_QIF_Import_welcome.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveAs.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_SaveAs.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/basics_TipOfDay.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billedit.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billnew.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_billpost.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_jobnew.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_payment.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendorfind.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ap_vendornew.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custfind.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_custnew.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicechange3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceedit.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicenew.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoicepost.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_invoiceprint.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_jobnew.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_ar_payment.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/bus_pay_ex4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app2main.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_app3main.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/capgain_appmain.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_CashFlow.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptAssets.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_TransactionRptExpenses.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_atm.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_bankstmt.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_chartaccts5.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_checkexamp.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_gcashdata4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconciledCheckAct.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_reconexamp.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_servch.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cbook_transferin.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_CashFlow.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_Reversing_Transaction_2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptExpenses.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_TransactionRptVisa.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_accounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_final.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_interest.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_payment.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_purchases.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_reconcile_init.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/cc_refund.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_AfterGetOnlineQuotes.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_BeforeGetOnlineQuotes.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterMoney.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AfterStocks.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_PutTogether_AussieHouse.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_main3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_peditor.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterBoat.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_AfterStocks.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeBoat.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_BeforeStocks.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_Commodities.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_MoveMoney.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_SetExchangeRate.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_purchase_ToAmount.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcomm.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/currency_selectcurr.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetmain.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_assetreg.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/dep_example.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_AccountsPredef.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendcash.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_int3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_merge3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newaccount.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_newsecurity.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_peditor2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_selectsecurity.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstock2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_current.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_simplesplit1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_split5.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockmerge1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanCalculation.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanInitial.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_fcalc.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/loans_mortgage3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/oview_intro.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_CashFlow.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_2account2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit5.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_registersplit6.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/index.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/index.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/index.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="previous" href="titlepage.html" title="About This Document"><link rel="next" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="titlepage.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="book"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">About This Document</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="chapter_oview.html">Overview</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="chapter_basics.html">The Basics</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="chapter_accts.html">Accounts</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="chapter_txns.html">Transactions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="chapter_cbook.html">Checkbook</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="chapter_cc.html">Credit Cards</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">7. <a href="chapter_loans.html">Loans</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">8. <a href="chapter8.html">Investments</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml!
1/transi
tional">9. <a href="chapter_capgain.html">Capital Gains</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">10. <a href="chapter10.html">Multiple Currencies</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">11. <a href="chapter_dep.html">Depreciation</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">12. <a href="chapter_bus_ar.html">Accounts Receivable</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">13. <a href="chapter13.html">Accounts Payable</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">14. <a href="chapter14.html">Payroll</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">15. <a href="chapter15.html">Budgets</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="appendixa.html">Migration Guide</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">B. <a href="appendixb.html">Frequently Asked Questions</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">C. <a href="appendixc.html">Contributed Account Trees</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">D. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="titlepage.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_oview.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">About This Document </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 1. Overview</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/index.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.5. Buying Shares</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest-setup1.html" title="8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio"><link rel="next" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. Setting Share Price"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.5. Buying Shares</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-setup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-stockprice1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-buy-stock1"></a>8.5. Buying Shares</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-buy-stock2"></a>8.5.1. Entering Preexisting Shares</h3></div></div><p>To register the initial 100 shares of this stock that you
+ purchased previously, on the first transaction line, enter the date of
+ the purchase (eg: Jan. 1 2001), a description (eg: Initial Purchase),
+ transfer from <b>Equity: Opening Balances</b>, Shares (eg:
+ 100), and Price (eg: $20). You do not need to fill in the
+ <b>Buy</b> column, as it will be calculated for you. This example
+ assumed there was no commission on this transaction to simplify the example. Your
+ AMZN Portfolio view should now appear like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_portfolio1.png" alt="Setup Current Portfolio"><div class="caption"><p>This image is of the transaction register of the AMZN account
+ after the first stock account “purchase”.</p></div></div></div><p>Notice that the <b>Balance</b> is in the units of
+ the commodity (AMZN shares) not in currency units. Thus, the balance is
+ 100 (AMZN units) rather than $2000. This is how it should be.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-buy-new2"></a>8.5.2. Buying New Shares</h3></div></div><p>The only difference between setting up a new stock purchase
+ versus the setup for preexisting stocks as described in the previous
+ section is that instead of transferring the money used to purchase the
+ stock from the Equity:Opening Balance account, you use your Assets:Bank ABC
+ account.</p><p>Now you will purchase $5000 of IBM stock, with a commission of $100. First
+ step will be to create the stock account for IBM. The existing Expense:Commission
+ account will be used. If you wish to track commissions to the individual stock
+ an additional sub-account would be necessary.</p><p>Now for the transaction, on the first transaction line, enter the date of
+ the purchase (eg: Jan. 3 2005), a description (eg: Initial Purchase),
+ Shares will be skipped (to be calculated), Price (eg: $96.60), and Buy ($5000).
+ You do not need to fill in the <b>Share</b> column, as it will be
+ calculated for you. The next line in the split transaction will be
+ “Expense:Commission” and fill in Buy ($100).
+ The third line will be to transfer from <b>Assets:Bank ABC:Saving</b>,
+ $5100 to balance the transaction.
+ Your IBM Portfolio view should now appear like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_portfolio2.png" alt="Setup Current Portfolio"><div class="caption"><p>This image is of the transaction register of the IBM account
+ after the first stock account “purchase” with a commission.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-setup1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-stockprice1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.6. Setting Share Price</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-buy-stock1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.8. Dividends</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Selling Shares"><link rel="next" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html" title="8.9. Splits and Mergers"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.8. Dividends</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-sell1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-dividends1"></a>8.8. Dividends</h2></div></div><p>Some companies or mutual funds pay periodic dividends to
+ shareholders. Dividends are typically given in one of two ways, either
+ they are automatically reinvested into the commodity or they are given as
+ cash. Mutual funds are often setup to automatically reinvest the dividend,
+ while common stock dividends usually pay cash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-dividendcash"></a>8.8.1. Dividends in Cash</h3></div></div><p>If the dividend is presented as cash, you should record the
+ transaction directly in the asset account that received the money, as
+ income from “Income::Dividends” with a note mentioning from which
+ commodity it was derived. There is no simple way to show this transaction
+ from within the stock or mutual fund account itself.</p><p>As an example consider the following; a purchase of IBM stock with the dividends
+ deposited as cash into the Broker Account.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendcash.png" alt="Example of cash dividend transactions"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the Brokerage Account register after a series of cash
+ dividends. </p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you want to track dividends on a per-stock basis, you would
+ need to create an Income:Dividends:STOCKSYMBOL account for each stock
+ you own that pays dividends.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-dividendreinvest"></a>8.8.2. Dividends Re-Invested</h3></div></div><p>If you receive the dividend in the form of an automatic
+ reinvestment, the transaction for this should be handled within
+ the stock or mutual fund account as income from “Income:Dividend” for the
+ appropriate number of reinvested shares. This type of reinvest account is often referred
+ to as a DRIP (Dividend Re-Investment Program).</p><p>As an example consider the following; purchase of NSTAR (NST) stock with the
+ dividends reinvested into a DRIP Account. Mutual fund re-investments would be the same.
+ </p><p>Starting with the purchase of 100 shares on Jan. 3, 2005, all dividends will be
+ reinvested and an account is created to track the dividend to the specific stock. GnuCash
+ simplifies the entry by allowing calculations within the cells of the transaction. If the
+ first dividend is $.29/share, enter $53.38 in the share price and 100*.29 in the Buy cell.
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendreinvest1.png" alt="Example of dividend reinvestment transactions"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the Stock Account register after a series of
+ dividends reinvestment. </p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_dividendreinvest2.png" alt="Example of dividend reinvestment transactions"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the Accounts tree after a series of
+ dividends reinvestment. </p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-sell1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-splitsnmergers1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.7. Selling Shares </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.9. Splits and Mergers</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-dividends1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.7. Selling Shares</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest-stockprice1.html" title="8.6. Setting Share Price"><link rel="next" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. Dividends"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.7. Selling Shares</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-sell1"></a>8.7. Selling Shares</h2></div></div><p>Entering an investment you are selling is done in the same way as
+ buying one except the total cost of the transaction is entered in the
+ <b>Sell</b> column and the <b>Shares</b>
+ column is entered as a negative amount. The net proceeds from the sale
+ should be transferred from the stock account to your bank or brokerage
+ account.</p><p>The proper recording of the stock sale *must* be done using a split
+ transaction. In the split transaction, you must account for the profit (or
+ loss) as coming from an Income:Capital Gains account (or Expense:Capital
+ Loss). To balance this income, you will need to enter the stock asset
+ twice in the split. Once to record the actual sale (using the correct
+ number of shares and correct price per share) and once to balance the
+ income profit (setting the number of shares to 0 and price per share to
+ 0).</p><p>In the split transaction scheme presented below, the symbol
+ NUM_SHARES is the number of shares you are selling, SELL_PRICE is the
+ price for which you sold the shares, GROSS_SALE is the total price for
+ which you sold shares, equal to NUM_SHARES*SELL_PRICE. PROFIT is the
+ amount of money you made on the sale. COMMISSIONS are the brokerage
+ commissions. NET_SALE is the net amount of money received from the sale,
+ equal to GROSS_SALE - COMMISSIONS.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 8.1. Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><table summary="Selling Stock using Split Transaction Scheme" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Number of Shares</b></td><td><b>Share Price</b></td><td><b>Total Buy</b></td><td><b>Total Sell</b></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>NET_SALE</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-NUM_SHARES</td><td>SELL_PRICE</td><td> </td><td>GROSS_SALE</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>PROFIT</td><td>(Loss)</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>(Loss)</td><td>PROFIT</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>COMMISSION</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>If you will be recording the sale of the stock as a capital gain (or
+ loss), please see the chapter “Depreciation and Capital Gains” for more
+ information on this topic.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexample2"></a>8.7.1. Example - Sale of stock with profit</h3></div></div><p>As an example, assume you bought 100 shares of a stock for $20 per
+ share, then later sell them all for $36 per share. In the split
+ transaction scheme above, PRICEBUY is $20 (the original buying price),
+ NUM_SHARES is 100, TOTALBUY is $2000 (the original buying cost),
+ GROSS_SALE is $3600, and finally PROFIT is $1525
+ (GROSS_SALE-TOTALBUY-COMMISSION).</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 8.2. Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><table summary="Selling Stock Split Transaction Scheme" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Shares</b></td><td><b>Price</b></td><td><b>Buy</b></td><td><b>Sell</b></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>3525.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>36.00</td><td> </td><td>3600.00</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td>1600.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td> </td><td>1600.00</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>75.00</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock.png" alt="Selling Stock Example"><div class="caption"><p>An example of selling stock for gain. You bought 100
+ shares of AMZN for $20 per share, and sold for $36.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstock2.png" alt="Selling Stock Example"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the account tree after the example of
+ selling stock for gain. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-sellexampleloss"></a>8.7.2. Example - Sale of stock with loss</h3></div></div><p>As an example, assume you bought 100 shares of a stock for $100
+ per share, then later sell them all for $50 per share. In the split
+ transaction scheme below, PRICEBUY is $100 (the original buying price),
+ NUM_SHARES is 100, TOTAL_BUY is $10,000 (the original buying price),
+ (Loss) is $5000, and finally GROSS_SALE is $5000. Assume the commission
+ was $100.00.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 8.3. Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme</b></p><table summary="Selling Shares at loss Split Transaction Scheme" border="1" width="50%"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><b>Account</b></td><td><b>Shares</b></td><td><b>Price</b></td><td><b>Buy</b></td><td><b>Sell</b></td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>4900.00</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>-100</td><td>50.00</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Stock:SYMBOL</td><td>0</td><td>0</td><td> </td><td>5000.00</td></tr><tr><td>Income:Capital Gains</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>5000.</td><td>0</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Commissions</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>100</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Note: You may either enter the loss as a positive number in the
+ “buy” column or as a negative number in the “sell”
+ column, GnuCash will move the “negative profit” to the other column.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss.png" alt="Selling Stock at loss Example"><div class="caption"><p>Above is a screenshot of the example of selling
+ stock. You bought 100 shares for $100.00 per share, and sold for
+ $50.</p></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_sellstockLoss2.png" alt="Selling Stock at loss Example"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the account tree after the example of
+ selling stock for loss. </p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-stockprice1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-dividends1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.6. Setting Share Price </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.8. Dividends</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-sell1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest_int1.html" title="8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts"><link rel="next" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Buying Shares"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_int1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-setup1"></a>8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio</h2></div></div><p>Now that you have built an account hierarchy in the previous
+ section, this section will show you how to create and populate the accounts with your
+ investment portfolio. After this initial setup of your portfolio, you may have
+ shares of stock purchased from before you started using GnuCash. For these stocks,
+ follow the instructions in the <a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-stock2" title="8.5.1. Entering Preexisting Shares"><b>Entering
+ Preexisting Shares</b></a> section below. If your have just purchased your stocks,
+ then use the <a href="invest-buy-stock1.html#invest-buy-new2" title="8.5.2. Buying New Shares"><b>Buying New Shares</b>
+ </a> section.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-setup-stockaccounts2"></a>8.4.1. Setup Accounts for Stocks and Mutual Funds</h3></div></div><p>This section will show you how to add stocks and mutual fund
+ accounts to GnuCash. In this section, we will assume you are using the
+ basic account setup introduced in the previous section, but
+ the principles can be applied to any account hierarchy.</p><p>You should have within the top level <b>Asset</b>
+ account, a few levels down, an account entitled
+ <b>Stock</b>. Open the account tree to this level by
+ clicking on the “right facing triangle marker” signs next
+ to the account names until the tree is opened to the depth of the new
+ account. You will need to create a sub-account (of type
+ <b>stock</b>) under the Stock account for every stock you
+ own. Every stock is a separate account. The naming of these stock
+ accounts is usually done using the stock ticker abbreviation, though account
+ names may be anything that is clear to you and other users. So, for
+ example, you could name your accounts <b>AMZN</b>,
+ <b>IBM</b> and <b>NST</b> for your Amazon,
+ IBM and NSTAR stocks respectively. Below is a schematic model of the
+ layout (only showing the Assets sub-accounts).</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ Assets<br>
+ Investments<br>
+ Brokerage Accounts<br>
+ Bond<br>
+ Mutual Funds<br>
+ Market Index<br>
+ Stock<br>
+ AMZN<br>
+ IBM<br>
+ NST<br>
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you want to track income (dividends/interest/capital gains)
+ on a per-stock or fund basis, you will need to create an
+ Income:Dividends:STOCKSYMBOL, Income:Cap Gain (Long):STOCKSYMBOL,
+ Income:Cap Gain (Short):STOCKSYMBOL and Income:Interest:STOCKSYMBOL
+ account for each stock you own that pays dividends or interest.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-setup-example2"></a>8.4.2. Example Stock Account</h3></div></div><p>As an example, let's assume that you currently own 100 shares of
+ Amazon stock. First, create the stock account AMZN by selecting the
+ <b>Stock</b> account and click on the menu
+ <b>File</b> -> <b>New Account</b>. The New
+ Account dialog will appear, follow the steps, in the sequence below to
+ setup your new stock account.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_newaccount.png" alt="New Account Window"><div class="caption"><p>New Account Window </p></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Account Name</b> - Usually, use the stock
+ ticker abbreviation, IE: “AMZN”</p></li><li><p><b>Account Code</b> - Optional field, use CUSIP,
+ the newspaper listing symbol, mutual fund family ID or code of your
+ own choosing.</p></li><li><p><b>Description</b> - Optional field for detailed
+ description of the commodity/stock. Note this field by default is
+ displayed in the Account tab tree.</p></li><li><p><b>Account Type</b> - Select the type of account
+ you are creating from the lower left-hand list.</p></li><li><p><b>Parent Account</b> - Select the parent
+ account for the new account from the right hand listing. Expand list
+ of accounts if necessary.</p></li><li><p><b>Create the New Security</b> - To use a new
+ stock, you must create the stock as a new commodity</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Select Security/Currency</b> - Click on
+ the “Select ...” button next to the
+ <b>security/currency</b> line. We must change the
+ security from the default (your default currency) to this
+ specific stock. This will bring up the “Select
+ Security” dialog.</p></li><li><p><b>Type</b> - Change the
+ <b>type</b> from current to the exchange where the
+ security/commodity is traded (in this example NASDAQ).</p><p>Select the “New” Button to open the
+ “New Security” window.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_selectsecurity.png" alt="Select Security Window"><div class="caption"><p>Select Security Window </p></div></div></div></li><li><p><b>Create the Security</b> - Click on the
+ <b>New...</b> button and enter the appropriate
+ information for this stock on the new form <b>New
+ Security</b>.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The <b>Full name:</b> is
+ “Amazon.com Inc”.</p></li><li><p>The <b>Symbol/abbreviation:</b> is
+ “AMZN”. The symbol is the stock ticket used in your
+ quote source several lines down on the form. Note that different
+ symbols will be utilized on different price sources for the same stock,
+ an example is Ericsson on the Stockholm Exchange is ERIC-B while
+ on Yahoo it is ERRICB.ST</p></li><li><p>The <b>Type:</b> should already be
+ “NASDAQ”.</p></li><li><p>The <b>CUSIP or other code</b> is where
+ you can enter some other coding number or text (leave it
+ blank in this example).</p></li><li><p>The <b>Fraction traded</b> should be
+ adjusted to the smallest fraction of this security which can
+ be traded, usually 1/100 or 1/10000.</p></li><li><p>The box “Get On-line Quotes” and the
+ quote source and the timezone should be selected to define
+ the sources for updating prices on-line. See Also
+ <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto2" title="8.6.3. Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes">
+ “Setting Stock Price Automatically”</a>.</p><p> If the “Get On-Line Quotes” is not highlighted, and it
+ is not tickable, then the Finance::Quote package is not installed.
+ See the section on
+ <a href="invest-stockprice1.html#invest-stockprice-auto-install3" title="8.6.3.1. Installing Finance::Quote">
+ “Installing Finance::Quote”</a>.</p><p>Below is what this window should look like when
+ finished: <div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_newsecurity.png" alt="New Security Window"><div class="caption"><p>New Security Window </p></div></div></div></p></li><li><p><b>Save Security</b> - Click on the
+ <b>OK</b> button to save this new security,
+ this will close the “New Security” window and
+ return to the “New Account” window.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Select the Security</b> - you should now see
+ the newly created security available in the pull down menu for
+ <b>Security/Currency</b>. Select it (it is probably
+ already selected) and click on <b>OK</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Smallest Fraction</b> - Specify the smallest
+ fraction of the security/commodity that is traded.</p></li><li><p><b>Notes</b> - Enter any notes or messages
+ related to this security/commodity.</p></li><li><p><b>Tax Related</b> - Check box if this account's
+ transactions will relate to Tax Reports.</p></li><li><p><b>Placeholder</b> - Check box if this account
+ is a “Placeholder”, that is it will contain no
+ transactions.</p></li><li><p><b>Finished</b> - You should now have been
+ automatically returned to the New Account dialog, with the
+ <b>symbol/abbreviation:</b> line set to “AMZN
+ (Amazon.com Inc)”. Click on <b>OK</b> to save
+ this new stock account.</p></li></ol></div><p>You have now created the Amazon stock account, your main account
+ should look something like this (notice that there are a few extra
+ accounts here, a bank account, and an equity account):</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_setup_current.png" alt="Setup Current Portfolio"><div class="caption"><p>This image is after the creation of the first stock
+ account (AMZN)</p></div></div></div><p>Open the account register window for this AMZN stock account
+ (double click on it). Here you see the <b>Portfolio</b> view. This gives you an overview of
+ your stock portfolio including the number of shares bought and sold.
+ Obviously, we have not bought or sold any stocks yet, so the Portfolio
+ view should not contain any transactions.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_int1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-buy-stock1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.5. Buying Shares</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-setup1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.9. Splits and Mergers</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest-dividends1.html" title="8.8. Dividends"><link rel="next" href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.9. Splits and Mergers</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-dividends1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_capgain.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-splitsnmergers1"></a>8.9. Splits and Mergers</h2></div></div><p>Companies may split their stock for many reasons but the most common
+ is that the price has risen higher than management thinks is a reasonable price for
+ many investors. Some of these splits are simple exchanges (eg 2 for 1 or 3 for 2)
+ and some are complex exchanges with cash distributions. Splits may also result in
+ fewer shares if the exchange rate is a reverse split (1 for 3 or .75 for 1).
+
+ </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-simplesplit"></a>8.9.1. Simple Stock Split</h3></div></div><p>As an example, our holding of NST stock declared a 2 for 1 stock split effective
+ June 6, 2005. The process for entering this transaction is; select
+ <b>Action</b> -> <b>Stock Split</b> to start
+ the druid.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split1.png" alt="An image of the stock split druid at step 1. "><div class="caption"><p>An image of the selection of the stock split druid. </p></div></div></div><p>The first screen is an Introduction, select <b>Forward</b> to
+ display the selection of the account and stock for the split. You will need to
+ create an entry for each <b>Account:Stock</b> combination you hold.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split2.png" alt="An image of the stock split druid at step 2 - Selection of Account/Stock.
+ "><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split druid at step 2 - Selection of
+ Account/Stock.</p></div></div></div><p>Select the “Assets:Investments:DRIPs:NST” and click on
+ <b>Forward</b>.</p><p>The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Date</b> - Enter the date of the split.</p></li><li><p><b>Shares</b> - The number of shares increased (or decreased)
+ in the transaction.</p><p>In our example it is a 2 for 1 split so the number of additional shares
+ is the number of shares currently in the register.</p></li><li><p><b>Description</b> - The Description should give a brief
+ explanation of the transaction.</p></li><li><p><b>New Price</b> - If desired the new price of the stock,
+ after the split, may be entered.</p></li><li><p><b>Currency</b> - The currency of the transaction
+ is required. This should be the same as the stock purchase currency.</p></li></ul></div><p>Click on the <b>Forward</b> button.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split3.png" alt="An image of the stock split druid at step 3 - Split Details. "><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split druid at step 3 - Split Details. </p></div></div></div><p>The next screen will be skipped in this example as there was no
+ “Cash in Lieu”.
+ </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_split4.png" alt="An image of the stock split druid at step 4 - Cash in Lieu. "><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split druid at step 4 - Cash in Lieu. </p></div></div></div><p>A final “Finish” screen will give a last option to;
+ <b>Cancel</b>, <b>Back</b> to modify any data entered or
+ <b>Apply</b> to complete the stock split with the data entered. </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_simplesplit1.png" alt="Example of simple stock split transaction in the stock's register"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the “Assets:Investments:DRIPs:NST”
+ register after a simple stock split transaction. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-merger1"></a>8.9.2. Moderately Complex Stock Merger</h3></div></div><p>As an example, assume you held AT&T stock during the Nov. 18, 2005 merger of SBC
+ with AT&T. For this example you will have purchased AT&T on April 1, 2005, any
+ dividends will have been paid in cash, therefore not entered into the AT&T
+ stock register. </p><p> The conditions of the merger were .77942 share of SBC stock were exchanged for
+ each share of AT&T stock. The merged company continued to use the symbol
+ “T” from AT&T.</p><p>AT&T paid a “dividend” of $1.20/share on the transaction date,
+ however this will not appear in the stock account as it was a cash distribution.</p><p>The process for entering this transaction is identical to the simple split until
+ the “Details” screen. You will need to create an split entry in each
+ <b>Investment Account:Stock</b> account combination that has shares
+ splitting.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge2.png" alt="An image of the stock split druid at step 2. "><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split druid at step 2 - Selection of
+ Account/Stock (Investment Account:T).</p></div></div></div><p>Select the “Assets:Investments:Brokerage Account:Stock:T” and click on
+ <b>Forward</b>.</p><p>The next screen presents 5 fields in the Stock Splits Details window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Date</b> - Enter the date of the split. Here we'll enter
+ November 18, 2005.</p></li><li><p><b>Shares</b> - The number of shares increased (or decreased)
+ in the transaction.</p><p>In our example it is a .77942 for 1 split so the number of shares will
+ decrease from the number of shares currently in the register. You may use GnuCash's
+ ability to preform calculations on an entry form by entering data directly
+ (E.g. “(.77942*100)-100”) to calculate the decrease in shares
+ from the split.</p></li><li><p><b>Description</b> - The Description should give a brief
+ explanation of the transaction.</p></li><li><p><b>New Price</b> - If desired the new price of the stock,
+ after the split, may be entered.</p></li><li><p><b>Currency</b> - The currency of the transaction
+ is required. This should be the same as the stock purchase currency.</p></li></ul></div><p>Click on the <b>Forward</b> button.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_merge3.png" alt="An image of the stock split druid at step 3. "><div class="caption"><p>An image of the stock split druid at step 3 - Split Details. </p></div></div></div><p>The next screen will be skipped in this example as there was no
+ “Cash in Lieu”.
+ </p><p>A final “Finish” screen will give a last option to
+ <b>Back</b> to modify any data entered or <b>Apply</b>
+ to complete the stock split with the data entered. </p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockmerge1.png" alt="Example of moderate stock split transaction in the stock's register"><div class="caption"><p>An image of the Investment Account:T register after a
+ stock split transaction that decreases the shares. </p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-dividends1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_capgain.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.8. Dividends </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 9. Capital Gains</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-splitsnmergers1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.6. Setting Share Price</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest-buy-stock1.html" title="8.5. Buying Shares"><link rel="next" href="invest-sell1.html" title="8.7. Selling Shares"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.6. Setting Share Price</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest-stockprice1"></a>8.6. Setting Share Price</h2></div></div><p>The value of a commodity, such as a stock, must be explicitly set.
+ The stock accounts track the quantity of stocks you own, but the value of
+ the stock is stored in the <b>Price Editor</b>. The values
+ set in the Price Editor can be updated manually or automatically.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-initial2"></a>8.6.1. Initial Price Editor Setup</h3></div></div><p>To use the Price Editor to track a stock value, you must initially
+ insert the stock. To do so, open the Price Editor
+ (<b>Tools</b> -> <b>Price Editor</b>) and
+ click on Add button. The first time a
+ Commodity/Stock is entered this window will be blank except for the
+ control buttons on the bottom. Select the appropriate Commodity you want
+ to insert into the Price Editor. At this point, you can input the price
+ of the commodity manually. There are 5 fields in the New Commodity
+ window:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Commodity</b> - the name of the commodity,
+ must be chosen from the Select... list</p></li><li><p><b>Currency</b> - the currency in which the
+ Price is expressed.</p></li><li><p><b>Date</b> - date that the price is
+ valid</p></li><li><p><b>Type</b> - one of: <b>Bid</b>
+ (the market buying price), <b>Ask</b> (the market
+ selling price), <b>Last</b> (the last transaction
+ price), <b>Net Asset Value</b> (mutual fund price per
+ share), or <b>Unknown</b>. Stocks and currencies will
+ usually give their quotes as one of bid, ask or last. Mutual funds
+ are often given as net asset value. For other commodities, simply
+ choose "Unknown". This option is for informational purposes only, it
+ is not used by GnuCash.</p></li><li><p><b>Price</b> - the price of one unit of this
+ commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>As an example of adding the AMZN commodity to the price editor,
+ with an initial value of $40.50 per share.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor.png" alt="Price Editor"><div class="caption"><p>Adding the AMZN commodity to the price editor, with
+ an initial value of $40.50 per share.</p></div></div></div><p>Click OK when finished. Once you have
+ performed this initial placement of the commodity into the Price Editor,
+ you will not have to do it again, even if you use the same commodity in
+ another account.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-manual2"></a>8.6.2. Setting Stock Price Manually</h3></div></div><p>If the value of the commodity (stock) changes, you can adjust the
+ value by entering the Price Editor, selecting the commodity, clicking on
+ edit and entering the new price.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_peditor2.png" alt="Price Editor"><div class="caption"><p>The main price editor window, showing the list of all
+ known commodities.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto2"></a>8.6.3. Configuring for automatic retrieval of quotes</h3></div></div><p>If you have more than a couple of commodities, you will tire of
+ having to update their prices constantly. GnuCash has the ability to
+ automatically download the most recent price for your commodities using
+ the Internet. This is accomplished through the Perl module
+ Finance::Quote, which must be installed in order to activate this
+ feature.</p><p>To determine if the Perl module Finance::Quote is already
+ installed on your system, type “perldoc Finance::Quote” in
+ a terminal window and check to see if there is any documentation
+ available. If you see the documentation, then the module is installed,
+ if you do not see the documentation, then it has not been
+ installed.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-install3"></a>8.6.3.1. Installing Finance::Quote</h4></div></div><p>To install Finance::Quote begin by first closing any GnuCash
+ applications you have running. Second, locate the folder where GnuCash
+ is installed by searching for “gnc-fq-update” (without the quotes).
+ Change to that directory, open a root shell and run the command
+ “gnc-fq-update” (without the quotation marks). This will
+ launch a Perl CPAN update session that will go out onto the Internet
+ and install the Finance::Quote module on your system. The
+ gnc-fq-update program is interactive, however, with most systems you
+ should be able to answer “no” to the first question: “Are you
+ ready for manual configuration? [yes]” and the update will
+ continue automatically from that point.</p><p>After installation is complete, you should run the “gnc-fq-dump”
+ test program, in the same directory, distributed with GnuCash to test
+ if Finance::Quote is installed and working properly.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you feel uncomfortable about performing any of these steps,
+ please either email the GnuCash-user mailing list
+ (gnucash-user at gnucash.org) for help or come to the GnuCash IRC
+ channel on irc.gnome.org. You can also leave out this step and
+ manually update your stock prices.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-auto-configure3"></a>8.6.3.2. Configuring Finance::Quote</h4></div></div><p>With Finance::Quote installed and functioning correctly, you
+ must configure your GnuCash stock accounts to use this feature to
+ obtain updated price information automatically. For stock accounts
+ that have already been setup, edit the account
+ and select the <b>Get On-line Quotes</b> box. You should
+ now be able to modify the pop-up menus <b>The source for price
+ quotes</b> and <b>The timezone for these
+ quotes</b>. When finished editing the stock account, return to
+ the price editor and click on the Get Quotes
+ button to update your stock prices on the Internet.</p><p>The command “gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename”
+ can be used to fetch the current prices of your stocks. The file specified
+ “$HOME/gnucash-filename” will depend on the name and location of your
+ data file.
+ This can be determined by the name displayed in the top frame of the GnuCash window,
+ before the “-”. The file name can also be found “File ->”
+ “pull down list”, the first item, numbered 1, is the name of the currently
+ open file.</p><p>This can be automated by creating a crontab entry. For example,
+ to update your file every Friday evening (16:00) after the relevant exchange
+ markets close (modify the time accordingly for your time zone), you could add
+ the following to your personal crontab:</p><p>0 16 * * 5 gnucash --add-price-quotes $HOME/gnucash-filename >
+ /dev/null 2>&1</p><p>Remember that Mutual Fund “prices” are really “Net Asset
+ Value” and require several hours after the exchange closes before being
+ available. If NAVs are downloaded before the current days NAVs are
+ determined, yesterday's NAVs are retrieved.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-view2"></a>8.6.4. Displaying Share Value</h3></div></div><p>The main account window, by default, only shows the quantity of
+ each commodity that you own, under the column heading
+ <b>Total</b>. In the case of stocks, this commodity is the
+ number of shares. Often, however, you will want to see the value of your
+ stocks expressed in terms of some monetary unit. This is easily
+ accomplished by entering the main window, selecting the “Accounts” tab,
+ by clicking on the title bar Options button (the small
+ down pointing arrow on the right side of the main account window titles bar), and
+ selecting the option to display the account total field “Total
+ (USD)”. You will see a new column in the main window entitled
+ <b>Total (USD)</b> that will express the value of all
+ commodities in the report currency.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue.png" alt="Viewing Stock Value"><div class="caption"><p>Viewing the value of a stock commodity in the main
+ window using the Total in Report Currency option.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-stockprice-report"></a>8.6.5. Making Stock Value Reports</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash offers three alternatives to determine stock prices in
+ reports:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue_report_options.png" alt="Determining Stock Price Source in Reports"><div class="caption"><p>Determining the value of a stock commodity in a
+ report by setting the Price Source option.</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Weighted Average</b> - gives you a graph of
+ the weighted price of all <b>transactions</b>. It will
+ <b>not</b> take into account prices defined in the
+ price editor.</p></li><li><p><b>Most recent</b> - displays the changing value
+ of your stocks based solely on <b>the most recent</b>
+ price available from the price editor. The price figuring in your
+ stock transactions is <b>not</b> considered.</p></li><li><p><b>Nearest in time</b> - the graph is
+ exclusively based on the prices available from the price editor. The
+ value of your stock at each step and point in time is calculated
+ based on the nearest available price in the price editor.</p></li></ul></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_stockvalue_report.png" alt="An Asset Barchart Report based on the Nearest in
+ time Price Source."><div class="caption"><p>Tracking what value your stocks would've had on the
+ stock exchanges.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest-buy-stock1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-sell1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.5. Buying Shares </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.7. Selling Shares</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest-stockprice1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.2. Setting Up Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest_concepts1.html" title="8.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="invest_int1.html" title="8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.2. Setting Up Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_int1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_accounts1"></a>8.2. Setting Up Accounts</h2></div></div><p>To setup investment accounts in GnuCash you can either use the
+ predefined investment account hierarchy or create your own. The minimum
+ you need to do to track investments is to setup an asset account for each
+ type of investment you own. However, as we have seen in previous chapters,
+ it is usually more logical to create a structured account hierarchy,
+ grouping related investments together. For example, you may want to group
+ all your publicly traded stocks under a parent account named after the
+ brokerage firm you used to buy the stocks.</p><p>Regardless of how you setup your account hierarchy, remember that
+ you can always move accounts around later (without losing the work you've
+ put into them), so your initial account hierarchy does not have to be
+ perfect.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_predefined2"></a>8.2.1. Predefined Accounts</h3></div></div><p>To use the predefined investment account hierarchy, you
+ <b>must</b> create a new GnuCash file. This will run the
+ <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid. After choosing
+ the default currency to use, you will be asked to <b>Choose
+ accounts to create</b>. At this point, choose the "Investment
+ Accounts" option (along with any others you are interested in). Assuming
+ only “Investment Accounts” were selected, this will create
+ an account hierarchy as shown below.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_accountspredef.png" alt="Setup Interest Investment"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Accounts" tab after
+ creating a new file and selecting only the default investment
+ accounts. </p></div></div></div><p>You will probably at least want to add a <b>Bank</b>
+ account to the Assets and probably an <b>Equity:Opening
+ Balance</b> account, as we have done in previous chapters. Don't
+ forget to save your new account file with a relevant name!</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_custom2"></a>8.2.2. Custom Accounts Example</h3></div></div><p>You can also manually setup your own investment account hierarchy.
+ The following is a somewhat more complicated example of setting up
+ GnuCash to track your investments, which has the advantage that it
+ groups each different investment under the brokerage that deals with the
+ investments. This way it is easier to compare the statements you get
+ from your brokerage with the accounts you have in GnuCash and spot where
+ GnuCash differs from the statement. <div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ Assets<br>
+ Investments<br>
+ Brokerage Accounts<br>
+ I*Trade<br>
+ Stocks<br>
+ ACME Corp<br>
+ Money Market Funds<br>
+ I*Trade Municipal Fund<br>
+ Cash<br>
+ My Stockbroker<br>
+ Money Market Funds<br>
+ Active Assets Fund<br>
+ Government Securities<br>
+ Treas Bond xxx<br>
+ Treas Note yyy<br>
+ Mutual Funds<br>
+ Fund A<br>
+ Fund B<br>
+ Cash<br>
+ Income<br>
+ Investments<br>
+ Brokerage Accounts<br>
+ Capital Gains<br>
+ I*Trade<br>
+ My Stockbroker<br>
+ Dividends<br>
+ I*Trade<br>
+ Taxable<br>
+ Non-taxable<br>
+ My Stockbroker<br>
+ Taxable<br>
+ Non-taxable<br>
+ Interest Income<br>
+ I*Trade<br>
+ Taxable<br>
+ Non-taxable<br>
+ My Stockbroker<br>
+ Taxable<br>
+ Non-taxable<br>
+ Expenses<br>
+ Investment Expenses<br>
+ Commissions<br>
+ I*Trade<br>
+ My Stockbroker<br>
+ Management Fees<br>
+ I*Trade<br>
+ My Stockbroker<br>
+ </p></div></p><p>There really is no unique way to set up your investment account
+ hierarchy. Play around, try different layouts until you find something
+ which divides your investment accounts into logical groups which make
+ sense to you.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_int1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_accounts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="next" href="invest_accounts1.html" title="8.2. Setting Up Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter8.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_concepts1"></a>8.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>An investment is something that you purchase in the hopes of
+ generating income, or that you hope to sell in the future for more than
+ you paid. Using this simple definition, many things could be considered
+ investments: the house you live in, a valuable painting, stocks in
+ publicly traded companies, your savings account at the bank, or a
+ certificate of deposit. These many types of investments will be discussed
+ in this chapter in terms of how to track them using GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_terms2"></a>8.1.1. Terminology</h3></div></div><p>Before discussing investments specifically, it will be helpful to
+ present a glossary of investment terminology. The terms presented below
+ represent some of the basic concepts of investing. It is a good idea to
+ become familiar with these terms, or at least, refer back to this list
+ if you encounter an unfamiliar word in the later sections.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Capital gains</b> is the difference between
+ the purchase and selling prices of an investment. If the selling
+ price is lower than the purchase price, this is called a
+ <b>capital loss</b>. Also known as <b>realized
+ gain/loss</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Commission</b> is the fee you pay to a broker
+ to buy or sell securities.</p></li><li><p><b>Common stock</b> is a security that
+ represents a certain fractional ownership of a company. This is what
+ you buy when you "buy stock" in a company on the open market. This
+ is also sometimes known as <b>capital
+ stock</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Compounding</b> is the concept that the
+ reinvested interest can later earn interest of its own (interest on
+ interest). This is often referred to as <b>compound
+ interest</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Dividends</b> are cash payments a company
+ makes to shareholders. The amount of this payment is usually
+ determined as some amount of the profits of the company. Note that
+ not all common stocks give dividends.</p></li><li><p><b>Equities</b> are investments in which the
+ investor becomes part (or whole) owner in something. This includes
+ common stock in a company, or real estate.</p></li><li><p><b>Interest</b> is what a borrower pays a lender
+ for the use of their money. Normally, this is expressed in terms of
+ a percentage of the principal per year. For example, a savings
+ account with 1% interest (you are the lender, the bank is the
+ borrower) will pay you $1 for every $100 you keep there per
+ year.</p></li><li><p><b>Liquidity</b> is a measure of how easily
+ convertible an investment is to cash. Money in a savings account is
+ very liquid, while money invested in a house has low liquidity
+ because it takes time to sell a house.</p></li><li><p><b>Principal</b> is the original amount of money
+ invested or borrowed.</p></li><li><p><b>Realized vs Unrealized Gain/Loss</b>,
+ unrealized gain or loss occurs when you've got a change in price of
+ an asset. You realize the gain/loss when you actually sell the
+ asset. See also <b>capital gain/loss</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Return</b> is the total income plus capital
+ gains or losses of an investment. See also
+ <b>Yield</b>.</p></li><li><p><b>Risk</b> is the probability that the return
+ on investment is different from what was expected. Investments are
+ often grouped on a scale from low risk (savings account, government
+ bonds) to high risk (common stock, junk bonds). As a general rule of
+ thumb, the higher the risk the higher the possible return.</p></li><li><p><b>Shareholder</b> is a person who holds common
+ stock in a company.</p></li><li><p><b>Stock split</b> occurs when a company offers
+ to issue some additional multiple of shares for each existing stock.
+ For example, a "2 for 1" stock split means that if you own 100
+ shares of a stock, you will receive an additional 100 at no cost to
+ you. The unit price of the shares will be adjusted so there is no
+ net change in the value, so in this example the price per share will
+ be halved.</p></li><li><p><b>Valuation</b> is the process of determining
+ the market value or the price the investment would sell at in a
+ “reasonable time frame”.</p></li><li><p><b>Yield</b> is a measure of the amount of money
+ you earn from an investment (IE: how much income you receive from
+ the investment). Typically this is reported as a percentage of the
+ principal amount. Yield does not include capital gains or loses (see
+ Return). Eg: A stock sells for $100 and gives $2 in dividends per
+ year has a yield of 2%.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_types2"></a>8.1.2. Types of Investments</h3></div></div><p>Below is presented some of the broad types of investments
+ available, and examples of each type.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Interest-bearing account or
+ instrument</b></p><p>This type of investment usually allows you immediate access to
+ your money, and will typically pay you interest every month based on
+ the amount of money you have deposited. Examples are bank savings
+ accounts (and some interest bearing checking accounts) and cash
+ accounts at your brokerage. This is a very low risk investment, in
+ the US these accounts are often insured against loss, to a specified
+ limit.</p><p>Sometimes an interest bearing investment is
+ <b>time-locked</b>. This type of investment requires
+ you to commit your money to be invested for a given period of time
+ for which you receive a set rate of return. Usually, the longer you
+ commit the higher the interest rates. If you withdraw your money
+ before the maturity date, you will usually have to pay an early
+ withdrawal penalty. This is a relatively lower risk investment.
+ Examples are certificates of deposit or some government bonds. Other
+ types of Bonds may have higher yields based on the higher risks from
+ the quality of the issuer's “credit rating”.</p></li><li><p><b>Stocks and Mutual Funds</b></p><p>This is an investment you make in a company, in which you
+ effectively become a part owner. There is usually no time lock on
+ publicly traded stock, however there may be changes in the tax rates
+ you pay on capital gains depending on how long you hold the stock.
+ Thus, stocks are typically quite liquid, you can access your money
+ relatively quickly. This investment is a higher risk, as you have no
+ guarantee on the future price of a stock.</p><p>A mutual fund is a group investment mechanism in which you can
+ buy into many stocks simultaneously. For example, a "S&P 500
+ index fund" is a fund which purchases all 500 stocks listed in the
+ Standard and Poor's index. When you buy a share of this fund, you
+ are really buying a small amount of each of the 500 stocks contained
+ within the fund. Mutual funds are treated exactly like a single
+ stock, both for tax purposes and in accounting.</p></li><li><p><b>Fixed Assets</b></p><p>Assets that increase in value over time are another form of
+ investment. Examples include a house, a plot of land, or a valuable
+ painting. This type of investment is very difficult to determine the
+ value of until you sell it. The tax implications of selling these
+ items is varied, depending on the item. For example, you may have
+ tax relief from selling a house if it is your primary residence, but
+ may would not receive this tax break on an expensive
+ painting.</p><p>Fixed asset investments are discussed in the chapter on
+ "Depreciation and Capital Gains". Typically, there is not much to do
+ in terms of accounting for fixed asset investments except recording
+ the buying and selling transactions.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter8.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 8. Investments </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.2. Setting Up Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"><link rel="previous" href="invest_accounts1.html" title="8.2. Setting Up Accounts"><link rel="next" href="invest-setup1.html" title="8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 8. Investments</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-setup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="invest_int1"></a>8.3. Interest Bearing Accounts</h2></div></div><p>Investments which have a fixed or variable rate of interest are one
+ of the simplest and most common form of investments available. Interest
+ bearing investments include your bank account, a certificate of deposit,
+ or any other kind of investment in which you receive interest from the
+ principal. This section will describe how to handle these kinds of
+ investments in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest_intacct2"></a>8.3.1. Account Setup</h3></div></div><p>When you purchase the interest bearing investment, you must create
+ an asset account to record the purchase of the investment, an income
+ account to record earnings from interest, and an expense account to
+ record bank charges. Below is an account layout example, in which you
+ have an interest bearing savings account and a certificate of deposit at
+ your bank.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets<br>
+ Bank ABC<br>
+ CD<br>
+ Savings<br>
+Expenses<br>
+ Bank ABC<br>
+ Charges<br>
+Income<br>
+ Bank ABC<br>
+ Interest<br>
+ </p></div><p>As usual, this account hierarchy is simply presented as an
+ example, you should create your accounts in a form which best matches
+ your actual situation.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="invest-intex2"></a>8.3.2. Example</h3></div></div><p>Now let's populate these accounts with real numbers. Let's assume
+ that you start with $10000 in your bank account, which pays 1% interest
+ and you buy a $5000 certificate of deposit with a 6 month maturity date
+ and a 2% yield. Clearly, it is much better to keep your money in the CD
+ than in the savings account. After the initial purchase, your accounts
+ should look something like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int1.png" alt="Setup Interest Investment"><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the account register after the
+ creation and investing in a CD investment. </p></div></div></div><p>Now, during the course of the next 6 month, you receive monthly
+ bank statements which describe the activity of your account. In our
+ fictional example, we do nothing with the money at this bank, so the
+ only activity is income from interest and bank charges. The monthly bank
+ charges are $2. After 6 months, the register window for the CD should
+ look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int2.png" alt="Setup Interest Investment"><div class="caption"><p>This is an image of the register of the CD account
+ after 6 months. </p></div></div></div><p>And this is the main GnuCash window:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/invest_int3.png" alt="Setup Interest Investment"><div class="caption"><p>This a screen capture of the accounts after 6 months.
+ </p></div></div></div><p>From the above image of the main GnuCash account window you see a
+ nice summary of what happened to these investments over the 6 months.
+ While the yield on the CD is double that of the savings account, the
+ return on the CD was $50.21 versus $13.03 for the savings account, or
+ almost 4 times more. Why? Because of the pesky $2 bank charges that hit
+ the savings account (which counted for $12 over 6 months).</p><p>After this 6 month period, the CD has reached maturity which means
+ you may sell it with no early withdrawal penalty. To do so, simply
+ transfer the $5050.21 from the CD account into the savings
+ account.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="invest_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="invest-setup1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">8.2. Setting Up Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter8.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 8.4. Setup Investment Portfolio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/invest_int1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_Reconciling.html" title="7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_Reconciling.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_CarLoan"></a>7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>The Automobile Loan, or in common terms, Car Loan, is treated more
+ or less exactly as the House loan. The only difference is different
+ accounts, and different interest rates.</p><p><div class="literallayout"><p>Basic Car Loan Account Structure<br>
+<br>
+-Asset<br>
+ -Current Assets<br>
+ -Savings Account<br>
+ -Fixed Assets<br>
+ -Car<br>
+-Liability<br>
+ -Loans<br>
+ -Car Loan<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -Interest<br>
+ -Car Loan Interest<br>
+ -Car Loan Adm Fees</p></div></p><p>For more information, please check <a href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)">House Mortgage (How-To)</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_Reconciling.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_CarLoan.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_CarLoan.html" title="7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="ch07s08.html" title="7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_CarLoan.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch07s08.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_Reconciling"></a>7.7. Reconciling with the Loan Statements (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>Reconciling a loan statement is no different from reconciling a bank
+ or credit card statement.</p><p>During the period you should have recorded all the various loan
+ related transactions, and every one of them are touching the
+ <b>Libility:Loans:<Loan></b> account. For instance,
+ paying of a bit of the loan, decreases your <b>Bank
+ Account,</b> and increases the <b>Loan account</b>,
+ <b>Loan Interest</b> as well as perhaps <b>Loan
+ administration fee</b>.</p><p>With the loan statement in your hands, open the Loan account, start
+ the reconcile druid, and tick of all the various transaction you have
+ recorded. When you have finished, the reconciling difference should be 0,
+ and if it is not, then you will have to go through the account and compare
+ it with the loan statement to find the difference. When you have reached a
+ 0 in difference, then your loan account is reconciled and you can finish
+ the Reconcile druid.</p><p>For more information on how to Reconcile, please check <a href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Reconciliation">Reconciliation</a></p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_CarLoan.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch07s08.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_Reconciling.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.2. Setting Up Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_concepts1.html" title="7.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. Calculations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.2. Setting Up Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_calcs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_accounts1"></a>7.2. Setting Up Accounts</h2></div></div><p>When a borrower obtains a loan, it is usually with the intention to
+ make a purchase of something of value. In fact, most loans require the
+ borrower to buy some predetermined asset, such as a house. This asset is
+ insurance against the borrower defaulting on the loan. There are, of
+ course, examples of loans which do not necessarily have an associated high
+ value asset, such as educational loans.</p><p>For the account structure presented here, we will assume the loan
+ was used to purchase a compensating asset.</p><p>A loan is a liability, the interest you accrue on the loan is an
+ on-going expense, and any administrative fees you may have to pay would be
+ another expense. The thing purchased with the money from a loan is an
+ asset. With these parameters, we can now present a basic loan account
+ structure:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Basic Loan Account Structure<br>
+<br>
+-Asset<br>
+ -Current Assets<br>
+ -Savings Account<br>
+ -Fixed Assets<br>
+ -Asset Purchased<br>
+-Liability<br>
+ -Loans<br>
+ -Mortgage Loan<br>
+-Expenses<br>
+ -Interest<br>
+ -Mortgage Interest<br>
+ -Mortgage Adm Fees<br>
+ </p></div><p>GnuCash has a number of predefined loan account hierarchies
+ available, including Car Loans and Home Mortgage Loans. To access these
+ predefined account structures, click on
+ <b>File</b>-><b>New Account Hierarchy</b> and select the loan types in which you are interested.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_calcs1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.3. Calculations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_accounts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.3. Calculations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Setting Up Accounts"><link rel="next" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.3. Calculations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_mortgage1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_calcs1"></a>7.3. Calculations</h2></div></div><p>Determining loan amortization schedules, periodic payment amounts,
+ total payment value, or interest rates can be somewhat complex. To help
+ facilitate these kinds of calculations, GnuCash has a built-in Financial
+ Calculator. To access the calculator, go to <b>Tools</b>-><b>Financial Calculator</b>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_fcalc.png" alt="Financial Calculator"><div class="caption"><p>The GnuCash Financial Calculator.</p></div></div></div><p>The Financial Calculator can be used to calculate any one of the
+ parameters: <b>Payment Periods</b>, <b>Interest
+ Rate</b>, <b>Present Value</b>, <b>Periodic
+ Payment</b>, or <b>Future Value</b> given that the
+ other 4 have been defined. You will also need to specify the compounding
+ and payment methods.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Payment Periods</b> - the number of payment
+ periods.</p></li><li><p><b>Interest Rate</b> - the nominal interest rate
+ of the loan, ie: the yearly interest rate.</p></li><li><p><b>Present Value</b> - the present value of the
+ loan, ie: current amount owed on the loan.</p></li><li><p><b>Periodic Payment</b> - the amount to pay per
+ period.</p></li><li><p><b>Future Value</b> - the future value of the
+ loan, ie: the amount owed after all payment periods are over.</p></li><li><p><b>Compounding</b> - two interest compounding
+ methods exist, discrete or continuous. For discrete compounding select
+ the compounding frequency from the popup menu with a range from yearly
+ to daily.</p></li><li><p><b>Payments</b> - the popup menu allows you to
+ select the payment frequency with a range from yearly to daily. You
+ can also select whether your payments occur at the beginning or end of
+ the period. Payments made at the beginning of the payment period have
+ interest applied to the payment as well as any previous money paid or
+ money still owed.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsexample1_2"></a>7.3.1. Example: Monthly Payments</h3></div></div><p>What is your monthly payment on a $100000 30 year loan at a fixed
+ rate of 4% compounded monthly?</p><p>This scenario is shown in the example image above. To perform this
+ calculation, set Payment Periods to 360 (12 months x 30 years), Interest
+ Rate to 4, Present Value to 100000, leave Periodic Payment empty and set
+ Future Value to 0 (you do not want to owe anything at the end of the
+ loan). Compounding is Monthly, Payments are Monthly, assume End of
+ Period Payments, and Discrete Compounding. Now, click on the
+ Calculate button next to the Periodic Payment
+ area. You should see $-477.42.</p><p>Answer: You must make monthly payments of 477.42.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsexample2_2"></a>7.3.2. Example: Length of Loan</h3></div></div><p>How long will you be paying back a $20000 loan at 10% fixed rate
+ interest compounded monthly if you pay $500 per month?</p><p>To perform this calculation, leave Payment Periods empty, set
+ Interest Rate to 10, Present Value to 20000, Periodic Payment is -500,
+ and set Future Value is 0 (you do not want to owe anything at the end of
+ the loan). Compounding is Monthly, Payments are Monthly, assume End of
+ Period Payments, and Discrete Compounding. Now, click on the
+ Calculate button next to the Payment Periods
+ area. You should see 48.</p><p>Answer: You will pay off the loan in 4 years (48 months).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails2"></a>7.3.3. Advanced: Calculation Details</h3></div></div><p>In order to discuss the mathematical formulas used by the
+ Financial Calculator, we first must define some
+ variables.
+<div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ n == number of payment periods<br>
+ %i == nominal interest rate, NAR, charged<br>
+ PV == Present Value<br>
+ PMT == Periodic Payment<br>
+ FV == Future Value<br>
+ CF == Compounding Frequency per year<br>
+ PF == Payment Frequency per year<br>
+<br>
+Normal values for CF and PF are:<br>
+ 1 == annual<br>
+ 2 == semi-annual<br>
+ 3 == tri-annual<br>
+ 4 == quaterly<br>
+ 6 == bi-monthly<br>
+ 12 == monthly<br>
+ 24 == semi-monthly<br>
+ 26 == bi-weekly<br>
+ 52 == weekly<br>
+ 360 == daily<br>
+ 365 == daily<br>
+</p></div>
+ </p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_i2"></a>7.3.3.1. Converting between nominal and effective interest rate</h4></div></div><p>When a solution for n, PV, PMT or FV is required, the nominal
+ interest rate (i) must first be converted to the effective
+ interest rate per payment period (ieff). This rate,
+ ieff, is then used to compute the selected variable. When a solution
+ for i is required, the computation produces the effective interest
+ rate (ieff). Thus, we need functions which convert from i to ieff, and
+ from ieff to i.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+To convert from i to ieff, the following expressions are used:<br>
+Discrete Interest: <b>ieff = (1 + i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1</b><br>
+Continuous Interest: <b>ieff = e^(i/PF) - 1 = exp(i/PF) - 1</b><br>
+<br>
+To convert from ieff to i, the following expressions are used:<br>
+Discrete Interst: <b>i = CF*[(1+ieff)^(PF/CF) - 1]</b><br>
+Continuous Interest: <b>i = ln[(1+ieff)^PF]</b><br>
+</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">NOTE: in the equations below for the financial transaction,
+ all interest rates are the effective interest rate, ieff. For the
+ sake of brevity, the symbol will be shortened to just 'i'.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_basic2"></a>7.3.3.2. The basic financial equation</h4></div></div><p>One equation fundamentally links all the 5 variables. This is
+ known as the fundamental financial equation:</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<b>PV*(1 + i)^n + PMT*(1 + iX)*[(1+i)^n - 1]/i + FV = 0</b><br>
+<br>
+ Where: X = 0 for end of period payments, and<br>
+ X = 1 for beginning of period payments<br>
+</p></div><p>From this equation, functions which solve for the individual
+ variables can be derived. For a detailed explanation of the derivation
+ of this equation, see the comments in the file src/calculation/fin.c
+ from the GnuCash source code. The A, B, and C variables are defined
+ first, to make the later equations simpler to read.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<b>A = (1 + i)^n - 1</b><br>
+<b>B = (1 + iX)/i</b><br>
+<b>C = PMT*B</b><br>
+<br>
+<b>n = ln[(C - FV)/(C + PV)]/ln((1 + i)</b><br>
+<b>PV = -[FV + A*C]/(A + 1)</b><br>
+<b>PMT = -[FV + PV*(A + 1)]/[A*B]</b><br>
+<b>FV = -[PV + A*(PV + C)] </b><br>
+<br>
+The solution for interest is broken into two cases. <br>
+The simple case for when PMT == 0 gives the solution:<br>
+<b>i = [FV/PV]^(1/n) - 1</b><br>
+<br>
+</p></div><p>The case where PMT != 0 is fairly complex and will not be
+ presented here. Rather than involving an exactly solvable function,
+ determining the interest rate when PMT !=0 involves an iterative
+ process. Please see the src/calculation/fin.c source file for a
+ detailed explanation.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="loans_calcsdetails_ex2"></a>7.3.3.3. Example: Monthly Payments</h4></div></div><p>Let's recalculate <a href="loans_calcs1.html#loans_calcsexample1_2" title="7.3.1. Example: Monthly Payments">Example: Monthly Payments</a>,
+ this time using the
+ mathematical formulas rather than the Financial Calculator. What is
+ your monthly payment on a $100000 30 year loan at a fixed rate of 4%
+ compounded monthly?</p><p>First, let's define the variables: n = (30*12) = 360, PV =
+ 100000, PMT = unknown, FV = 0, i = 4%=4/100=0.04, CF = PV = 12, X = 0
+ (end of payment periods).</p><p>The second step is to convert the nominal interest rate (i) to
+ the effective interest rate (ieff). Since the interest rate is
+ compounded monthly, it is discrete, and we use: ieff = (1 +
+ i/CF)^(CF/PF) - 1, which gives ieff = (1 + 0.04/12)^(12/12) - 1, thus
+ ieff = 1/300 = 0.0033333.</p><p>Now we can calculate A and B. A = (1 + i)^n - 1 = (1 +
+ 1/300)^360 - 1 = 2.313498. B = (1 + iX)/i = (1 + (1/300)*0)/(1/300) =
+ 300.</p><p>With A and B, we can calculate PMT. PMT = -[FV + PV*(A +
+ 1)]/[A*B] = -[0 + 100000*(2.313498 + 1)] / [2.313498 * 300] =
+ -331349.8 / 694.0494 = -477.415296 = -477.42.</p><p>Answer: You must make monthly payments of 477.42.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_accounts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_mortgage1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.2. Setting Up Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_calcs1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="next" href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Setting Up Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_loans.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_concepts1"></a>7.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>A loan is defined as a financial transaction in which someone pays
+ for the use of someone else's money. There are many familiar examples of
+ loans: credits cards, auto loans, house mortgages, or a business
+ loan.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_conceptsterms2"></a>7.1.1. Terminology</h3></div></div><p>Before discussing tracking loan in GnuCash specifically, it will
+ be helpful to present a glossary of terminology. The terms presented
+ below represent some of the basic concepts found concerning loans. It is
+ a good idea to become familiar with these terms, or at least, refer back
+ to this list if you encounter an unfamiliar word in the later
+ sections.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Amortization</b> - the repayment plan which
+ will insure that a loan is eventually paid off, typically utilizing
+ equal valued monthly payments. These payments are usually split into
+ principal and interest, where the amount of principal per payment
+ increases (and interest decreases) as the amortization period
+ elapses.</p></li><li><p><b>Borrower</b> - the person or company that
+ receives the money from a loan.</p></li><li><p><b>Default</b> - when a borrower fails to repay
+ a loan according to the terms agreed upon with the lender.</p></li><li><p><b>Deferment</b> - a temporary delay in the
+ repayment of a loan.</p></li><li><p><b>Delinquency</b> - is the term that refers to
+ late payments.</p></li><li><p><b>Disbursement</b> - amount of the loan paid to
+ the borrower. Some loans have multiple disbursements, meaning the
+ borrower does not receive the full amount of the loan at one
+ time.</p></li><li><p><b>Interest</b> - the expense charged by the
+ lender to the borrower for the use of the money loaned. This is
+ typically expressed in terms of a yearly percentage charged on the
+ principal borrowed, known as the <b>Annual Percentage
+ Rate</b> or APR.</p></li><li><p><b>Lender</b> - the company or person who lends
+ money to a borrower.</p></li><li><p><b>Loan Fee</b> - a processing fee removed from
+ the principal at the time the borrower receives a loan.</p></li><li><p><b>Principal</b> - the original amount of the
+ loan, or the amount of the original loan that is still owed. When
+ you make a monthly payment on a loan, part of the money pays the
+ interest, and part pays the principal.</p></li><li><p><b>Promissory Note</b> - the legal agreement
+ between the borrower and lender concerning the loan.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_loans.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_accounts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 7. Loans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.2. Setting Up Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="ch07s08.html" title="7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="chapter8.html" title="Chapter 8. Investments"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch07s08.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter8.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_missing1"></a>7.9. Missing Loan Documentation</h2></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+ -Entering a Payment Schedule<br>
+ -Monthly Payments (How-To)<br>
+ ---See the Mortgage druid<br>
+ ----ARM 10/1 means 10 year fixed interest rate, then changes every year<br>
+ ----ARM 10/3 means 10 year fixed interest rate, then changes every third year<br>
+ -Final Payment (How-To)<br>
+ ---Same as a normal payment, but you get the figures from the bank<br>
+ ---How to fix 10 amortization and then a final bulk payment setup?<br>
+<br>
+ -Putting It All Together<br>
+ </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch07s08.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter8.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.8. Selling a house or a car (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 8. Investments</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_missing1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_calcs1.html" title="7.3. Calculations"><link rel="next" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html" title="7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_mortgage1"></a>7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>A house mortgage can be setup using the account structure present in
+ <a href="loans_accounts1.html" title="7.2. Setting Up Accounts">Setting Up Accounts</a>.</p><p>As an example, assume you have $60k in you bank account, and you buy
+ a $150k house. The mortgage is charging 6% APR, and has administrative
+ fees (closing costs, etc) of 3%. You decide to put $50k down, and thus
+ will need to borrow $103k, which will give you $100 after the closing
+ costs are paid (3% of $100k).</p><p>Your accounts before borrowing the money:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage1.png" alt="Accounts Before Receiving Loan"><div class="caption"><p>Accounts Before Receiving Loan</p></div></div></div><p>The purchase of the house is recorded with a split transaction in
+ the Asset:House account, with $50k coming from the bank (IE: your down
+ payment), and $100k coming from the Mortgage. You can place the $3k
+ closing costs in the same split, and we increase the house loan to $103k
+ to include the closing costs as well.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 7.1. Buying a House Split Transaction</b></p><table summary="Buying a House Split Transaction" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Fixed Assets:House</td><td>$150,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Current Assets:Bank</td><td> </td><td>$50,000</td></tr><tr><td>Liabilities:Loans:Mortgage Loan</td><td> </td><td>$103,000</td></tr><tr><td>Expenses:Mortgage Adm Fees</td><td>$3000</td><td> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><p>The split will look like this in the Assets:Fixed Assets:House
+ Account:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage2.png" alt="Mortgage Split Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>Mortgage Split Transaction</p></div></div></div><p>Which will give a Chart of Accounts like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loans_mortgage3.png" alt="Mortgage Accounts"><div class="caption"><p>Mortgage Account</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_calcs1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.3. Calculations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_mortgage1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans"><link rel="previous" href="loans_mortgage1.html" title="7.4. House Mortgage (How-To)"><link rel="next" href="loans_CarLoan.html" title="7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 7. Loans</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne"></a>7.5. A Personal Loan to a friend (How-To)</h2></div></div><p>It is not always you are borrowing money from the bank, sometimes
+ you borrow money from your family, or perhaps even lend money to a friend.
+ This How-To chapter will describe one way to handle lending money to a
+ friend.</p><p>We are basing this How-To on the following generic account
+ structure.</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+-Asset<br>
+ -Bank <br>
+ -Bank Account<br>
+ -Money owed to you<br>
+ -Person<br>
+-Income<br>
+ -Interest Income<br>
+ -Person<br>
+ </p></div><p>This example will show how to track a personal loan of 2,000 USD
+ (default currency) to your friend Peter</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_loan"></a>7.5.1. Loan Specifications</h3></div></div><p>Peter wants to borrow $2,000 dollars from you and plans to pay you
+ back montly for the next 18 months. Since he is your friend, (but not
+ that close) you both agree on a yearly interest rate of 5%</p><p>In summary we have the below details. Peter's loan details:
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Pinciple Amount - $2,000</p></li><li><p>Term - 18 months with 12 payments per year</p></li><li><p>Annual Percentage Rate: 5%</p></li><li><p>Monthly Payment : ??</p></li></ul></div></p><p>So how do you caculate the Montly Payment?</p><p>You have a number of different options, like paper and pen,
+ Linux Calculator, Open Office's Calc module, but the easiest is to use
+ GnuCash Financial Calculater. This gives you that the Monthly Payment
+ should be 115.56$.</p><p>But you need to know how much of this is Interest and how much is
+ Principal to be able to do a proper bookkeeping. For this you need a
+ more powerful tool, something like the Calc module in Open Office, and
+ in particular the PMT function.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loan_PrivateLoanCalculation.png" alt="Calculation of Private Loan details"><div class="caption"><p>Detailed view over the private loan to
+ Peter</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_accounts"></a>7.5.2. Accounts for the loan</h3></div></div><p>Lets start with the following acccounts (all accounts have the
+ same currency, in this case USD)</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+Assets:Bank:USD<br>
+Assets:Money owed to you:Peter<br>
+Income:Interest Income:Peter<br>
+Equity:Opening Balances:USD<br>
+ </p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_InitialSetup"></a>7.5.3. Lending the money</h3></div></div><p>When you have lended money to your friend, you have in fact moved
+ money from an Asset account (like Bank, Checking or similar) to your
+ Asset account "Money owed to you". To record this you enter the
+ following transaction into the Assets:Money owed to you:Friend
+ account.</p><p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 7.2. Personal loan to a Friend</b></p><table summary="Personal loan to a Friend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Increase</td><td>Decrease</td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Money owed to you:Friend</td><td>$2,000</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Assets:Bank:USD</td><td> </td><td>$2,000</td></tr></tbody></table></div></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loan_PrivateLoanInitial.png" alt="Lended money"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after lending
+ money</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_FirstPayment"></a>7.5.4. Receiving first payment</h3></div></div><p>When the first payment ($115.56) is received, you will need to
+ determine how much is for the principal loan, and how much is for the
+ loan interest.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Outstanding loan amount this period = $2,000</p></li><li><p>Payment per month = $115.56</p></li><li><p>Payment breakdown</p></li><li><p>5%/12 * $2,000 = $8.33 Interest</p></li><li><p>$115.56 - $8.33 = $107.23 Principle</p></li></ul></div><p>This can be translated to the following GnuCash entry</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loan_PrivateLoanFirstPayment.png" alt="First payment"><div class="caption"><p>Detailed view over first payment</p></div></div></div><p>The balance on Peters loan is now $2,000 - $107.23 =
+ $1,892.77</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="loans_personalLoanToSomeOne_SecondPayment"></a>7.5.5. Receiving second payment</h3></div></div><p>When the second payment ($115.56) is received, you will again need
+ to determine how much is for the principal loan, and how much is for the
+ loan interest.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Outstanding loan amount this period = $1,892.77</p></li><li><p>Payment per month = $115.56</p></li><li><p>Payment breakdown</p></li><li><p>5%/12 * $2,000 = $7.89 Interest</p></li><li><p>$115.56 - $7.89 = $107.67 Principle</p></li></ul></div><p>This can be translated to the following GnuCash entry</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loan_PrivateLoanSecondPayment.png" alt="Second payment"><div class="caption"><p>Detailed view over the second
+ payment</p></div></div></div><p>The balance on Peters loan is now $1,892.77 - $107.67 =
+ $1,785.10</p><p>The Chart of accounts looks now like this</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/loan_PrivateLoanSecondPaymentAccounts.png" alt="Chart of Accounts after second payment"><div class="caption"><p>Chart of Accounts after second
+ payment</p></div></div></div><p>As you can see, the interest varies for every month, as well as
+ the principal amount. So for every payment you receive you need to
+ calculate the proper amounts for your various split entries.</p><p>The interest amount will be less and less for every payment (since
+ it is calculated on a smaller loan amount all the time), until the last
+ payment where it is more or less 0. Please review the Figure of Detailed
+ view over private loan to Peter for more details</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="loans_mortgage1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="loans_CarLoan.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">7.4. House Mortgage (How-To) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_loans.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 7.6. Automobile Loan (How-To)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/loans_personalLoanToSomeOne.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.3. About this Book</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><link rel="previous" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Features"><link rel="next" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.3. About this Book</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-about1"></a>1.3. About this Book</h2></div></div><p>This manual's goal is to save you time. It will get you started
+ using GnuCash as quickly as possible.</p><p>Each chapter follows a simple format. A chapter begins with a
+ “Concepts” discussion which introduces general themes and
+ terminology, addressed and used within that chapter. “How-To”
+ sections, which address specific procedures follow. Finally, a
+ “Putting It All Together” section ends the chapter by giving
+ detailed, concrete examples.</p><p>Beginning users will find the “Concepts” sections very
+ helpful. They provide a reference for good ways to track your finances,
+ and serve as an general introduction to financial background and
+ terminology. Experienced users can flip to the “How-To”
+ sections to quickly scan procedures. These sections provide to-the-point
+ steps for accomplishing specific tasks. The “Putting It All
+ Together” sections present real-world examples in the form of a
+ tutorial. Beginning with creation of a file in <a href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics">Chapter 2</a>,
+ each successive chapter builds on the previous chapter's tutorial.</p><p>This manual is organized into 3 main parts: <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Getting Started</b></p></li><li><p><b>Managing Your Personal Finances</b></p></li><li><p><b>Managing Your Business Finances</b>.</p></li></ul></div></p><p><b>Getting Started</b> provides you with the most
+ basic information needed to begin using GnuCash. Use this part as a
+ quick-start guide. Its chapters will get you up and running: <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><a href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview">Chapter 1</a></p></li><li><p><a href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics">Chapter 2</a></p></li><li><p><a href="chapter_accts.html" title="Chapter 3. Accounts">Chapter 3</a></p></li><li><p><a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a></p></li></ul></div></p><p><b>Managing Your Personal Finances</b> addresses
+ common applications and features of GnuCash in greater detail. You will
+ see more specific cases, based on frequently asked questions about
+ applying GnuCash to everyday situations. Here are the applications and
+ features covered in this part: <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><a href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook">Chapter 5</a></p></li><li><p><a href="chapter_cc.html" title="Chapter 6. Credit Cards">Chapter 6</a></p></li><li><p><a href="chapter_loans.html" title="Chapter 7. Loans">Chapter 7</a></p></li><li><p>Chapter 8: Investments</p></li><li><p><a href="chapter_capgain.html" title="Chapter 9. Capital Gains">Chapter 9</a></p></li><li><p>Chapter 10: Multiple Currencies</p></li></ul></div></p><p><b>Managing Your Business Finances</b> discusses the
+ use of GnuCash in business accounting: <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><a href="chapter_dep.html" title="Chapter 11. Depreciation">Chapter 11</a></p></li><li><p>Chapter 12: Accounts Receivable</p></li><li><p>Chapter 13: Accounts Payable</p></li><li><p>Chapter 14: Payroll</p></li></ul></div></p><p>This manual also has an appendix, which contains extra information
+ you might want to know:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Appendix A: Migration Guide - Guide for former Quicken®, MS Money or other QIF
+ users</p></li><li><p><a href="appendixb.html" title="Appendix B. Frequently Asked Questions">Appendix B</a></p></li><li><p>Appendix C: Contributed Account Trees</p></li><li><p>Appendix D: GNU Free Documentation License</p></li></ul></div><p>Last, but not least, a glossary and index help you quickly locate
+ topics.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-features1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-reasons1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.2. Features </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-about1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.2. Features</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><link rel="previous" href="oview-intro1.html" title="1.1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. About this Book"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.2. Features</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-features1"></a>1.2. Features</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featureseasy2"></a>1.2.1. Easy to Use</h3></div></div><p>Within a matter of minutes you will be able to enter your personal
+ finance information and generate color graphs that represent your
+ financial status. If you can use the register in the back of your
+ checkbook - you can use GnuCash! Type directly into the register, tab
+ between fields, and use quick-fill to automatically complete
+ transactions. The interface is customizable from within the application
+ itself.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Easy to Use Menus</b>: GnuCash menus conform
+ with the GNOME Human Interface Guidelines. This means that they are
+ simple and similar in appearance to many other GNOME
+ applications.</p></li><li><p><b>Documentation</b>: GnuCash has built in Help
+ and extensive User Guide documentation.</p></li><li><p><b>Import Methods</b>: GnuCash supports many
+ ways to input transactions besides manual entry. If you can access
+ your bank accounts on-line, this is especially useful, as most banks
+ and credit card companies support one of the following import
+ methods. You will spend less time entering data and more time
+ analyzing results.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Quicken Import File (QIF)</b>: Import
+ Quicken QIF style files, a popular file format with many
+ commercial personal finance software packages.</p></li><li><p><b>Open Financial Exchange (OFX)</b>:
+ GnuCash is the first free software application to support the
+ Open Financial Exchange protocol. Many financial institutions
+ are moving towards this format.</p></li><li><p><b>Home Banking Computer Interface
+ (HBCI)</b>: GnuCash is the first free software
+ application to support the German Home Banking Computer
+ Interface protocol. This protocol includes statement download,
+ initiates bank transfers, and makes direct debits
+ possible.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Reports</b>: GnuCash comes with over 30
+ prebuilt reports, including Account Summary, Income, Expenses,
+ Transaction Report, Balance Sheet, Profit&Loss, Portfolio
+ Valuation, and many others. Reports support graphical views of the
+ data, including pie charts, bar charts, and scatter plots. The
+ reports can be exported to HTML files, and are easily
+ customized.</p></li><li><p><b>Scheduled Transactions</b>: GnuCash now has
+ the ability to automatically create and enter transactions, or
+ remind you when these transactions are due, giving you the choice of
+ entering, postponing or removing the automated transaction.</p></li><li><p><b>Mortgage and Loan Repayment Druid</b>: Used
+ to set up a variable payment loan scheduled transaction.</p></li><li><p><b>Easy Account Reconciliation</b>: Integrated
+ reconciliation makes reconciling your GnuCash accounts with
+ statements simple and effective.</p></li><li><p><b>Multi-platform Compatibility</b>: GnuCash is
+ supported on a variety of platforms and operating systems. The list
+ of fully supported operating systems (and platforms) for GnuCash
+ v2.0.x is: GNU/Linux (x86, Sparc, PPC), FreeBSD (x86), OpenBSD
+ (x86), Solaris (Sparc), and MacOS X (PPC). Previous versions of
+ GnuCash have been known to work with, SGI IRIX (MIPS), IBM AIX 4.1.5
+ (RS/6000), Unixware 7 (Intel), and SCO OpenServer 5.0.4 (Intel), but
+ their current status is unknown.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresinvest2"></a>1.2.2. Tracks Your Investments</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash has a number of investment features. From simple
+ certificates of deposit, to publicly traded stocks, GnuCash will track
+ all your investments.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Stock/Mutual Fund Portfolios</b>: Track
+ stocks individually (one per account) or in a portfolio of accounts
+ (a group of accounts that can be displayed together).</p></li><li><p><b>On-line Stock and Mutual Fund Quotes</b>:
+ With GnuCash, you no longer need look up your stock values one at a
+ time. The process can be automated, to always present you with the
+ latest value of your stocks.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresintl2"></a>1.2.3. International Support</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash is truly an application that works with and understands
+ users from all around the world. There are many built-in features to
+ facilitate interaction with the international world we live in
+ today.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Native Languages</b>: GnuCash has been fully
+ translated into 12 languages: Chinese, Czech, Dutch, English,
+ French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Slovak, Spanish and
+ Swedish. More than 13 other languages are partially
+ supported.</p></li><li><p><b>Multiple Currencies and Currency Trading</b>:
+ Multiple currencies are supported and can be bought and sold
+ (traded). Currency movements between accounts are fully balanced
+ when double-entry is enabled.</p></li><li><p><b>International Date Handling</b>: GnuCash
+ understands that different countries display the date differently.
+ You are able to work with the date format you are accustomed
+ to.</p></li><li><p><b>On-line exchange rates</b>:
+ With GnuCash, you no longer need look up your exchange rates one at a
+ time. The process can be automated, to always present you with the
+ account values converted to your preferred currency using the latest
+ exchange rates.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresbus2"></a>1.2.4. Business Support</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash has many features to support the needs of the business
+ accounting community.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Accounts Receivable/Payable</b>: GnuCash has
+ an integrated Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable system. You
+ can track Customers, Vendors, Invoicing and Bill Payment, and use
+ different Tax and Billing Terms in a small business.</p></li><li><p><b>Depreciation</b>: GnuCash can track
+ depreciation of capital assets.</p></li><li><p><b>Reports</b>: GnuCash offers a wide variety of
+ ready-to-use business reports.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresaccounting2"></a>1.2.5. Accounting Features</h3></div></div><p>For those knowledgeable in accounting, here is a list of GnuCash's
+ accounting features.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Double Entry</b>: Every transaction must
+ debit one account and credit others by an equal amount. This ensures
+ the "books balance" - that the difference between income and expense
+ exactly equals the sum of all bank, cash, stock and other
+ assets.</p></li><li><p><b>Split Transactions</b>: A single transaction
+ can be split into several pieces to record taxes, fees, and other
+ compound entries.</p></li><li><p><b>Chart of Accounts</b>: A master account can
+ have a hierarchy of detail accounts underneath it. This allows
+ similar account types such as Cash, Bank, or Stock to be grouped
+ into a master account such as “Assets”.</p></li><li><p><b>General Ledger</b>: One register window can
+ display multiple accounts at the same time. This eases the trouble
+ of tracking down typing/entry errors. It also provides a convenient
+ way of viewing a portfolio of many stocks, by showing all
+ transactions in that portfolio.</p></li><li><p><b>Income/Expense Account Types
+ (Categories)</b>: These categorize your cash flow and, when
+ used properly with the double-entry feature, will provide an
+ accurate Profit&Loss statement.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="oview-featuresnew2"></a>1.2.6. What's New in v2.0</h3></div></div><p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Gnome 2.0 (Gtk2)</b></p><p>GnuCash is now using the latest tool-kits from gtk, and
+ follows the normal Gnome2 HIG standards.</p></li><li><p><b>UTF-8 support</b></p><p>GnuCash now stores and reads each country's special
+ character sets by using UTF-8.</p></li><li><p><b>Budget</b></p><p>GnuCash now comes with a budget feature that can help you
+ keep your expenses under control.</p></li><li><p><b>Import of MT940 files</b></p><p>Data files with transactions in MT940 format (as can be
+ downloaded from some banks) can now be imported into
+ GnuCash.</p></li><li><p><b>Bug fixes</b></p><p>GnuCash is now more stable and secure than ever before due
+ to the long testing phase before we reached 2.0, as well as using
+ more stable and mature libraries (gtk2 for instance). Numerous
+ corrections has been made in every part of GnuCash, and too many
+ for us to highlight any special area.</p></li></ul></div></p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-intro1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-about1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.1. Introduction </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.3. About this Book</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-features1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.5. Installation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><link rel="previous" href="oview-reasons1.html" title="1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="chapter_basics.html" title="Chapter 2. The Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.5. Installation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_basics.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-install1"></a>1.5. Installation</h2></div></div><p>Installation of GnuCash can be simple, as most modern linux
+ distributions come with GnuCash precompiled and ready to go. In fact, most
+ likely, GnuCash is already installed. If you do not have GnuCash
+ installed, the simplest method for installing it is to insert the
+ installation CD that came with your distribution and follow the
+ instructions.</p><p>The <a href="http://www.gnucash.org/" target="_top"><i>GnuCash home
+ page</i></a> contains detailed instructions on how to install
+ GnuCash in the event your current distribution does not include it or you
+ want to install a different version. You can also read the README file in
+ the source code.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-reasons1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_basics.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 2. The Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-install1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><link rel="next" href="oview-features1.html" title="1.2. Features"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_oview.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-intro1"></a>1.1. Introduction</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash is the personal finance software package made for you. It is
+ versatile enough to keep track of all your financial information, from the
+ simple to the very complex. It is one of the few financial software
+ packages that supports global currencies, and it is the only open-source
+ program of its kind. Best of all, GnuCash is easy to learn and use!</p><p>So, what can GnuCash do for you? It can keep track of your personal
+ finances in as much detail as you prefer. If you are just starting out,
+ use GnuCash to keep track of your checkbook. You may then decide to track
+ cash as well as credit card purchases to better determine where your money
+ is being spent. When you start investing, you can use GnuCash to help
+ monitor your portfolio. Buying a vehicle or a home? GnuCash will help you
+ plan the investment and track loan payments. If your financial records
+ span the globe, GnuCash provides all the multiple-currency support you
+ need.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/oview_intro.png" alt="GnuCash Chart of Accounts - Teaser"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a Chart of Accounts with multiple currencies and investments.</p></div></div></div><p>While GnuCash is well suited for personal finances, it is also
+ powerful enough for business use. There are many business features, from
+ integrated accounts receivable and payable systems, to tax table
+ construction. You will find these and the many other business features
+ surprisingly powerful and easy to use.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_oview.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-features1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 1. Overview </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.2. Features</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-intro1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_oview.html" title="Chapter 1. Overview"><link rel="previous" href="oview-about1.html" title="1.3. About this Book"><link rel="next" href="oview-install1.html" title="1.5. Installation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="oview-reasons1"></a>1.4. Top Ten Reasons to Use GnuCash</h2></div></div><p>We've already discussed some of the general advantages of using
+ GnuCash. Here are some specific features offered by GnuCash that may not
+ exist in other programs.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Simple user interface</p><p>GnuCash is as easy to use as a checkbook register. It's simpler
+ than a paper register, because auto-completion and other entry
+ shortcuts, not only do work for you, but reduce data entry
+ errors.</p></li><li><p>Easy import</p><p>GnuCash allows you to import data from on-line bank statements
+ and software packages using QIF (Quicken® Interchange Format), OFX and
+ HBCI files. An easy-to-use “druid” walks you through
+ reviewing resulting changes and actually importing them into
+ GnuCash.</p></li><li><p>Statement reconciliation</p><p>Reconcile monthly statements quickly by entering the statement
+ ending balance and checking off transactions. GnuCash helps you catch
+ any discrepancies between your data and statements you receive.</p></li><li><p>Investment tracking</p><p>GnuCash offers a host of ways to track your investment
+ portfolio. Special investment accounts simplify data entry, and
+ on-line tools allow you to update prices of your holdings as the
+ markets change. Reports complete the picture, allowing you to analyze
+ your investment decisions.</p></li><li><p>Multiple currency support</p><p>GnuCash allows you to track multiple currencies. If you have
+ bank accounts, investments or other financial data in different
+ currencies, use GnuCash to monitor them.</p></li><li><p>Customized reports and graphs</p><p>Reports and graphs give you valuable information for filing
+ taxes, budgeting, or simply figuring out where your money goes.
+ GnuCash offers a variety of easy-to-use reports and graphs to help
+ analyze your financial position. It gives you the freedom to customize
+ your own reports to suit your unique needs.</p></li><li><p>Double entry</p><p>To provide complete records, GnuCash uses the double entry
+ method of bookkeeping. Double entry simply means that money doesn't
+ just appear or disappear - an equal amount must come from one location
+ and go to another location. By tracking the transaction in both
+ locations, GnuCash will give you detailed reports from the perspective
+ of either account.</p></li><li><p>Sources of help</p><p>A Tip of the Day dialog gives helpful tips to new users about
+ GnuCash features. Within the program, a searchable Help menu guides
+ you to information or connects to the GnuCash web page for further
+ assistance. GnuCash also has strong, helpful developer and user
+ communities who provide help through mailing lists as well as through
+ the IRC channel.</p></li><li><p>Shortcuts</p><p>GnuCash offers many shortcuts to help you enter data. Type the
+ first few characters of a common entry and GnuCash will automatically
+ fill in the rest! You can also use copy, paste and duplicate functions
+ to save typing time. Keyboard shortcuts let you quickly choose a menu
+ option or to enter numerical data. Many numeric entry fields can act
+ as a calculator: enter "92.18+33.26" and watch GnuCash input the
+ corresponding sum for you!</p></li><li><p>Open source</p><p>GnuCash doesn't hide its methods. If you wonder how GnuCash
+ computed a number, you can find it out. In addition, you can set
+ preferences that tell GnuCash how much information to display to you.
+ There is no “secret code” used in GnuCash - it continues
+ to be an open-source program.</p></li></ol></div><p>These are only a few of the advantages you'll discover when you
+ start using GnuCash to track your financial information. Now get ready to
+ enjoy the benefits of GnuCash for yourself!</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="oview-about1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="oview-install1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.3. About this Book </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_oview.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.5. Installation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/oview-reasons1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/caution.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/caution.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/important.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/important.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/note.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/note.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/tip.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/tip.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/warning.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/stylesheet/warning.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="index"></a>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Carol Champagne</dt><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></tt></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Chris Lyttle</dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Jon Lapham</dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></tt></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Bengt Thuree</dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></tt></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Dave Herman</dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Document!
ation Te
am</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></tt></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+ This Guide contains a tutorial for using GnuCash and describes the concepts
+ behind GnuCash.
+ </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2006 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2003-2004-NaN Jon Lapham</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001 Carol Champagne and Chris Lyttle</p></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Legal Notice</h2><p>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
+ by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
+ no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find
+ a copy of the GFDL at this <a href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">link</a> or in the file COPYING-DOCS
+ distributed with this manual.
+ </p><p> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
+ distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this
+ manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
+ adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
+ section 6 of the license.
+ </p><p>
+ Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
+ products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
+ names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of
+ the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those
+ trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial
+ capital letters.
+ </p><p>
+ DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
+ UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
+ WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
+
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
+ IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
+ THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
+ DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
+ A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
+ RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
+ OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
+ DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
+ MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
+ YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
+ CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
+ SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
+ OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
+ LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
+ VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
+ EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
+ </p></li><li><p>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
+ THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
+ CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
+ INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
+ DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
+ OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
+ PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
+ INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
+ OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
+ MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
+ LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
+ DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
+ EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
+ THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ </p></li></ol></div>
+ </p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
+ this manual, follow the directions at the
+ <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.
+ </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2>History</h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Title</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Date</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Author</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Publisher</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.0.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>8th Oct 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jon Lapham
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></tt>
+ </p><p>Bengt Thuree
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></tt>
+ </p><p>Dave Herman
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>July 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jon Lapham
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></tt>
+ </p><p>Bengt Thuree
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:bengt at thuree.com">bengt at thuree.com</a>></tt>
+ </p><p>Dave Herman
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.3</p></td><td align="left"><p>Aug 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jon Lapham
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Aug 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jon Lapham
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:lapham at extracta.com.br">lapham at extracta.com.br</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>May 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jan 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash User Guide V1.6.5</p></td><td align="left"><p>June 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash User Guide V1.6.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>October 2001</p></td><td align="left"><p>Carol Champagne
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:carol at io.com">carol at io.com</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr></table></div></div><hr></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="index.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/titlepage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.1. Basic Concepts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="next" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.1. Basic Concepts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_txns.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-registers1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-concepts1"></a>4.1. Basic Concepts</h2></div></div><p>A <b>transaction</b> in a double entry accounting
+ system such as GnuCash is an exchange between at least 2 accounts. Thus, a
+ single transaction must always consist of at least two parts, a "from" and
+ a "to" account. The "from" account is passing value to the "to" account.
+ Accountants call these parts of a transaction <b>Ledger
+ Entries</b>. In GnuCash, they are called
+ <b>Splits</b>.</p><p>For example, you receive a paycheck and deposit it into your savings
+ account at the bank. The <b>transaction</b> that occurs is
+ that your bank savings account (an asset) received money from your income
+ account. Two accounts are affected, and in this case there is a net
+ increase in your equity.</p><p>Working with transactions in GnuCash is performed using what is
+ known as the <b>account register</b>. Every account you
+ create has an account register. It will appear familiar to you as it looks
+ very similar to the log used to track checkbooks.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="chapter_txns.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-registers1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 4. Transactions </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.2. The Account Register</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-concepts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.7. Putting It All Together</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="txns-sxn1.html" title="4.6. Scheduled Transactions"><link rel="next" href="chapter_cbook.html" title="Chapter 5. Checkbook"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.7. Putting It All Together</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-sxn1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cbook.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-puttoget1"></a>4.7. Putting It All Together</h2></div></div><p>In the previous sections of this chapter the concepts and mechanics
+ of working with transactions in GnuCash has been discussed. This section
+ will expand upon the chart of accounts initially built in the previous
+ chapter, by setting some opening balances, adding transactions and a
+ scheduled transaction.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-openfile"></a>4.7.1. Open GnuCash file</h3></div></div><p>Start with opening the previous datafile we stored,
+ <tt>gcashdata_3emptyAccts</tt>, and store it as
+ <tt>gcashdata_4</tt> directly. The main window should look
+ something like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts.png" alt="Starting point for Putting It All Together"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the starting point for this
+ section.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-open2"></a>4.7.2. Opening Balances</h3></div></div><p>As shown earlier with the <b>Asset:Checking</b>
+ account, the starting balances in an account are typically assigned to a
+ special account called <b>Equity:Opening Balance</b>. To
+ start filling in this chart of account, begin by setting the starting
+ balances for the accounts. Assume that there is $1000 in the savings
+ account and $500 charged on the credit card.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <b>Assets:Savings</b> account register.
+ Select <b>View</b> from the menu and check to make sure
+ you are in Basic Ledger style. You will view your transactions in
+ the other modes later, but for now let's enter a basic transaction
+ using the basic default style.</p></li><li><p>From the <b>Asset:Savings</b> account register
+ window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your starting
+ balance to $1000, transferred from <b>Equity:Opening
+ Balance</b>. Remember, basic transactions transfer money from
+ a source account to a destination account. Record the transaction
+ (press the 'enter' key, or click on the 'enter' icon).</p></li><li><p>From the <b>Asset:Checking</b> account register
+ window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your starting
+ balance to $1000, transferred from <b>Equity:Opening
+ Balance</b>.</p></li><li><p>From the <b>Liabilities:Visa</b> account
+ register window, enter a basic 2 account transaction to set your
+ starting balance to $500, transferred from <b>Equity:Opening
+ Balance</b>. This is done by entering the $500 as a "charge"
+ in the Visa account (or "decrease" in the Opening Balance account),
+ since it is money you borrowed. Record the transaction (press the
+ 'enter' key, or click on the 'enter' icon).</p></li></ol></div><p>You should now have 3 accounts with opening balances set.
+ <b>Assets:Checking</b>,
+ <b>Assets:Savings</b>, and
+ <b>Liabilities:Visa</b>.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts1.png" alt="Chart accounts after setting opening balance"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the opening
+ balances.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-add2"></a>4.7.3. Additional Transaction Examples</h3></div></div><p>Now add some more transactions to simulate a month's expenses.
+ During the month, $78 is spent on electricity, $45 on phone, and $350 on
+ rent. All paid by check.We also spend $45.21 on groceries, receive $670
+ as salary, and paids our Internet bill this month, Finally, let's move
+ $100 from the savings account to the checking account.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <b>Expenses:Electricity</b> account
+ register and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $78
+ electrical bill at the end of the current month (eg: March 28,
+ 2006). Enter a description (eg: Light Company) and the check number
+ (eg: 102). The <b>Transfer</b> account should be
+ <b>Assets:Checking</b>.</p></li><li><p>Open the <b>Assets:Checking</b> account register
+ and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $45 phone bill
+ at the end of the current month (eg: March 28, 2006). Enter a
+ description (eg: Phone Company Name) and the check number (eg: 103).
+ The <b>Transfer</b> account should be
+ <b>Expenses:Phone</b>. Notice that you can enter
+ expense transactions from either the credit side (the expense
+ accounts) or the debit side (the asset account).</p></li><li><p>Open the <b>Expenses:Rent</b> account register
+ and enter a simple 2 account transaction to pay the $350 in rent at
+ the end of the current month (eg: March 28, 2006). Enter a
+ description (eg: April Rent) and the check number (eg: 104). The
+ <b>Transfer</b> account should be
+ <b>Assets:Checking</b>.</p></li><li><p>Duplicate this transaction using the
+ Duplicate button in the tool bar. Start by
+ clicking on the current rent transaction, and click on the
+ <b>Duplicate</b> icon. Enter the transaction date a
+ month out in the future (eg: April 28, 2006), and notice the blue
+ line separator that GnuCash uses to separate future transactions
+ from current ones. In this way, you can enter transactions before
+ they occur.</p><p>You could also set up a scheduled transaction to pay your
+ rent, since the value of the rent is likely to be constant for the
+ foreseeable future. <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Start by clicking on the current (April 28) rent
+ transaction, and click on the <b>Schedule</b>
+ icon</p></li><li><p>Change to <b>Monthly</b>, change
+ description if needed and press OK</p></li></ul></div></p></li><li><p>To transfer money from your savings account to your checking
+ account, open the <b>Assets:Savings</b> account
+ regischildsplay-alphabet-sounds-svter, add a new transaction setting
+ the Transfer to <b>Assets:Checking</b> in the amount
+ of $100 (date 6 March, 2006).</p></li><li><p>As another example of a simple 2 account transaction, add
+ another transaction to describe the purchase of $45.21 worth of
+ groceries on 5 of March. From within the Asset:Checking account, you
+ would set <b>Transfer</b> to
+ <b>Expenses:Groceries</b>. The account register should
+ now appear:</p></li><li><p>To add a paycheck transaction from the
+ <b>Assets:Checking</b> account register window, click
+ on a new transaction line, and click on <b>Split</b>.
+ First enter the description of this transaction on the first line
+ (eg: "Employers R Us"), as well as the date (14 March). In the
+ "split" line below this, enter the deposit into
+ <b>Asset:Checking</b> (eg:$670) (This is due to a
+ current bug, that demands the first line in a split is the actual
+ account). Follow this with the various tax deposits
+ (<b>Asset:Checking</b> (eg: $670),
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes:Federal</b> (eg: $180),
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes:Medicare</b> (eg: $90), and
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes:Social Security</b> (eg: $60)) and
+ lastly the gross total of your paycheck (eg: $1000) as a withdrawal
+ transfer from <b>Income:Salary</b>.</p></li><li><p>You also need to pay for your Internet subscription of 20 USD on
+ the 28th.</p></li></ol></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_puttoget_Charts2.png" alt="Chart accounts after setting all the various
+ transactions"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the ending balances after <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-save"></a>4.7.4. Save file</h3></div></div><p>Before we go to the report section, lets save the GnuCash data
+ file (<tt>gcashdata_4</tt>).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-puttoget-reports"></a>4.7.5. Reports</h3></div></div><p>But only having data available on the computer screen will not
+ make your accountant happy, therefore GnuCash comes with a large number
+ of highly customizable reports.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">More details on the reports will be in the Report chapter</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Lets have a look at a <b>Cash Flow</b>, and a
+ <b>Transaction</b> Report.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>First lets have a look at the <b>Cash Flow</b>
+ report for the month of March.</p><p>Select the cash flow report from <b>Reports</b>
+ -> <b>Income & Expense</b> ->
+ <b>Cash Flow</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_CashFlow.png" alt="Cash Flow report for the month of March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Cash Flow report after <a href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions">Chapter 4</a>.</p></div></div></div><p>To get this customized report, right click in the report and
+ choose <b>Report Options</b>. Then set the time
+ period, and specify which accounts you want in the report</p></li><li><p>Now lets have a look at corresponding transaction report for
+ the Checking account.</p><p>Select the transaction report from <b>Reports</b>
+ -> <b>Transaction Report</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_TransactionRptChecking.png" alt="Transaction Report for the Checking account during
+ March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Transaction Report for the
+ Checking account during March. </p></div></div></div></li><li><p>Now lets change the transaction report to only show the
+ various Expenses account.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_TransactionRptExpenses.png" alt="Transaction Report for the Expenses accounts during
+ March"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows the Transaction Report for the
+ various Expense accounts during March. </p></div></div></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-sxn1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="chapter_cbook.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.6. Scheduled Transactions </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 5. Checkbook</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-puttoget1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.5. Reconciliation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="txns-shortcuts1.html" title="4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts"><link rel="next" href="txns-sxn1.html" title="4.6. Scheduled Transactions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.5. Reconciliation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-reconcile1"></a>4.5. Reconciliation</h2></div></div><p>Transactions are typically checked against bank statements - a
+ process known as "reconciliation". GnuCash keeps track of the
+ reconciliation status of each transaction.</p><p>The reconciliation status of a transaction is shown by the
+ reconciliation (R) field. 'y' indicates that a transaction has been
+ reconciled, 'n' indicates that it has not, and 'c' indicates that it has
+ been cleared, but not reconciled. You can toggle the reconciliation status
+ between 'n' and 'c' by clicking in the (R) field; you can set it to 'y' by
+ using the Reconciliation Window.</p><p>At the bottom of the account window, there are two running totals:
+ 'Balance', and 'Cleared'. 'Cleared' should correspond to how much money
+ the bank thinks you have in your account, while 'Balance' includes
+ outstanding transactions.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-reconcile-window2"></a>4.5.1. Reconcile Window</h3></div></div><p>The Reconciliation Window is used to reconcile a GnuCash account
+ with a statement that a bank or other institution has sent you.
+ Reconciliation is useful not only to double-check your records against
+ those of your bank, but also to get a better idea of outstanding
+ transactions, e.g. uncashed checks.</p><p>At the bottom of the account window, there are two running
+ balances: the "cleared and reconciled" balance, and the "total" balance.
+ The "cleared and reconciled" balance should correspond to how much money
+ the bank thinks you have in your account, and the "total" balance
+ includes outstanding transactions.</p><p>For example, when you write a check for something, you should
+ enter the transaction into GnuCash. The reconciliation (R) field of the
+ transaction will initially contain n (new). Your new entry will
+ contribute to the "total" balance, but not to the "cleared and
+ reconciled" balance. Later, if you think that the check has been cashed,
+ you might click on the transaction's R field to change it to c
+ (cleared). When you do this, the "cleared and reconciled" balance will
+ change to include this amount. When the bank statement arrives, you can
+ then compare it to what you've recorded in GnuCash in the Reconciliation
+ window. There, you will be able to change the R field to y (reconciled).
+ You cannot reconcile in the register window, you must use the
+ reconciliation window. Once a transaction has been marked "reconciled",
+ it can no longer be easily changed.</p><p>To use the Reconciliation Windows, select an account from the
+ account tree and click on <b>Actions</b> ->
+ <b>Reconcile</b>. A window will appear in which you can
+ enter the reconcile information.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window1.png" alt="Reconcile Window"><div class="caption"><p>The initial reconcile window.</p></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Reconcile Info: Statement Date</b> - this is
+ the date of the statement you will be reconciling against.</p></li><li><p><b>Reconcile Info: Starting Balance</b> - this
+ is a non-editable item which displays the balance from the previous
+ reconciliation. It should match the starting balance in your
+ statement.</p></li><li><p><b>Reconcile Info: Ending Balance</b> - this is
+ the ending balance as it appears in the statement.</p></li><li><p><b>Reconcile Info: Include Sub-accounts</b> -
+ select this if you want to include the sub-accounts of the currently
+ selected account in this reconciliation.</p></li><li><p><b>Enter Interest Payment</b> - click here to
+ enter an interest transaction to the account to be
+ reconciled.</p></li></ul></div><p>Click on the Ok button, and you will see
+ the transactions listing reconcile window:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window2.png" alt="Reconcile Window"><div class="caption"><p>The transactions listing in the reconcile
+ window.</p></div></div></div><p>The two lists called <b>Funds In</b> and
+ <b>Funds Out</b> lists all the unreconciled transactions.
+ The 'R' columns show whether the transactions have been cleared or
+ reconciled.</p><p>Now, examine each item on the bank statement, and look for the
+ matching item in the Reconcile window.</p><p>If you cannot find one, then perhaps you forgot to enter a
+ transaction, or did not know that the transaction had happened. You can
+ use the New button on the tool bar, or the New menu item in the
+ Transaction menu, to open a register window and enter the missing
+ transaction. The new item will appear in the Reconcile window when you
+ press enter after entering the transaction.</p><p>When you find the item in the Reconcile window, compare the amount
+ in the item to the amount on the statement. If they disagree, you may
+ have made an error when you entered the transaction in GnuCash. You can
+ use the Edit button on the tool bar, or the
+ <b>Edit</b> menu item in the Transaction menu, to open a
+ register window and correct the transaction.</p><p>If the amounts agree, click on the item in the Reconcile window.
+ The 'R' column will change to 'y' (reconciled) from 'n' or 'c'.</p><p>You then repeat this for each item that appears on the bank
+ statement, verifying that the amounts match with the amounts in GnuCash,
+ and marking off transactions in GnuCash as they are reconciled.</p><p>At the bottom of the "Reconcile" window is a "Difference" field,
+ which should show $0.00 when you are done reconciling. If it shows some
+ other value, then either you have missed transactions, or some amounts
+ may be incorrect in GnuCash. (Or, less likely, the bank may have made an
+ error.)</p><p>When you have marked off all the items on the bank statement, and
+ when the difference is $0.00, press the Finish button on the tool bar or
+ select Finish from the Reconcile menu. The Reconcile window will close.
+ In the Register window, the R field of the reconciled transactions will
+ change to 'y'.</p><p>In this case, we have not received all the information yet, so we
+ simply press the Postpone, so we can continue at
+ a later stage. Observe that the 'R' column indicates we cleared ('c')
+ two transactions. They have not been reconciled yet, but we have
+ verified these two transactions so they have been marked as cleared. If
+ you look at the status bar at the bottom of the account register, you
+ will see a summary of what has been reconciled and what has been cleared
+ (<b>Cleared:USD 954.79 Reconciled:USD 0.00</b>)</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_reconcile_window3.png" alt="Checking account"><div class="caption"><p>The Checking account after postponed the
+ reconciliation.</p></div></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-shortcuts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-sxn1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.6. Scheduled Transactions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-reconcile1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. The Account Register</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="txns-concepts1.html" title="4.1. Basic Concepts"><link rel="next" href="txns-regstyle1.html" title="4.3. Choosing a Register Style"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. The Account Register</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-regstyle1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-registers1"></a>4.2. The Account Register</h2></div></div><p>The <b>account register</b> is the GnuCash window
+ which allows you to view or edit preexisting transactions, or add new
+ transactions for a particular account. To enter the account register,
+ simply highlight the account name in the account tree window and
+ double-click to open it. You can also click the
+ Open button in the tool bar or use the right mouse
+ button menu to open the account. GnuCash will display the account register
+ window.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-twoaccount2"></a>4.2.1. Simple Transaction</h3></div></div><p>For example, starting with the chart of accounts we created in the
+ previous chapter <tt>gcashdata_3</tt>, double click on the
+ <b>checking</b> asset account. Let's add a simple
+ transaction to the checking account. When you first create your accounts
+ in GnuCash, it is common to start them off with an initial
+ balance.</p><p>In the first transaction row, enter a date (eg: March, 1, 2006), a
+ description (eg: "Opening Balance"), click on the Transfer pop-up menu
+ and select <b>Equity:Starting Balances</b>, add a deposit
+ value of $1000, and press the Enter key. The account register should now
+ appear similar to this figure:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_2account.png" alt="The Checking Account - Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Asset:Checking -
+ Register</b> after inserting a starting value
+ transaction.</p></div></div></div><p>Setting the starting balances of an account is an example of a
+ simple two account transaction. In this case, affecting the
+ <b>Asset:Checking</b> and the <b>Equity:Starting
+ Balances</b> accounts.</p><p>As another example of a simple 2 account transaction, add another
+ transaction to describe the purchase of $45.21 worth of groceries. From
+ within the Asset:Checking account, you would set
+ <b>Transfer</b> to
+ <b>Expenses:Groceries</b>. The account register should now
+ appear:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_2account2.png" alt="The Checking Account - Register"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Asset:Checking -
+ Register</b> after adding a transaction for
+ groceries.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-multiaccount2"></a>4.2.2. Split Transaction</h3></div></div><p>The need for 3 or more account transactions occurs when you need
+ to split either the "from" or the "to" account in a transaction into
+ multiple accounts. The classic example of this is when you receive a
+ paycheck. Your take home pay from a paycheck will typically be less than
+ your net pay, with the difference being due to taxes, retirement account
+ payments, and/or other items. Thus, the single transaction of you
+ receiving a paycheck involves other accounts besides simply
+ <b>Assets:Checking</b> and
+ <b>Income:Salary</b>.</p><p>To add a paycheck transaction from the
+ <b>Assets:Checking</b> account register window, click on a
+ new transaction line, and click on <b>Split</b>. First
+ enter the description of this transaction on the first line (eg:
+ "Employers R Us"). In the "split" line below this, enter the deposit
+ into <b>Asset:Checking</b> (eg:$670) (This is due to a
+ current bug, that demands the first line in a split is the actual
+ account). Follow this with the various tax deposits
+ (<b>Asset:Checking</b> (eg: $670),
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes:Federal</b> (eg: $180),
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes:Medicare</b> (eg: $90), and
+ <b>Expenses:Taxes:Social Security</b> (eg: $60)) and
+ lastly the gross total of your paycheck (eg: $1000) as a withdrawal
+ transfer from <b>Income:Salary</b>. The final split should
+ look like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_register_multiaccount.png" alt="Account Register - Split Transaction"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Asset:Checking -
+ Register</b> after adding a split transaction for
+ salary.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-registers-features2"></a>4.2.3. Features of the Account Register</h3></div></div><p>The title bar of the account register displays the account name,
+ which in this case is <b>Asset:Checking</b>. Below the
+ title bar, the menu bar displays the menu items available within the
+ account register, and the tool bar contains handy buttons that help you
+ work with the account register.</p><p>Although each transaction has at least two splits, all you see in
+ the basic register is a summary of the splits affecting the current
+ account. In the Transfer column, you can see the other account from
+ which money is <b>transferred</b> into or out of this
+ account. If the transaction affects more than two accounts, GnuCash
+ displays <b>-- Split Transaction --</b> to show it is a
+ multiple-split transaction. You can see the individual splits of each
+ transaction by clicking the <b>Split</b> button in the
+ tool bar while selecting the appropriate transaction.</p><p>For split transactions, the first line of the transaction is the
+ <b>transaction line</b>. It contains a
+ <b>Date</b>, optional <b>Num</b> (such as a
+ check number), transaction <b>Description</b>, total
+ amount affecting the current account (<b>Tot Deposit</b>
+ here), and updated account <b>Balance</b> after the
+ current transaction. Note that in the expanded view, the
+ <b>Transfer</b> column heading disappears, and there is no
+ account name listed in that field. This line shows you only a summary of
+ the transaction's effect on the current account. For more detailed
+ information, you need to look at the individual splits that make up the
+ transaction.</p><p>The partial lines below the transaction line are the
+ <b>split lines</b>, and they are separated by gray lines.
+ As you highlight one of the split lines, the column headings change to
+ show the split-related fields:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit2.png" alt="How split headings change"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows how split headings
+ change.</p></div></div></div><p>Each split contains an optional <b>Action</b>, or
+ type of split, which you can either type in or choose from a pull-down
+ list. The split also contains an optional <b>Memo</b>
+ which describes the split. Each split affects an
+ <b>Account</b>, which can be selected from a pull-down
+ list of your accounts. The <b>R</b> field indicates
+ whether the split has been reconciled. The last two columns show the
+ amount of the split and whether money is coming into or going out of the
+ account.</p><p>As we discussed in <a href="basics-accounting1.html" title="2.1. Accounting Concepts">Accounting Concepts</a>, total
+ debits (left-column entries) must equal total credits (right-column
+ entries) for each transaction. In the example shown above, the total
+ debits equal the total credits, so this transaction is balanced. If you
+ notice, the transaction line contains the same debit amount as the
+ <b>Checking</b> split line. Why is this shown twice?
+ Because the transaction line is merely a <b>summary</b> of
+ the transaction's effect on the current account. The same transaction in
+ a different account will have a different transaction line, one that
+ shows the effect on that particular account. You can see this by
+ highlighting another split line and clicking the
+ <b>Jump</b> button on the tool bar.</p><p>In this example, if you jump to the
+ <b>Income:Salary</b> account, GnuCash brings up the same
+ transaction in the <b>Income:Salary - Register</b>:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit3.png" alt="A jump to the Income:Salary account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows a jump to the
+ <b>Income:Salary</b> account.</p></div></div></div><p>Note that the transaction line total now summarizes the effect on
+ the <b>Income:Salary</b> account instead of the
+ <b>Checking Account</b>, because you are looking at the
+ <b>Income:Salary</b> account register. The splits are
+ exactly the same, but the transaction line now reflects the credit to
+ the <b>Income:Salary</b> account.</p><p>At the bottom left of the register window, GnuCash displays
+ helpful messages as you move about the register. To the right, you can
+ see the current account balance and the total of cleared splits.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-concepts1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-regstyle1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.1. Basic Concepts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.3. Choosing a Register Style</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-registers1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Choosing a Register Style</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="txns-registers1.html" title="4.2. The Account Register"><link rel="next" href="txns-shortcuts1.html" title="4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Choosing a Register Style</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-registers1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-regstyle1"></a>4.3. Choosing a Register Style</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash offers several options for viewing your registers. The
+ default style is <b>Basic Ledger</b> mode, which displays
+ only the summary of splits affecting the current account. This is the
+ style that most closely resembles other popular personal financial
+ packages.</p><p>You can choose a different register style by selecting
+ <b>View</b> -> <b>Auto-Split Ledger</b>
+ style expands the current transaction automatically. As you highlight a
+ new transaction in the register, the transaction automatically expands to
+ show all splits. The <b>View</b> -> <b>Transaction
+ Journal</b> style is more like an accounting journal, in which
+ all splits are shown for all transactions.</p><p>All styles permit you to view your data in either single-line or
+ double-line format. Select <b>View</b> ->
+ <b>Double Line</b>, and you will see your transaction
+ line expand to two register lines.</p><p>Lets have a closer look at how the Basic Ledger and Transaction Journal view differs.
+ </p><p>For this example, lets assume that you have a checking account with $10,000,
+ and have decided to really splurge by purchasing 3 pair of Jeans for $1,000.
+ Now, you can either record this as one simple transaction and move $1,000 to Expenses:Clothes.
+ Or, you can record a split transaction, and record each Jeans individually.</p><p>Technically they are the same, but from an accounting point of view, when you
+ record each Jeans purchase separately, the Expenses:Clothes account will record three
+ different transactions.</p><p>The below screenshots will illustrate this a bit better</p><p>First lets purchase the Jeans from your checking account</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit4.png" alt="3 Jeans purchases"><div class="caption"><p>
+ This image shows one split transaction with 3 Jeans purchases
+ </p></div></div></div><p>The we open the Expenses:Clothes account, and look at it from the default Basic Ledger view.
+ As you can see, we have three entries here, but there were only one entry in the checking account.
+ If you look carefully, you will see that each row have a different amount, $200, $300, and $500.
+ Each row's transaction line reflects a one split row</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit5.png" alt="A jump to the Expenses:Clothes account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Expenses:Clothes</b> account
+ in Basic Ledger mode.</p></div></div></div><p>If we view the Expenses:Clothes account in Transaction Journal mode, you will again, only see
+ the original split transaction.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_registersplit6.png" alt="A jump to the Expenses:Clothes account"><div class="caption"><p>This image shows <b>Expenses:Clothes</b> account in
+ Transaction Journal mode.</p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-registers1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-shortcuts1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.2. The Account Register </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-regstyle1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="txns-regstyle1.html" title="4.3. Choosing a Register Style"><link rel="next" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Reconciliation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-regstyle1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-reconcile1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-shortcuts1"></a>4.4. Using Entry Shortcuts</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash provides several time-saving shortcuts for entering your
+ data. When you type the first few characters of a description that you
+ have used before, the QuickFill feature automatically fills in the rest of
+ the transaction as you last entered it. When you type in the first
+ characters of an account name in either the <b>Transfer</b>
+ field of the transaction line or the <b>Account</b> field of
+ the split line, QuickFill will automatically complete the name from your
+ account list. It also helps you with entering sub-accounts in these
+ fields: simply type the first characters of the parent account name
+ followed by a colon and the first characters of the sub-account name. For
+ example, to enter <b>Assets:Checking</b>, you might type
+ <b><tt>A:C</tt></b> and let GnuCash fill in the rest.</p><p>Register keyboard shortcuts also save you time, and GnuCash provides
+ several of them. In the date field, you can type:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>+</b> or <b>=</b> to increment the date
+ and <b>-</b> or <b>_</b> to decrement the
+ date</p></li><li><p><b>]</b> or <b>}</b> to increment the month
+ and <b>[</b> or <b>{</b> to decrement the
+ month</p></li><li><p><b>M</b> or <b>m</b> to enter the first date
+ of the month</p></li><li><p><b>H</b> or <b>h</b> to enter the last date
+ of the month</p></li><li><p><b>Y</b> or <b>y</b> to enter the first date
+ of the year</p></li><li><p><b>R</b> or <b>r</b> to enter the last date
+ of the year</p></li><li><p><b>T</b> or <b>t</b> to enter today's
+ date</p></li></ul></div><p>In the <b>Num</b> field of the transaction line, you
+ can type <b>+</b> to increment the transaction number from the
+ last one you typed in. Typing <b>-</b> will decrement the
+ number. This will also work in the <b>Action</b> field of
+ the split line, if you choose to enter split numbers there. The
+ <b>Action</b> field also supports QuickFill - if you type
+ the first characters of a common action (such as
+ <b>Deposit</b>), GnuCash will fill in the rest.</p><p>The <b>Transfer</b> field supports QuickFill
+ of account names. You can start typing an account name and
+ GnuCash will fill in the remaining part of the name. Typing the
+ separator character at any time will complete the current level of
+ the account name, leaving the cursor positioned to start the next
+ level of account name. For example, typing "A:C" with the
+ standard set of account names will complete to the
+ "Assets:Checking" account. You can also type the
+ <b>Menu</b> or <b>Ctrl-Down</b> keys in this
+ field to pop up a list of all account names.</p><p>In any of the amount fields, you can use a built-in calculator.
+ Simply type in the first value, followed by <b>+</b>,
+ <b>-</b>, <b>*</b>, or <b>/</b>, then type
+ in the second value. GnuCash will perform the calculation and return the
+ resulting value to the amount field when you press the
+ <b>Tab</b> key.</p><p>All of the menu items have access keys defined, and these are marked
+ by underlined characters in the menu names. Press <b>Alt</b> +
+ [underlined character] to bring up the menu, then select an item by typing
+ its underlined character. For example, typing Alt+T brings up the Transaction menu, then typing
+ <b>S</b> will split the transaction. A few of the menu items
+ also have shortcut keys that immediately invoke the command (typically
+ using the <b>Ctrl</b> key). These shortcuts are listed next
+ to the item.</p><p>To move around the register, use these keys to save time:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Tab</b> to move to the next field, Shift+Tab to move to the previous field</p></li><li><p><b>Home</b> to move to the beginning of the field,
+ <b>End</b> to move to the end of the field</p></li><li><p><b>Enter</b> or <b>↓</b> to move to the next
+ transaction, <b>↑</b> to move to the previous
+ transaction</p></li><li><p><b>Page Up</b> to move up one screen, <b>Page
+ Down</b> to move down one screen</p></li><li><p>Shift+Page Up to go to the first transaction, Shift+Page Down to go to the last transaction</p></li></ul></div><p>In the <b>Reconcile</b> window you can use these
+ keyboard shortcuts:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Tab</b> moves to the next box and
+ <b>Shift</b>-<b>Tab</b> moves to the previous
+ box</p></li><li><p>Space bar toggles the status between reconciled and not
+ reconciled</p></li><li><p><b>↑</b> and <b>↓</b> navigate through the
+ entries within the current box</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-regstyle1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-reconcile1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.3. Choosing a Register Style </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.5. Reconciliation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-shortcuts1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.6. Scheduled Transactions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="up" href="chapter_txns.html" title="Chapter 4. Transactions"><link rel="previous" href="txns-reconcile1.html" title="4.5. Reconciliation"><link rel="next" href="txns-puttoget1.html" title="4.7. Putting It All Together"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.6. Scheduled Transactions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. Transactions</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="txns-sxn1"></a>4.6. Scheduled Transactions</h2></div></div><p>Scheduled transactions is made to help entering repetitive money
+ operations, like subscriptions, insurances or taxes. By using scheduled
+ transactions, you only have to enter the concerned transaction once, set a
+ few parameters like start date, frequency and a little description, and
+ then GnuCash will tell you whenever a scheduled transaction is ready to
+ create, and create it for you.</p><p>In this howto, we'll take a monthly Internet subscription of 20 USD
+ as example, which is taken on the 28th of each month.</p><p>In GnuCash, there are two ways of creating scheduled transactions,
+ from the ledger or from the scheduled transactions editor.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-ledger2"></a>4.6.1. Creating from the Ledger</h3></div></div><p>Enter the first occurrence of your to-schedule transaction in the
+ ledger.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger1.png" alt="Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
+ ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
+ ledger</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Since we did not create the Expence:Internet account, GnuCash
+ will prompt us to create it.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Then you right click on your transaction and select
+ "Schedule..."</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger2.png" alt="Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
+ ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
+ ledger</p></div></div></div><p>A window like this will appear:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger3.png" alt="Step three creating scheduled transaction from the
+ ledger"><div class="caption"><p>Step three creating scheduled transaction from the
+ ledger</p></div></div></div><p>Let's fill the values, we know that the subscription is taken on
+ the 28th each month, and the next one is for next month (since we
+ entered the one for this month manually) :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_ledger4.png" alt="Filling in data to a scheduled transaction"><div class="caption"><p>Filling in data to a scheduled
+ transaction</p></div></div></div><p>Click the OK button, and the transaction will be scheduled.
+ GnuCash now has memorized this scheduled transaction and on the 28th of
+ next month, it will pop up a window asking if it should create it (see
+ far below for a screenshot of this window).</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txns-sxn-editor2"></a>4.6.2. Creating from the Editor</h3></div></div><p>Another way of entering a scheduled transaction is from the
+ Scheduled Transaction Editor, it may be faster if we have several
+ scheduled transactions to create at once.</p><p>From the main accounts windows, go in the Actions menu, select
+ Scheduled Transactions, a submenu will open in which you'll click
+ Scheduled transaction Editor.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor1.png" alt="Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
+ editor"><div class="caption"><p>Step one creating scheduled transaction from the
+ editor</p></div></div></div><p>A window like this will pop up :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor2.png" alt="Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
+ editor"><div class="caption"><p>Step two creating scheduled transaction from the
+ editor</p></div></div></div><p>This window contains a list, now empty, of all the scheduled
+ transactions. Let's create a new one by clicking on the "New" button,
+ another window will pop up :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor3.png" alt="Step three creating scheduled transaction from the
+ editor"><div class="caption"><p>Step three creating scheduled transaction from the
+ editor</p></div></div></div><p>This window may seem complicated but it's fairly eay to
+ understand. First, let's enter a name for this new scheduled
+ transaction, this name will only identify it in the Scheduled
+ Transaction Editor, it will never appear in the ledger.</p><p>Then we'll enter the transaction's parameters. We know that the
+ subscription is taken on the 28th each month, so the start date will be
+ Nov 1, 2003 (assuming November is the next month), the frequency will be
+ "Monthly", it will be taken every month on the 28th.</p><p>In the "Options" tab you have three options :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>"Create automatically" will insert this transaction in the
+ ledger without asking you before (see below)</p></li><li><p>"Create n days in advance" is explicit</p></li><li><p>"Remind me n days in advance" is explicit and used for example
+ when you have to pay something by check, GnuCash can remind you one
+ week before so you send your check before the deadline.</p></li></ul></div><p>The End tab allows you to tell GnuCash that this scheduled
+ transaction won't last for ever, for example if you are repaying a loan,
+ you can enter the loan end date.</p><p>Since in our example the internet subscription is automatically
+ taken from the account, we have no need to create it in advance, nor
+ give an end date.</p><p>Finally, enter your transaction in the lower part as you would do
+ in the ledger, with the only difference of having no date.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Warning: don't use the ENTER key like in the ledger, as it will
+ activate the default button of the whole window : Cancel. Instead, use
+ TAB to go to the next field, and when you have finished entering your
+ transaction, click on the "Enter" button to validate it.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Now, you should have a window like this:</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor4.png" alt="Validate a scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Validate a scheduled transaction from the
+ editor</p></div></div></div><p>Remember to click on the Enter icon, to validate and enter the
+ transaction.</p><p>Now click OK, it takes you to the previous window, now with one
+ item in the list :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor5.png" alt="Validate a scheduled transaction from the editor"><div class="caption"><p>Validate a scheduled transaction from the
+ editor</p></div></div></div><p>If you click in the calendar part on the first day of one month, a
+ small window, following your mouse, will show you what is planned for
+ this day. To make the small window dissapear again, just click in it
+ one more time.</p><p>You can now close the Scheduled Transaction Editor window, and
+ <b>save</b> your work.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">What comes below is just an illustration, and is not meant to be
+ entered into the GnuCash database at this stage. As per this example,
+ the below dialogs will appear when the scheduled transaction is
+ supposed to run.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>From now on, on each first day of month (or the next time you
+ launch GnuCash after this day) a windows will pop up to remind you to
+ create this transaction :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor6.png" alt="Scheduled transaction popup reminder"><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction popup reminder</p></div></div></div><p>You can click on the list entry to see the detailed transaction in
+ the lower part, then just click on Forward to
+ advance.</p><p>When you click Forward, a window summarizing all transactions to
+ be created will appear :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor7.png" alt="Scheduled transaction summary"><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction summary</p></div></div></div><p>In this window you can adjust the transactions that will be
+ created. For example, this month my ISP made a special offer and my
+ subscription only costed 10EUR, so I just modified the amount from 20 to
+ 10.</p><p>When you have finished with this window, just click
+ Forward and on the next window click
+ Apply. The window will disappear and the
+ transactions will be created.</p><p>Then if you take a look in your bank account, you'll see the
+ transaction has been created :</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/txns_sxn_editor8.png" alt="Scheduled transaction created transaction"><div class="caption"><p>Scheduled transaction created
+ transaction</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you entered the transaction for 28 of April at this stage,
+ then please revert back to the last saved GnuCash file.
+ <b>File</b> -><b> Open</b> and
+ choose <tt>gcashdata_3</tt></p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="txns-reconcile1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="txns-puttoget1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.5. Reconciliation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="chapter_txns.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.7. Putting It All Together</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-guide/txns-sxn1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="tip-of-the-day.html" title="3.2. Tip of The Day"><link rel="next" href="windows.html" title="4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tip-of-the-day.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="windows.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="GUIMenus"></a>Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>4.1. <a href="windows.html">GnuCash Windows and Menus</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.1.1. <a href="windows.html#Main-window">Main GnuCash Window</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4.2. <a href="ch04s02.html">Account Tree</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.2.1. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-menus">Account Tree - Menus</a></dt><dt>4.2.2. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-toolbar">Account Tree - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</a></dt><dt>4.2.3. <a href="ch04s02.html#Common-Tab-bar">Tab Bar</a></dt><dt>4.2.4. <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-main-bar">Account Tree - Display</a></dt><dt>4.2.5. <a href="ch04s02.html#Common-summary-bar">Summary Bar</a></dt><dt>4.2.6. <a href="ch04s02.html#Common-status-bar">Status Bar</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4.3. <a href="ch04s03.html">Account Register/General Ledger</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.3.1. <a href="ch04s03.html#account-registe!
r">Accou
nt Register & General Ledger Window</a></dt><dt>4.3.2. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-menus">Account Register Menus</a></dt><dt>4.3.3. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-toolbar">Account Register - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</a></dt><dt>4.3.4. <a href="ch04s03.html#Common-tab-bar">Tab Bar</a></dt><dt>4.3.5. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-display-main">List of Transactions</a></dt><dt>4.3.6. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-summary-bar2">Summary Bar</a></dt><dt>4.3.7. <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-status-bar">Status Bar</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4.4. <a href="ch04s04.html">Report Window</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4.4.1. <a href="ch04s04.html#report-display">Report Display Window</a></dt><dt>4.4.2. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-menus">Report Menus</a></dt><dt>4.4.3. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-tool-bar">Reports - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</a></dt><dt>4.4.4. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-tab-bar">Tab Bar</a></dt><dt>4.4.5. <a href="ch04s04.html#report-main">Report Main Display</a></dt><dt>4.4.6. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-summary-bar">Summary Bar</a></dt><dt>4.4.7. <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-status-bar">Status Bar</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tip-of-the-day.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="windows.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.2. Tip of The Day </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/GUIMenus.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 2. Getting Help</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="what-is-gnucash.html" title="1.1. What is GnuCash?"><link rel="next" href="Help-Window.html" title="2.1. Accessing Help"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Getting Help</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="what-is-gnucash.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Help-Window.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Getting-Help"></a>Chapter 2. Getting Help</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="Help-Window.html">Accessing Help</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="tutorial.html">GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</a></dt><dt>2.3. <a href="on-line-assistance.html">GnuCash On-line Assistance</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="what-is-gnucash.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Help-Window.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1.1. What is GnuCash? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.1. Accessing Help</td></tr></ta!
ble></di
v></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Getting-Help.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.1. Accessing Help</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Chapter 2. Getting Help"><link rel="previous" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Chapter 2. Getting Help"><link rel="next" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.1. Accessing Help</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Getting-Help.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Getting Help</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tutorial.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="Help-Window"></a>2.1. Accessing Help</h2></div></div><p>The GnuCash Help Window uses YELP to display DOCBOOK versions of
+ the help documents that are installed with GnuCash.</p><p>This window is accessed by going to the Help menu and selecting
+ either the Tutorial and Concepts Guide or the Contents (F1).
+ <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-help-menu" title="4.2.1.9. Help Menu">Help Menu</a></p><p>The Help Window has a toolbar for navigation. The toolbar is
+ described below;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Back</b> Used to navigate to topics previously viewed.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Forward</b> Used to navigate to topics previously viewed.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Help</b> Used to access various GNOME Help files.</p></li><li><p><b>Search</b> Enter search term to search GNOME Help files.
+ Does not search GnuCash Help file.</p></li></ul></div><p>The right side of the Help Window displays the currently opened
+ help page. The left side of the Help Window contains the help Topics list
+ tab. Selecting one of the help topics will load that
+ page on the right side.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Getting-Help.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tutorial.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 2. Getting Help </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/Help-Window.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/account-options.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/account-options.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/account-options.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.1. Account Display Options</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="previous" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="set-prefs.html" title="6.2. Setting Your Preferences"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.1. Account Display Options</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="custom-gnucash.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-prefs.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="account-options"></a>6.1. Account Display Options</h2></div></div><p>The View -> Filter By ... is used to set/modify the view of the Account Tree
+ Window. The "Accounts" tab of this form allows the selection of the types of accounts
+ to display. These selections effect the view on each specific open window of the account
+ tree.
+ </p><p>The "Other" Tab allows enabling/disabling of the options; Show Hidden accounts,
+ Show zero total accounts.</p><p>The Account Tree window, by default, only shows the quantity of each commodity
+ that you own, under the column heading <b>Total</b>. Often, however,
+ you may want to display other values. This is easily accomplished by clicking on the
+ title bar Options button (the small down pointing arrow on the
+ right side of the main account window title bar), and selecting the option(s) to
+ display. These selections set the view on all open windows of the account tree.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="custom-gnucash.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-prefs.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.2. Setting Your Preferences</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/account-options.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.2. Account Tree</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview"><link rel="previous" href="windows.html" title="4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus"><link rel="next" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.2. Account Tree</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2492622"></a>4.2. Account Tree</h2></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
+ <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-menus" title="4.2.1. Account Tree - Menus">Account Tree - Menus</a>,
+ <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-toolbar" title="4.2.2. Account Tree - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons">Account Tree - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</a>,
+ <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-main-bar" title="4.2.4. Account Tree - Display">Account Tree - Display</a>.
+ </p><div class="figure"><p><b>Figure 4.1. An "Account Tree" Window.</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/AccountTree_Screen.png" alt="Account Tree screen"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Accounts" tab after
+ creating a new file and "select all" of the accounts. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-menus"></a>4.2.1. Account Tree - Menus</h3></div></div><p>The Menu bar for the Accounts Tree window contains the following
+ options;
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>File</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-file-menu" title="4.2.1.1. Account Tree - File Menu">Account Tree - File Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Edit</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-edit-menu" title="4.2.1.2. Account Tree - Edit Menu">Account Tree - Edit Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>View</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-view-menu" title="4.2.1.3. Account Tree - View Menu">Account Tree - View Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Action</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-actions-menu" title="4.2.1.4. Account Tree - Actions Menu">Account Tree - Actions Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Business</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-business-menu" title="4.2.1.5. Account Tree - Business Menu">Account Tree - Business Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Reports</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-reports-menu" title="4.2.1.6. Account Tree - Reports Menu">Account Tree - Reports Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Tools</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-tools-menu" title="4.2.1.7. Account Tree - Tools Menu">Account Tree - Tools Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Windows</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-windows-menu" title="4.2.1.8. Account Tree - Windows Menu">Account Tree - Windows Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Help</b> - <a href="ch04s02.html#AccTree-help-menu" title="4.2.1.9. Help Menu">Help Menu</a></p></li></ul></div>
+ </p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-file-menu"></a>4.2.1.1. Account Tree - File Menu</h4></div></div><p>The following table describes the options in the File Menu.</p><p>Clicking on the File option of the Menu bar will "pull down" a menu of options
+ described in the File Menu table.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 4.2. Access to file and account operations and printing.</b></p><table summary="Access to file and account operations and printing." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Selects the New Account, Budget and file options sub-menu
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New File</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates a new data file (Starts with new Accounts and data.)
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Accounts Page</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates an copy of the Account tree</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Budget</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Creates a New budget druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Account...</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates a New Account and opens the account properties.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Account Hierarchy ...</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Creates a New Account Hierarchy sequence.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Open -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Selects the Open sub-menu options described below</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the "Open another data file" process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open Budget</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Opens an existing budget.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open Account</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>When an account is selected in the Account Tree opens
+ the register for that account. Menu Shortcut Ctrl-O</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open Sub-Accounts</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>When an account is selected in the Account Tree opens
+ a General Ledger register for that account and all
+ sub-accounts</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Import -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Opens the Import sub-menu to import files from other
+ financial programs.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Import QIF ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the QIF file Import process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Import OFX/QFX ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the OFX/QFX file Import process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Replay GnuCash .log file...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the replaying of a GnuCash log file. Used for
+ data recovery from "crashes".</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Save (Ctrl-S)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Saves the currently open file. Menu shortcut Ctrl-S</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Save As ... (Shift+Ctrl+S)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Saves the currently opened file with a different name.
+ Menu shortcut Shift+Ctrl+S</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Exports ...</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Export Accounts</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Exports your account hierarchy to a new file. Does not
+ export data.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Properties (Alt+Return)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Sets options for this GnuCash data file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Recently opened files</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Numbered list of most recently opened GnuCash data files.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quit (Ctrl+Q)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Exits GnuCash. Menu shortcut Ctrl-Q</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-edit-menu"></a>4.2.1.2. Account Tree - Edit Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-EditMenu"></a><b>Table 4.3. Account Tree - Edit Menu - Access to file and account editing
+ operations and preferences.</b></p><table summary="Account Tree - Edit Menu - Access to file and account editing
+ operations and preferences." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Edit Account Ctrl+E</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Modify name or characteristic of selected account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Delete Account ...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Remove an account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Renumber Sub-account ...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Renumber Account druid. See
+ <a href="setup-accounts.html#chart-renumber" title="5.2.6. To Renumber Subaccounts">To Renumber Subaccounts</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Find ... Ctrl+F</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set criteria for a search for a specific transaction.
+ See <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-find" title="5.1.1.6. Find Transactions">Find Transactions</a> for specifics on
+ searches.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Preferences</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Customize GnuCash for location, style, and numerous other preferences.
+ See <a href="set-prefs.html" title="6.2. Setting Your Preferences">Setting Your Preferences</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Style Sheets</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Modify/customize Style Sheets.
+ See <a href="change-style.html" title="6.3. Changing Style Sheets">Changing Style Sheets</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tax Options</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set tax characteristics on account(s) (US). Assign tax form and
+ line to account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-view-menu"></a>4.2.1.3. Account Tree - View Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-ViewMenu"></a><b>Table 4.4. Account Tree - View Menu - Changes display window view.</b></p><table summary="Account Tree - View Menu - Changes display window view." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Toolbar</p></td><td><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Toolbar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Summary Bar</p></td><td><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Summary Bar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Status Bar</p></td><td><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Status Bar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Filter by ...</p></td><td><p>Set filter for accounts displayed in the Account Tree
+ display.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Refresh Ctrl+R</p></td><td><p>Repaint the display screen.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-actions-menu"></a>4.2.1.4. Account Tree - Actions Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-ActionsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.5. Actions Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair accounts,
+ perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile transactions.</b></p><table summary="Actions Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair accounts,
+ perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile transactions." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Scheduled Transactions -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Scheduled
+ Transactions sub-menus</td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Scheduled Transaction Editor</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Invoke tool to edit scheduled transactions.
+ See <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-sched" title="5.1.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Editor">Scheduled Transaction Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Since Last Run...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Display Scheduled transactions since last running of
+ GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Mortgage & Loan Repayment Setup</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Mortgage & Loan Repayment druid for
+ setting up repayments. <a href="transactions.html#trans-sched-loans" title="5.3.9.3. Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid">Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Transfer...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Transfer druid for transfer between accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reconcile...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Account Reconcile druid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock Split...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Stock Split druid. Additional details <a href="setup-accounts.html#stock-split" title="5.2.10. To Perform a Stock Split">To Perform a Stock Split</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>View Lots...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Opens the "Lots in Account" form.
+
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>Check & Repair -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Check & Repair Submenus</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Check & Repair Account</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and
+ orphan splits in this account.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Check & Repair Sub-accounts</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and
+ orphan splits in this account and its subaccounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Check & Repair All</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and
+ orphan splits in all accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reset Warnings...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>GnuCash gives warnings when certain operations are attempted,
+ such as removing a transaction or removing the splits of a transaction.
+ The warning message gives you the option to not give you these warnings
+ when attempting the operation. Checkboxes labeled "Remember and don't ask
+ me again" and "Remember and don't ask me again this session" allow
+ disabling the warnings. This option resets the warning's to the default,
+ IE make all the warning's happen.
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Rename Page</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Open the form to rename the current page/tab.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-business-menu"></a>4.2.1.5. Account Tree - Business Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-BusinessMenu"></a><b>Table 4.6. Business Menu - Access small business features of GnuCash.</b></p><table summary="Business Menu - Access small business features of GnuCash." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Customer -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select customer related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new invoice.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a invoice.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Vendor -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select vendor related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new vendor.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a vendor.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Bill...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new bill.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Bill...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a bill.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Employee -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select employee related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new employee.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a employee.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Expense Voucher...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new expense voucher.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Expense Voucher...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a expense voucher.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tax Table Editor</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of tax tables.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Billing Terms Editor</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of Billing Terms.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bills Due Reminder</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of Bills Due Reminder.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Invoice(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Customer(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Vendor(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Employee(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-reports-menu"></a>4.2.1.6. Account Tree - Reports Menu</h4></div></div><p>This is only a brief listing of each of the available reports and
+ graphs. Each report or graph may be customized by the
+ <b>Options</b> Icon and the "Stylesheet" used.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-ReportsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.7. Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts.</b></p><table summary="Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Account Summary</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Report showing the balance of selected
+ accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Assets & Liabilities -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Advanced Portfolio</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Asset Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Asset Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Average Balance</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Balance Sheet</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>General Journal</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>General Ledger</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>See <a href="ch04s03.html#general-ledger" title="4.3.1.1. General Ledger">General Ledger</a></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Investment Portfolio</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Liability Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Liability Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Net Worth Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Price Scatter plot</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Business Reports -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Customer Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Easy Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Employee Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Fancy Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Payable Aging</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Printable Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Receivable Aging</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Vendor Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Income & Expense -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p!
></td></
tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Budget Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Cash Flow</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Equity Statement</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense vs Day of Week</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income & Expense Chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Statement</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income vs Day of Week</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Trial Balance</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Sample & Custom -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Custom Multicolumn Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Sample Graphs</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Sample Report With Examples</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Welcome Sample Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Tax Report & TXF Export</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Create a Tax report (US) and/or export data for tax
+ preparation software. (TFX)</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Transaction Report</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-tools-menu"></a>4.2.1.7. Account Tree - Tools Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-ToolsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.8. Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and
+ editors</b></p><table summary="Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and
+ editors" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Price Editor</p></td><td><p>Tool to enter or modify Stock/Fund prices. Details at
+ <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-price" title="5.1.1.2. Price Editor">Price Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Security Editor</p></td><td><p>Tool to enter or modify Stock or commodities. Details
+ at <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-security-edit" title="5.1.1.3. Security Editor">Security Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Financial Calculator</p></td><td><p>Details at <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-calc" title="5.1.1.4. Financial Calculator">Financial Calculator</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>General Ledger</p></td><td><p>See <a href="ch04s03.html#general-ledger" title="4.3.1.1. General Ledger">General Ledger</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-windows-menu"></a>4.2.1.8. Account Tree - Windows Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-WindowsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.9. Account Tree - Windows Menu</b></p><table summary="Account Tree - Windows Menu" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New Window</p></td><td><p>Opens a new GnuCash window, window is empty.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>New Window with Page</p></td><td><p>Opens the current tab in a new window, moves the tab to the new
+ window.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="AccTree-help-menu"></a>4.2.1.9. Help Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-HelpMenu"></a><b>Table 4.10. Account Tree - Help Menu - Access to this help and the Tutorial
+ and Concepts Guide.</b></p><table summary="Account Tree - Help Menu - Access to this help and the Tutorial
+ and Concepts Guide." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Tutorial & Concepts Guide</p></td><td><p>Detailed document "How to" in GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tips Of The Day</p></td><td><p>Display Tip of Day.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Contents</p></td><td><p>Display this Help file</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>About</p></td><td><p>Display version, License and Credits</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-toolbar"></a>4.2.2. Account Tree - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The GnuCash main Window has a number of Icons/Buttons in tool bar
+ to quickly access some common functions used with the specific active
+ tab. The Tool Bar can be hidden or shown by selecting the Toolbar item
+ on the View menu. The specific options displayed in the tool bar varies
+ by the functions available to the "active tab".</p><p>A brief description of the function of an icon is displayed when
+ the mouse pointer is placed over the icon for a couple of
+ seconds.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="AccTree-ToolBarIcons"></a><b>Table 4.11. Account Tree - Window Tool Bar</b></p><table summary="Account Tree - Window Tool Bar" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Tool Bar Icons</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Save</p></td><td><p>Perform a save on the data file, commit all transactions
+ to the data file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Close</p></td><td><p>This icon is not available for the first Accounts tab,
+ it is available for additional Account Tree displays.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Open</p></td><td><p>Open a transaction register of the selected
+ account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Edit</p></td><td><p>Edit the characteristics for the selected
+ account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>New</p></td><td><p>Start the druid for creating a new account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Delete</p></td><td><p>Remove the selected account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-Tab-bar"></a>4.2.3. Tab Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Tab Bar displays "file/notebook folder" style tabs for open
+ transaction registers, and reports.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="AccTree-main-bar"></a>4.2.4. Account Tree - Display</h3></div></div><p>The Account Tree displays the list of your accounts in
+ hierarchical format. This enables you to organize your accounts by
+ account type.</p><p>The triangle shape beside the account name is used to open and
+ close the account tree. When you click on the triangle, it changes from
+ right pointing into a down pointing sign to indicate that the tree is
+ opened. You will then see offset below the account name either a list of
+ the sub account(s) or another triangle to the left of an account. This
+ indicates another lower level of the account tree.</p><p>The default display for the Account Tree Window is in Notebook
+ mode. This is indicated by the tab in the Tab row of
+ the main window. Other tabs will appear beside this one when you open
+ reports, Account Registers or additional Account Trees.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-summary-bar"></a>4.2.5. Summary Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Summary Bar displays balances appropriate for the opened
+ account type at a glance. Usually accounts display today's account
+ balance, any balance for future dates, a balance for cleared items and
+ a reconciled balance. Stock accounts, however, display shares totals
+ and their value. The Summary Bar can be hidden or shown by selecting
+ the Summary Bar item on the View menu.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-status-bar"></a>4.2.6. Status Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Status Bar displays tool-tips for the menus that give more
+ explanation to a menu item. It also shows a progress bar when opening or
+ saving a GnuCash data file or generating reports. The Status Bar can be
+ hidden or shown by selecting the Status Bar item on the View
+ menu.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="windows.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s03.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s02.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview"><link rel="previous" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. Account Tree"><link rel="next" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Report Window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2496110"></a>4.3. Account Register/General Ledger</h2></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
+ <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-menus" title="4.3.2. Account Register Menus">Account Register Menus</a>,
+ <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-toolbar" title="4.3.3. Account Register - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons">Account Register - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</a>,
+ <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-display-main" title="4.3.5. List of Transactions">List of Transactions</a>.
+ </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-register"></a>4.3.1. Account Register & General Ledger Window</h3></div></div><p>This window is used to enter and edit your account data. It also
+ provides tools for scheduling future transactions, finding and reporting
+ on transactions and printing checks.</p><p>To open the Account Register Window for an account, select the
+ account in the Account Tree then go to File -> Open Account or press
+ Ctrl-O. This will open a new window with the Account Register. Pressing
+ the Open button on the Tool Bar in the Account Tree Window or the Jump
+ button in the Account Register Window are alternate methods.</p><div class="figure"><p><b>Figure 4.2. An Account Register Window.</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/AccountReg_Screen.png" alt="Account Register screen"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Account Register" tab after
+ several transactions in the account. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="general-ledger"></a>4.3.1.1. General Ledger</h4></div></div><p>The General Ledger is an advanced register used to enter
+ transactions without needing to open individual accounts. The General
+ Ledger shows the transaction entries for all accounts on one
+ register.</p><p>Entering transactions in the General Ledger is more complicated
+ than entering them in the individual account registers. The advantage
+ is the General Ledger provides a more comprehensive view of the
+ transactions you have entered in all your accounts.</p><p>The General Ledger defaults to showing only the previous month
+ of transactions. This is changeable by using the Date Range on the
+ View menu.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-menus"></a>4.3.2. Account Register Menus</h3></div></div><p>The Menu bar for the Transaction Register window contains the
+ following options;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>File</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-file-menu" title="4.3.2.1. Account Register - File Menu">Account Register - File Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Edit</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-edit-menu" title="4.3.2.2. Account Register - Edit Menu">Account Register - Edit Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>View</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-view-menu" title="4.3.2.3. Account Register - View Menu">Account Register - View Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Transaction</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-transaction-menu" title="4.3.2.4. Account Register - Transaction Menu">Account Register - Transaction Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Action</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-actions-menu" title="4.3.2.5. Account Register - Action Menu">Account Register - Action Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Business</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-business-menu" title="4.3.2.6. Account Register - Business Menu">Account Register - Business Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Reports</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-reports-menu" title="4.3.2.7. Account Register - Reports Menu">Account Register - Reports Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Tools</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-tools-menu" title="4.3.2.8. Account Register - Tools Menu">Account Register - Tools Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Windows</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-windows-menu" title="4.3.2.9. Account Register - Windows Menu">Account Register - Windows Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Help</b> - <a href="ch04s03.html#Trans-help-menu" title="4.3.2.10. Help Menu">Help Menu</a></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-file-menu"></a>4.3.2.1. Account Register - File Menu</h4></div></div><p>The following table describes the options in the File
+ Menu.</p><p>Clicking on the File option of the Menu bar will "pull down" a
+ menu of options described in the File Menu table.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-FileMenu"></a><b>Table 4.12. File Menu - Access to file and account operations and
+ printing.</b></p><table summary="File Menu - Access to file and account operations and
+ printing." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Selects the New Account, Budget and file options
+ sub-menu</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New File</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates a new data file (Starts with new Accounts
+ and data.)</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Accounts Page</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates an copy of the Account tree</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Budget</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Creates a New budget druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Open -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Selects the Open sub-menu options described
+ below</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the "Open another data file" process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open Budget</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Opens an existing budget.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Import -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Opens the Import sub-menu to import files from other
+ financial programs.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Import QIF ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the QIF file Import process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Import OFX/QFX ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the OFX/QFX file Import process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Replay GnuCash .log file...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the replaying of a GnuCash log file. Used for
+ data recovery from "crashes".</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Save (Ctrl-S)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Saves the currently open file. Menu shortcut
+ Ctrl-S</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Save As ... (Shift+Ctrl+S)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Saves the currently opened file with a different
+ name. Menu shortcut Shift+Ctrl+S</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Print Check ...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the "Print Check" druid.
+ See <a href="transactions.html#print-check" title="5.3.10. To Print Checks">To Print Checks</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Exports ...</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Export Accounts</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Exports your account hierarchy to a new file. Does not
+ export data.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Properties (Alt+Return)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Sets options for this GnuCash data file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Recently opened files</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Numbered list of most recently opened GnuCash data
+ files.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Close</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Closes the current open account tree, transaction register or report.
+ <b>In the initial Account tree this item is not
+ available - it will be grayed out. </b> Menu
+ shortcut Ctrl-W</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quit (Ctrl+Q)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Exits GnuCash. Menu shortcut Ctrl-Q</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-edit-menu"></a>4.3.2.2. Account Register - Edit Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-EditMenu"></a><b>Table 4.13. Account Register - Edit Menu - Access to file and account
+ editing operations and preferences.</b></p><table summary="Account Register - Edit Menu - Access to file and account
+ editing operations and preferences." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Paste</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Performs a standard Paste operation. Menu shortcut
+ Ctrl-V</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Edit Account</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Open form to edit/modify account characteristics and parameters.
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Find ... Ctrl+F</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set criteria for a search for a specific
+ transaction. See <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-find" title="5.1.1.6. Find Transactions">Find Transactions</a> for
+ specifics on searches.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Preferences</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Customize GnuCash for location, style, and numerous other preferences.
+ See <a href="set-prefs.html" title="6.2. Setting Your Preferences">Setting Your Preferences</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Style Sheets</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Modify/customize Style Sheets.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tax Options</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set tax characteristics on account(s) (US). Assign tax form and
+ line to account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-view-menu"></a>4.3.2.3. Account Register - View Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-ViewMenu"></a><b>Table 4.14. Account Register - View Menu - Changes GnuCash display Window
+ characteristics.
+ </b></p><table summary="Account Register - View Menu - Changes GnuCash display Window
+ characteristics.
+ " border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Toolbar</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of
+ Toolbar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Summary Bar</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Summary
+ Bar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Status Bar</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Status
+ Bar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Basic Ledger</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Radio button to select register display mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Auto-Split Ledger</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Radio button to select register display mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Transaction Journal</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Radio button to select register display mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Double Line</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Double Line display.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sort by ...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set the sort order of the transactions display. Requires "click" to
+ start options form. Option form requires Cancel/OK to close.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Standard Order</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Keep normal account order</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Date</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by date</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Date of Entry.</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by date of entry.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Statement Date</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by the statement date (unreconciled items last).</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Number</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by number.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Amount</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by amount.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Memo</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by memo.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Description</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by Description.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Action</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by action field</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Notes</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Sort by notes field</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Filter by ...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set filter for accounts displayed
+ in the Account Tree display.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Refresh Ctrl+R</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Repaint the display screen.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-transaction-menu"></a>4.3.2.4. Account Register - Transaction Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-TransactionMenu"></a><b>Table 4.15. Transaction Menu - .</b></p><table summary="Transaction Menu - ." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Cut Transaction</p></td><td><p>Cut the selected transaction into the clipboard.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Copy Transaction</p></td><td><p>Copy the selected transaction into the clipboard.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Paste Transaction</p></td><td><p>Paste the selected transaction from the clipboard.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Duplicate Transaction</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Delete Transaction</p></td><td><p>Delete the selected transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Remove Transaction Splits</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Enter Transaction</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Cancel Transaction</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Void Transaction</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Add Reversing Account</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-actions-menu"></a>4.3.2.5. Account Register - Action Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-ActionsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.16. Actions Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair
+ accounts, perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile
+ transactions.</b></p><table summary="Actions Menu - Setup scheduled transactions, repair
+ accounts, perform stock splits, transfer and reconcile
+ transactions." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Scheduled Transactions -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Scheduled
+ Transactions sub-menus</td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Scheduled Transaction Editor</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Invoke tool to edit scheduled transactions.
+ See <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-sched" title="5.1.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Editor">Scheduled Transaction Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Since Last Run...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Display Scheduled transactions since last running of
+ GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Mortgage & Loan Repayment ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Mortgage & Loan Repayment druid for
+ setting up repayments. <a href="transactions.html#trans-sched-loans" title="5.3.9.3. Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid">Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Transfer...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Transfer druid for transfer between
+ accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reconcile...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Account Reconcile druid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock Split...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the Stock Split druid. Additional details
+ <a href="setup-accounts.html#stock-split" title="5.2.10. To Perform a Stock Split">To Perform a Stock Split</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Lot Viewer...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Starts the "Lots in Account" form.
+
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Blank Transaction</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Split Transaction</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Edit Exchange Rate</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Edit the exchange rate for the current transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schedule...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Create a Scheduled Transaction with the current transaction as a
+ template.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Jump</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Jump to the corresponding transaction in the other account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Check & Repair -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Check & Repair Submenus</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>All Transactions</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Check for and repair unbalanced transactions and
+ orphan splits in this account.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>This Transaction</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Check for and repair splits in this transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reset Warnings...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>GnuCash gives warnings when certain operations are attempted,
+ such as removing a transaction or removing the splits of a transaction.
+ The warning message gives you the option to not give you these warnings
+ when attempting the operation. Checkboxes labeled "Remember and don't ask
+ me again" and "Remember and don't ask me again this session" allow
+ disabling the warnings. This option resets the warning's to the default,
+ IE make all the warning's happen.
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Rename Page</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Open the form to rename the current page/tab.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-business-menu"></a>4.3.2.6. Account Register - Business Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-BusinessMenu"></a><b>Table 4.17. Business Menu - Access small business features of
+ GnuCash.</b></p><table summary="Business Menu - Access small business features of
+ GnuCash." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Customers -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select customer related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new invoice.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a invoice.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Vendor -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select vendor related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new vendor.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a vendor.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Bill...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new bill.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Bill...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a bill.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Employee -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select employee related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new employee.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a employee.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Expense Voucher...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new expense voucher.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Expense Voucher...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a expense voucher.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tax Table Editor</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of tax tables.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Billing Terms Editor</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of Billing Terms.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bills Due Reminder</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of Bills Due Reminder.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Invoice(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Customer(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Vendor(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Employee(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-reports-menu"></a>4.3.2.7. Account Register - Reports Menu</h4></div></div><p>This is only a brief listing of the available reports and graphs. Each report
+ may be customized by the <b>Options</b> Icon and the "Stylesheet" used.
+ </p><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-ReportsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.18. Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts.</b></p><table summary="Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Account Summary</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Report showing the balance of selected
+ accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Assets & Liabilities -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Advanced Portfolio</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Asset Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Asset Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Average Balance</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Balance Sheet</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>General Journal</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>General Ledger</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>See <a href="ch04s03.html#general-ledger" title="4.3.1.1. General Ledger">General Ledger</a></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Investment Portfolio</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Liability Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Liability Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Net Worth Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Price Scatter plot</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Business Reports -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Customer Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Easy Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Employee Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Fancy Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Payable Aging</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Printable Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Receivable Aging</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Vendor Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Income & Expense -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p!
></td></
tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Budget Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Cash Flow</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Equity Statement</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense vs Day of Week</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income & Expense Chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Statement</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income vs Day of Week</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Trial Balance</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Sample & Custom -></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Custom Multicolumn Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Sample Graphs</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Sample Report With Examples</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Welcome Sample Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Tax Report & TXF Export</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Create a Tax report (US) and/or export data for tax
+ preparation software. (TFX)</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Transaction Report</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Account Report</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Account Transaction Report</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-tools-menu"></a>4.3.2.8. Account Register - Tools Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-ToolsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.19. Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and
+ editors</b></p><table summary="Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and
+ editors" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Price Editor</p></td><td><p>Tool to enter or modify Stock/Fund prices. Details at
+ <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-price" title="5.1.1.2. Price Editor">Price Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Security Editor</p></td><td><p>Tool to enter or modify Stock or commodities. Details
+ at <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-security-edit" title="5.1.1.3. Security Editor">Security Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Financial Calculator</p></td><td><p>Details at <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-calc" title="5.1.1.4. Financial Calculator">Financial Calculator</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>General Ledger</p></td><td><p>See <a href="ch04s03.html#general-ledger" title="4.3.1.1. General Ledger">General Ledger</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-windows-menu"></a>4.3.2.9. Account Register - Windows Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-WindowsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.20. Account Register - Windows Menu</b></p><table summary="Account Register - Windows Menu" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New Window</p></td><td><p>Opens a new GnuCash window, window is empty.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>New Window with Page</p></td><td><p>Opens the current tab in a new window, moves the tab to the new
+ window.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Trans-help-menu"></a>4.3.2.10. Help Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-HelpMenu"></a><b>Table 4.21. Account Register - Help Menu - Access to this help and the
+ Tutorial and Concepts Guide.</b></p><table summary="Account Register - Help Menu - Access to this help and the
+ Tutorial and Concepts Guide." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Tutorial & Concepts Guide</p></td><td><p>Detailed document "How to" in GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tips Of The Day</p></td><td><p>Display Tip of Day or enable/disable display on
+ start-up.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Contents</p></td><td><p>Display this Help file</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>About</p></td><td><p>Display version, License and Credits</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-toolbar"></a>4.3.3. Account Register - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</h3></div></div><p>The GnuCash main Window has a number of Icons/Buttons in the tool bar
+ to quickly access some common functions used with the specific active
+ tab. The Tool Bar can be hidden or shown by selecting the Toolbar item
+ on the View menu. The specific options displayed in the tool bar varies
+ by the functions available to the "active tab".</p><p>A brief description of the function of an icon is displayed when
+ the mouse pointer is placed over the icon for a couple of
+ seconds.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="Trans-ToolBarIcons"></a><b>Table 4.22. Account Register (Transaction Register) Window Tool Bar</b></p><table summary="Account Register (Transaction Register) Window Tool Bar" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Tool Bar Icons</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Save</p></td><td><p>Perform a save on the data file, commit all transactions
+ to the data file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Close</p></td><td><p>Close this register.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Duplicate</p></td><td><p>Make a copy of the current transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Delete</p></td><td><p>Delete the current transaction in this register.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Enter</p></td><td><p>Record the current transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Cancel</p></td><td><p>Cancel the current transaction.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Blank</p></td><td><p>Move to a blank transaction at bottom of register.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Split</p></td><td><p>Show all splits in the current transaction. Not highlighted if
+ View -> Auto-Split Ledger already set.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Jump</p></td><td><p>Jump to the corresponding transaction in the other account</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schedule</p></td><td><p>Create a Scheduled Transaction with the current transaction as a
+ template.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Transfer</p></td><td><p>Start the transfer druid to transfer funds from one account to
+ another.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reconcile</p></td><td><p>Start the Reconcile process for the selected account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Common-tab-bar"></a>4.3.4. Tab Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Tab Bar displays "notebook/file folder" style tabs for open
+ transaction registers, account trees and reports.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-display-main"></a>4.3.5. List of Transactions</h3></div></div><p>The List of Transactions displays transactions you have entered
+ and a running balance. It also provides a blank transaction to enter
+ new transactions. The column headings vary according to what type of
+ account you have opened. Common headings are Date, Description,
+ Transfer and Balance.</p><p>The View menu can be used to alter the appearance of the List of
+ Transactions. Possible changes are limiting the number of transactions
+ shown, using a different sort order and changing the style to more
+ easily see transactions. The split button also provides quick access
+ to view all the parts of a transaction.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-summary-bar2"></a>4.3.6. Summary Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Summary Bar displays balances appropriate for the opened
+ account type at a glance. Usually accounts display today's account
+ balance, any balance for future dates, a balance for cleared items and
+ a reconciled balance. Stock accounts, however, display shares totals
+ and their value. The Summary Bar can be hidden or shown by selecting
+ the Summary Bar item on the View menu.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Trans-status-bar"></a>4.3.7. Status Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Status Bar displays tool-tips for the menus that give more
+ explanation to a menu item. It also shows a progress bar when opening or
+ saving a GnuCash data file or generating reports. The Status Bar can be
+ hidden or shown by selecting the Status Bar item on the View
+ menu.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s02.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s04.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.2. Account Tree </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.4. Report Window</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s03.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.4. Report Window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview"><link rel="previous" href="ch04s03.html" title="4.3. Account Register/General Ledger"><link rel="next" href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.4. Report Window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="usage.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2500341"></a>4.4. Report Window</h2></div></div><p>To simplify navigation the following are the topics covered in this section;
+ <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-menus" title="4.4.2. Report Menus">Report Menus</a>,
+ <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-tool-bar" title="4.4.3. Reports - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons">Reports - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</a>,
+ <a href="ch04s04.html#report-main" title="4.4.5. Report Main Display">Report Main Display</a>.
+ </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-display"></a>4.4.1. Report Display Window</h3></div></div><p>This window is shown whenever a report or chart is selected from
+ the Reports menu.</p><p>To open the Report Window, select a report from the Menu Bar -> Reports list.
+ This will open a new window with the report displayed.
+ It provides a web browser type display with active links to account data.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Depending on the report there may be a delay while the report is generated.
+ An approximation of the progress to completion is displayed in the "Status Bar",
+ if has not been opted out of displaying.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="figure"><p><b>Figure 4.3. A "Report Window"</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/Report_Screen.png" alt="Report screen"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Account Summary" tab after
+ creating a new file and "select all" of the accounts. </p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-menus"></a>4.4.2. Report Menus</h3></div></div><p>The Menu bar for the Report window contains the
+ following options;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>File</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-file-menu" title="4.4.2.1. Reports - File Menu">Reports - File Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Edit</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-edit-menu" title="4.4.2.2. Reports - Edit Menu">Reports - Edit Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>View</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-view-menu" title="4.4.2.3. Reports - View Menu">Reports - View Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Action</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-actions-menu" title="4.4.2.4. Reports - Action Menu">Reports - Action Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Business</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-business-menu" title="4.4.2.5. Reports - Business Menu">Reports - Business Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Reports</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-reports-menu" title="4.4.2.6. Reports - Reports Menu">Reports - Reports Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Tools</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-tools-menu" title="4.4.2.7. Reports - Tools Menu">Reports - Tools Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Windows</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-windows-menu" title="4.4.2.8. Reports - Windows Menu">Reports - Windows Menu</a></p></li><li><p><b>Help</b> - <a href="ch04s04.html#Report-help-menu" title="4.4.2.9. Help Menu">Help Menu</a></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-file-menu"></a>4.4.2.1. Reports - File Menu</h4></div></div><p>The following table describes the options in the File
+ Menu.</p><p>Clicking on the File option of the Menu bar will "pull down" a
+ menu of options described in the File Menu table.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-FileMenu"></a><b>Table 4.23. File Menu - Access to file and account operations and
+ printing.</b></p><table summary="File Menu - Access to file and account operations and
+ printing." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Selects the New Account, Budget and file options
+ sub-menu</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New File</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates a new data file (Starts with new Accounts
+ and data.)</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Accounts Page</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Creates an copy of the Account tree</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0">New Budget</td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Creates a New Budget druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Open -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Selects the Open sub-menu options described
+ below</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the "Open another data file" process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Open Budget</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Opens an existing budget.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Import -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Opens the Import sub-menu to import files from other
+ financial programs.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Import QIF ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the QIF file Import process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Import OFX/QFX ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the OFX/QFX file Import process.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Replay GnuCash .log file...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the replaying of a GnuCash log file. Used for
+ data recovery from "crashes".</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Save (Ctrl-S)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Saves the currently open file. Menu shortcut
+ Ctrl-S</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Save As ... (Shift+Ctrl+S)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Saves the currently opened file with a different
+ name. Menu shortcut Shift+Ctrl+S</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Print Report...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Prints the Report</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Export</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Export Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Exports HTML formatted report to a file.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Export Accounts</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Exports your account hierarchy to a new file. Does
+ not export data.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Properties (Alt+Return)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Sets options for this GnuCash data file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Recently opened files</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Numbered list of most recently opened GnuCash data
+ files.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Close</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Closes the current report.
+ Menu shortcut Ctrl-W</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Quit (Ctrl+Q)</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Exits GnuCash. Menu shortcut Ctrl-Q</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-edit-menu"></a>4.4.2.2. Reports - Edit Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-EditMenu"></a><b>Table 4.24. Reports - Edit Menu - Access to file and account
+ editing operations and preferences.</b></p><table summary="Reports - Edit Menu - Access to file and account
+ editing operations and preferences." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Copy</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Find ... Ctrl+F</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set criteria for a search for a specific
+ transaction. See <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-find" title="5.1.1.6. Find Transactions">Find Transactions</a> for
+ specifics on searches.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Preferences</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Customize GnuCash for location, style, and numerous other preferences.
+ See <a href="set-prefs.html" title="6.2. Setting Your Preferences">Setting Your Preferences</a>.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Style Sheets</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Modify/customize Style Sheets.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Report Options</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Open form to edit/modify report selection criteria, stylesheets,
+ date ranges, and other parameters.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tax Options</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Set tax characteristics on account(s) (US). Assign tax form and
+ line to account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-view-menu"></a>4.4.2.3. Reports - View Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-ViewMenu"></a><b>Table 4.25. Report - View Menu - Changes display window view.</b></p><table summary="Report - View Menu - Changes display window view." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Toolbar</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of
+ Toolbar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Summary Bar</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Summary
+ Bar. The summary bar is not displayed in reports, however the checkbox
+ is effective in other tab displays.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Status Bar</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Check-box to Enable/Disable display of Status
+ Bar.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Refresh Ctrl+R</p></td><td><p>Repaint the display screen.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-actions-menu"></a>4.4.2.4. Reports - Action Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-ActionsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.26. Actions Menu - Setup scheduled transactions.</b></p><table summary="Actions Menu - Setup scheduled transactions." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Scheduled Transactions -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center">Scheduled
+ Transactions sub-menus</td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Scheduled Transaction Editor</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Invoke tool to edit scheduled transactions.
+ See <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-sched" title="5.1.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Editor">Scheduled Transaction Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Since Last Run...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Display Scheduled transactions since last running of
+ GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Mortgage & Loan Repayment ...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Mortgage & Loan Repayment druid for
+ setting up repayments. <a href="transactions.html#trans-sched-loans" title="5.3.9.3. Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid">Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reset Warnings...</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>GnuCash gives warnings when certain operations are attempted,
+ such as removing a transaction or removing the splits of a transaction.
+ The warning message gives you the option to not give you these warnings
+ when attempting the operation. Checkboxes labeled "Remember and don't ask
+ me again" and "Remember and don't ask me again this session" allow
+ disabling the warnings. This option resets the warning's to the default,
+ IE make all the warning's happen.
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Rename Page</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Open the form to rename the current page/tab.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-business-menu"></a>4.4.2.5. Reports - Business Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-BusinessMenu"></a><b>Table 4.27. Business Menu - Access small business features of
+ GnuCash.</b></p><table summary="Business Menu - Access small business features of
+ GnuCash." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Customers -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select customer related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new invoice.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a invoice.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Vendor -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select vendor related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new vendor.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a vendor.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Bill...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new bill.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Bill...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a bill.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Job...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a job.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Employee -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p>Select employee related activities.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new employee.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a employee.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>New Expense Voucher...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the form to create a new expense voucher.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Find Expense Voucher...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Start the druid to search for a expense voucher.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Process Payment...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Starts the Process Payment druid. Requires an account of type
+ "A/Payable" before running druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tax Table Editor</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of tax tables.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Billing Terms Editor</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of Billing Terms.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bills Due Reminder</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>View and edit the list of Bills Due Reminder.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -></p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Invoice...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Invoice(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Customer...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Customer(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Vendor...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Vendor(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>QSF Employee...</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>Export one or more Employee(s) to QSF.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-reports-menu"></a>4.4.2.6. Reports - Reports Menu</h4></div></div><p>This is only a brief listing of the available reports and
+ graphs. Each report may be customized by the
+ <b>Options</b> Icon and the "Stylesheet" used.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-ReportsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.28. Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts.</b></p><table summary="Reports Menu - Access GnuCash Reports and Charts." border="1"><colgroup><col align="left"><col align="left"><col align="left"></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th colspan="2" align="center"><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Account Summary</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Report showing the balance of selected
+ accounts.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Assets & Liabilities -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Advanced Portfolio</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Asset Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Asset Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Average Balance</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Balance Sheet</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>General Journal</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>General Ledger</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p>See <a href="ch04s03.html#general-ledger" title="4.3.1.1. General Ledger">General Ledger</a></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Investment Portfolio</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Liability Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Liability Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Net Worth Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Price Scatter plot</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Business Reports -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Customer Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Easy Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Employee Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Fancy Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Payable Aging</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Printable Invoice</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Receivable Aging</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Vendor Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Income & Expense -></p></td><td colspan="2" align="center"><p></p!
></td></
tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Budget Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Cash Flow</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Equity Statement</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Expense vs Day of Week</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Bar chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income & Expense Chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Pie chart</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income Statement</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Income vs Day of Week</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Trial Balance</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Sample & Custom -></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Custom Multicolumn Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Sample Graphs</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Sample Report With Examples</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="0"><p>Welcome Sample Report</p></td><td colspan="-1"><p></p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Tax Report & TXF Export</p></td><td colspan="2"><p>Create a Tax report (US) and/or export data for tax
+ preparation software. (TFX)</p></td></tr><tr><td colspan="1"><p>Transaction Report</p></td><td colspan="2"><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-tools-menu"></a>4.4.2.7. Reports - Tools Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-ToolsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.29. Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and
+ editors</b></p><table summary="Tools Menu - Access to miscellaneous tools and
+ editors" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Price Editor</p></td><td><p>Tool to enter or modify Stock/Fund prices. Details at
+ <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-price" title="5.1.1.2. Price Editor">Price Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Security Editor</p></td><td><p>Tool to enter or modify Stock or commodities. Details
+ at <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-security-edit" title="5.1.1.3. Security Editor">Security Editor</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Financial Calculator</p></td><td><p>Details at <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-calc" title="5.1.1.4. Financial Calculator">Financial Calculator</a></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>General Ledger</p></td><td><p>See <a href="ch04s03.html#general-ledger" title="4.3.1.1. General Ledger">General Ledger</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-windows-menu"></a>4.4.2.8. Reports - Windows Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-WindowsMenu"></a><b>Table 4.30. Reports - Windows Menu</b></p><table summary="Reports - Windows Menu" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New Window</p></td><td><p>Opens a new GnuCash window, window is empty.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>New Window with Page</p></td><td><p>Opens the current tab in a new window, moves the tab to the new
+ window.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="Report-help-menu"></a>4.4.2.9. Help Menu</h4></div></div><div class="table"><p><a name="Report-HelpMenu"></a><b>Table 4.31. Reports - Help Menu - Access to this help and the
+ Tutorial and Concepts Guide.</b></p><table summary="Reports - Help Menu - Access to this help and the
+ Tutorial and Concepts Guide." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Tutorial & Concepts Guide</p></td><td><p>Detailed document "How to" in GnuCash</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tips Of The Day</p></td><td><p>Display Tip of Day or enable/disable display on
+ start-up.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Contents</p></td><td><p>Display this Help file</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>About</p></td><td><p>Display version, License and Credits</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tool-bar"></a>4.4.3. Reports - Tool Bar Icons/Buttons</h3></div></div><p>The Report Window has a tool bar to access quickly the functions
+ used with reports. The Tool Bar can be hidden or shown by selecting
+ the Toolbar item on the View menu.</p><div class="table"><p><b>Table 4.32. Reports - Tool Bar Buttons</b></p><table summary="Reports - Tool Bar Buttons" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Tool Bar Button</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Save</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Close</p></td><td><p>Closes the current report displayed.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reload</p></td><td><p>Reload (rerun) current report.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stop</p></td><td><p>Stops the </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export</p></td><td><p>Exports HTML formatted report to a file.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Options</p></td><td><p>Edit options specific to selected report.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Print</p></td><td><p>Queues the current report for printing.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-tab-bar"></a>4.4.4. Tab Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Tab Bar displays "notebook/file folder" style tabs for open
+ transaction registers, account trees and reports.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-main"></a>4.4.5. Report Main Display</h3></div></div><p>This is where the report or chart you have selected is shown.
+ The properties of this window are editable in two ways. Selecting the
+ Options button on the toolbar lets you edit what the report is showing
+ and which accounts the information is drawn from. Selecting Edit ->
+ Style Sheets... lets you select the properties of the web page that
+ displays your report.</p><p>The report is able to act like a web browser if your report
+ contains links to external web pages. The toolbar buttons allow you to
+ move back and forward through web pages. It will also open account
+ information in the register window when you click on links contained
+ in the report.</p><p>You can also save your report to a file and print the report
+ through the toolbar buttons.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-summary-bar"></a>4.4.6. Summary Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Summary Bar displays balances appropriate for the opened
+ account type at a glance. Usually accounts display today's account
+ balance, any balance for future dates, a balance for cleared items and
+ a reconciled balance. Stock accounts, however, display shares totals
+ and their value. The Summary Bar can be hidden or shown by selecting
+ the Summary Bar item on the View menu.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Report-status-bar"></a>4.4.7. Status Bar</h3></div></div><p>The Status Bar displays tool-tips for the menus that give more
+ explanation to a menu item. It also shows a progress bar when opening or
+ saving a GnuCash data file or generating reports. The Status Bar can be
+ hidden or shown by selecting the Status Bar item on the View
+ menu.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s03.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="usage.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.3. Account Register/General Ledger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch04s04.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch05s01.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch05s01.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch05s01.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.1. Tools</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports"><link rel="previous" href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports"><link rel="next" href="setup-accounts.html" title="5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.1. Tools</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="usage.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="setup-accounts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2503691"></a>5.1. Tools</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a "work in process" all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0.
+While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide".</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="tool-win"></a>5.1.1. Tool Windows</h3></div></div><p>There are several specialized Tool Windows used in GnuCash. These
+ windows provide additional functions to the basic account
+ register.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-sched"></a>5.1.1.1. Scheduled Transaction Editor</h4></div></div><p>The Scheduled Transaction Editor is used to create and edit
+ transactions that are to be added to the register in an automated way.
+ This is combined with the Since Last Run druid to review and enter the
+ transactions.</p><p>To access the Scheduled Transaction Editor go to Actions ->
+ Scheduled Transactions -> Scheduled Transaction Editor. To access the
+ Reconcile Window go to Actions -> Reconcile... (menu shortcut
+ Ctrl-R). The other Tools are accessed by going to the Tools menu.</p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="sched-win"></a>5.1.1.1.1. Scheduled Transactions Window</h5></div></div><p>The top pane of the Scheduled Transaction Window contains the
+ list of scheduled transactions that are currently setup. This window
+ lists the Name of the transaction, the Frequency that the
+ transaction is entered and the next time the transaction will be
+ entered.</p><p>The right side of this window contains three buttons to create
+ and edit scheduled transactions. New and Edit opens the Edit
+ Scheduled Transaction dialog. Delete removes the selected scheduled
+ transaction.</p><p>Below the list of scheduled transactions is the Upcoming
+ calendar. This mini calendar lists the dates that the scheduled
+ transactions occur so it is easy to see when the transaction next
+ occurs. Clicking on a date in the calendar brings up a list of
+ scheduled transactions for that date. Moving the mouse over other
+ dates changes to the list of transactions on those dates. Clicking
+ once more on the calendar removes the transaction list.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="sched-edit"></a>5.1.1.1.2. Edit Scheduled Transaction Window</h5></div></div><p>The Edit Scheduled Transaction Window is divided into a Name
+ area, Options area, Occurrences area, Recurrence Frequency area, mini
+ calendar and Template Transaction pane.</p><p>The Options area contains check-boxes to set if the
+ transaction is automatically created and how many days in advance
+ the transaction is created and/or a reminder posted.</p><p>The Occurrences area contains selections to set for dates limits on
+ transactions to be entered or the number of transactions to be entered.</p><p>The Recurrence Frequency area contains selections to set how
+ often the transaction is scheduled to be added and on what dates
+ this occurs.</p><p>The mini calendar provides a visual indication of what
+ transactions are already scheduled.</p><p>The Template Transaction pane allows you to setup the
+ transaction as you would like it to be entered into the
+ register.</p><p>These options are described in more detail in
+ <a href="transactions.html#trans-sched" title="5.3.9. To Schedule Transactions">To Schedule Transactions</a></p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-price"></a>5.1.1.2. Price Editor</h4></div></div><p>The Price Editor is used to track the value of currency, mutual
+ fund and stock type accounts. It provides a unified interface to
+ updating the values of these commodities and is able to update
+ manually or through on-line quotes.</p><p>Each entry in the editor shows a record of a commodity
+ price:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Commodity: </b>The commodity being
+ priced.</p></li><li><p><b>Currency: </b>The currency the price is
+ recorded in.</p></li><li><p><b>Date: </b>The date the price was
+ recorded.</p></li><li><p><b>Source: </b>The source of the commodities
+ price quote. Typically, this will be either "user:price-editor",
+ indicating you entered it directly, or "Finance::Quote",
+ indicating that it was retrieved from an on-line source by the
+ Finance::Quote module.</p></li><li><p><b>Type: </b>There are several different types
+ of stock price quotes.</p></li><li><p><b>Bid: </b>Indicates what a specialist dealer
+ is prepared to pay for a stock.</p></li><li><p><b>Ask: </b>Indicates at what price the
+ dealers are prepared to sell a stock.</p></li><li><p><b>Last: </b>Indicate the price at which the
+ last trade in that stock/security occurred at. This is the price
+ most commonly quoted in the media.</p></li><li><p><b>Net Asset Value: </b>Are typically used for
+ mutual funds. They are calculated on the net value of the fund's
+ assets.</p></li><li><p><b>Unknown: </b>Use this if the type of price
+ quoted is not known.</p></li><li><p><b>Price: </b>The actual price of the
+ commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>To add a new price, click on Add, and enter the details of the
+ price into the dialog box. To edit an existing price, select the price
+ in the price list, click the Edit button, and edit the figures.</p><p>To remove just one price, select the price and click the Remove
+ button. If you want to remove all prices older than a certain time,
+ click on the Remove Old... button and enter the details in the dialog
+ box.</p><p>To support on-line quotations for a particular stock or mutual
+ fund account, you must first enable on-line price quoting and select a
+ price source. This is described in detail in the To Create a New
+ Account (<a href="setup-accounts.html#acct-create" title="5.2.3. To Create a New Account">To Create a New Account</a>) section of Setting up And Editing
+ Accounts. Once on-line quotes are enabled, you can update prices for your stocks and
+ mutual funds by clicking the Get Quotes button.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-security-edit"></a>5.1.1.3. Security Editor</h4></div></div><p>The Security Editor is used to create and edit commodities that
+ are used by mutual fund and stock type accounts. It also shows the
+ details of National Currencies that are used by GnuCash.</p><p>Each entry in the editor shows the details used by the
+ commodity:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Type: Indicates for stocks the exchange on which a stock is
+ traded. For mutual funds use the FUND type. If your commodity is
+ not of one of these types, you can create a new type by typing it
+ in the box. For national currencies the type is ISO4217. ISO-4217
+ is an international standard which defines unique three-letter
+ symbols for each currency. National currencies are not user
+ editable.</p></li><li><p>Symbol: Indicates the symbol or abbreviation for the
+ commodity. This is usually the ticker symbol (for stocks) or other
+ unique abbreviation for the commodity. If the commodity is traded
+ on any public exchange, it is important to use the same identifier
+ used on that exchange. For national currencies the symbol is the
+ ISO-4217 currency code.</p></li><li><p>Name: The full name of the commodity is a recognizable name
+ such as "US Dollars" or "IBM Common Stock".</p></li><li><p>Code: This is any numeric or alphanumeric code that is used
+ to identify the commodity. The CUSIP code is a unique identifying
+ numeric string that is associated with every stock, bond or mutual
+ fund, and most kinds of tradable options, futures and
+ commodities. This code is not required.</p></li><li><p>Fraction: This is the smallest traded unit of the commodity,
+ expressed as a fraction of a single nominal unit. This unit is
+ used by GnuCash accounts as the default fraction for trades in the
+ commodity.</p></li></ul></div><p>To add a new commodity, click on Add, and enter the details of
+ the commodity into the New Currency/Security dialog box. To edit an
+ existing commodity, select the commodity from the Commodities list,
+ click the Edit button, and edit the New Currency/Security dialog box.
+ To remove a commodity, select the commodity and click the Remove
+ button.</p><p>To show the details for National Currencies click the Show
+ National Currencies check-box.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-calc"></a>5.1.1.4. Financial Calculator</h4></div></div><p>The Financial Calculator is used to calculate compound interest.
+ It provides a way of entering four of the five parameters of a
+ compound interest calculation and then calculating the remaining
+ figure.</p><p>The calculator is split into two panes. The left pane has five
+ fields with a Calculate button and a Clear button. The Calculate
+ button is used to select the figure to calculate. The Clear button is
+ used to clear any amount in the field.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Payment Periods: This field is used to select the number of
+ payments you wish to use in the calculation.</p></li><li><p>Interest Rate: This field is used for the interest rate
+ percentage.</p></li><li><p>Present Value: This field usually contains the amount you
+ have borrowed. It is the base amount you wish to compound.</p></li><li><p>Periodic Payment: This field contains the amount that is the
+ payment for the period selected (IE monthly, weekly, etc). If it
+ is for repaying a loan it should be a negative number.</p></li><li><p>Future Value: This field contains the final value at the end
+ of the periods above. If we are repaying a loan in full it would
+ be '0'.</p></li></ul></div><p>The right pane contains buttons to select what sort of payments
+ and compounding is used for the left pane calculations.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Compounding: This button allows you to select the interval
+ used if the Discrete Compounding button is selected.</p></li><li><p>Payments: This button allows you to select the interval used
+ for the Payment Periods field.</p></li><li><p>End of Period Payments: Use this button if the payment is at
+ the end of the period.</p></li><li><p>Beginning of Period Payments: Use this button if the payment
+ is at the beginning of the period.</p></li><li><p>Discrete Compounding: This button is used where interest is
+ charged at a discrete interval defined by the Compounding button
+ above.</p></li><li><p>Continuous Compounding: This button is used when the
+ interest is charged continuously.</p></li><li><p>Payment Total: This field shows the total amount
+ paid.</p></li></ul></div><p>Examples of using the Financial Calculator are given in the
+ Tutorial and Concepts Guide.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-reconcile"></a>5.1.1.5. Reconcile Window</h4></div></div><p>The Reconcile Window is used to reconcile bank statements to
+ GnuCash accounts. It provides access to various GnuCash functions to
+ make it easy to enter and update account information during the
+ reconciliation.</p><p>The Reconcile Window is accessed in the Account Tree Window by
+ going to Actions -> Reconcile... (menu shortcut Ctrl-R). In the
+ Account Register Window it is accessed by going to Actions ->
+ Reconcile...</p><div class="table"><p><a name="Tools-ReconcileWin"></a><b>Table 5.1. Components of the Reconcile Window.</b></p><table summary="Components of the Reconcile Window." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Component</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menu bar</p></td><td><p>Contains the Menus used in the Reconcile
+ Window.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tool Bar</p></td><td><p>Contains buttons used to access common Reconcile
+ Window tasks.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Funds In</p></td><td><p>Contains a list of funds deposited in the
+ account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Funds Out</p></td><td><p>Contains a list of funds withdrawn from the
+ account.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Balance Pane</p></td><td><p>Contains a list of balances to use in
+ reconciling.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="rec-menus"></a>5.1.1.5.1. Menus</h5></div></div><p>The following tables describe menus in the Reconcile
+ Window.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="tool-reconcile-menu"></a><b>Table 5.2. Reconcile Menu - Access to Reconcile Information and
+ finishing or postponing.</b></p><table summary="Reconcile Menu - Access to Reconcile Information and
+ finishing or postponing." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Reconcile Information</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Finish</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Postpone</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Cancel</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="table"><p><a name="tool-rec-account"></a><b>Table 5.3. Account Menu - Access to account operations.</b></p><table summary="Account Menu - Access to account operations." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Open Account</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Edit Account</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Transfer...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Check</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="table"><p><a name="tool-rec-trans"></a><b>Table 5.4. Transaction Menu - Access to transaction editing
+ operations.</b></p><table summary="Transaction Menu - Access to transaction editing
+ operations." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Edit</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Delete</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="table"><p><a name="tool-rec-help"></a><b>Table 5.5. Help Menu - Access to help.</b></p><table summary="Help Menu - Access to help." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Help</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="rec-toolbar"></a>5.1.1.5.2. Tool Bar Buttons</h5></div></div><p>The Reconcile Window has a tool bar to access quickly some
+ common functions used with reconciliation.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="tool-rec-toolbar"></a><b>Table 5.6. Reconcile Window Tool Bar</b></p><table summary="Reconcile Window Tool Bar" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Tool Bar Button</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>New</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Edit</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Delete</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Open</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Finish</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="rec-main"></a>5.1.1.5.3. Reconciling Window</h5></div></div><p>The Funds In pane shows all unreconciled deposits to the
+ account.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Date: The date of the unreconciled transaction.</p></li><li><p>Num: The number of the unreconciled transaction.</p></li><li><p>Description: The Description of the unreconciled
+ transaction.</p></li><li><p>Amount: The Amount of the unreconciled transaction.</p></li><li><p>R: Shows a green tick if the transaction will be
+ reconciled when done.</p></li></ul></div><p>The Funds Out pane shows all unreconciled expenses from the
+ account.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Date: The date of the unreconciled transaction.</p></li><li><p>Num: The number of the unreconciled transaction.</p></li><li><p>Description: The Description of the unreconciled
+ transaction.</p></li><li><p>Amount: The Amount of the unreconciled transaction.</p></li><li><p>R: Shows a green tick if the transaction will be
+ reconciled when done.</p></li></ul></div><p>The Balance pane shows the balances used in
+ reconciliation.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Starting Balance: The balance at the end of the last
+ reconciliation.</p></li><li><p>Ending Balance: The balance entered from the
+ statement.</p></li><li><p>Reconciled Balance: The balance of selected
+ transactions.</p></li><li><p>Difference: The difference between the Reconciled and
+ Ending Balances.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-find"></a>5.1.1.6. Find Transactions</h4></div></div><p>Find Transactions is used to search for transactions in GnuCash
+ and display the results in a register window. The title bar of the
+ Find Transactions dialog contains 'Search For...' and the first line
+ of the dialog has 'Split Search'. In other search dialogs used in
+ GnuCash the first line contains a different description but the same
+ basic layout.</p><p>To open the Find Transactions dialog in the Account Tree Window
+ go to the Tools menu and select Find Transactions or type menu
+ shortcut Ctrl-F. To open the Find Transactions dialog in the Account
+ Register Window go to the Edit menu and select Find... or type menu
+ shortcut F6.</p><p>There are two panes in the search dialog. The top pane contains
+ the Search Criteria buttons and the bottom pane contains the Type of
+ Search selection.</p><p>There are two buttons in the top of the Search Criteria pane.
+ The left button allows you to add another criteria row to search for
+ multiple criteria. The existing criteria row needs to be completed
+ before adding a new row. The right button is used to Search for items
+ where all criteria are met or Search for items where any criteria are
+ met. The all criteria are met search requires all of the criteria rows
+ to have at least one match. The any criteria are met search requires
+ only one of the criteria rows to be matched.</p><p>The criteria row is used to combine different criteria buttons.
+ The following table describes the possible button combinations (regex
+ means regular expression search);</p><div class="table"><p><a name="tool-find-buttons"></a><b>Table 5.7. Search criteria buttons.</b></p><table summary="Search criteria buttons." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Button 1</p></th><th><p>Button2</p></th><th><p>Button3</p></th><th><p>Button4</p></th><th><p>Button5</p></th><th><p>Button 6</p></th><th><p>Button 7</p></th><th><p>Button 8</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Description</p></td><td><p>contains</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Description</p></td><td><p>does not contain</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Description</p></td><td><p>matches regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Description</p></td><td><p>does not match regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Memo</p></td><td><p>contains</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Memo</p></td><td><p>does not contain</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Memo</p></td><td><p>matches regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Memo</p></td><td><p>does not match regex</p></td!
><td><p>
Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Number</p></td><td><p>contains</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Number</p></td><td><p>does not contain</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Number</p></td><td><p>matches regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Number</p></td><td><p>does not match regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Action</p></td><td><p>contains</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Action</p></td><td><p>does not contain</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Action</p></td><td><p>matches regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Action</p></td><td><p>does not match regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Note</p></td><td><p>contains</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td!
><td><p>
</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Note</p></td><td><p>does not contain</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Note</p></td><td><p>matches regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Note</p></td><td><p>does not match regex</p></td><td><p>Criteria entry field</p></td><td><p>Is entry Case Insensitive?</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Date Posted</p></td><td><p>is before</p></td><td><p>Date selection field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Date Posted</p></td><td><p>is before or on</p></td><td><p>Date selection field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Date Posted</p></td><td><p>is on</p></td><td><p>Date selection field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Date Posted</p></td><td><p>is not on</p></td><td><p>Date selection field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Date Posted</p></td><td><p>is after</p></td><td><p>Date selection field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Date Posted</p></td><td><p>is on or after</p></td><td><p>Date selection field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits or debits</p></td><td><p>less than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits or debits</p>!
</td><td
><p>less than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits or debits</p></td><td><p>equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits or debits</p></td><td><p>not equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits or debits</p></td><td><p>greater than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits or debits</p></td><td><p>greater than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits</p></td><td><p>less than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits</p></td><td><p>less than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits</p></td><td><p>equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits</p></td><td><p>not equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits</p></td><td><p>greater than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has credits</p></td><td><p>greater than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount!
entry f
ield</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has debits</p></td><td><p>less than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has debits</p></td><td><p>less than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has debits</p></td><td><p>equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has debits</p></td><td><p>not equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has debits</p></td><td><p>greater than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Value</p></td><td><p>has debits</p></td><td><p>greater than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Shares</p></td><td><p>less than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Shares</p></td><td><p>less than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Shares</p></td><td><p>equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Shares</p></td><td><p>not equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Shares</p></td><td><p>greater than</!
p></td><
td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Shares</p></td><td><p>greater than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price</p></td><td><p>less than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price</p></td><td><p>less than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price</p></td><td><p>equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price</p></td><td><p>not equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price</p></td><td><p>greater than</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price</p></td><td><p>greater than or equal to</p></td><td><p>Amount entry field</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reconcile</p></td><td><p>is</p></td><td><p>Not Cleared</p></td><td><p>Cleared</p></td><td><p>Reconciled</p></td><td><p>Frozen</p></td><td><p>Voided</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Reconcile</p></td><td><p>is not</p></td><td><p>Not Cleared</p></td><td><p>Cleared</p></td><td><p>Reconciled</p></td><td><p>Frozen</p></td><td><p>Voided</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Balanced</p></td><td><p>is</p></td><td><p>set true</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><!
p>Balanc
ed</p></td><td><p>is not</p></td><td><p>set true</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Account</p></td><td><p>matches any account</p></td><td><p>Choose Accounts</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Account</p></td><td><p>matches no account</p></td><td><p>Choose Accounts</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>All Accounts</p></td><td><p>matches all account</p></td><td><p>Choose Accounts</p></td><td><p>Remove row</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The Account button performs a search where the accounts selected
+ in the Choose Accounts dialog will both be searched individually for
+ results. This means that a match in any of the selected accounts will
+ either be displayed (matches any account) or discarded (matches no
+ account).</p><p>The All Accounts button performs a search where accounts
+ selected in the Choose Accounts dialog will only return results that
+ match in both accounts.</p><p>There are four selections in the Type of Search pane. When a new
+ search is started only the New Search button is selectable. The other
+ buttons become selectable only when the Search Results register window
+ is visible.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>New Search: Perform a new transaction search</p></li><li><p>Refine current search: Search within the results of the
+ previous search.</p></li><li><p>Add results to current search: Search based on the first set
+ of criteria or the new criteria.</p></li><li><p>Delete results from current search: Discard any results that
+ match the previous search results.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="usage.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="setup-accounts.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="usage.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/ch05s01.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.3. Changing Style Sheets</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="previous" href="set-prefs.html" title="6.2. Setting Your Preferences"><link rel="next" href="set-tax-options.html" title="6.4. Setting Tax Options"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.3. Changing Style Sheets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="change-style"></a>6.3. Changing Style Sheets</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash has three default style sheets for web-page reports. These style sheets can
+ be altered by using the HTML Style Sheets editor. To access the editor go to Edit ->
+ Style Sheets...</p><p>Using the Style Sheet Editor you may display/modify the setting of a Style
+ Sheet.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Changing the Style Sheet will change the appearance of all reports
+ that have selected that Style Sheet. A "Reload" is required to view the changes, if
+ the report(s) are currently displayed.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>To add a new Style Sheet select the New... button in the Style Sheet pane.
+ The New Style Sheet dialog will appear. Fill in the Name: with the name of the new
+ Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from
+ the list and click Delete.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-default"></a>6.3.1. Default Style Sheet</h3></div></div><p>The Default Style Sheet has two tabs to alter the appearance of reports utilizing
+ it, General and Tables. </p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-general"></a>6.3.1.1. General Tab</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Background Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose
+ a new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Background Pixmap:</b> Use the Browse button to select a
+ picture to use as the background in reports.</p></li><li><p><b>Enable Links:</b> Select this to enable blue hyperlinks
+ in reports.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-def-tables"></a>6.3.1.2. Tables Tab</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Table cell spacing:</b> Sets the space between table
+ cells</p></li><li><p><b>Table cell padding:</b> Sets the padding between table
+ cells</p></li><li><p><b>Table border width:</b> Sets the width of the borders on
+ tables.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-easy"></a>6.3.2. Easy Style Sheet</h3></div></div><p>The Easy Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of reports, Colors,
+ General, Images and Tables.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-colors"></a>6.3.2.1. Colors</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Background Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a
+ new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Text Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a new
+ color.</p></li><li><p><b>Link Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a new
+ color.</p></li><li><p><b>Table Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a
+ new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Alternate Table Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker to
+ choose a new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker
+ to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</b> Opens the color
+ picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Grand Total Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker to
+ choose a new color.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-general"></a>6.3.2.2. General</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Preparer:</b> Name of the person preparing the report.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Prepared for:</b> Name of Organization or Company the
+ report is prepared for.</p></li><li><p><b>Show preparer info:</b> Show the Preparer information in
+ the report.</p></li><li><p><b>Enable Links:</b> Select this to enable blue hyperlinks
+ in reports.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-images"></a>6.3.2.3. Images</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Background Tile:</b> Use the Browse button to select a
+ picture to use as the background in reports. The "Clear" button will clear the
+ selection.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Heading Banner:</b> Use the Browse button to select a
+ picture to use as the heading in reports. The "Clear" button will clear the
+ selection.</p></li><li><p><b>Heading Alignment:</b> Select from pull-down list; Left,
+ Right, Center, to specify the alignment of the banner at top of report(s).</p></li><li><p><b>Logo:</b> Use the Browse button to select a picture to
+ use as the logo in reports. The "Clear" button will clear the selection.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-easy-tables"></a>6.3.2.4. Tables</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Table cell spacing:</b> Sets the space between table
+ cells</p></li><li><p><b>Table cell padding:</b> Sets the padding between table
+ cells</p></li><li><p><b>Table border width:</b> Sets the width of the borders on
+ tables.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="style-technicolor"></a>6.3.3. Technicolor Style Sheet</h3></div></div><p>The Technicolor Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of reports,
+ Colors, General, Images and Tables.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-colors"></a>6.3.3.1. Colors</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Background Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a
+ new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Text Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a new
+ color.</p></li><li><p><b>Link Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a new
+ color.</p></li><li><p><b>Table Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker to choose a
+ new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Alternate Table Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker to
+ choose a new color.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker
+ to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:</b> Opens the color
+ picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p><b>Grand Total Cell Color:</b> Opens the color picker to
+ choose a new color for the grand total cell.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-general"></a>6.3.3.2. General</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Preparer:</b> Name of the person preparing the report.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Prepared for:</b> Name of Organization or Company the
+ report is prepared for.
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Show preparer info:</b> Show the Preparer information in
+ the report.</p></li><li><p><b>Enable Links:</b> Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in
+ reports.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-images"></a>6.3.3.3. Images</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Background Tile:</b> Use the Browse button to select a
+ picture to use as the background in reports. The "Clear" button will clear the
+ selection.</p></li><li><p><b>Heading Banner:</b> Use the Browse button to select a
+ picture to use as the heading in reports. The "Clear" button will clear the
+ selection.</p></li><li><p><b>Heading Alignment:</b> Select from pull-down list; Left,
+ Right, Center, to specify the alignment of the banner at top of report(s).</p></li><li><p><b>Logo:</b> Use the Browse button to select a picture to use
+ as the logo in reports. The "Clear" button will clear the selection.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-tech-tables"></a>6.3.3.4. Tables</h4></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Table cell spacing:</b> Sets the space between table
+ cells</p></li><li><p><b>Table cell padding:</b> Sets the padding between table
+ cells</p></li><li><p><b>Table border width:</b> Sets the width of the borders on
+ tables.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-prefs.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="set-tax-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.2. Setting Your Preferences </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.4. Setting Tax Options</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/change-style.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="reports.html" title="5.4. Using Reports And Charts"><link rel="next" href="account-options.html" title="6.1. Account Display Options"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reports.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>6.1. <a href="account-options.html">Account Display Options</a></dt><dt>6.2. <a href="set-prefs.html">Setting Your Preferences</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>6.2.1. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounting-period">Accounting Period</a></dt><dt>6.2.2. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts">Accounts</a></dt><dt>6.2.3. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz">Business</a></dt><dt>6.2.4. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time">Date/Time</a></dt><dt>6.2.5. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general">General</a></dt><dt>6.2.6. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online">On-line Banking</a></dt><dt>6.2.7. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg">Register</a></dt><dt>6.2.8. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def">Register Defaults</a></dt><dt>6.2.9. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports">Reports </a></dt><dt>6.2.10. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs!
-sched">
Scheduled Transactions </a></dt><dt>6.2.11. <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-window">Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>6.3. <a href="change-style.html">Changing Style Sheets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>6.3.1. <a href="change-style.html#style-default">Default Style Sheet</a></dt><dt>6.3.2. <a href="change-style.html#style-easy">Easy Style Sheet</a></dt><dt>6.3.3. <a href="change-style.html#style-technicolor">Technicolor Style Sheet</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>6.4. <a href="set-tax-options.html">Setting Tax Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>6.4.1. <a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-probs">TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations</a></dt><dt>6.4.2. <a href="set-tax-options.html#txf-defs">Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="reports.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="account-options.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.4. Using Reports And Charts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.1. Account Display Options</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section1.html" title="A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-preamble"></a>A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</h2></div></div><p>
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
+ other written document “free” in the sense of
+ freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
+ redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+ commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+ preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+ their work, while not being considered responsible for
+ modifications made by others.
+ </p><p>
+ This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means
+ that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
+ the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
+ which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
+ </p><p>
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same
+ freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
+ to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
+ regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
+ whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="A.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section2.html" title="A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section1"></a>A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</h2></div></div><p><a name="fdl-document"></a>
+ This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+ notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+ distributed under the terms of this License. The
+ “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or
+ work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
+ as “you”.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-modified"></a>
+ A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work
+ containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
+ verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-secondary"></a>
+ A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a
+ front-matter section of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> that deals exclusively
+ with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
+ Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
+ matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
+ that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+ textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+ mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+ connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
+ legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-invariant"></a>
+ The “Invariant Sections” are certain <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</a> whose titles
+ are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
+ License.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-cover-texts"></a>
+ The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of
+ text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
+ in the notice that says that the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
+ License.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-transparent"></a>
+ A “Transparent” copy of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document"> Document</a> means a machine-readable
+ copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
+ to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
+ directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
+ images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
+ drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
+ suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
+ translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
+ formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
+ whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+ subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
+ that is not “Transparent” is called
+ “Opaque”.
+ </p><p>
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
+ plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+ format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+ standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
+ modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
+ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+ proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
+ and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+ machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
+ output purposes only.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-title-page"></a>
+ The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the
+ title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
+ hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
+ the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
+ page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the
+ most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
+ beginning of the body of the text.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. 0. PREAMBLE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section9.html" title="A.10. 9. TERMINATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-using.html" title="A.12. Addendum"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section10"></a>A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</h2></div></div><p>
+ The <a href="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html" target="_top">Free Software
+ Foundation</a> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
+ Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
+ will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
+ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft" target="_top">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
+ “or any later version” applies to it, you have the
+ option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+ specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
+ the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+ you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
+ the Free Software Foundation.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.10. 9. TERMINATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.12. Addendum</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section1.html" title="A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section2"></a>A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may copy and distribute the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
+ you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
+ control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
+ distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
+ copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
+ must also follow the conditions in <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
+ above, and you may publicly display copies.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section2.html" title="A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section3"></a>A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</h2></div></div><p>
+ If you publish printed copies of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
+ and the Document's license notice requires <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>, you must enclose
+ the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
+ Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
+ clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
+ copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
+ other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
+ limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+ respects.
+ </p><p>
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+ </p><p>
+ If you publish or distribute <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Opaque</a> copies of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
+ you must either include a machine-readable <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a> copy along with
+ each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
+ publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
+ complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
+ material, which the general network-using public has access to
+ download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
+ protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
+ or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+ public.
+ </p><p>
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
+ of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> well before
+ redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
+ to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section5.html" title="A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section4"></a>A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may copy and distribute a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the conditions of
+ sections <a href="fdl-section2.html" title="A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING">2</a> and <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">3</a> above, provided that you release
+ the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
+ licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
+ to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
+ these things in the Modified Version:
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>A. </b>
+ Use in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, and from those of
+ previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
+ listed in the History section of the Document). You may
+ use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>B. </b>
+ List on the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>,
+ together with at least five of the principal authors of
+ the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> (all of
+ its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>C. </b>
+ State on the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a> the name of the publisher of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>, as the
+ publisher.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>D. </b>
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>E. </b>
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>F. </b>
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
+ license notice giving the public permission to use the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> under
+ the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>G. </b>
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> and
+ required <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover
+ Texts</a> given in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document's</a> license notice.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>H. </b>
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>I. </b>
+ Preserve the section entitled “History”, and
+ its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
+ title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>as given on
+ the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a>. If
+ there is no section entitled “History” in the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
+ Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+ sentence.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>J. </b>
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> for public access
+ to a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a>
+ copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
+ given in the Document for previous versions it was based
+ on. These may be placed in the “History”
+ section. You may omit a network location for a work that
+ was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
+ refers to gives permission.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>K. </b>
+ In any section entitled “Acknowledgements” or
+ “Dedications”, preserve the section's title,
+ and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
+ each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+ dedications given therein.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>L. </b>
+ Preserve all the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, unaltered in their
+ text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>M. </b>
+ Delete any section entitled
+ “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be
+ included in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified
+ Version</a>.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>N. </b>
+ Do not retitle any existing section as
+ “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with
+ any <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Section</a>.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p>
+ If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
+ includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</a> and
+ contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
+ option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
+ do this, add their titles to the list of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> in the
+ Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
+ distinct from any other section titles.
+ </p><p>
+ You may add a section entitled “Endorsements”,
+ provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+ </p><p>
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</a>, and a passage
+ of up to 25 words as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</a>, to the end of
+ the list of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>
+ in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>.
+ Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
+ may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
+ entity. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
+ added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
+ acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
+ replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
+ publisher that added the old one.
+ </p><p>
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> do not by this License
+ give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section6.html" title="A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section5"></a>A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may combine the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ with other documents released under this License, under the
+ terms defined in <a href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>
+ above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
+ combination all of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
+ and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
+ its license notice.
+ </p><p>
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
+ and multiple identical <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
+ multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
+ contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
+ at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+ number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
+ list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
+ work.
+ </p><p>
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
+ “History” in the various original documents,
+ forming one section entitled “History”; likewise
+ combine any sections entitled “Acknowledgements”,
+ and any sections entitled “Dedications”. You must
+ delete all sections entitled “Endorsements.”
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section5.html" title="A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section7.html" title="A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section6"></a>A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may make a collection consisting of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and other documents
+ released under this License, and replace the individual copies
+ of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
+ is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
+ documents in all other respects.
+ </p><p>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section6.html" title="A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section8.html" title="A.9. 8. TRANSLATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section7"></a>A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</h2></div></div><p>
+ A compilation of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> or its derivatives with
+ other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
+ volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
+ count as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
+ of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
+ for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
+ “aggregate”, and this License does not apply to the
+ other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
+ account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
+ derivative works of the Document. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</a> requirement of <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a> is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
+ quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
+ be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
+ aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
+ aggregate.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section7.html" title="A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section9.html" title="A.10. 9. TERMINATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section8"></a>A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</h2></div></div><p>
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the terms of <a href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>. Replacing <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> with
+ translations requires special permission from their copyright
+ holders, but you may include translations of some or all
+ Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
+ Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
+ License provided that you also include the original English
+ version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
+ translation and the original English version of this License,
+ the original English version will prevail.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.10. 9. TERMINATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.10. 9. TERMINATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section8.html" title="A.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section10.html" title="A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.10. 9. TERMINATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section9"></a>A.10. 9. TERMINATION</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> except as expressly
+ provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
+ modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+ automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+ parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+ License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+ parties remain in full compliance.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.9. 8. TRANSLATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.12. Addendum</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section10.html" title="A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.12. Addendum</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-using"></a>A.12. Addendum</h2></div></div><p>
+ To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+ the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+ license notices just after the title page:
+ </p><blockquote class="blockquote"><p>
+ Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ </p><p>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> being LIST
+ THEIR TITLES, with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a> being LIST,
+ and with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
+ Texts</a> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
+ the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation
+ License”.
+ </p></blockquote><p>
+ If you have no <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a>, write “with no Invariant Sections”
+ instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a>, write
+ “no Front-Cover Texts” instead of
+ “Front-Cover Texts being LIST”; likewise for <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
+ we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
+ choice of free software license, such as the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" target="_top"> GNU General Public
+ License</a>, to permit their use in free software.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="set-tax-options.html" title="6.4. Setting Tax Options"><link rel="next" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="A.1. 0. PREAMBLE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="fdl"></a>Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</h2></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>
+ Version 1.1, March 2000
+ </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</p></div></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Legal Notice</h2><p>
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place,
+ Suite 330, , Boston, , MA
+ 02111-1307, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+ </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>A.1. <a href="fdl-preamble.html">0. PREAMBLE</a></dt><dt>A.2. <a href="fdl-section1.html">1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</a></dt><dt>A.3. <a href="fdl-section2.html">2. VERBATIM COPYING</a></dt><dt>A.4. <a href="fdl-section3.html">3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</a></dt><dt>A.5. <a href="fdl-section4.html">4. MODIFICATIONS</a></dt><dt>A.6. <a href="fdl-section5.html">5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</a></dt><dt>A.7. <a href="fdl-section6.html">6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</a></dt><dt>A.8. <a href="fdl-section7.html">7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</a></dt><dt>A.9. <a href="fdl-section8.html">8. TRANSLATION</a></dt><dt>A.10. <a href="fdl-section9.html">9. TERMINATION</a></dt><dt>A.11. <a href="fdl-section10.html">10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</a></dt><dt>A.12. <a href="fdl-using.html">Addendum</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="set-tax-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.4. Setting Tax Options </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/fdl.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountReg_Screen.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountReg_Screen.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountTree_Screen.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/AccountTree_Screen.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_AccntPeriod.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_AccntPeriod.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Accnts.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Accnts.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Business.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_Business.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_DateTime.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Pref_DateTime.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Report_Screen.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/Report_Screen.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/home.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/home.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/left.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/left.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/right.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/right.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/up.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/figures/up.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/first-time.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/first-time.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/first-time.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Chapter 3. Getting Started"><link rel="previous" href="getting-started.html" title="Chapter 3. Getting Started"><link rel="next" href="tip-of-the-day.html" title="3.2. Tip of The Day"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Getting Started</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tip-of-the-day.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="first-time"></a>3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time</h2></div></div><p></p><p>The very first time you run GnuCash you will be presented with the
+ <b>Cannot Find Default Values</b> display with three
+ choices; Quit, Skip, Setup. The following table describes the contents of
+ the menu.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="SetupDefaults"></a><b>Table 3.1. First time running GnuCash options</b></p><table summary="First time running GnuCash options" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Option Button</p></th><th><p>Action Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p> Quit </p></td><td><p>Exit from GnuCash without any setups. </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> Skip </p></td><td><p>Continue into GnuCash without any setups.
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> Setup </p></td><td><p>Create a new set of default settings. </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit
+ GnuCash.</p></li><li><p>The Skip button is used to continue
+ without any setting of display defaults for GnuCash.</p></li><li><p>The Setup button will display the
+ <b>Update GnuCash Configuration Data</b> screen to start
+ the setup dialog.</p></li></ul></div><p>The <b>Update GnuCash Configuration Data</b> druid
+ opens with a screen that briefly describes what this druid does. The three
+ buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change until the final
+ screen of the druid.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you
+ have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button in the following screen
+ will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made
+ on that screen, on the first screen since there is no previous screen
+ the button will be pale.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button will bring up the next
+ screen so you can continue though the druid.</p></li></ul></div><p>The second screen allows you to <b>Choose a Method</b>
+ of setting gconf configuration for GnuCash. The screen describes the
+ options, "Update Search Path" and "Install in Home Directory", and the
+ impact of each. The Update Search Path button will
+ modify .gconf.path in the user's home directory. The Install in
+ Home Directory button on this screen will install the
+ configuration files in the .gconf directory in the user's
+ home directory.</p><p>After making your selection press the Forward
+ button for the next screen.</p><p>If you selected "Install in Home Directory" the next screen presents
+ you with three options;
+
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>GnuCash will install the data.</p></li><li><p>You will install the data yourself.</p></li><li><p>The data has already been loaded.</p></li></ol></div></p><p>If you selected "Update Search Path" the next screen presents you
+ with three options; <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>GnuCash will update search path.</p></li><li><p>You will update search path yourself.</p></li><li><p>The update search path has already been updated.</p></li></ol></div></p><p>The final screen has the usual three buttons, with the difference
+ that the <b>Forward</b> has changed to
+ <b>Apply</b>. Pressing the Apply button will commit your
+ selections, and will complete the initial defaults.</p><p>After the initial defaults are completed you will be presented with
+ the <b>Welcome to GnuCash! </b>menu with three choices. The
+ following table describes the contents of the menu.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="CreateAccounts"></a><b>Table 3.2. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menu Item</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p> Create a new set of accounts
+ </p></td><td><p>Runs the New Account Hierarchy Setup Druid.
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> Import my QIF files
+ </p></td><td><p>Runs the Import QIF Files Druid.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p> Open the new user tutorial
+ </p></td><td><p>Opens the GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide.
+ </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>This menu is intended for you to use to get up and running
+ quickly.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ dialog. It will then prompt you with <b>Display Welcome Dialog
+ Again?</b></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>If you do not want to see the <b>Welcome to
+ GnuCash!</b> menu again press the <b>No</b>
+ button.</p></li><li><p>Press the <b>Yes</b> button or press the
+ keyboard enter for the default which is to have the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> menu run again.</p></li></ol></div><p>Selecting either of these options will leave you with a minimum
+ GnuCash window. Operations in this window are described in section
+ Usage. <a href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports">Chapter 5</a> </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>You can either use a preset hierarchy of accounts, import Quicken
+ files (QIF files) or view the GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide. Each of
+ these choices will be explained in more depth in the following
+ sections.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>If you wish to have a basic set of accounts to add account
+ transactions into choose Create a new set of
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>If you already have Quicken files (QIF files) from another
+ financial application and wish to import them then choose
+ Import my QIF files.</p></li><li><p>If you are a new to GnuCash and just want to be guided though
+ setting up GnuCash then choose Open the new user
+ tutorial.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>It is possible to run these items after you have made a choice here
+ but this <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> menu will not reappear.
+ To try one of the other choices later, use the following sections to start
+ the other items from the GnuCash menu.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-hierarchy"></a>3.1.1. New Account Hierarchy Setup</h3></div></div><p></p><p>This druid helps you to create a set of GnuCash accounts. It will
+ appear if you choose Create a new set of accounts
+ in the <b>Welcome to GnuCash! </b>menu.</p><p></p><p>To start this druid manually go to <b>File</b>
+ -><b>New</b> -> <b>New File</b>.
+ This will create a new blank GnuCash file and then automatically start
+ the <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid.</p><p></p><p>The <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid opens
+ with a screen that briefly describes what this druid does. The three
+ buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the
+ druid.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you
+ have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the
+ previous screen so you can change a selection made on that
+ screen.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button will bring up the
+ next screen so you can continue though the druid.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to select the default currency to use
+ for your accounts.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The <b>Currency:</b> drop down list defaults to
+ USD (US Dollar). If you wish your accounts to
+ use a different default currency select one from the list.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button is used to confirm
+ your selection and continue to the next screen.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen is used to choose a hierarchy of accounts to
+ create. You will see a screen divided into three parts.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The left upper portion has a list of
+ <b>Categories</b> for commonly used hierarchies of
+ accounts. Select from this list the types of accounts you wish to
+ use. You can select as many of the categories of accounts as you
+ wish.</p></li><li><p>The left lower section has a <b>Category
+ Description</b> that displays a detailed description of the
+ category currently highlighted.</p></li><li><p>The right side has a list of the <b>Accounts</b>
+ that will be created from the selected category.</p></li><li><p>The Select All button allows you to
+ include all of the account categories.</p></li><li><p>The Clear All button allows you to
+ deselect all of the categories selected.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to enter opening balances for your
+ accounts and also select if the account is a placeholder account.
+ Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of accounts and
+ normally do not have transactions or opening balances. Equity accounts
+ also do not have opening balances.</p><p>Follow the instructions in the display on how to select the
+ account and entering an opening balance for the account. A single
+ "click" is used to highlight an account.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The left side of the screen has a list of <b>Account
+ Names</b>. Select an account by "clicking" once in the
+ Account Names column with the account highlighted. This will open
+ the account name for changes.</p></li><li><p>The right side of the screen has a check-box to make an
+ account a Placeholder and a box to add the
+ <b>Opening Balance</b> for the selected account. Again
+ a single click in the Opening Balance or Placeholder column will
+ open the field for changes.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The last screen gives you a final list of the three choices to
+ finish the druid.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you
+ have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the
+ previous screen so you can change a selection made on that
+ screen.</p></li><li><p>The Finish button creates the accounts
+ you have selected.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>You should now have a hierarchy of accounts in your main GnuCash
+ account window.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="import-qif"></a>3.1.2. Import QIF Files</h3></div></div><p></p><p>This Druid helps you import Quicken (QIF) files. It will appear if
+ you choose Import my QIF files in the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash! </b>menu.</p><p></p><p>To start this druid manually go to <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Import ...</b> -> <b>Import
+ QIF...</b> or press Ctrl-I.</p><p></p><p>The <b>Import QIF files</b> druid opens with a
+ screen that briefly describes what this druid does and requests the
+ file(s) to import. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen
+ will not change while using the druid.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ druid and cancel importing Quicken file data. Any selections you
+ have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the
+ previous screen so you can change a selection made on that
+ screen.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button will bring up the
+ next screen so you can continue though the druid.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to <b>Select a QIF file to
+ load</b>. The Select... button on this
+ screen is used to access the list of files. The
+ Select... button brings up the <b>Select
+ QIF File</b> dialog.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The left panel allows you to select the top level directory,
+ mounted device, or "bookmark".</p></li><li><p>The Add button allows you to create a
+ "bookmark" in the left panel, for easier access to a file
+ location.</p></li><li><p>The Remove button allows you to remove
+ unwanted "bookmarks" from the left panel.</p></li><li><p>The upper right bar allows you to easily navigate the selected
+ directory structure.</p></li><li><p>The right panel displays the file(s), and directory(ies)
+ available for your selection.</p></li><li><p>The pull down list below the file window filter the files
+ displayed based on the extension selected.</p></li><li><p>The Import button is used to confirm
+ your selection.</p></li><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ dialog without using any changes you have made.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Navigate to where you have stored your QIF files and select the
+ first one then click Import. The next screen will
+ display it in the <b>Select a QIF File to Load</b>
+ field.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If the file you are loading does not have an QIF date listed
+ in it you will see the <b>Set a date format for this QIF file</b>
+ screen. Select the proper format from the pull down list and continue.</p></td></tr></table></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If the file you are loading does not have an account name listed
+ in it you will see the <b>Set the default QIF account
+ name</b> screen. Otherwise you will skip this screen and go on
+ to the screen in the next section that shows loaded QIF files.</p><p xmlns=""></p><div xmlns="" class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The <b>Account name:</b> field is used to set
+ an account name for this QIF file.</p></li></ul></div></td></tr></table></div><p>The next screen shows you the <b>QIF files you have
+ loaded</b>. You can use this screen to return to the previous
+ screen and load more QIF files. It will also let you unload any files
+ you have loaded by mistake.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The top panel shows the list of <b>QIF Files</b>
+ you have loaded.</p></li><li><p>The <b>Load another file</b> button takes you
+ back to the previous screen to load another QIF file.</p></li><li><p>The <b>Unload selected file</b> allows you to
+ select a file from the top panel and remove it from the list.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the <b>Accounts and
+ stock holdings </b> matching process on the <b>Match QIF
+ accounts with GnuCash accounts </b> screen. This and other
+ informational screens in the <b>Import QIF files</b> druid
+ can be turned off in the <b>On-line Banking &
+ Importing</b> section of the <b>GnuCash
+ Preferences</b>. Please refer to the <b>GnuCash
+ Preferences</b> section of the help for instructions on
+ this.</p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you <b>Match QIF accounts with GnuCash
+ accounts</b>. You will see a list of <b>QIF account
+ names</b> on the left and suggested <b>GnuCash account
+ names</b> on the right. The <b>New?</b> column
+ indicates if the GnuCash account name will be created by the QIF
+ Import.</p><p></p><p>To change the GnuCash account to a different one select the QIF
+ account. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new
+ one.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select an account from the list to choose a already existing
+ account.</p></li><li><p>The New Account button allows you to
+ add a new account name as a sub-account (child of selected) of the
+ selected account.</p></li><li><p>The OK button is used to confirm your
+ selection.</p></li><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ dialog without using any changes you have made.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the <b>Income and
+ Expense categories</b> matching process on the <b>Match
+ QIF categories with GnuCash accounts</b> screen.</p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you <b>Match QIF categories with
+ GnuCash accounts</b>. You will see a list of <b>QIF
+ category names</b> on the left and suggested <b>GnuCash
+ account names</b> on the right. The <b>New?</b>
+ column indicates if the GnuCash account name will be created by the QIF
+ Import.</p><p></p><p>To change the GnuCash account to a different one select the QIF
+ category. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new
+ one.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select an account from the list to choose a already existing
+ account.</p></li><li><p>The New Account button allows you to
+ add a new account name as a sub-account (child of selected) of the
+ selected account.</p></li><li><p>The OK button is used to confirm your
+ selection.</p></li><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ dialog without using any changes you have made.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the <b>Payees and
+ memos</b> matching process on the <b>Match payees/memos to
+ GnuCash accounts</b> screen.</p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you <b>Match payees/memos to GnuCash
+ accounts</b>. You will see a list of <b>QIF payee/memo
+ names</b> on the left and suggested <b>GnuCash account
+ names</b> on the right. The default GnuCash account used is
+ called Unspecified. The <b>New?</b> column indicates if
+ the GnuCash account name will be created by the QIF Import.</p><p></p><p>To change the GnuCash account to a different one select the QIF
+ payee/memo. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a
+ new one.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select an account from the list to choose a already existing
+ account.</p></li><li><p>The New Account button allows you to
+ add a new account name as a sub-account of the selected
+ account.</p></li><li><p>The OK button is used to confirm your
+ selection.</p></li><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ dialog without using any changes you have made.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to <b>Enter the currency used
+ for new accounts</b>. The drop down list defaults to USD (US
+ Dollar). If you wish the new accounts to use a different currency select
+ one from the list.</p><p>The next screen gives a description of the <b>Tradable
+ Commodities</b> process on the screen.</p><p>The next screen, <b>Tradable Commodities</b> lets
+ you set the exchange, full name, and symbol of stocks/mutual funds or
+ commodities being imported.</p><p>A series of screens, one for each of the stock, mutual fund, or
+ commodity, with display the exchange, full name, and symbol. These
+ screens allow you to set the correct parameters.</p><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the <b>Match
+ duplicate transactions</b> process on the <b>Select
+ possible duplicates</b> screen.</p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you <b>Select possible duplicate
+ transactions</b>. Imported transactions are shown on the left
+ panel and possible matches to each selected transaction are shown on the
+ right.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The left panel shows the list of Imported transactions to
+ select from for matching duplicates</p></li><li><p>The right panel shows the list of Possible duplicates for the
+ selected imported transaction. Select the one that most closely
+ matches</p><p></p></li></ul></div><p>The last screen, Update your GnuCash
+ accounts, gives you a list of three choices to finish the
+ druid.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the
+ druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you
+ have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the
+ previous screen so you can change a selection made on that
+ screen.</p></li><li><p>The Apply button imports the data and
+ creates the accounts you have specified.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>You should now have successfully imported your accounts.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="tip-of-the-day.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 3. Getting Started </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.2. Tip of The Day</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/first-time.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/getting-started.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/getting-started.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 3. Getting Started</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="on-line-assistance.html" title="2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance"><link rel="next" href="first-time.html" title="3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Getting Started</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="on-line-assistance.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="first-time.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="getting-started"></a>Chapter 3. Getting Started</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="first-time.html">Running GnuCash for the first time</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3.1.1. <a href="first-time.html#acct-hierarchy">New Account Hierarchy Setup</a></dt><dt>3.1.2. <a href="first-time.html#import-qif">Import QIF Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>3.2. <a href="tip-of-the-day.html">Tip of The Day</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="on-line-assistance.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="first-time.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.3. GnuCash On-!
line Ass
istance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/help.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/help.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Help Manual</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="titlepage.html" title="About This Document"><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Help Manual</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="titlepage.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="book"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>GnuCash Help Manual</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html">About This Document</a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Introduction to GnuCash</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">2. <a href="Getting-Help.html">Getting Help</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">3. <a href="getting-started.html">Getting Started</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">4. <a href="GUIMenus.html">GUI & Menus Overview</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">5. <a href="usage.html">Common Operations, Tools and Reports</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">6. <a href="custom-gnucash.html">Customizing GnuCash</a></dt><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><tab!
le width
="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="titlepage.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">About This Document </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/help.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="next" href="what-is-gnucash.html" title="1.1. What is GnuCash?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="what-is-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="intro-to-gnucash"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="what-is-gnucash.html">What is GnuCash?</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="what-is-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">GnuCash Help Manual </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1.1. What is GnuCash?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Chapter 2. Getting Help"><link rel="previous" href="tutorial.html" title="2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide"><link rel="next" href="getting-started.html" title="Chapter 3. Getting Started"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Getting Help</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="on-line-assistance"></a>2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance</h2></div></div><p>Quoting the Tip of the Day "The GnuCash developers are easy to contact."
+ GnuCash has several mailing lists;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>User List </b>
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></tt> - User questions and discussions. The
+ developers and many very helpful users "hang-out" here.</p></li><li><p><b>Development List </b>
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></tt> - In-depth questions and where
+ and how you can help.</p></li><li><p>You can chat live with the developers on IRC! Join them on
+ #gnucash at irc.gnome.org. Much more at the
+ <a href="http://www.gnucash.org" target="_top">GnuCash web site </a>
+ including links to WIKI and Bugzilla !!</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="tutorial.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 3. Getting Started</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/on-line-assistance.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/reports.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/reports.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/reports.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.4. Using Reports And Charts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports"><link rel="previous" href="transactions.html" title="5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions"><link rel="next" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.4. Using Reports And Charts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="transactions.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="reports"></a>5.4. Using Reports And Charts</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a "work in process" all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0.
+While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide".</p></td></tr></table></div><p></p><p>Reports and Charts give GnuCash the ability to present an overview of financial
+ data in various ways. This can range from a simple summary of account totals to an
+ advanced portfolio view. This section will present an explanation of the main GnuCash
+ reports and how to adjust them.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-types"></a>5.4.1. Types of Reports and Graphs</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash has classified the main types of reports into four major classes. These
+ are all available under the Reports menu. Note that barcharts can be moved by clicking
+ on them and dragging the mouse, and piecharts can be "exploded" into individual
+ segments.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-general"></a>5.4.1.1. General Reports</h4></div></div><p>The General Reports includes the Tax Report and TXF Export, the Account
+ Summary and the Transaction Reports and also the reports in the Sample &
+ Custom menu.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Account Summary:</p></li><li><p>Tax Report and TXF Export: The tax report is used to export all tax
+ related Income and Expenses to a TXF (Tax eXchange Format) file. This is in
+ addition to the HTML format that all reports allow. The TXF file can be imported
+ into tax filing programs such as TaxCut or TurboTax.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">For this to work, the user has to segregate taxable and non taxable
+ income to different accounts, as well as deductible and non deductible expenses.
+ The Tax Information dialog is used for this. To access the Tax Information dialog
+ go to Edit -> Tax Options. The user also must set the TXF category of each tax
+ related account. The Tax Information dialog is described in the Setting Tax Options
+ section.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p>Transaction Report:</p></li><li><p>Welcome Sample Report:</p></li><li><p>Custom Multicolumn Report: This report is used to place multiple reports
+ into a single report window to examine a set of financial information at a
+ glance.</p></li><li><p>Sample Graphs</p></li><li><p>Sample Report with Examples:</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-assets"></a>5.4.1.2. Assets & Liabilities</h4></div></div><p>The Assets & Liabilities reports includes the Balance Sheet report,
+ Investment reports and the Net Worth report.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Advanced Portfolio:</p></li><li><p>Asset Barchart:</p></li><li><p>Asset Piechart:</p></li><li><p>Average Balance:</p></li><li><p>Balance Sheet: This report summarizes assets, liabilities, and equity.
+ When properly maintained, assets should equal the sum of liabilities and equity.
+ If that is not the case, there is some kind of internal imbalance in the
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>General Journal:</p></li><li><p>General Ledger:</p></li><li><p>Investment Portfolio: This report summarizes the value of the stocks in
+ the current portfolio.</p></li><li><p>Liability Barchart:</p></li><li><p>Liability Piechart:</p></li><li><p>Net Worth Barchart: Net worth is the difference between the value of assets
+ or liabilities.</p></li><li><p>Price Scatterplot:</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-income"></a>5.4.1.3. Income & Expense</h4></div></div><p>The Income & Expense reports includes the Cash Flow and Income Statement
+ reports.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Budget Report:</p></li><li><p>Cash Flow:</p></li><li><p>Equity Statement:</p></li><li><p>Expense Barchart:</p></li><li><p>Expense Piechart:</p></li><li><p>Expense vs Day of Week:</p></li><li><p>Income Barchart:</p></li><li><p>Income & Expense Chart:</p></li><li><p>Income Statement: This report summarizes sources of income and expenditure.
+ (This report was called Profit & Loss in gnucash-1.8.)</p></li><li><p>Income Statement:</p></li><li><p>Income vs Day of Week:</p></li><li><p>Trial Balance: This report summarizes sources of income and
+ expenditure.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-biz"></a>5.4.1.4. Business Reports</h4></div></div><p>The Business Reports includes Customer and Vendor Reports and Printable
+ Invoices as well as Aging reports.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Customer Report:</p></li><li><p>Easy Invoice:</p></li><li><p>Employee Report:</p></li><li><p>Fancy Invoice:</p></li><li><p>Payable Aging:</p></li><li><p>Printable Invoice:</p></li><li><p>Receivable Aging:</p></li><li><p>Vendor Report:</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-create"></a>5.4.2. To Create Reports and Graphs</h3></div></div><p>It is possible to write reports if the current ones are not suitable. To do this
+ you will need to know Scheme (a LISP-like programming language), and it is an
+ excellent idea to have a copy of the GnuCash source code available. </p><p>The reporting interface is documented in the source code file
+ src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt. The file src/scm/report/hello-world.scm
+ in the GnuCash source distribution provides a good example of how reports are
+ developed.</p><p>It is also necessary to access data from the engine to get information for your
+ report. This is performed by a set of Scheme wrapper functions that are documented in
+ the file src/g-wrap/gnc.html. Examine some of the other reports in src/scm/report for
+ an indication of how they are used.</p><p>At present, reports are produced by calling a HTML-generation API, which outputs
+ a dialect of HTML and rendering this with a HTML widget. This has limitations,
+ particularly when trying to align objects precisely, as might be necessary for
+ printing onto pre-printed invoices for example.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-custom"></a>5.4.3. To Customize Reports and Graphs</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash reports have many options for customization. To access report options
+ choose the Options button on the toolbar.</p><p>Many reports share similar sorts of options. Some common ones include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Report Name: Set the title of the report. This is also used to print the
+ report for later viewing.</p></li><li><p>Date Options: Reports typically specify either a single date, or a date
+ range, for the report. Dates can be specified in two ways, either directly
+ (using the date selector), or by selecting a relative date from the menu.
+ Relative dates allow you to specify dates like "Beginning of this year" or
+ "Today".</p></li><li><p>Step Size: This option is used on bar charts to determine the interval which
+ each bar represents. Typical values are daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly.</p></li><li><p>Accounts: Select the appropriate accounts for the report. Note that in some
+ reports only certain types of accounts can be selected. For example, an expense
+ piechart only allows expense accounts to be selected. </p></li><li><p>Show Long Account Names: This option allows displaying either short account
+ names (for example, Power) or long account names (for example, Utilities:Power).
+ </p></li><li><p>Include Subaccounts?: Summary reports typically have an include all
+ subaccounts option, which if selected ensures that all subaccounts are included
+ if the parent account is.</p></li><li><p>Depth: This option allows the selection of how many levels the report
+ displays subaccounts. If the subaccounts go deeper than selected, an overall value
+ for all the subaccounts is calculated and included in a total. To make sure every
+ account selected is individually displayed, select All.</p></li><li><p>Style Sheet: Select a Style Sheet. Style sheets control how reports are
+ displayed. At the moment, there are two style sheets, "default" and "technicolor".
+ You can customize each of these from the Edit -> Style Sheets... menu item.
+ This is described in the Changing Style Sheets section.</p></li><li><p>Plot Dimensions: There are width and height options for most graphs, which
+ specify the displayed dimensions (in pixels).</p></li><li><p>Report Currency: Select the report currency. Generally, values will be
+ converted to this currency for display.</p></li><li><p>Price Source: Select how stock and currency prices are calculated in this
+ report. Choose between a weighted average of prices over all transactions, prices
+ at current values, or prices at the time of the report date.</p></li><li><p>Totals: Charts display totals in the chart legend if this option is selected.
+ </p></li><li><p>Maximum Slices: Controls the maximum number of slices displayed in a
+ piechart - other accounts will be placed in a slice marked Other. </p></li><li><p>Maximum Bars: Controls the maximum number of bars displayed in a barchart.
+ </p></li><li><p>Display Columns: Choose columns to show from the register.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="report-print"></a>5.4.4. To Print or Export Reports and Graphs</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash is able to print reports and to export the reports to web pages. The
+ Print GnuCash Document dialog is accessed from the Print button on the toolbar or
+ go to File -> Print in the menu. To Export a report to a web page (HTML) select
+ the Export button on the toolbar and type in a file name.</p><p>The Print GnuCash Document dialog is used to select which Printer to send the
+ print job to or to print to a File. It also contains a Preview button to view the
+ document before printing. Press Print to send the job to the selected printer or
+ Cancel to dismiss the Print dialog.</p><p>Printing from an open register prints the Account Report, which is also called
+ the Register Report. This lists transactions in the account with a total. Other
+ reports print as viewed in the Report screen.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="transactions.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="usage.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/reports.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.2. Setting Your Preferences</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="previous" href="account-options.html" title="6.1. Account Display Options"><link rel="next" href="change-style.html" title="6.3. Changing Style Sheets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.2. Setting Your Preferences</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="account-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="change-style.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="set-prefs"></a>6.2. Setting Your Preferences</h2></div></div><p>Pausing the cursor for a couple of seconds, over options in these windows
+ will display in-depth information on the choice.</p><p>The GnuCash Preferences window contains the following
+ options;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Accounting Period</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounting-period" title="6.2.1. Accounting Period">Accounting Period</a></p></li><li><p><b>Account</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-accounts" title="6.2.2. Accounts">Accounts</a></p></li><li><p><b>Business</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-biz" title="6.2.3. Business">Business</a></p></li><li><p><b>Date/Time</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-date-time" title="6.2.4. Date/Time">Date/Time</a></p></li><li><p><b>General</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-general" title="6.2.5. General">General</a></p></li><li><p><b>On-line Banking</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-online" title="6.2.6. On-line Banking">On-line Banking</a>
+ </p></li><li><p><b>Register</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg" title="6.2.7. Register">Register</a></p></li><li><p><b>Register Default</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reg-def" title="6.2.8. Register Defaults">Register Defaults</a></p></li><li><p><b>Reports</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-reports" title="6.2.9. Reports ">Reports </a></p></li><li><p><b>Scheduled Transactions</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-sched" title="6.2.10. Scheduled Transactions ">Scheduled Transactions </a></p></li><li><p><b>Windows</b> - <a href="set-prefs.html#prefs-window" title="6.2.11. Windows">Windows</a></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounting-period"></a>6.2.1. Accounting Period</h3></div></div><div class="figure"><p><b>Figure 6.1. The "Accounting Period Preferences" Window.</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/Pref_AccntPeriod.png" alt="Accounting Period Preferences screen"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Accounting Period Preferences"
+ windows.</p></div></div></div></div><p>This section defines the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: space"><p><b>Summary Bar Content</b> - check-boxes to
+ include/exclude; Grand Totals, and Non-Currency totals.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: space"><p>Grand Totals: If checked, show a grand total of all accounts converted to
+ the default report currency.</p></li><li style="list-style-type: space"><p>Non-Currency: If checked, non-currency commodities will be shown in the
+ summary bar. If clear, only currencies will be shown.</p></li></ul></div></li><li style="list-style-type: space"><p><b>Start Date</b> - specify the beginning of the
+ accounting period.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: space"><p>Relative: Use the specified relative starting date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations. Relative defines
+ start by; today or start of current/previous year, quarter, month.</p></li><li style="list-style-type: space"><p>Absolute - Use the specified absolute starting date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</p></li></ul></div></li><li style="list-style-type: space"><p><b>End Date</b> - specify the ending of the
+ accounting period.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: space"><p>Relative: Use the specified relative ending date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</p></li><li style="list-style-type: space"><p>Absolute - Use the specified absolute ending date for profit/loss
+ calculations. Also use this date for net assets calculations.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounts"></a>6.2.2. Accounts</h3></div></div><div class="figure"><p><b>Figure 6.2. The "Account Preferences" Window.</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/Pref_Accnts.png" alt="Account Preferences screen"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Account Preferences" windows.</p></div></div></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Separator Character:</b> This option is used to
+ pick a different separator in the register between parent and child accounts.
+ IE. The character that will be used between components of an account name.</p><p>A legal value is any single character except letters and numbers, or any of
+ the following strings: "colon", "slash", "backslash", "dash" and "period".</p></li><li><p><b>Reversed Balanced Accounts:</b> This option is
+ used to choose what type of account have their balances reversed. If the balance
+ is normally negative, as in a loan or a credit card then this will make the
+ balance positive.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Income & Expense - Sign reverse balances on income and expense
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>Credit - Sign reverse balances on the following: Credit Card, Payable,
+ Liability, Equity, and Income.</p></li><li><p>None - Don't sign reverse any accounts.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Labels:</b> This option is used to turn on
+ accounting labels (debit and credit) instead of using terms such as withdrawal
+ and deposit. Use only 'debit' and 'credit' instead of informal synonyms.</p></li><li><p><b>Default Currency:</b> This option is used select
+ either the locale currency as the default or to select the default from the
+ pull-down list.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Locale - Use the system locale currency for all newly created accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>Choose - Use the specified currency for all newly created accounts.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-biz"></a>6.2.3. Business</h3></div></div><div class="figure"><p><b>Figure 6.3. The "Business Preferences" Window.</b></p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="figures/Pref_Business.png" alt="Business Preferences screen"><div class="caption"><p>This is an screen image of the "Business Preferences"
+ windows.</p></div></div></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Invoices</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Open in new window: Check-box to open
+ Invoice in a new window. If checked, each invoice will be opened in its own top
+ level window. If clear, the invoice will be opened in the current window.</p></li><li><p>Accumulate splits on post: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which
+ transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by
+ default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialog.</p></li><li><p>Number of Rows: This option is used to set the default number of register
+ rows to display in invoices.</p></li><li><p>Tax Included?: Whether tax is included by default in entries on Invoices.
+ This setting is inherited by new customers and vendors.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Bills</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Notify when due?: Whether to display the list of Bills Due at start-up.
+ </p></li></ul></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Days in advance: How many days in the future to warn about Bills coming
+ due.</p></li></ul></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Tax Included?: Whether tax is included by default in entries on
+ Bills. This setting is inherited by new customers and vendors.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-date-time"></a>6.2.4. Date/Time</h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Time Format:</b> Check-box to use a 24 hour
+ (instead of a 12 hour) time format.</p></li><li><p><b>Date</b> - Radio Button list to select one of the
+ following;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Locale: Use the date format specified by the system locale.</p></li><li><p>US: Use the date format common in the United States.</p></li><li><p>UK: Use the date format common in the United Kingdom.</p></li><li><p>Europe: Use the date format common in continental Europe.</p></li><li><p>ISO: Use the date format specified by the ISO-8601 standard.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-general"></a>6.2.5. General</h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>General</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Display "Tip of the Day" dialog: Display hints for using GnuCash at start-up.
+ </p></li><li><p>Preform Account list setup on new file: Present the new account list dialog
+ when you choose "New File" from the "File" menu</p></li><li><p>Show close button on Notebook tab: Show a close button on each notebook tab.
+ These function identically to the 'Close' menu item.</p></li><li><p>Enable euro support: Enables support for the European Union EURO currency.
+ </p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Numbers:</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Display negative amounts in red: </p></li><li><p>Automatic Decimal Point: Automatically insert a decimal point into values
+ that are entered without one.</p></li><li><p>Auto Decimal Places: Select the number of decimal places that will be
+ inserted automatically.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Files:</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Compress files: Checkbox to compress the data file with gzip when saving it
+ to disk.</p></li><li><p>Retain log files: Select the number of days to save log/backup files.
+ Delete old log/backup files after this many days (0 = never).</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Search Dialog:</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>New search limit: Default to 'new search' if fewer than this number of
+ items is returned.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-online"></a>6.2.6. On-line Banking</h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>QIF Import:</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Show documentation: Show some documentation-only pages in QIF Import
+ druid.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Generic Importer</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Checkbox to enable/disable the use Bayesian algorithms to match new
+ transactions with existing accounts.</p></li><li><p>Match display threshold: The minimum score a potential match must have
+ to be displayed in the match list.</p></li><li><p>Auto-add threshold: A transaction whose best match's score is in the red
+ zone (above the display threshold but below or equal to the Auto-ADD threshold)
+ will be ADDed by default.</p></li><li><p>Auto-clear threshold: A transaction whose best match's score is in the
+ green zone (above or equal to the Auto-CLEAR threshold) will be CLEARed by
+ default.</p></li><li><p>Commercial ATM fees threshold: In some places commercial ATMs (not
+ belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience
+ store. These ATM add its fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a
+ separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw
+ $100, and you are charged $101.50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered
+ that $100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the
+ maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the
+ transaction will be recognized as a match.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg"></a>6.2.7. Register</h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Actions:</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>'Enter' moves to blank transaction: If checked, pressing the 'Enter' key
+ will move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register. If clear,
+ pressing the 'Enter' key will move down one row.</p></li><li><p>Auto-raise lists: Automatically raise the list of accounts or actions
+ during input.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Reconciling:</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Check cleared transactions: Pre-check cleared transactions when creating
+ a reconcile dialog.</p></li><li><p>Automatic interest transfer: Prior to reconciling an account which charges
+ or pays interest, prompt the user to enter a transaction for the interest
+ charge or payment. Currently only enabled for Bank, Credit, Mutual, Asset,
+ Receivable, Payable, and Liability accounts.</p></li><li><p>Automatic credit card payment: After reconciling a credit card statement,
+ prompt the user to enter a credit card payment.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Graphics:</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Use system theme colors: If checked, the system color theme will be
+ applied to register windows. If clear, the original GnuCash register colors
+ will be used.</p></li><li><p>Double mode colors alternate with transactions: Alternate the primary and
+ secondary colors by transaction instead of by alternating by row.</p></li><li><p>Draw horizontal lines between rows: Show horizontal borders on the cells.
+ </p></li><li><p>Draw vertical lines between columns: Show vertical borders on the cells.
+ </p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg-def"></a>6.2.8. Register Defaults</h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Default Style:</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Basic ledger: Show all transactions on one line. (Two in double line
+ mode.)</p></li><li><p>Auto-split ledger: Automatically expand the current transaction to show
+ all splits. All other transactions are shown on one line. (Two in double line
+ mode.)</p></li><li><p>Transaction journal: All transactions are expanded to show all splits.
+ </p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Other Defaults</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Register opens in a new window: If checked, each register will be opened
+ in its own top level window. If clear, the register will be opened in the
+ current window.</p></li><li><p>Double line mode: Show two lines of information for each transaction
+ instead of one. Does not affect expanded transactions</p></li><li><p>Number of transactions: Show this many transactions in a register. A
+ value of zero means show all transactions.</p></li><li><p>Number of Rows: Display this many rows when a register is created.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-reports"></a>6.2.9. Reports </h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Default Report Currency</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Locale: Use the system locale currency for all newly created reports.
+ </p></li><li><p>Choose: Use the specified currency for all newly created reports.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Location</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Report opens in a new window: If checked, each report will be opened in
+ its own top level window. If clear, the report will be opened in the current
+ window.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-sched"></a>6.2.10. Scheduled Transactions </h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p><b>Since Last Run Run on GnuCash start</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Run when data file opened: Show the "since last run" window when a file is
+ opened.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p><b>Transaction Editor Defaults</b> </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Auto-create new transactions: Set the 'auto-create' flag on newly created
+ scheduled transactions.</p></li><li><p>Notify before transactions are created: Set the 'notify' flag on newly
+ created scheduled transactions.</p></li><li><p>Create in advance, days: Create the transaction this many days before its
+ effective date.</p></li><li><p>Remind in advance, days: Begin notifications this many days before the
+ transaction is created.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="prefs-window"></a>6.2.11. Windows</h3></div></div><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Window Geometry </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Save window size and position.</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p>Toolbar Style</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Use system default: Use the system setting for displaying toolbar items.
+ </p></li><li><p>Text below icons: Display toolbar items with the text label below the icon.
+ Labels are show for all items.</p></li><li><p>Priority text beside icons: Display toolbar items with the text label
+ beside the icon. Labels are only shown for the most important items.</p></li><li><p>Icons only: Display toolbar items as icons only.</p></li><li><p>Text only: Display toolbar items as text only.</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="account-options.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="change-style.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.1. Account Display Options </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 6.3. Changing Style Sheets</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-prefs.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>6.4. Setting Tax Options</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash"><link rel="previous" href="change-style.html" title="6.3. Changing Style Sheets"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">6.4. Setting Tax Options</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="change-style.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 6. Customizing GnuCash</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="set-tax-options"></a>6.4. Setting Tax Options</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This material has NOT been reviewed for V2.0. That does not mean that it is not valid, just that it has not been reviewed.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>The Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Options. The settings on accounts
+ in this dialog are used by the TXF Export function in reports to select the accounts
+ for export. To access this dialog go to Edit -> Tax Options.</p><p>IMPORTANT: Most TXF codes should only appear on a single account! The exceptions
+ are codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, each of which can appear
+ many times. Of course, each duplicate should have a unique payer name. These are
+ typically interest accounts or stocks or mutual funds that pay dividends.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an account to set a
+ TXF category. If no account is selected nothing is changed. If multiple accounts
+ are selected, all of the accounts will be set to the selected item. </p></li><li><p>Tax Related: Select this check-box to add tax information to an account then
+ select the TXF Category below.</p></li><li><p>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description appears just
+ below.</p></li><li><p>Payer Name Source: A text description that is exported along with the value
+ of the account. This is usually the name of a bank, stock, or mutual fund that pays
+ dividends or interest. Occasionally, it is a description of a deduction.</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txf-probs"></a>6.4.1. TXF Export - Known Anomalies and Limitations</h3></div></div><p>TaxCut 1999 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N488 "^ Sched B \ Div. income, cap gain distrib."</p></li><li><p>Code: N286 "^ Sched B \ Dividend income"</p></li></ul></div><p>These two codes, from the same payer, are not correlated. The user will have to
+ adjust for this after import. </p><p>TaxCut 1999, 2000 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly"</p></li></ul></div><p>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual payment
+ amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts, only matter if you
+ have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax enhancement) </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N460 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, self"</p></li><li><p>Code: N506 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, spouse" </p></li><li><p>and other related codes.</p></li></ul></div><p>Information from only one job may be imported. </p><p>TurboTax 1999, 2000 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly"</p></li></ul></div><p>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem for the
+ last payment that is due Jan 15. GnuCash changes the the date of the last payment to
+ Dec 31. The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only matters if
+ you have to compute the penalty. </p><p>TXF Tax eXport Format </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Duplicate Codes</p></li></ul></div><p>Most codes are not supposed to appear more than once. GnuCash issues an error
+ message if it detects this, but will still export the data. These are not handled the
+ same by TaxCut and TurboTax.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>TurboTax</p></li></ul></div><p>Sums the duplicate codes. i.e., job one and job two are added together.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>TaxCut</p></li></ul></div><p>Keeps only the LAST of the duplicate codes. i.e., job one is ignored and job
+ two is kept. </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="txf-defs"></a>6.4.2. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</h3></div></div><p>Table 32. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</p><p>
+<div class="table"><p><b>Table 6.1. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</b></p><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><b>Tax Form \</b> TXF Code</p><p>Description</p></th><th>Extended TXF Help messages</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><b>< help \ </b>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported. "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ help \ </b>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported. "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># help \ </b>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet! Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> none \ </b>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1040 \ </b>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a soci!
al secur
ity benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits</p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-G \ </b>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N260</!
p><p>Sta
te and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-MISC \ </b>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed. Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or si!
ckness,
and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee's wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099=MSA \ </b>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-MSA \ </b>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-MSA \ </b>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-R \ </b>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total t!
axable d
istribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F2106 \ </b>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4137 \ </b>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4137 \ </b>N505</p><p>Total ca!
sh/tips
not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4684 \ </b>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4835 \ </b>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even!
if you
reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F6252 \ </b>H!
427</p><
p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction. Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8815 \ </b>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher educ!
ation co
sts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8863 \ </b>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits. Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8863 \ </b>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8863 \ </b>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS P!
ub 523.<
/td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched B \ </b>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched B \ </b>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV. Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><!
tr><td><
p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This incom!
e is exe
mpt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched C \ </b>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched D \ </b>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched D \ </b>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts. These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched D \ </b>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched D \ </b>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched D \ </b>N810</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of capital assets other t!
han secu
rities.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched E \ </b>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched F \ </b>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year !
you rece
ive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport. These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched K-1 \ </b>H446</p><p>Schedule!
K-1 - p
artnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership's income, credits, deductions, etc. Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedu!
le K-1)<
/td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2 \ </b>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deduction!
s, you r
eceive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2G \ </b>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2G \ </b>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling. This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> none \ </b>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1040 \ </b>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< F1040 \ </b>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD's or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, GnuCash adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retire!
ment ben
efits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your!
medical
savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse's Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-G \ </b>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N606</p><p>Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-MISC \ </b>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N563</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of s!
tate inc
ome tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-R \ </b>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F2106 \ </b>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim !
job-rela
ted travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away fro!
m home.
They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N390</p><p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F2441 \ </b>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< F2441 \ </b>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< F2441 \ </b>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home. They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the service!
s were p
artly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F3903 \ </b>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F3903 \ </b>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects. You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F3903 \ </b>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4684 \ </b>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub 551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4835 \ </b>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, suc!
h as ins
ect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability prote!
ction of
farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of !
30 days
or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N599</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4952 \ </b>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4952 \ </b>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax y!
ear, reg
ardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F6252 \ </b>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8815 \ </b>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8829 \ </b>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home. IRS rules are stringent for this deduction. Refer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N539</p><p>Ins!
urance</
p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8839 \ </b>H617</p><p>Form 8839 - adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the princip!
al purpo
se of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched!
A \ </b
>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
+</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N544</p><p>Local income taxes</p></td><td>Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year.
+</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N274</p><p>Medical travel and lodging</p></td><td>Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N273</p><p>Medicine and drugs</p></td><td>Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N523</p><p>Misc., no 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N486</p><p>Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N485</p><p>Non-cash charity contributions</p></td><td>
+The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include any part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are dir!
ectly re
lated to the production or collection of taxable income. (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched B \ </b>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched C \ </b>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N304</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N305</p><p>Bad debts from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched!
C \ </b
>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor a!
mounts c
redited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant's or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N294</p><p>Meals and entertainment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a cont!
ract; Su
bscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your emp!
loyees'
wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>The total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched E \ </b>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N328</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor's to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N331</p><p>Commissions</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor's or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N332</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation o!
f tax fo
rms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The amount of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E. These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N338</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched F \ </b>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion!
of car
or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N361</p><p>Freight and truck!
ing</p><
/td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for S!
chedule
C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N357</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N358</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, m!
edicine
and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched H \ </b>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees. Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched H \ </b>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched H \ </b>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Federal income tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2 \ </b>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse's wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of M!
edicare
taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2G \ </b>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2G \ </b>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2G \ </b>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="change-style.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">6.3. Changing Style Sheets </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="custom-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Appendix A. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/set-tax-options.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports"><link rel="previous" href="ch05s01.html" title="5.1. Tools"><link rel="next" href="transactions.html" title="5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch05s01.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="transactions.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="setup-accounts"></a>5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a "work in process" all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0.
+While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide".</p></td></tr></table></div><p></p><p>This section describes the process of setting up GnuCash Accounts. In GnuCash an
+ Account is used as the basic tool to organize the recording of where money comes from
+ and goes to. GnuCash also extends the concept of real world accounts such as a bank
+ account or loan account to grouping income and expense accounts. This allows to to
+ quickly see where you spent your money and what your major income and expenses are.
+ GnuCash sets Account Types (as described in the next section) to help in organizing
+ and grouping accounts. Account Types can be used to create a Chart of Accounts.
+ </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-types"></a>5.2.1. Types of GnuCash Accounts</h3></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash supports a number of different account types. It is recommended to
+ choose an appropriate account type based on the list of account types described
+ below.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="TypeAccounts"></a><b>Table 5.8. Types of GnuCash Accounts.</b></p><table summary="Types of GnuCash Accounts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Account Type</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Accounts Payable</p></td><td><p>Accounts Payable are used by businesses to record amounts that
+ must be paid. Example: The business has bought something, but the business
+ has not paid the bill until later.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Previous versions of this help defined A/P and A/R the other way
+ round.</p></td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td><p>Accounts Receivable</p></td><td><p>Accounts Receivable records amounts for which money
+ has not yet been received. Example: A business has sold something and
+ issued a bill, but the client has not payed until later.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">Previous versions of this help defined A/P and A/R the other way
+ round.</p></td></tr></table></div></td></tr><tr><td><p>Asset</p></td><td><p>Asset accounts are used for tracking things that are of
+ value and can be used or sold to pay debts. (Normally a placeholder account)
+ </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bank</p></td><td><p>The Bank account type denotes savings or checking accounts
+ held at a bank or other financial institution. Some of these accounts may
+ bear interest. This is also the appropriate account type for check (debit)
+ cards, which directly withdraw payments from a checking account. </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Cash</p></td><td><p>The Cash account type is used to denote the cash that you store
+ in your wallet, shoe box, piggyback, or mattress.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Credit Card</p></td><td><p>The Credit Card account type is used to denote credit card
+ accounts, both for cards that allow floating lines of credit (e.g. VISA,
+ MasterCard, or Discover) and with cards that do not permit continuing
+ balances (e.g. American Express) </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Currency</p></td><td><p>Currency Accounts are used for trading currencies.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Equity</p></td><td><p>Equity accounts are used to store the opening balances when you
+ first start using GnuCash or start a new accounting period.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Expense</p></td><td><p>Any expense such as food, clothing, taxes, etc. This type is
+ called a category in Quicken.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Income</p></td><td><p>Any income received from sources such as salary, interest,
+ dividends, etc. This type is called a category in Quicken.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Liability</p></td><td><p>Liability accounts are used for tracking debts or financial
+ obligations. (Normally a placeholder account)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Mutual Fund</p></td><td><p>A professionally managed portfolio of stocks and bonds or other
+ investments divided up into shares.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock</p></td><td><p>A share of ownership in a corporation, which entitles its owner
+ to all the risks and rewards that go with it.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>The New Account Hierarchy Setup druid described in the first section of this
+ help is a convenient way of setting up a set of accounts to use as a framework of
+ account types.</p><p></p><p>When new accounts are created the available choices of account types are grayed
+ out according to what type the parent account is. The following list contains the
+ possible choices.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Accounts Payable: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be
+ child accounts.</p></li><li><p>Accounts Receivable: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be
+ child accounts.</p></li><li><p>Asset: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>Bank: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>Cash: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>Credit Card: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>Currency: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>Equity: Only Equity accounts can be child accounts.</p></li><li><p>Expense: Only Expense or Income accounts can be child accounts.</p></li><li><p>Income: Only Expense or Income accounts can be child accounts.</p></li><li><p>Liability: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>Mutual Fund: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child
+ accounts.</p></li><li><p>Stock: All accounts except Equity, Expense and Income can be child accounts.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="chart-create"></a>5.2.2. To Create a Chart of Accounts</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The Chart of Accounts is like a table of contents for your finances. The best
+ way to conceptualize a chart of accounts is as a tree. The main branches represent
+ entire categories or groups, while the leaves of the tree denote individual bank
+ accounts or expense categories. When a summary report is requested, typically only
+ the main branches are shown in the report, rather than the individual accounts. For
+ example, a chart of accounts might look like the following:
+
+ <div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<tt> 300 Expenses<br>
+ |<br>
+ +--310 Living Expenses<br>
+ | |<br>
+ | +--311 Beer<br>
+ | |<br>
+ | +--312 Cable<br>
+ |<br>
+ +--320 Business Expenses<br>
+ | |<br>
+ | +--321 8-inch Floppies<br>
+ | |<br>
+ : :</tt><br>
+</p></div>
+
+
+ </p><p></p><p>Note that accounts not only have names; they have codes, to order the accounts.
+ When a report is generated, the sort order is determined by the numbering. It's
+ customary to have the leaf accounts end in non-zero digits, while parent nodes have
+ increasing numbers of zeros. </p><p></p><p>GnuCash does not prevent duplicate numbering, although we would encourage you
+ to avoid this. Account codes are treated as numbers in base-36, thus, if you run out
+ of numbers, you can use the letters, a through z.</p><p></p><p>A sample chart of accounts is shown below. Each account is of a given account
+ type. This example is a combination of some typical business and personal accounts.
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Assets
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Cash On Hand
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Checking account
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Money Market Account
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Certificate of Deposit
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Fixed Assets
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Furniture
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Computers
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Jewelry, Collectibles
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Tools, Machinery
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Investments
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Stocks
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Bonds
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Mutual Funds
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Real Estate
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Liabilities
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Taxes
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Federal Income Tax
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Social Security
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Medicare
+
+ </p></li><li><p>FUTA
+
+ </p></li><li><p>State Income Tax
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Accounts Payable
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>MasterCard
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Visa
+
+ </p></li><li><p>American Express
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Diner's Club
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Loans
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Debentures
+
+ </p></li><li><p>School Loan
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Uncle Harry's Tide-me-over
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Equity
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Retained Earnings
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Current Year Earnings
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Historical Adjustments
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Income
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Interest Income
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Bank Account Interest
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Certificate of Deposit
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Bond Interest
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Dividends
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Stock
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Mutual Fund
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Consulting
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>ABC Design
+
+ </p></li><li><p>PQR Infomatics
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Salary
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>My Day Job
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Commissions
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Royalties
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Expenses
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Rent and Utilities
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Rent
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Rent Late Fees
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Electricity
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Gas
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Phone
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Internet
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Cable TV
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Office Expenses
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Accounting
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Legal
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Software
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Postage
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Bank Charges
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Credit Card Charges
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Toner, Paper, Paper Clips
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Auto Expenses
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Gas
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Insurance
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Repair
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Rental
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Taxes
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Social Security
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Unemployment
+
+ </p></li><li><p>IRS penalties
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Wages and Salaries
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Consulting
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Wages
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Health Insurance
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Travel
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Air
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Hotel
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Meals
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Auto
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Marketing
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Advertising
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Trade Shows
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Give Aways
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p><p></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-create"></a>5.2.3. To Create a New Account</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The New Account properties dialog consists of two tabs, the General Information
+ tab and the Opening Balance tab. This dialog can be accessed by going to File ->
+ New Account... or by clicking the New toolbar icon in the Account Tree Window.
+ </p><p></p><p>Creating a New Account involves planning in advance several details that are
+ used in the New Account dialog. </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>What type of account is needed .</p></li><li><p>Where it fits in the structure of the Chart of Accounts.</p></li><li><p>If there is an Opening Balance.</p></li><li><p>If there is a Commodity needed for the account.</p></li><li><p>If on-line updating of the commodity price is needed.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>These details are described below.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="gen-info"></a>5.2.3.1. General Information</h4></div></div><p>The General Information tab is used to access the basic information about the
+ account. It provides a way of connecting the account to stock information if it is
+ one of the currency, mutual fund or stock account types. It can also be flagged as
+ a Tax Related or Placeholder account.</p><p>There are five panes in this tab. Below the panes are check-boxes to mark the
+ account as Tax Related and a Placeholder account. The Tax Related check-box means
+ that this account has been flagged to be included in Tax Exports. This flag should
+ only be set for Income and Expense type accounts. The Placeholder check-box means
+ this account is not used for transaction data. This check-box is used to enable a
+ hierarchy or chart of accounts to be setup.</p><p>The top pane contains the Account Information.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Account Information: Enter a name for the account such as First Bank
+ Checking.</p></li><li><p>Description: This is an optional description for the account.</p></li><li><p>Commodity: For most accounts this should be the default, USD (US Dollar)
+ or your local currency symbol. If this account is for a foreign currency then
+ use the Select... button to choose a different currency in the Select
+ currency/security dialog. Use the Select... button to choose a security if this
+ is a mutual fund or stock account.</p></li><li><p>Select currency/security: To select a different currency click the
+ Currency/security: drop down list and choose the currency symbol you need. To
+ create a security for mutual fund and stock accounts select the New... button to
+ bring up the New Currency/Security dialog. After the security is created select
+ the Type:(usually the exchange the security is traded on) and the name in the
+ Currency/security: drop down list.</p></li><li><p>New Currency/Security: The options here are described in detail in the
+ Security Editor section. Fill in a name, symbol and type.</p></li><li><p>Account Code: Enter an optional number code as described in the To Create
+ a Chart of Accounts section.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next pane contains a list of Account Types. Select a type from the
+ descriptions in the Types of GnuCash Accounts section.</p><p>The next pane contains an account tree to choose a Parent Account. To create a
+ new account tree select New top level account. If the parent account is a certain
+ type, then several of the choices in Account Type become out. For example if the
+ Parent Account is Assets then Equity, Expense and Income become This is to help
+ maintain a proper account structure for the Chart of Accounts.</p><p>The next pane is the Price Quote Source pane. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Get On-line Quotes: This check-box is only enabled when currency, mutual
+ fund or stock account types are selected. It is used to enable this account to
+ have quotes downloaded from an on-line source.</p></li><li><p>The source for price quotes: Select a quote source from the pull-down menu.
+ Currently supported quote sources include Yahoo, Yahoo Europe, Fidelity
+ Investments, T. Rowe Price, the Vanguard Group, the Australian Stock Exchange
+ (ASX) and TIAA-CREF. Note that Yahoo will provide price quotes for many mutual
+ funds including Fidelity, T.Rowe Price and Vanguard, and that the quoted prices
+ at Yahoo should be identical to those that may be found at the source sites. If
+ you choose Yahoo Europe, you should append the market code for the security,
+ such as PA for Paris, BE for Berlin, etc. Example: 12150.PA (a Peugeot security
+ in the Paris market). <a href="setup-accounts.html#Code4EurMrks" title="Table 5.9. Code List for European Markets">Table 5.9</a> and
+ <a href="setup-accounts.html#PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF" title="Table 5.10. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes">Table 5.10</a> below list codes for various markets.
+ </p></li><li><p>Timezone for these quotes: Select the timezone for the source of the
+ on-line quotes you are receiving. For example, Yahoo normally quotes Eastern
+ timezone, so choose America/New York if you use that quote source.</p></li></ul></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">The set of steps needed to properly enable on-line quote updating with
+ the Price Editor are;</p><div xmlns="" class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Create the mutual fund or stock with either the Security Editor or the
+ New Currency/Security dialog described above.</p></li><li><p>Create the Account for the mutual fund or stock with it listed in the
+ Commodity field.</p></li><li><p>Select On-line Quotes, the source for price quotes and Timezone.</p></li><li><p>To determine if the Perl module Finance::Quote is already installed on
+ your system, type “perldoc Finance::Quote” in a terminal window
+ and check to see if there is any documentation available. If you see the
+ documentation, then the module is installed, if you do not see the
+ documentation, then it has not been installed.</p><p>To install Finance::Quote;</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Close any GnuCash applications you have running.</p></li><li><p>Locate the folder where GnuCash is installed by searching for
+ “gnc-fq-update” (without the quotes).</p></li><li><p>Change to that directory, open a root shell and run the command
+ “gnc-fq-update” (without the quotation marks). This will
+ launch a Perl CPAN update session that will go out onto the Internet and
+ install the Finance::Quote module on your system.</p><p>The gnc-fq-update program is interactive, however, with most systems
+ you should be able to answer “no” to the first question: “Are you ready for manual configuration? [yes]” and the update will continue automatically from that point.</p></li></ol></div><p>After installation is complete, you should run the “gnc-fq-dump”
+ test program, in the same directory, distributed with GnuCash to test
+ if Finance::Quote is installed and working properly.</p><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">If you feel uncomfortable about performing any of these steps,
+ please either email the GnuCash-user mailing list
+ (<tt><<a href="mailto:gnucash-user at gnucash.org">gnucash-user at gnucash.org</a>></tt>) for help or come to the GnuCash IRC
+ channel on irc.gnome.org. You can also leave out this step and manually update
+ your stock prices.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p>Add a commodity to the Price Editor as described in the Price Editor
+ section of Tool Windows.</p></li><li><p>Select Get Quotes in the Price Editor.</p></li></ul></div></td></tr></table></div><p>If you wish to update price quotes from the command line, you can do so by
+ the following command;</p><p><b><tt>gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-file-name></tt></b>
+ </p><p>Code List for European Markets</p><div class="table"><p><a name="Code4EurMrks"></a><b>Table 5.9. Code List for European Markets</b></p><table summary="Code List for European Markets" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Code</p></th><th><p>Market</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BC</p></td><td><p>Barcelona</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BE</p></td><td><p>Berlin</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BI</p></td><td><p>Bilbao</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BR</p></td><td><p>Brême</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>CO</p></td><td><p>Copenhagen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>D</p></td><td><p>Dusseldorf</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>F</p></td><td><p>Frankfurt</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>FX</p></td><td><p>Xetra</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>H</p></td><td><p>Hamburg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>HA</p></td><td><p>Hanover</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>L</p></td><td><p>London</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MA</p></td><td><p>Madrid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MC</p></td><td><p>Madrid (M.C.)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MI</p></td><td><p>Milan</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MU</p></td><td><p>Munich</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>O</p></td><td><p>Oslo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>PA</p></td><td><p>Paris</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>ST</p></td><td><p>Stockholm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>SG</p></td><td><p>Stuttgart</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VA</p></td><td><p>Valence</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="table"><p><a name="PsSymbs-TIAA-CREF"></a><b>Table 5.10. Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes</b></p><table summary="Pseudo-symbols that can be used for TIAA-CREF quotes" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th><th><p>Pseudo-symbol</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Bond Market</p></td><td><p>CREFbond</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Equity Index</p></td><td><p>CREFequi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Global Equities</p></td><td><p>CREFglob</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Growth</p></td><td><p>CREFgrow</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Inflation-Linked Bond</p></td><td><p>CREFinfb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Money Market</p></td><td><p>CREFmony</p></td></tr><tr><td><!
p>Social
Choice</p></td><td><p>CREFsoci</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock</p></td><td><p>CREFstok</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Select Stock</p></td><td><p>TIAAsele</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Stock Index</p></td><td><p>TIAAsndx</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>TIAA Real Estate</p></td><td><p>TIAAreal</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The last pane is the Notes pane. This is used for any additional notes about
+ the account.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="open-balance"></a>5.2.3.2. Opening Balance</h4></div></div><p>The Opening Balance tab is visible only when creating a new account. It is
+ used to record the beginning balance for an account. This allows it to be used for
+ two different scenarios. If using GnuCash for the first time to record transactions,
+ it can be used as a beginning balance. If the accounts in use are closed at the end
+ of a period and new accounts are created, it is used to close and carry balances
+ forward.</p><p>There are three panes in this tab. The top pane contains the Balance
+ Information.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Balance: Enter here the balance to start the account with.</p></li><li><p>Date: Choose here the date the opening balance should be recorded.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next pane is the Transfer Type pane.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Use Opening Balances Equity account: This transfers the opening balance
+ for the account from a standard Equity account called Opening Balances.</p></li><li><p>Select Transfer Account: This enables the pane below so a different
+ account can be used to transfer the opening balance.</p></li></ul></div><p>The last pane is the Transfer Account pane. Select the account to use for
+ opening balances from the list of accounts in this pane.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-edit"></a>5.2.4. To Edit an Account</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The Edit Account dialog consists of just the General Information tab. This tab
+ has the same information that was described in To Create a New Account. To access the
+ Edit Account dialog go to Edit -> Edit Account (menu shortcut Ctrl-E) or click the
+ Edit toolbar icon in the Account Tree Window.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="chart-edit"></a>5.2.5. To Edit a Chart of Accounts</h3></div></div><p></p><p>Editing the Chart of Accounts is done within the Parent Account pane of the Edit
+ Account dialog. It is possible to move an account to any part of the Chart of Account.
+ It is recommended to keep accounts generally under the related types of accounts as
+ described in the Types of GnuCash Accounts section. This helps to preserve the Chart
+ of Accounts structure.</p><p></p><p>To move the selected account to a different parent account just select the
+ account in the Parent Account pane. If New top level account is selected then the
+ account will be move to the top level.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="chart-renumber"></a>5.2.6. To Renumber Subaccounts</h3></div></div><p>Use "Renumber Subaccounts" to rewrite the account codes for all children of the
+ current account. For example, you have the following account structure:</p><div class="table"><p><a name="table-renumber1"></a><b>Table 5.11. Starting account numbers.</b></p><table summary="Starting account numbers." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Code</p></th><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colors</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-1</p></td><td><p>Red</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-2</p></td><td><p>Orange</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-3</p></td><td><p>Yellow.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-4</p></td><td><p>Blue</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-5</p></td><td><p>Violet</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>You now need to add the "Green" account, but you want it to sort between
+ the Yellow and Blue accounts. Instead of having to manually renumber all the
+ accounts starting with Blue, you can use the "renumber subaccount" command on the
+ Colors account. In the pop-up dialog the prefix value should default to "10", the
+ account code for the colors account. If you set an interval value of 5 and click
+ "Renumber" you will end up with the following account structure:</p><div class="table"><p><a name="table-renumber2"></a><b>Table 5.12. Renumbered account numbers</b></p><table summary="Renumbered account numbers" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Code</p></th><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colors</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-05</p></td><td><p>Red</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-10</p></td><td><p>Orange</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-15</p></td><td><p>Yellow.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-20</p></td><td><p>Blue</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-25</p></td><td><p>Violet</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Now you have room in the account code numbering space to add the Green account
+ with an account code to force the proper ordering.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="table-renumber3"></a><b>Table 5.13. Final account numbers.</b></p><table summary="Final account numbers." border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Code</p></th><th><p>Name</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>Colors</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-05</p></td><td><p>Red</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-10</p></td><td><p>Orange</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-15</p></td><td><p>Yellow.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-18</p></td><td><p>Green</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-20</p></td><td><p>Blue</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>10-25</p></td><td><p>Violet</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-delete"></a>5.2.7. To Delete an Account</h3></div></div><p></p><p>Deleting an Account means removing all transaction information and information
+ about this account from the file. This cannot be undone. You will be prompted to that
+ you wish to remove the account. If the account still contains transaction information
+ you will be warned that this account contains transactions.</p><p></p><p>A side effect of removing an account that contains transactions is that you will
+ end up with unbalanced accounts. This will be indicated in the account by a gray
+ check-box next to the debit and credit amounts. You can repair automatically these
+ unbalanced accounts by using the Actions -> Check & Repair menu. This will
+ automatically assign the unbalanced amounts to a new account named Imbalance.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-jump"></a>5.2.8. To Jump to another Account</h3></div></div><p></p><p>When using the Account Register Window it is frequently useful to be able to
+ view an account and also the transfer account at the same time. GnuCash allows you to
+ do this quickly by using 'Jump'. This is available on the toolbar and in the Actions
+ menu in the Account Register Window. </p><p>Select the transaction in the Account Register Window and click jump to open the
+ transfer Account Register Window. If the transaction is split between more than one
+ transfer account then you will need to show all the split transfer accounts first and
+ select the transfer account to jump to.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="acct-reconcile"></a>5.2.9. To Reconcile an Account to a Statement</h3></div></div><p>Reconciliation of Accounts in GnuCash with statements from a bank or other
+ institution is a way of double checking the balance of your accounts. It also is
+ useful to track uncleared checks and other outstanding transactions. </p><p>The Summary Bar at the top of the Account Register Window indicates the amounts
+ of Cleared and Reconciled transactions. On-line account information can be used to
+ mark which transaction the bank has processed by changing the R (reconciliation)
+ column in the register from n (new) to c (cleared). The bank statement is then used
+ with the Reconcile Window to reconcile the account which changes the R field to y
+ (reconciled).</p><p>The Reconcile Window is accessed in the Account Tree Window by going to
+ Actions -> Reconcile... (menu shortcut Ctrl-R). In the Account Register Window
+ it is accessed by going to Actions -> Reconcile...</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="rec-info"></a>5.2.9.1. Reconcile Information</h4></div></div><p>The Reconcile Information dialog is used to indicate the date the statement
+ ends on and what the starting and ending balance of the statement is. The Include
+ Sub-accounts check-box is used if two or more accounts are used to track a single
+ bank account. The Enter Interest Payment button is used to add a transfer to the
+ accounts for an interest payment. If selected a dialog will be displayed to add the
+ payment to the account.</p><p>There are three panes in the Interest Payment dialog. At the bottom is a
+ button called No Auto Interest Payments for this Account which will cancel the
+ dialog. The top pane contains the Payment Information.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Amount: Enter the amount of the interest payment.</p></li><li><p>Date: Select the date for the interest payment.</p></li><li><p>Num: Enter a number for the transaction (optional).</p></li><li><p>Description: Enter an informational description for the transaction.</p></li><li><p>Memo: Enter a note about the transaction (optional).</p></li></ul></div><p>The next pane contains a list of accounts for the Payment From account. If the
+ payment is for a credit or loan account then usually this would be from an Expense
+ account. If the payment is for a checking or savings account then usually this would
+ be from an Income account. The Show Income/Expense check-box shows or hides the
+ Income and Expense accounts.</p><p>The next pane contains the Reconcile Account. This shows the account that the
+ interest payment will be transferred to or from.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="rec-win"></a>5.2.9.2. Reconcile Window</h4></div></div><p>The parts of the Reconcile Window are described in the Tool Windows section of
+ GnuCash Windows. This window is used to open the account and to add transaction
+ information to the account in order to reconcile the account to the bank statement.
+ </p><p>The set of unreconciled transactions in the Funds In and Funds Out panes can
+ be changed by using the menus and toolbar to access the account and transaction
+ information. If you wish to postpone the reconciliation until later use the
+ Reconcile -> Postpone menu item (menu shortcut Ctrl-P).</p><p>Select each unreconciled transaction matching a statement transaction so a
+ green tick appears in the R column. The Balance pane changes to reflect each
+ selected transaction until the Ending Balance equals the Reconciled Balance and the
+ Difference is zero. Once this is done select the Finish button or Finish on the
+ Reconcile menu (menu shortcut Ctrl-F) to finish the reconcile process.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="stock-split"></a>5.2.10. To Perform a Stock Split</h3></div></div><p>Stock splits commonly occur when a company decides its stock price is to
+ expensive for individual investors to buy the stock. Splits have the effect of
+ lowering the price of a single share while keeping the value of shares owned by
+ investors who have already purchased shares.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="stock-split-druid"></a>5.2.10.1. Stock Split Druid</h4></div></div><p>GnuCash uses the Stock Split druid to record stock splits. This provides a
+ way of entering the details of the stock split and also any change in stock price
+ or cash disbursement as a result of the stock split.</p><p>The Stock Split druid is accessed by going to Actions -> Stock Split...
+ </p><p>The Stock Split druid opens with a screen that briefly describes what this
+ druid does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change
+ while using the druid.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel entering the stock
+ split information. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point
+ will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a
+ selection made on that screen.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue
+ though the druid.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen allows you to select a Stock Account. Select an account from
+ the list to record a stock split or merger.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Account: Lists the GnuCash account name for the stock.</p></li><li><p>Symbol: The stock symbol for the stock associated with this account.</p></li><li><p>Shares: The amount of shares that have been purchased in the account.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen lets you set the Stock Split Details. The top part of the
+ screen contains details used in creating the stock split transaction. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Date: Choose the date of the stock split.</p></li><li><p>Share Distribution: Enter the amount of shares gained from the stock split.
+ For a stock merger enter a negative number.</p></li><li><p>Description: Enter a description or leave as the default.</p></li></ul></div><p>The bottom part of the screen contains details used to record a price for the
+ split (optional).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>New Price: Enter the price of the shares on the day of the stock split.
+ </p></li><li><p>Currency: Choose the currency of the shares.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen lets you enter a transaction for a cash disbursement (Cash In
+ Lieu) as a result of the stock split (optional).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Cash Amount: Enter the amount of the Cash disbursement.</p></li><li><p>Memo: Enter a memo or leave as the default.</p></li><li><p>Income Account: Choose an Income Account for the disbursement.</p></li><li><p>Asset Account: Choose an Asset Account for the disbursement.</p></li></ul></div><p>The last screen gives you a list of three choices to finish the druid.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating the
+ Stock Split transactions.. Any selections you have made in this druid up to
+ this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a
+ selection made on that screen.</p></li><li><p>The Finish button creates the transactions for the Stock Split.</p></li></ul></div><p>You should now have successfully entered the Stock Split or Merger.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch05s01.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="transactions.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.1. Tools </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="usage.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/setup-accounts.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/caution.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/caution.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/important.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/important.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/note.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/note.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/tip.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/tip.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/warning.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/stylesheet/warning.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3.2. Tip of The Day</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="getting-started.html" title="Chapter 3. Getting Started"><link rel="previous" href="first-time.html" title="3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time"><link rel="next" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3.2. Tip of The Day</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="first-time.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Getting Started</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="GUIMenus.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tip-of-the-day"></a>3.2. Tip of The Day</h2></div></div><p></p><p>The <b>Tip of the Day</b> screen starts whenever you
+ start GnuCash unless it has been disabled. It gives tips on features and
+ using GnuCash. You can use the three buttons at the bottom of the screen
+ to look through the tips.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Close button is used to dismiss the
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> dialog</p></li><li><p>The Prev button is used to look at the
+ previous tip</p></li><li><p>The Next button is used to look at the
+ next tip.</p></li><li><p>The Display this dialog next time
+ check-box is used to enable or disable the <b>Tip of the
+ Day</b> from running at GnuCash start-up.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>It is also possible to configure the <b>Tip of the
+ Day</b> to run at start-up in <b>Edit</b> ->
+ <b>Preferences</b> -> <b>General</b>.
+ The <b>Tip of the Day</b> can also be manually run by going
+ to <b>Help</b> -> <b>Tip of the
+ Day</b>.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="first-time.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="GUIMenus.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3.1. Running GnuCash for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="getting-started.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tip-of-the-day.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Help Manual</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Help Manual</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>GnuCash Help Manual</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Authors</h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Chris Lyttle</dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt></dd></dl><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Dave Herman</dt><dd><strong>Affiliation: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>Email: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></tt></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>This manual describes how to use the GnuCash Financial
+ software.
+ </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002-2006-NaN Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Legal Notice</h2><p>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
+ by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
+ no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find
+ a copy of the GFDL at this <a href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">link</a> or in the file COPYING-DOCS
+ distributed with this manual.
+ </p><p> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
+ distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this
+ manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
+ adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
+ section 6 of the license.
+ </p><p>
+ Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
+ products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
+ names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of
+ the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those
+ trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial
+ capital letters.
+ </p><p>
+ DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
+ UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
+ WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
+
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
+ IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
+ THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
+ DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
+ A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
+ RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
+ OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
+ DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
+ MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
+ YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
+ CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
+ SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
+ OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
+ LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
+ VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
+ EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
+ </p></li><li><p>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
+ THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
+ CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
+ INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
+ DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
+ OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
+ PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
+ INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
+ OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
+ MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
+ LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
+ DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
+ EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
+ THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+ </p></li></ol></div>
+ </p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this package or
+ this manual, follow the directions at the
+ <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org" target="_top">GNOME Bug Tracking System</a>.
+ </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2>History</h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Title</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Date</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Author</b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b>Publisher</b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V2.0.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>8th Oct 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p><p>Dave Herman
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:dvherman at bigfoot.com">dvherman at bigfoot.com</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>July 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V1.8.3</p></td><td align="left"><p>Aug 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V1.8.2</p></td><td align="left"><p>Aug 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V1.8.1</p></td><td align="left"><p>May 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Help Manual V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>Jan 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash User Manual</p></td><td align="left"><p>June 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Developers and Documentors
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr></table></div></div><hr></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> GnuCash Help Manual</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/transactions.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/transactions.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/transactions.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="usage.html" title="Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports"><link rel="previous" href="setup-accounts.html" title="5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts"><link rel="next" href="reports.html" title="5.4. Using Reports And Charts"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="setup-accounts.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reports.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="transactions"></a>5.3. Using The Register To Record Transactions</h2></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img src="./stylesheet/note.png"></img></td><th align="left" valign="top">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p xmlns="">This section is a "work in process" all of the material has not been reviewed for V2.0.
+While it may not be strictly accurate, it is at least a "guide".</p></td></tr></table></div><p></p><p>GnuCash uses accounts as a way of grouping or organizing the recording of transactions. Transactions are entered into the Account Register Window. This section describes the tools GnuCash has to help enter transactions quickly into the register. </p><p></p><p>A represents the movement of money from one account to another account. Whenever you spend or receive money, or transfer money between accounts, that is a transaction. In GnuCash transactions always involve at least two accounts.</p><p></p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="reg-views"></a>5.3.1. Changing the Register View</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash has several options to change the way the register looks so transactions can be seen more clearly. The default style is the Basic Ledger. This presents a single line view of transactions to allow the most concise view with all the relevant details.</p><p>The default view or style can be changed by going to View -> Style. When the window closes the style will revert to the Basic Ledger style. To make this change permanent change the style in the Preferences in the Register section.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Basic Ledger: The default one line per transaction style. Splits are shown as a summary.</p></li><li><p>Auto-Split Ledger: This style will automatically expand the splits in any transaction selected.</p></li><li><p>Transaction Journal: This style expands all transactions so the complete transaction can be seen.</p></li><li><p>Double Line: This check-box changes any of the above styles so that an additional line for notes about the transaction is added.</p></li></ul></div><p>The two other options to change the view of the register is to restrict the Date Range and change the Sort Order. These are both accessible from the View menu.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-enter"></a>5.3.2. To Enter a!
Transac
tion</h3></div></div><p>When the Account Register Window for an account is opened the list of transactions for that account is shown. This window has the name of the account on its title bar. The menus contain several functions that alter the display of transactions. The toolbar also contains several functions that are used often when entering transactions. These are described in the Account Register Window section of this help.</p><p>GnuCash has two methods available for entering transactions. Entering directly into the register window is the most common way of entering transactions. The Transfer Funds Window is the second method.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-reg-enter"></a>5.3.2.1. Enter Directly in the Register Window</h4></div></div><p>The register window will look slightly different depending on the style options you have chosen. The following describes entering transactions in the basic ledger style. The cursor is placed in the date field by default when the register window is opened.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Selecting the triangle icon on the right of the date field drops down a date selection dialog. Use the arrows to select the correct month and year for the transaction then select the date. Selecting the triangle icon once more will close the date selection dialog. It is also possible to type in the date or part of the date and let GnuCash fill the rest.</p></li><li><p>Press tab to move or select the Num field. Here you can enter a check or transaction number. Pressing '+' (plus) will automatically advance the number by one from the last transaction to have a number.</p></li><li><p>Press tab to move or select the Description field. This field is used to enter either a payee or other description for the transaction. It will automatically attempt to fill the payee name as you type.</p></li><li><p>At this stage two things will happen if tab is pressed. If GnuCash matches an existing transaction the cursor will jump to one!
of the
amount fields, automatically filling in the transfer account. If there is no existing transaction GnuCash will move the cursor to the Transfer field. Selecting the Transfer field with the mouse instead of tabbing will not automatically fill the Transfer field.</p></li><li><p>When typing in the Transfer field GnuCash will also attempt to automatically match the account. It does this alphabetically, so typing 'Ex' will match the Expenses section of the account list. When the section is matched, it is possible to move to a child account by pressing ':' (colon). If after typing 'Ex' you press ':' then the cursor will move to the first child account in the list. Typing combinations of letters and ':' will allow movement down the tree of accounts quickly. The triangle icon on the right of the Transfer box can be used as an alternate way of selecting accounts.</p></li><li><p>The next field is used for reconciliation. This is described in the To Reconcile an Account to a Statement section above.</p></li><li><p>Press tab to move to the first of the amount fields. The name of the next two columns is different according to what type of account is opened. For example, Bank accounts show Deposit and Withdrawal here, Credit Card accounts show Payment and Charge, and Stock accounts show Shares, Price, Buy and Sell.</p></li><li><p>Enter an amount for the transaction in the correct field. Pressing the Enter key, selecting the Enter icon or going to Actions -> Enter will finish the transaction. Selecting the Cancel icon or going to Actions -> Cancel will erase the transaction.</p></li><li><p>Transactions with just one transfer account will show the name of that account in the Transfer field in completed transactions. </p></li><li><p>To move to the blank transaction at the bottom of the register, press the Blank toolbar icon or go to Actions -> Blank</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-win-enter"></a>5.3.2.2. Enter in the Transfer Funds Window</h!
4></div>
</div><p>The method described here uses the Transfer Funds Window to enter a single transaction. This is mainly used as a quick way to enter a single transaction without opening the account registers. To enter multiple transactions it is recommended to use the register directly.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Enter in the Transfer Information pane the Amount, Date and Description. The Num and Memo fields are optional.</p></li><li><p>Choose the Transfer From account. If this account is an income or expense account select the check-box at the bottom of the Transfer From pane.</p></li><li><p>Choose the Transfer To account. If this account is an income or expense account select the check-box at the bottom of the Transfer From pane.</p></li><li><p>If one of the accounts above is a different currency from the other account the Currency Transfer pane will be enabled to add either an Exchange Rate or a To Amount.</p></li><li><p>Select OK to commit the transaction or Cancel to dismiss the dialog without entering the transaction.</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-multi-enter"></a>5.3.3. To Enter Multiple Split Transactions</h3></div></div><p>The register window will look slightly different depending on the style options you have chosen. The following describes entering transactions with multiple splits in the basic ledger style. GnuCash describes the accounts that money is transferred to or from in the currently opened transaction a Split. The cursor is placed in the date field by default when the register window is opened.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Selecting the triangle icon on the right of the date field drops down a date selection dialog. Use the arrows to select the correct month and year for the transaction then select the date. Selecting the triangle icon once more will close the date selection dialog. It is also possible to type in the date or part of the date and let GnuCash fill the rest.<!
/p></li>
<li><p>Press tab to move or select the Num field. Here you can enter a check or transaction number. Pressing '+' (plus) will automatically advance the number by one from the last transaction to have a number.</p></li><li><p>Press tab to move or select the Description field. This field is used to enter either a payee or other description for the transaction. It will automatically attempt to fill the payee name as you type.</p></li><li><p>At this stage two things will happen if tab is pressed. If GnuCash matches an existing transaction the cursor will jump to one of the amount fields, automatically filling in the transfer account. If there is no existing transaction GnuCash will move the cursor to the Transfer field. Selecting the Transfer field with the mouse instead of tabbing will not automatically fill the Transfer field.</p></li><li><p>When typing in the Transfer field GnuCash will also attempt to automatically match the account. It does this alphabetically, so typing 'Ex' will match the Expenses section of the account list. When the section is matched, it is possible to move to a child account by pressing ':' (colon). If after typing 'Ex' you press ':' then the cursor will move to the first child account in the list. Typing combinations of letters and ':' will allow movement down the tree of accounts quickly. The triangle icon on the right of the Transfer box can be used as an alternate way of selecting accounts.</p></li><li><p>The next field is used for reconciliation. This is described in the To Reconcile an Account to a Statement section above.</p></li><li><p>Press tab to move to the first of the amount fields. The name of the next two columns is different according to what type of account is opened. For example, Bank accounts show Deposit and Withdrawal here, Credit Card accounts show Payment and Charge, and Stock accounts show Shares, Price, Buy and Sell.</p></li><li><p>Enter the total amount for the transaction in the correct field. </p></li><li><p>To enter the additional splits, press the Spli!
t button
on the toolbar or select Actions -> Split Transaction. Transactions with more than one split show '-!!-Split Transaction-!!-' and the Split button will need to be used to show the details.</p></li><li><p>The display will expand, the titles of the amount columns will be renamed and the Transfer column name will be blank. The first line contains the description and the amount of the transaction. The second line contains the currently opened account name in the Account field and the amount of the transaction. The third line contains the transfer account name in the Account field. If the amount is not balanced GnuCash will indicate this by placing gray check-boxes in the amount columns with the unbalanced amount in a blank fourth row.</p></li><li><p>When one of the short lines is selected, the column titles will change. The very first and last (Date and Balance) columns will have blank titles. Num will change to Action, Description to Memo, the now blank Transfer column will change to Account. The last two amount columns will show the name described in step seven.</p></li><li><p>The Action and Memo columns are optional to fill out at this stage. Action is used to describe what kind of account transfer is involved. Memo is an additional description of the transfer.</p></li><li><p>Move to the missing amount field on the third line and fill in the amount. Pressing the Enter key, selecting the Enter icon or going to Actions -> Enter will now move the cursor to the next line.</p></li><li><p>The Account column contains the list of transfer accounts. This column is the one that is used to add splits. The method described in step five can be used to select another account on a blank line. Add as many additional splits as needed.</p></li><li><p>When the transaction is balanced the gray check-boxes will disappear and the last blank line will not have an amount.</p></li><li><p>Pressing enter as described above past the blank line will jump to the next transaction. Selecting the next transaction will close the sp!
lit or i
t can be manually closed by pressing the Split icon or selecting Actions -> Split Transaction.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-currency-enter"></a>5.3.4. To Enter Multiple Currency Transactions</h3></div></div><p>Currently transfers between different currencies are only supported by using the Transfer Funds Window described above. It is necessary to use this dialog to add an exchange rate. </p><p>To setup an account as a different currency edit the account properties and change the Commodity field to the foreign currency. This account will now enable the Currency Transfer pane in the Transfer Funds Window.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-edit"></a>5.3.5. To Edit a Transaction</h3></div></div><p>Editing a transaction involves just selecting the part of the transaction that needs to be changed. Once the changes are made pressing the Enter key, selecting the Enter icon or going to Actions -> Enter will now move the cursor to the next line or transaction.</p><p>To see a more detailed view of a transaction for editing, press the Split button on the toolbar or select Actions -> Split Transaction.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-delete"></a>5.3.6. To Delete a Transaction</h3></div></div><p>If a transaction needs to be removed from the register, select the transaction and press either the Delete icon on the toolbar or go to Actions -> Delete. Parts of a transaction can also be removed by pressing the Split button on the toolbar or selecting Actions -> Split Transaction. The part of the transaction that needs to be deleted can be then selected for deletion.</p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-split-remove"></a>5.3.7. To Remove Transaction Splits</h3></div></div><p>Removing Transaction Splits involves erasing all splits except the one for the account that is opene!
d. This
is a useful way of reusing a previous transaction that has multiple splits that need to be changed. (Note this can be done without opening the split, but doing so makes the effect more visible)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Press the Split button on the toolbar or select Actions -> Split Transaction to open the transaction.</p></li><li><p>Select Actions -> Remove Transaction Splits.</p></li><li><p>All Accounts and their related details will be removed except for the
+ currently opened account. </p></li><li><p>The amount is not balanced and GnuCash will indicate this by placing gray
+ check-boxes in the amount columns with the unbalanced amount in the blank last
+ row.</p></li><li><p>Edit the transaction to fill in the new details.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-copy"></a>5.3.8. To Copy a Transaction</h3></div></div><p>Copying Transactions is available from both the Edit menu and the Actions menu.
+ The Edit menu has Cut Transaction, Copy Transaction and Paste Transaction which allows
+ a whole transaction to be cut or copied and pasted to a new transaction line. This way
+ of copying a transaction will use the date showing in the new transaction blank line.
+ </p><p>The Actions menu also contains Duplicate Transaction... which unlike the previous
+ method allows for choosing a different date.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select the transaction to duplicate.</p></li><li><p>Go to Actions -> Duplicate Transaction...</p></li><li><p>A dialog called Duplicate Transaction will prompt for a new Date and Num for
+ the transaction.</p></li><li><p>Press OK to add the transaction to the register.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="trans-sched"></a>5.3.9. To Schedule Transactions</h3></div></div><p>Scheduled Transactions provide the ability to have transactions automatically
+ entered into the register at a specified time. The Scheduled Transaction Editor is
+ used to create and edit transactions that are to be added to the register in an
+ automated way. This is combined with the Since Last Run druid to review and enter the
+ transactions. The Mortgage & Loan Repayment druid is used to setup a scheduled
+ transaction to repay a compounding interest loan.</p><p>The easiest way to setup a scheduled transaction is to use an existing
+ transaction in an account register as a template. Select the account you wish to use
+ as a template and then either select the Schedule icon on the toolbar of go to
+ Actions -> Schedule... This will bring up the Make Scheduled Transaction dialog.
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Enter here a name to use for the scheduled transaction. This will be
+ used in the Description file of the transaction.</p></li><li><p>Frequency: Choose the time period you want between scheduled entries. The
+ dates that the transactions will be entered will show in the mini calendar pane to
+ the right.</p></li><li><p>Start Date: Choose a date for the scheduled transaction to start.</p></li><li><p>Never End: This scheduled transaction has no finish date.</p></li><li><p>End Date: Choose a date for the scheduled transaction to end.</p></li><li><p>Number of Occurrences: Enter the number of times you wish the scheduled
+ transaction to be added to the register.</p></li></ul></div><p>The Advanced... button brings up the Scheduled Transaction Editor's dialog to
+ Edit the Scheduled Transaction. This is described in the next section.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-sched-editor"></a>5.3.9.1. Scheduled Transaction Editor</h4></div></div><p>The Scheduled Transaction Editor is used to access the list of scheduled
+ transactions and edit or remove them. It also provides a calendar which lists
+ upcoming scheduled transactions. Clicking on the calendar view and hovering over
+ any date will pop up a small dialog that shows the transactions scheduled for
+ that day. The yellow highlight in the calendar indicates which days have scheduled
+ transactions. To dismiss the hover dialog click once more.</p><p>The Scheduled Transaction Editor is accessed by going to Actions ->
+ Scheduled Transactions -> Scheduled Transaction Editor. Selecting a transaction
+ from the list and pressing Edit or pressing New will bring up the Edit Scheduled
+ Transaction dialog.</p><p>The Edit Scheduled Transaction dialog is described in the Tool Windows section
+ of this help. This section will describe how to add a new transaction manually.
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Enter a name for the scheduled transaction.</p></li><li><p>Choose a Frequency in the Recurrence Frequency pane.</p></li><li><p>Select the details in the bottom part of the Recurrence Frequency pane.
+ The changes are highlighted in the calendar view below.</p></li><li><p>Select from the Options pane if the transaction is to be created
+ automatically and/or the number of days in advance. Options for reminding in
+ advance and when automatically created can also be selected. Creating
+ automatically cannot use variables in splits.</p></li><li><p>Select the End options. This can either be No End, a specific End Date
+ or a certain Number of </p></li><li><p>Enter the transaction in the Template Transaction. This should be similar
+ to entering a transaction in the register.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-sched-slr"></a>5.3.9.2. Since Last Run Druid</h4></div></div><p>The Since Last Run druid is run automatically when GnuCash is started. It is
+ used to enter into the register any transactions that are due to be automatically
+ entered. The run on GnuCash start can be altered in the preferences. To run the
+ Since Last Run druid manually go to Actions -> Scheduled Transactions ->
+ Since Last Run...</p><p>The Since Last Run druid will automatically skip any screens that have no
+ transactions. The following describes every possible screen the druid will show.
+ The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using
+ the druid.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel entering the
+ transactions. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point will
+ be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a
+ selection made on that screen.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue though
+ the druid.</p></li></ul></div><p>The first screen shows Transaction Reminders page. This lists scheduled
+ transactions that have been set to give a reminder a number of days in advance. The
+ screen contains three columns. The first column contains the name of the scheduled
+ transaction and the date it is due. The second column contains the Frequency of the
+ scheduled transaction. The third column has the number of Days Away the transaction
+ is due to be entered. To create any transactions in the list instead of just being
+ reminded, select the date line. This will add it to the list of transactions on the
+ To-Create Transaction Preparation page.</p><p>The next screen shows the Auto-Created Transactions Notification page. This
+ lists scheduled transactions that have been set to be automatically created and
+ notify when they are created. Each transaction is presented in a register view that
+ shows the details of the splits in the transaction.</p><p>The next screen shows the To-Create Transaction Preparation page. This lists
+ scheduled transactions that are due to be entered in the register. This screen is
+ divided into three panes. The top left pane contains the list of transactions due to
+ be automatically entered. The top right pane allows you to change the Disposition
+ and has a read only view of the Variables used to create the transaction. The bottom
+ pane contains a read only view of the transactions due to be entered.</p><p>The next screen shows the Created Transaction Review page. This screen displays
+ the list of transactions about to be created and allows for final changes to be
+ made. The list is presented in a register view that shows the details of the splits
+ in the transaction. This is editable in the same way transactions are able to be
+ edited in the register.</p><p>The last screen shows the Obsolete Scheduled Transactions page. This screen
+ displays a list of scheduled transactions that are able to be deleted as the
+ schedule is completed. Select the ones to be removed.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating the
+ scheduled transactions. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this
+ point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a
+ selection made on that screen.</p></li><li><p>The Finish button creates the accounts you have selected.</p></li></ul></div><p>The Since Last Run druid has now added the scheduled transactions to the
+ register.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-sched-loans"></a>5.3.9.3. Mortgage & Loan Repayment Druid</h4></div></div><p>This druid creates a loan repayment scheduled transaction. When used to setup
+ a scheduled transaction, the druid creates a variable formula so that the
+ compounding interest is correctly calculated. To start this druid manually go to
+ Actions -> Scheduled Transactions -> Mortgage and Loan Repayment... </p><p>The Mortgage and Loan Repayment druid opens with a screen that briefly
+ describes what this druid does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen
+ will not change while using the druid.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating the
+ scheduled transaction. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this
+ point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a
+ selection made on that screen.</p></li><li><p>The Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue
+ though the druid.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen allows you to enter the basic loan information. This is
+ usually the information provided by the bank when loan and disclosure documents
+ are given to the borrower. Here you can also setup an account that the scheduled
+ transaction will use to enter the payment transaction.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Loan Account: Choose an account for the loan payment transactions or use
+ New... to setup a new account for the transactions.</p></li><li><p>Loan Amount: Enter the amount of the loan.</p></li><li><p>Interest Rate: Enter the loan interest rate.</p></li><li><p>Type: Choose the type of loan. If an adjustable rate is used the
+ frequency screen is enabled.</p></li><li><p>Interest Rate Change Frequency: Choose the frequency for the rate change
+ and the start date of the rate change.</p></li><li><p>Start Date: Choose the date the loan is starting on.</p></li><li><p>Length: Enter the length of the loan.</p></li><li><p>Months Remaining: This should be automatically calculated. Choose how many
+ months are remaining on the loan.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen is used to set escrow, insurance and tax options for the
+ loan. It is mainly used for mortgage payments. When each of the options here is set,
+ this enables additional pages in the druid to setup those portions of the payments.
+ All of the pages will be described here, even though some may not show if that
+ option is not chosen.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>... utilize an escrow account for payments?: This selection enables the
+ use of an account setup for tracking escrow payments. If the mortgage or loan
+ uses an escrow account to pay taxes, insurance, etc then setup an account here.
+ </p></li><li><p>... pay "Taxes"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled transaction
+ to pay taxes.</p></li><li><p>... pay "Insurance"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled
+ transaction to pay insurance payments.</p></li><li><p>... pay "PMI"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled transaction to pay PMI payments.</p></li><li><p>... pay "Other Expense"?: adds an additional page to setup a scheduled transaction to pay other expenses.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Loan Repayment.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo.</p></li><li><p>Payment Amount: Shows the variable used to calculate the payment amount.</p></li><li><p>Payment From: Choose an account to pay the loan amount from.</p></li><li><p>Principal To: Choose an account to transfer the principal part of the loan to.</p></li><li><p>Interest To: Choose an account to transfer the interest part of the loan to.</p></li><li><p>Remainder to: Choose an account to transfer the rest of the payment amount to.</p></li><li><p>Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for loan repayments.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Tax payment.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo.</p></li><li><p>Amount: Enter the payment amount.</p></li><li><p>Payment From: Choose an account to pay the tax amount from.</p></li><li><p>Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the tax payment to.</p></li><li><p>Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for tax payments.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Insurance payment.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, the description of the scheduled transac!
tion and
the memo.</p></li><li><p>Amount: Enter the payment amount.</p></li><li><p>Payment From: Choose an account to pay the insurance amount from.</p></li><li><p>Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the insurance payment to.</p></li><li><p>Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for insurance payments.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the PMI payment.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo.</p></li><li><p>Amount: Enter the payment amount.</p></li><li><p>Payment From: Choose an account to pay the PMI amount from.</p></li><li><p>Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the PMI payment to.</p></li><li><p>Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for PMI payments.</p></li></ul></div><p>The next screen is used to setup the details of the scheduled transaction for the Other Expense payment.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Transaction Memo: The name entered here will be used as the name for the scheduled transaction, the description of the scheduled transaction and the memo.</p></li><li><p>Amount: Enter the payment amount.</p></li><li><p>Payment From: Choose an account to pay the other expense amount from.</p></li><li><p>Payment To: Choose an account to transfer the other expense payment to.</p></li><li><p>Repayment Frequency: Select the Frequency and start date for other expense payments.</p></li></ul></div><p>The last screen gives you a list of three choices to finish the druid.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating a new loan scheduled transaction. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.</p></li><li><p>The Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made on that screen.</p></li><li><p>The Finish button creates the schedul!
ed trans
action.</p></li></ul></div><p>You should now have the Mortgage or Loan Repayment scheduled transaction
+ setup.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="print-check"></a>5.3.10. To Print Checks</h3></div></div><p>Checks are printed in GnuCash from the account register. GnuCash provides the
+ ability to print to standard Quicken Checks (US Letter) or to make a custom check
+ format. Check position and Date formats are also customizable.</p><p>To access the check printing feature in GnuCash, select the transaction to print
+ a check for and go to File -> Print Check. This will open the Print Check
+ properties dialog.</p><p>The Print Check dialog has two tabs. The first tab, Options, is used to setup
+ the most common options to print a check. The second tab, Custom format, is used to
+ setup the position of various fields on the check. It is useful to print a test check
+ to a plain piece of paper first and use that to make any adjustments needed.</p><p>The default selection in Options is for Quicken/Quickbooks (tm) US-Letter
+ checks.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Check format: Test with Quicken first then use custom if the position is
+ incorrect.</p></li><li><p>Check position: This sets if the Top, Middle or Bottom check is printed.
+ Custom is used if the position of the checks on the page is incorrect.</p></li><li><p>Date format: The default here is set in the Preferences International
+ section. Choose a date format. This can also be adjusted by the Use of the Months:
+ and Years: lines. Custom allows the date format to be set in the Format: box (%m
+ means month, %d means day, %Y means year) A Sample of the format chosen is
+ displayed below.</p></li></ul></div><p>The Custom check format contains two columns to enter in the X and Y
+ co-ordinates of the field position on the check. Positions in the Custom Check Format
+ entry area are specified with x = 0 at the left edge of the check with x increasing
+ to the right, and y = 0 at the bottom edge of the check with y increasing as you
+ travel up.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Payee: </p></li><li><p>Date: </p></li><li><p>Amount (words): </p></li><li><p>Amount (numbers): </p></li><li><p>Memo: </p></li><li><p>Check position: </p></li><li><p>Date format: </p></li><li><p>Units: Set the unit to use for the above positions.</p></li></ul></div><p>Once OK is pressed on the Print Check dialog the Print GnuCash Document dialog
+ is presented. Press OK to print the check.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="setup-accounts.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="reports.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">5.2. Setting Up And Editing Accounts </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="usage.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.4. Using Reports And Charts</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/transactions.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tutorial.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tutorial.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tutorial.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Chapter 2. Getting Help"><link rel="previous" href="Help-Window.html" title="2.1. Accessing Help"><link rel="next" href="on-line-assistance.html" title="2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Help-Window.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Getting Help</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="on-line-assistance.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="tutorial"></a>2.2. GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts Guide</h2></div></div><p></p><p>This guide is the counterpart to this help. It explains the
+ concepts used in GnuCash and has a tutorial that takes you through using
+ GnuCash to manage your accounts. It will appear if you choose
+ Open the new user tutorial in the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> menu.</p><p></p><p>To open this Guide manually go to <b>Help</b> ->
+ <b>Tutorial and Concepts Guide</b>.</p><p></p><p>It is strongly recommended to read this guide if you are new to
+ GnuCash or unfamiliar with accounting concepts.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Help-Window.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="on-line-assistance.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2.1. Accessing Help </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Getting-Help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2.3. GnuCash On-line Assistance</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/tutorial.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/usage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/usage.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/usage.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="previous" href="ch04s04.html" title="4.4. Report Window"><link rel="next" href="ch05s01.html" title="5.1. Tools"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch05s01.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="chapter"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="usage"></a>Chapter 5. Common Operations, Tools and Reports</h2></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>5.1. <a href="ch05s01.html">Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>5.1.1. <a href="ch05s01.html#tool-win">Tool Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>5.2. <a href="setup-accounts.html">Setting Up And Editing Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>5.2.1. <a href="setup-accounts.html#acct-types">Types of GnuCash Accounts</a></dt><dt>5.2.2. <a href="setup-accounts.html#chart-create">To Create a Chart of Accounts</a></dt><dt>5.2.3. <a href="setup-accounts.html#acct-create">To Create a New Account</a></dt><dt>5.2.4. <a href="setup-accounts.html#acct-edit">To Edit an Account</a></dt><dt>5.2.5. <a href="setup-accounts.html#chart-edit">To Edit a Chart of Accounts</a></dt><dt>5.2.6. <a href="setup-accounts.html#chart-renumber">To Renumber Subaccounts</a></dt><dt>5.2.7. <a href="setup-accounts.html#acct-delete">To Delete an Account</a></dt><dt>5.2.8!
. <a hre
f="setup-accounts.html#acct-jump">To Jump to another Account</a></dt><dt>5.2.9. <a href="setup-accounts.html#acct-reconcile">To Reconcile an Account to a Statement</a></dt><dt>5.2.10. <a href="setup-accounts.html#stock-split">To Perform a Stock Split</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>5.3. <a href="transactions.html">Using The Register To Record Transactions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>5.3.1. <a href="transactions.html#reg-views">Changing the Register View</a></dt><dt>5.3.2. <a href="transactions.html#trans-enter">To Enter a Transaction</a></dt><dt>5.3.3. <a href="transactions.html#trans-multi-enter">To Enter Multiple Split Transactions</a></dt><dt>5.3.4. <a href="transactions.html#trans-currency-enter">To Enter Multiple Currency Transactions</a></dt><dt>5.3.5. <a href="transactions.html#trans-edit">To Edit a Transaction</a></dt><dt>5.3.6. <a href="transactions.html#trans-delete">To Delete a Transaction</a></dt><dt>5.3.7. <a href="transactions.html#trans-split-remove">To Remove Transaction Splits</a></dt><dt>5.3.8. <a href="transactions.html#trans-copy">To Copy a Transaction</a></dt><dt>5.3.9. <a href="transactions.html#trans-sched">To Schedule Transactions</a></dt><dt>5.3.10. <a href="transactions.html#print-check">To Print Checks</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>5.4. <a href="reports.html">Using Reports And Charts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>5.4.1. <a href="reports.html#report-types">Types of Reports and Graphs</a></dt><dt>5.4.2. <a href="reports.html#report-create">To Create Reports and Graphs</a></dt><dt>5.4.3. <a href="reports.html#report-custom">To Customize Reports and Graphs</a></dt><dt>5.4.4. <a href="reports.html#report-print">To Print or Export Reports and Graphs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ch04s04.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a !
accesske
y="n" href="ch05s01.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4.4. Report Window </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 5.1. Tools</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/usage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/what-is-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/what-is-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/what-is-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1.1. What is GnuCash?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash"><link rel="previous" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="Getting-Help.html" title="Chapter 2. Getting Help"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1.1. What is GnuCash?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Getting-Help.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="what-is-gnucash"></a>1.1. What is GnuCash?</h2></div></div><p>GnuCash is a personal and small business finance application. Its designed to be easy to use, yet powerful and flexible. GnuCash allows you to track your income and expenses, reconcile bank accounts, monitor stock portfolios and manage your small business finances. It is based on professional accounting principles to ensure balanced books and accurate reports.</p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Getting-Help.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width!
="40%" a
lign="left">Chapter 1. Introduction to GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> Chapter 2. Getting Help</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/what-is-gnucash.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/windows.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/windows.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/windows.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Help Manual"><link rel="up" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview"><link rel="previous" href="GUIMenus.html" title="Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview"><link rel="next" href="ch04s02.html" title="4.2. Account Tree"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="GUIMenus.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s02.html">Next >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="windows"></a>4.1. GnuCash Windows and Menus</h2></div></div><p>The main GnuCash window displays the accounts, reports, menu
+ selections and tools you may use to process your financial data. This
+ section gives you an overview of the different windows and sections of
+ windows that you will see in GnuCash.</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="Main-window"></a>4.1.1. Main GnuCash Window</h3></div></div><p>Access to commonly used sub-windows and account tools is through
+ this window.</p><p>The contents and options within the various sub-menus of the
+ various sections of the main GnuCash window will vary dependent on the
+ active display window.</p><p>When you start GnuCash, after a couple of windows (starting splash
+ screen, and tip of the day) the main window will be displayed. This
+ window is very similar to a typical browser, the top "row" displays the
+ file that is open, the next row is the Menu bar, next is the Tool bar,
+ then there is a row of "tabs" for the open reports, registers, or
+ account trees, the next area is a major display space for the active
+ display, near the bottom is a summary bar row and finally the bottom row
+ is the status bar.</p><p><a href="windows.html#TableWinBars" title="Table 4.1. Display Bars of the main GnuCash Window">Table 4.1</a> describes the components of
+ the main GnuCash Window.</p><div class="table"><p><a name="TableWinBars"></a><b>Table 4.1. Display Bars of the main GnuCash Window</b></p><table summary="Display Bars of the main GnuCash Window" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Component</p></th><th><p>Description</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menu bar</p></td><td><p>Contains the Menus used in the currently active
+ Window</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tool Bar</p></td><td><p>Contains Icons or Text buttons used to access common
+ tasks is the currently active window</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tabs Bar</p></td><td><p>Contains Tabs of the currently open Account Tree,
+ Reports, Transaction Registers.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Active Display Window</p></td><td><p>Contains the display of the currently selected
+ Tab</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Summary Bar</p></td><td><p>Contains Summary of Financial Data</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Status Bar</p></td><td><p>Contains a short description of Menu items and a
+ progress bar</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The "Accounts" tab labels a display that provides an overview of
+ all your accounts and a summary of their balances. It groups the
+ accounts into types based on standard accounting practice.</p><p>To open an additional Account Tree go to <b>File ->
+ New Accounts Page </b>. This will open the account tree in the existing
+ window.</p><p>To open a new window with an Account Tree go to <b>Windows
+ -> New Window with Page</b>.</p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="GUIMenus.html"><<< Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ch04s02.html">Next >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">Chapter 4. GUI & Menus Overview </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="GUIMenus.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4.2. Account Tree</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/C/gnucash-help/windows.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>4. GnuCash anpassen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="previous" href="usage.html" title="3. Benutzung"><link rel="next" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. GnuCash anpassen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="usage.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="custom-gnucash"></a>4. GnuCash anpassen</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="account-options"></a>4.1. Kontenoptionen</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The Account Options is used to set the view of the Account Tree Window. This dialog sets the view on each open window of the account tree. This means that when the New Account Tree is used several different views of the account tree can be created.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name of the account view: Used to name the account in the Windows menu and the note tabs.</p></li><li><p>Double click expands parent accounts: Use double click instead of single click to expand accounts</p></li><li><p>Account types to display: Select which types of accounts to display in the account tree.</p></li><li><p>Account fields to display: Select what fields to display in the account tree.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="tit!
le"><a n
ame="set-prefs"></a>4.2. GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The GnuCash Preferences dialog contains the following sections.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-accounts"></a>4.2.1. Konto: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Account : This option is used to pick a different separator in the register for parent and child accounts.</p></li><li><p>Reversed-balance account types: This option is used to choose what type of account have their balances reversed. If the balance is normally negative, as in a loan or a credit card then this will make the balance positive.</p></li><li><p>Use accounting labels: This option is used to turn on accounting labels (debit and credit) instead of using terms such as withdrawal and deposit.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-biz"></a>4.2.2. Geschäft: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Number of Rows: This option is used to set the default number of register rows to display in invoices.</p></li><li><p>Invoice Tax Included?: This option is used to set if tax is included by default in entries on invoices. </p></li><li><p>Bill Tax Included?: This option is used to set if tax is included by default in entries on bills.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-general"></a>4.2.3. Allgemein: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Show Advanced Settings: </p></li><li><p>Toolbar Buttons: </p></li><li><p>Display "Tip of the Day": </p></li><li><p>Display negative amounts in red: </p></li><li><p>Automatic Decimal Point: </p></li><li><p>Auto Decimal Places: </p></li><li><p>No account list setup on new file: </p></li><li>!
<p>Days
to retain log files: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-inter"></a>4.2.4. International: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Date Format: </p></li><li><p>Default Currency: </p></li><li><p>Use 24-hour time format: </p></li><li><p>Enable EURO support: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-online"></a>4.2.5. Online Banking & Import: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>QIF Verbose documentation: </p></li><li><p>Enable REPLACE match action: </p></li><li><p>Enable SKIP transaction action: </p></li><li><p>Auto-CLEAR threshold: </p></li><li><p>Match display threshold: </p></li><li><p>Auto-ADD threshold: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-rec"></a>4.2.6. Abgleichen: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Automatic interest transfer: </p></li><li><p>Automatic credit card payments: </p></li><li><p>Check off cleared transactions: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg"></a>4.2.7. Kontobuch: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Default Register Style: </p></li><li><p>Double Line Mode: </p></li><li><p>'Enter' moves to blank transaction: </p></li><li><p>Confirm before changing reconciled: </p></li><li><p>Register font: </p></li><li><p>Register hint font: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-reg-color"></a>4.2.8. Kontobuch Farben: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferen!
ces;</p>
<p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Header color: </p></li><li><p>Primary color: </p></li><li><p>Secondary color: </p></li><li><p>Primary active color: </p></li><li><p>Secondary active color: </p></li><li><p>Split color: </p></li><li><p>Split active color: </p></li><li><p>Double mode colors alternate with transactions: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-sched"></a>4.2.9. Terminierte Buchungen: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Run on GnuCash start: </p></li><li><p>Auto-Create new Scheduled Transactions by default: </p></li><li><p>Notify on new, auto-created Scheduled Transactions: </p></li><li><p>Default number of days in advance to create: </p></li><li><p>Default number of days in advance to remind: </p></li><li><p>Template Register Lines: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-user"></a>4.2.10. Benutzerinformationen: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences;</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>User Name: </p></li><li><p>User Address: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="prefs-advanced"></a>4.2.11. Erweitert: </h4></div></div><p></p><p>This section contains the following preferences (this screen is hidden by default);</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Save Window Geometry: </p></li><li><p>Application MDI mode: </p></li><li><p>Show Vertical Borders: </p></li><li><p>Show Horizontal Borders: </p></li><li><p>Auto-Raise Lists: </p></li><li><p>Show All Transactions: </p></li><li><p>Number of Rows: </p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="change-style"></a>4.3. HTMl-Stilvorlagen ändern</h3></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash has two default stylesheets for webpage reports. T!
hese sty
lesheets can be altered by using the HTML Style Sheets editor. To access the editor go to Edit -> Style Sheets...</p><p></p><p>To add a new Style Sheet select the New... button in the Style Sheet pane. The New Style Sheet dialog will appear. Fill in the Name: of the new Style Sheet and choose a template. To remove a Style Sheet select the Style Sheet from the list and click Delete.</p><p></p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-default"></a>4.3.1. Voreinstellung</h4></div></div><p></p><p>The Default Style Sheet has two tabs to alter the appearance of reports, General and Tables. </p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-def-general"></a>4.3.1.1. Allgemein</h5></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Background Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Background Pixmap: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the background in reports.</p></li><li><p>Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in reports.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-def-tables"></a>4.3.1.2. Tabellen</h5></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table cells</p></li><li><p>Table cell padding: Sets the padding between table cells</p></li><li><p>Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on tables.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="style-technicolor"></a>4.3.2. Bunt</h4></div></div><p></p><p>The Technicolor Style Sheet has four tabs to alter the appearance of reports, Colors, General, Images and Tables.</p><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-colors"></a>4.3.2.1. Farben</h5></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Background Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Text Color: O!
pens the
color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Table Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Link Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Alternate Table Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color: Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Sub-subheading/total Cell Color:Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li><li><p>Grand Total Cell Color:Opens the color picker to choose a new color.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-general"></a>4.3.2.2. Allgemein</h5></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Preparer: Name of the person preparing the report.</p></li><li><p>Prepared for: Name of Organization or Company the report is prepared for.</p></li><li><p>Show preparer info: Show the Preparer information in the report.</p></li><li><p>Enable Links: Select this to enable blue hyperlinks in reports.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-images"></a>4.3.2.3. Bilder</h5></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Background Tile: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the background in reports.</p></li><li><p>Heading Banner: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the heading in reports.</p></li><li><p>Logo: Use the Browse button to select a picture to use as the logo in reports.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="style-tech-tables"></a>4.3.2.4. Tabellen</h5></div></div><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Table cell spacing: Sets the space between table cells</p></li><li><p>Table cell padding: Sets the padding between table cells</p></li><li><p>Table border width: Sets the width of the borders on tables.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div cla!
ss="titl
epage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="set-tax-options"></a>4.4. Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The Tax Information dialog is used to set Tax Options. The settings on accounts in this dialog are used by the TXF Export function in reports to select the accounts for export. To access this dialog go to Edit -> Tax Options.</p><p></p><p>IMPORTANT: Most TXF codes should only appear on a single account! The exceptions are codes for which the "Payer Name Source" is not grayed, each of which can appear many times. Of course, each duplicate should have a unique payer name. These are typically interest accounts or stocks or mutual funds that pay dividends.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Accounts: This pane contains the list of accounts. Select an account to set a TXF category. If no account is selected nothing is changed. If multiple accounts are selected, all of the accounts will be set to the selected item. </p></li><li><p>Tax Related: Select this checkbox to add tax information to an account then select the TXF Category below.</p></li><li><p>TXF Categories: Select the desired one. A detailed description appears just below.</p></li><li><p>Payer Name Source: A text description that is exported along with the value of the account. This is usually the name of a bank, stock, or mutual fund that pays dividends or interest. Occasionally, it is a description of a deduction.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="txf-probs"></a>4.4.1. TXF Export - Bekannte Probleme</h4></div></div><p>Ein TXF Export exportiert die Daten für eine Steuererklärung
+ in den USA.</p><p></p><p>TaxCut 1999 </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N488 "^ Sched B \ Div. income, cap gain distrib."</p></li><li><p>Code: N286 "^ Sched B \ Dividend income"</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>These two codes, from the same payer, are not correlated. The user will have to adjust for this after import. </p><p></p><p>TaxCut 1999, 2000 </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly"</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Does not accept the date field and does not import the individual payment amounts, only the total. The date and individual payment amounts, only matter if you have to compute the penalty. (this may be a TurboTax enhancement) </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N460 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, self"</p></li><li><p>Code: N506 " W-2 \ Salary or wages, spouse" </p></li><li><p>and other related codes.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Information from only one job may be imported. </p><p></p><p>TurboTax 1999, 2000 </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Code: N521 " F1040 \ Federal estimated tax, quarterly"</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Does not accept the dates outside of the tax year. This is a problem for the last payment that is due Jan 15. GnuCash changes the the date of the last payment to Dec 31. The user will have to adjust for this after import. The date only matters if you have to compute the penalty. </p><p></p><p>TXF Tax eXport Format </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Duplicate Codes</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Most codes are not supposed to appear more than once. GnuCash issues an error message if it detects this, but will still export the data. These are not handled the same by TaxCut and TurboTax.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>TurboTax</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Sums the duplicate codes. i.e., job one and job two are added together.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>TaxCut</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Keeps only the LAST of the duplicate!
codes.
i.e., job one is ignored and job two is kept. </p><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="txf-defs"></a>4.4.2. Ausführliche Beschreibung der TXF Kategorien</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Table 32. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</p><p></p><p>
+<div class="table"><p><b>Tabelle 33. Detailed TXF Category Descriptions</b></p><table summary="Detailed TXF Category Descriptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p><b>Tax Form \</b> TXF Code</p><p>Description</p></th><th>Extended TXF Help messages</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><b>< help \ </b>H001</p><p>Name of Current account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported. "<" indicates that the name of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ help \ </b>H002</p><p>Name of Parent account is exported.</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "<" or a "^", require a Payer identification to be exported. "^" indicates that the name of the PARENT of this account is exported as this Payer ID. Typically, this is a bank, stock, or mutual fund name.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># help \ </b>H003</p><p>Not implemented yet, Do NOT Use!</p></td><td>Categories marked with a "#" are not fully implemented yet! Do not use these codes!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> none \ </b>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1040 \ </b>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N261</p><p>Alimony received</p></td><td>Amounts received as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N257</p><p>Other income, misc.</p></td><td>Miscellaneous income such as: a hobby or a farm you operate mostly for recreation and pleasure, jury duty pay. Exclude self employment income, gambling winnings, prizes and awards.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N520</p><p>RR retirement inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a soc!
ial secu
rity benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N519</p><p>RR retirement income, self</p></td><td>The part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits. These will be reported on Form RRB-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N258</p><p>Sick pay or disability pay</p></td><td>Amounts you receive from your employer while you are sick or injured are part of your salary or wages. Exclude workers' compensation, accident or health insurance policy benefits, if you paid the premiums.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N483</p><p>Social Security inc., spouse</p></td><td>Spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N266</p><p>Social Security income, self</p></td><td>The part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act. These will be reported on Form SSA-1099.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N260</p><p>State and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N269</p><p>Taxable fringe benefits</p></td><td>Fringe benefits you receive in connection with the performance of your services are included in your gross income as compensation. Examples: Accident or Health Plan, Educational Assistance, Group-Term Life Insurance, Transportation (company car).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-G \ </b>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N672</p><p>Qualified state tuition earnings</p></td><td>Qualified state tuition program earnings you received this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N260<!
/p><p>St
ate and local tax refunds</p></td><td>Refund of state or local income tax refund (or credit or offset) which you deducted or took a credit for in an earlier year. You should receive a statement, Form 1099-G. Not reportable if you didn't itemize last year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N479</p><p>Unemployment compensation</p></td><td>Total unemployment compensation paid to you this year. Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-MISC \ </b>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N562</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds</p></td><td>The amount of crop insurance proceeds as the result of crop damage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N559</p><p>Fishing boat proceeds</p></td><td>Your share of all proceeds from the sale of a catch or the fair market value of a distribution in kind that you received as a crew member of a fishing boat.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N560</p><p>Medical/health payments</p></td><td>The amount of payments received as a physician or other supplier or provider of medical or health care services. This includes payments made by medical and health care insurers under health, accident, and sickness insurance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N561</p><p>Non employee compensation</p></td><td>The amount of non-employee compensation received. This includes fees, commissions, prizes and awards for services performed, other forms of compensation for services you performed for a trade or business by which you are not employed. Also include oil and gas payments for a working interest.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N557</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows. Included is all punitive damages, any damages for nonphysical injuries or s!
ickness,
and any other taxable damages, Deceased employee's wages paid to estate or beneficiary.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N259</p><p>Prizes and awards</p></td><td>The amount of prizes and awards that are not for services performed. Included is the fair market value of merchandise won on game shows.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N555</p><p>Rents</p></td><td>Amounts received for all types of rents, such as real estate rentals for office space, machine rentals, and pasture rentals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N556</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The gross royalty payments received from a publisher or literary agent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099=MSA \ </b>H629</p><p>Form 1099-MSA Medical Savings Account</p></td><td>Form 1099-MSA is used to report medical savings account distributions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-MSA \ </b>N632</p><p>MSA earnings on excess contrib</p></td><td>The earnings on any excess contributions you withdrew from an MSA by the due date of your income tax return. If you withdrew the excess, plus any earnings, by the due date of your income tax return, you must include the earnings in your income in the year you received the distribution even if you used it to pay qualified medical expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-MSA \ </b>N631</p><p>MSA gross distribution</p></td><td>The amount you received this year from a Medical Savings Account. The amount may have been a direct payment to the medical service provider or distributed to you.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-R \ </b>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N623</p><p>SIMPLE total gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE pension plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N624</p><p>SIMPLE total !
taxable
distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution received from a qualified SIMPLE plan. This amount may be subject to a federal penalty of up to 25%.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N477</p><p>Total IRA gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N478</p><p>Total IRA taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N475</p><p>Total pension gross distribution</p></td><td>The gross amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N476</p><p>Total pension taxable distribution</p></td><td>The taxable amount of a distribution from a qualified pension or annuity plan. Note: IRA distributions are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F2106 \ </b>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim job-related travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N387</p><p>Reimb. business expenses (non-meal/ent.)</p></td><td>Reimbursement for business expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2. Note: meals and entertainment are NOT included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N388</p><p>Reimb. meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Reimbursement for meal and entertainment expenses from your employer that is NOT included on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4137 \ </b>H503</p><p>Form 4137 - tips not reported</p></td><td>Form 4137 is used to compute social security and Medicare tax owed on tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4137 \ </b>N505</p><p>Total c!
ash/tips
not reported to employer</p></td><td>The amount of tips you did not report to your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4684 \ </b>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N416</p><p>FMV after casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. The FMV after a theft is zero if the property is not recovered. The FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N415</p><p>FMV before casualty</p></td><td>The fair market value (FMV) is the price at which the property would change hands between a willing buyer and seller, each having knowledge of the relevant facts. FMV is generally determined by competent appraisal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N414</p><p>Insurance/reimbursement</p></td><td>The amount of insurance or other reimbursement you received expect to receive.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4835 \ </b>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N573</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N575</p><p>CCC loans forfeited/repaid</p></td><td>The full amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, eve!
n if you
reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N574</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year you receive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N577</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N576</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N578</p><p>Other income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N571</p><p>Sale of livestock/produce</p></td><td>Income you received from livestock, produce, grains, and other crops based on production. Under both the cash and the accrual methods of reporting, you must report livestock or crop share rentals received in the year you convert them into money or its equivalent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N572</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F6252 \ </b>!
H427</p>
<p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N429</p><p>Debt assumed by buyer</p></td><td>Enter only mortgages or other debts the buyer assumed from the seller or took the property subject to. Do not include new mortgages the buyer gets from a bank, the seller, or other sources.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N431</p><p>Depreciation allowed</p></td><td>Enter all depreciation or amortization you deducted or should have deducted from the date of purchase until the date of sale. Add any section 179 expense deduction. Several other adjustments are allowed, See Form 6252 instructions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N435</p><p>Payments received prior years</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of property you received before this tax year from the sale. Include allocable installment income and any other deemed payments from prior years. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N434</p><p>Payments received this year</p></td><td>Enter all money and the fair market value (FMV) of any property you received in this tax year. Include as payments any amount withheld to pay off a mortgage or other debt, such as broker and legal fees. Do not include interest whether stated or unstated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N428</p><p>Selling price</p></td><td>Enter the total of any money, face amount of the installment obligation, and the FMV of other property that you received or will receive in exchange for the property sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8815 \ </b>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher edu!
cation c
osts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N444</p><p>EE US savings bonds proceeds</p></td><td>Enter the total proceeds (principal and interest) from all series EE and I U.S. savings bonds issued after 1989 that you cashed during this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N443</p><p>Nontaxable education benefits</p></td><td>Nontaxable educational benefits. These benefits include: Scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from income under section 117; Veterans' educational assistance benefits; Employer-provided educational assistance benefits that are not included in box 1 of your W-2 form(s); Any other payments (but not gifts, bequests, or inheritances) for educational expenses that are exempt from income tax by any U.S. law. Do not include nontaxable educational benefits paid directly to, or by, the educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N445</p><p>Post-89 EE bond face value</p></td><td>The face value of all post-1989 series EE bonds cashed this tax year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8863 \ </b>H639</p><p>Form 8863 - Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits</p></td><td>Form 8863 is used to compute the Hope and Lifetime Learning education credits. IRS rules are stringent for these credits. Refer to IRS Publication 970 for more information.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8863 \ </b>N637</p><p>Hope credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Hope credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8863 \ </b>N638</p><p>Lifetime learning credit</p></td><td>Expenses qualified for the Lifetime Learning credit are amounts paid this tax year for tuition and fees required for the student's enrollment or attendance at an eligible educational institution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS !
Pub 523.
</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N393</p><p>Selling price of old home</p></td><td>The selling price is the total amount you receive for your home. It includes money, all notes, mortgages, or other debts assumed by the buyer as part of the sale, and the fair market value of any other property or any services you receive. Reported on Form 1099-S.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched B \ </b>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N487</p><p>Dividend income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Some mutual funds pay shareholders non-taxable dividends. The amount of non-taxable dividends are indicated on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched B \ </b>N286</p><p>Dividend income, Ordinary</p></td><td>Ordinary dividends from mutual funds, stocks, etc., are reported to you on a 1099-DIV. Note: these are sometimes called short term capital gain distributions. Do not include (long term) capital gain distributions or non-taxable dividends here, these go on Sched D</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N287</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>Taxable interest includes interest you receive from bank accounts, credit unions, loans you made to others. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N489</p><p>Interest income, non-taxable</p></td><td>Non-taxable interest income other than from bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or from a qualified private activity bond. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N492</p><p>Interest income, OID bonds</p></td><td>Interest income from Original Issue Discount (OID) bonds will be reported to you on Form 1099-OID. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr>!
<tr><td>
<p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N524</p><p>Interest income, Seller-financed mortgage</p></td><td>Interest the buyer paid you on a mortgage or other form of seller financing, for your home or other property and the buyer used the property as a personal residence. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N289</p><p>Interest income, State and municipal bond</p></td><td>Interest on bonds or notes of states, counties, cities, the District of Columbia, or possessions of the United States is generally free of federal income tax (but you may pay state income tax). There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N490</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by fed</p></td><td>Interest income that is taxed on your federal return, but not on your state income tax return - other than interest paid on U.S. obligations. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N491</p><p>Interest income, taxed only by state</p></td><td>Interest income that is not taxed on your federal return, but is taxed on your state income tax return - other than interest income from state bonds or notes, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N290</p><p>Interest income, tax-exempt private activity bond</p></td><td>Interest income from a qualified tax-exempt private activity bond is not taxable if it meets all requirements. This income is included on your Schedule B as non-taxable interest income. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N288</p><p>Interest income, US government</p></td><td>Interest on U.S. obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds issued by any agency of the United States. This inco!
me is ex
empt from all state and local income taxes. There are several categories of interest, be sure you select the correct one!</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched C \ </b>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N293</p><p>Gross receipts or sales</p></td><td>The amount of gross receipts from your trade or business. Include amounts you received in your trade or business that were properly shown on Forms 1099-MISC.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N303</p><p>Other business income</p></td><td>The amounts from finance reserve income, scrap sales, bad debts you recovered, interest (such as on notes and accounts receivable), state gasoline or fuel tax refunds you got this year, prizes and awards related to your trade or business, and other kinds of miscellaneous business income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched D \ </b>H320</p><p>Schedule D - capital gains and losses </p></td><td>Schedule D is used to report gains and losses from the sale of capital assets.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched D \ </b>N488</p><p>Dividend income, capital gain distributions</p></td><td>Sometimes called long term capital gain distributions. These are from mutual funds, other regulated investment companies, or real estate investment trusts. These are reported on your monthly statements or Form 1099-DIV. Note: short term capital gain distributions are reported on Sched B as ordinary dividends</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched D \ </b>N323</p><p>Long Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Long term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched D \ </b>N321</p><p>Short Term gain/loss - security</p></td><td>Short term gain or loss from the sale of a security.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched D \ </b>N810</p><p>Short/Long Term gain or loss</p></td><td>Short term or long term gain or loss from the sale of capital assets other !
than sec
urities.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched E \ </b>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N326</p><p>Rents received</p></td><td>The amounts received as rental income from real estate (including personal property leased with real estate) but you were not in the real estate business. (If you are in the business of renting personal property, use Schedule C.)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N327</p><p>Royalties received</p></td><td>Royalties received from oil, gas, or mineral properties (not including operating interests); copyrights; and patents.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched F \ </b>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N372</p><p>Agricultural program payments</p></td><td>Government payments received for: price support payments, market gain from the repayment of a secured Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) loan for less than the original loan amount, diversion payments, cost-share payments (sight drafts), payments in the form of materials (such as fertilizer or lime) or services (such as grading or building dams). Reported on Form 1099-G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N374</p><p>CCC loans forfeited or repaid</p></td><td>The amount forfeited or repaid with certificates, even if you reported the loan proceeds as income. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N373</p><p>CCC loans reported/election</p></td><td>Generally, you do not report CCC loan proceeds as income. However, if you pledge part or all of your production to secure a CCC loan, you may elect to report the loan proceeds as income in the year!
you rec
eive them, instead of the year you sell the crop.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N376</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds deferred</p></td><td>If you use the cash method of accounting and receive crop insurance proceeds in the same tax year in which the crops are damaged, you can choose to postpone reporting the proceeds as income until the following tax year. A statement must also be attached to your return. See IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N375</p><p>Crop insurance proceeds received</p></td><td>You generally include crop insurance proceeds in the year you receive them. Treat as crop insurance proceeds the crop disaster payments you receive from the federal government.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N370</p><p>Custom hire income</p></td><td>The income you received for custom hire (machine work).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N377</p><p>Other farm income</p></td><td>Illegal Federal irrigation subsidies, bartering income, income from discharge of indebtedness, state gasoline or fuel tax refund, the gain or loss on the sale of commodity futures contracts, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N369</p><p>Resales of livestock/items</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sales of livestock and other items you bought specifically for resale. Do not include sales of livestock held for breeding, dairy purposes, draft, or sport. These are reported on Form 4797, Sales of Business Property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N368</p><p>Sales livestock/product raised</p></td><td>Amounts you received from the sale of livestock, produce, grains, and other products you raised.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N371</p><p>Total cooperative distributions</p></td><td>Distributions received from a cooperative. This includes patronage dividends, non patronage distributions, per-unit retain allocations, and redemption of non qualified notices and per unit retain allocations. Reported on Form 1099-PATR.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched K-1 \ </b>H446</p><p>Schedul!
e K-1 -
partnership income, credits, deductions</p></td><td>Schedule K-1 is used to report your share of a partnership's income, credits, deductions, etc. Use a separate copy of Schedule K-1 for each partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N452</p><p>Dividends, ordinary</p></td><td>The amount of dividend income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N455</p><p>Guaranteed partner payments</p></td><td>A guaranteed payments the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N451</p><p>Interest income</p></td><td>The amount of interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule B)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N454</p><p>Net LT capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The long-term gain or (loss) from the sale of assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N453</p><p>Net ST capital gain or loss</p></td><td>The short-term gain or (loss) from sale of assets the partnership reported to you on K-1. (You report this on Schedule D)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N456</p><p>Net Section 1231 gain or loss</p></td><td>The gain or (loss) from sale of Section 1231 assets the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 4797)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N448</p><p>Ordinary income or loss</p></td><td>Your share of the ordinary income (loss) from the trade or business activities of the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N450</p><p>Other rental income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental activities, other than the rental of real estate. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Sched!
ule K-1)
</td></tr><tr><td><p><b># Sched K-1 \ </b>N449</p><p>Rental real estate income or loss</p></td><td>The income or (loss) from rental real estate activities engaged in by the partnership. This is reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You usually report this on Schedule E, See instructions for Schedule K-1)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N527</p><p>Royalties</p></td><td>The amount of the royalty income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Schedule E)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched K-1 \ </b>N528</p><p>Tax-exempt interest income</p></td><td>The amount of tax-exempt interest income the partnership reported to you on Schedule K-1. (You report this on Form 1040)</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2 \ </b>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N465</p><p>Dependent care benefits, self</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N512</p><p>Dependent care benefits, spouse</p></td><td>The amount dependent care benefits, including the fair market value of employer-provided or employer-sponsored day-care facilities your spouse received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N267</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, self</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to you by an employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N546</p><p>Reimbursed moving expenses, spouse</p></td><td>Qualified moving expense reimbursements paid directly to your spouse by your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N460</p><p>Salary or wages, self</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductio!
ns, you
receive from your employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N506</p><p>Salary or wages, spouse</p></td><td>The total wages, tips, and other compensation, before any payroll deductions, your spouse receives from your spouse's employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2G \ </b>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2G \ </b>N549</p><p>Gross winnings</p></td><td>The amount of gross winnings from gambling. This may include winnings from horse racing, dog racing, jai alai, lotteries, keno, bingo, slot machines, sweepstakes, and wagering pools. If the amount is large enough, it will be reported on Form W-2G.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> none \ </b>N000</p><p>Tax Report Only - No TXF Export</p></td><td>This is a dummy category and only shows up on the tax report, but is not exported.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1040 \ </b>H256</p><p>Form 1040 - the main tax form</p></td><td>Form 1040 is the main form of your tax return.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N264</p><p>Alimony paid</p></td><td>Amounts payed as alimony or separate maintenance. Note: child support is not considered alimony.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< F1040 \ </b>N265</p><p>Early withdrawal penalty</p></td><td>Penalty on Early Withdrawal of Savings from CD's or similar instruments. This is reported on Form 1099-INT or Form 1099-OID.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N521</p><p>Federal estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>The quarterly payments you made on your estimated Federal income tax (Form 1040-ES). Include any overpay from your previous year return that you applied to your estimated tax. NOTE: If a full year (Jan 1, YEAR to Dec 31, YEAR) is specified, GnuCash adjusts the date to Mar 1, YEAR to Feb 28, YEAR+1. Thus, the payment due Jan 15 is exported for the correct year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N613</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of tier I railroad retir!
ement be
nefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N614</p><p>Fed tax withheld, RR retire, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of tier I railroad retirement benefits, which are treated as a social security benefits.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N611</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, self</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N612</p><p>Fed tax withheld, Social Security, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your spouse's part of any monthly benefit under title II of the Social Security Act.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N482</p><p>IRA contrib., non-work spouse</p></td><td>IRA contribution for a non-working spouse.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N262</p><p>IRA contribution, self</p></td><td>Contribution to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, this amount could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N481</p><p>IRA contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contribution of a working spouse to a qualified IRA. If you or your spouse are covered by a company retirement plan, the deductible contribution could be limited or eliminated.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N263</p><p>Keogh deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N516</p><p>Keogh deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse Contributions to a Keogh or HR 10 plan of a sole proprietor or a partnership.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N608</p><p>Medical savings contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's medical savings account that were not reported on their Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N607</p><p>Medical savings contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to you!
r medica
l savings account that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N517</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N518</p><p>SEP-IRA deduction, spouse</p></td><td>Spouse contributions made to a simplified employee pension plan (SEP-IRA).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N609</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, self</p></td><td>Contributions made to your SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N610</p><p>SIMPLE contribution, spouse</p></td><td>Contributions made to your spouse's SIMPLE retirement plan that were not reported on your spouse's Form W-2.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1040 \ </b>N636</p><p>Student loan interest</p></td><td>The amount of interest you paid this year on qualified student loans.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-G \ </b>H634</p><p>Form 1099-G - certain Government payments</p></td><td>Form 1099-G is used to report certain government payments from federal, state, or local governments.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N606</p><p>Fed tax withheld, unemployment comp</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your unemployment compensation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F1099-G \ </b>N605</p><p>Unemployment comp repaid</p></td><td>If you received an overpayment of unemployment compensation this year or last and you repaid any of it this year, subtract the amount you repaid from the total amount you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-MISC \ </b>H553</p><p>Form 1099-MISC - MISCellaneous income</p></td><td>Form 1099-MISC is used to report miscellaneous income received and direct sales of consumer goods for resale.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N558</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income tax withheld (backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-MISC \ </b>N563</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of !
state in
come tax withheld (state backup withholding) from 1099-MISC income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F1099-R \ </b>H473</p><p>Form 1099-R - Retirement distributions</p></td><td>Form 1099-R is used to report taxable and non-taxable retirement distributions from retirement, pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. Use a separate Form 1099-R for each payer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N532</p><p>IRA federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N534</p><p>IRA local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N533</p><p>IRA state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your IRA distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N529</p><p>Pension federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N531</p><p>Pension local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N530</p><p>Pension state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from your pension distribution.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N625</p><p>SIMPLE federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N627</p><p>SIMPLE local tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of local income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ F1099-R \ </b>N626</p><p>SIMPLE state tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from a SIMPLE distribution received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F2106 \ </b>H380</p><p>employee business expenses</p></td><td>Form 2106 is used to deduct employee business expenses. You must file this form if you were reimbursed by your employer or claim!
job-rel
ated travel, transportation, meal, or entertainment expenses. Use a separate Form 2106 for your spouse's expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N382</p><p>Automobile expenses</p></td><td>Total annual expenses for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, or similar items.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N381</p><p>Education expenses</p></td><td>Cost of tuition, books, supplies, laboratory fees, and similar items, and certain transportation costs if the education maintains or improves skills required in your present work or is required by your employer or the law to keep your salary, status, or job, and the requirement serves a business purpose of your employer. Expenses are not deductible if they are needed to meet the minimum educational requirements to qualify you in your work or business or will lead to qualifying you in a new trade or business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N391</p><p>Employee home office expenses</p></td><td>Your use of the business part of your home must be: exclusive, regular, for your trade or business, AND The business part of your home must be one of the following: your principal place of business, a place where you meet or deal with patients, clients, or customers in the normal course of your trade or business, or a separate structure (not attached to your home) you use in connection with your trade or business. Additionally, Your business use must be for the convenience of your employer, and You do not rent all or part of your home to your employer and use the rented portion to perform services as an employee. See IRS Pub 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N389</p><p>Job seeking expenses</p></td><td>Fees to employment agencies and other costs to look for a new job in your present occupation, even if you do not get a new job.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N384</p><p>Local transportation expenses</p></td><td>Local transportation expenses are the expenses of getting from one workplace to another when you are not traveling away fr!
om home.
They include the cost of transportation by air, rail, bus, taxi, and the cost of using your car. Generally, the cost of commuting to and from your regular place of work is not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N386</p><p>Meal/entertainment expenses</p></td><td>Allowable meals and entertainment expense, including meals while away from your tax home overnight and other business meals and entertainment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N385</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other job-related expenses, including expenses for business gifts, trade publications, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N390</p><p>Special clothing expenses</p></td><td>cost and upkeep of work clothes, if you must wear them as a condition of your employment, and the clothes are not suitable for everyday wear. Include the cost of protective clothing required in your work, such as safety shoes or boots, safety glasses, hard hats, and work gloves.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F2106 \ </b>N383</p><p>Travel (away from home)</p></td><td>Travel expenses are those incurred while traveling away from home for your employer. The cost of getting to and from your business destination (air, rail, bus, car, etc.), taxi fares, baggage charges, and cleaning and laundry expenses. Note: meal and entertainment expenses are not included here.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F2441 \ </b>H400</p><p>Form 2441 - child and dependent credit</p></td><td>Form 2441 is used to claim a credit for child and dependent care expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< F2441 \ </b>N401</p><p>Qualifying child/dependent care expenses</p></td><td>The total amount you actually paid to the care provider. Also, include amounts your employer paid to a third party on your behalf.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< F2441 \ </b>N402</p><p>Qualifying household expenses</p></td><td>The cost of services needed to care for the qualifying person as well as to run the home. They include the services of a babysitter, cleaning person, cook, maid, or housekeeper if the servic!
es were
partly for the care of the qualifying person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F3903 \ </b>H403</p><p>Form 3903 - moving expenses</p></td><td>Form 3903 is used to claim moving expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F3903 \ </b>N406</p><p>Transport/storage of goods</p></td><td>The amount you paid to pack, crate and move your household goods and personal effects. You may include the cost to store and insure household goods and personal effects within any period of 30 days in a row after the items were moved from your old home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F3903 \ </b>N407</p><p>Travel/lodging, except meals</p></td><td>The amount you paid to travel from your old home to your new home. This includes transportation and lodging on the way. Although not all members of your household must travel together, you may only include expenses for one trip per person. Do not include meals.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4684 \ </b>H412</p><p>Form 4684 - casualties and thefts</p></td><td>Form 4684 is used to report gains and losses from casualties and thefts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4684 \ </b>N413</p><p>Basis of casualty property</p></td><td>Cost or other basis usually means original cost plus improvements. Subtract any postponed gain from the sale of a previous main home. Special rules apply to property received as a gift or inheritance. See Pub 551, Basis of Assets, for details.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4835 \ </b>H569</p><p>Form 4835 - farm rental income</p></td><td>Form 4835 is used to report farm rental income received as a share of crops or livestock produced by your tenant if you did not materially participate in the operation or management of the farm. Use a different copy of Form 4835 for each farm rented.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N579</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion of car or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N580</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, su!
ch as in
sect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N581</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N582</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N583</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N584</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N585</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N586</p><p>Freight and trucking</p></td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N587</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N588</p><p>Insurance (other than health)</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability prot!
ection o
f farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N589</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N590</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N591</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N602</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm rental expenses not deducted elsewhere on Form 4835, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N592</p><p>Pension/profit-sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N594</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N593</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of!
30 days
or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N595</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N596</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N597</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N598</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N599</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N600</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4835 \ </b>N601</p><p>Vet, breeding, medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, medicine and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F4952 \ </b>H425</p><p>Form 4952 - investment interest</p></td><td>Form 4952 is used to compute the amount of investment interest expense deductible for the current year and the amount, if any, to carry forward to future years.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F4952 \ </b>N426</p><p>Investment interest expense</p></td><td>The investment interest paid or accrued during the tax !
year, re
gardless of when you incurred the indebtedness. Investment interest is interest paid or accrued on a loan (or part of a loan) that is allocable to property held for investment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F6252 \ </b>H427</p><p>Form 6252 - income from casual sales</p></td><td>Form 6252 is used to report income from casual sales of real or personal property when you will receive any payments in a tax year after the year of sale (i.e., installment sale).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F6252 \ </b>N432</p><p>Expenses of sale</p></td><td>Enter sales commissions, advertising expenses, attorney and legal fees, etc., in selling the property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8815 \ </b>H441</p><p>Form 8815 - EE U.S. savings bonds sold for education</p></td><td>Form 8815 is used to compute the amount of interest you may exclude if you cashed series EE U.S. savings bonds this year that were issued after 1989 to pay for qualified higher education costs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8815 \ </b>N442</p><p>Qualified higher education expenses</p></td><td>Qualified higher education expenses include tuition and fees required for the enrollment or attendance of the person(s). Do not include expenses for room and board, or courses involving sports, games, or hobbies that are not part of a degree or certificate granting program.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8829 \ </b>H536</p><p>Form 8829 - business use of your home</p></td><td>Form 8829 is used only if you file a Schedule C, Profit or Loss from Business, and you meet specific requirements to deduct expenses for the business use of your home. IRS rules are stringent for this deduction. Refer to IRS Publication 587.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N537</p><p>Deductible mortgage interest</p></td><td>The total amount of mortgage interest that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N539</p><p>In!
surance<
/p></td><td>The total amount of insurance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N542</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>If you rent rather than own your home, include rent paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N538</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>The total amount of real estate taxes that would be deductible whether or not you used your home for business (i.e., amounts allowable as itemized deductions on Schedule A, Form 1040). Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N540</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The total amount of repairs and maintenance paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8829 \ </b>N541</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The total amount of utilities paid for your home, in which an area or room is used regularly and exclusively for business. Form 8829 computes the deductible business portion.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help F8839 \ </b>H617</p><p>Form 8839 - adoption expenses</p></td><td>Form 8839 is used to report qualified adoption expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N618</p><p>Adoption fees</p></td><td>Adoption fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N620</p><p>Attorney fees</p></td><td>Attorney fees that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N619</p><p>Court costs</p></td><td>Court costs that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the princi!
pal purp
ose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N622</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are reasonable and necessary, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> F8839 \ </b>N621</p><p>Traveling expenses</p></td><td>Traveling expenses (including meals and lodging) while away from home, directly related to, and for the principal purpose of, the legal adoption of an eligible child.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N392</p><p>Home Sale worksheets (was F2119)</p></td><td>Home Sale worksheets (replaces Form 2119) are used to report the sale of your personal residence. See IRS Pub 523.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N397</p><p>Cost of new home</p></td><td>The cost of your new home includes costs incurred within the replacement period (beginning 2 years before and ending 2 years after the date of sale) for the following items: Buying or building the home; Rebuilding the home; and Capital improvements or additions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N394</p><p>Expense of sale</p></td><td>Selling expenses include commissions, advertising fees, legal fees, title insurance, and loan charges paid by the seller, such as loan placement fees or "points."</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Home Sale \ </b>N396</p><p>Fixing-up expenses</p></td><td>Fixing-up expenses are decorating and repair costs that you paid to sell your old home. For example, the costs of painting the home, planting flowers, and replacing broken windows are fixing-up expenses. Fixing-up expenses must meet all the following conditions. The expenses: Must be for work done during the 90-day period ending on the day you sign the contract of sale with the buyer; Must be paid no later than 30 days after the date of sale; Cannot be deductible in arriving at your taxable in-come; Must not be used in figuring the amount realized; and Must not be capital expenditures or improvements.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sche!
d A \ </
b>H270</p><p>Schedule A - itemized deductions</p></td><td>Schedule A is used to report your itemized deductions.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N280</p><p>Cash charity contributions</p></td><td>Contributions or gifts by cash or check you gave to organizations that are religious, charitable, educational, scientific, or literary in purpose. You may also deduct what you gave to organizations that work to prevent cruelty to children or animals. For donations of $250 or more, you must have a statement from the charitable organization showing the amount donated and the value of goods or services you received.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N484</p><p>Doctors, dentists, hospitals</p></td><td>Insurance premiums for medical and dental care, medical doctors, dentists, eye doctors, surgeons, X-ray, laboratory services, hospital care, etc. See IRS Pub 502.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N272</p><p>Gambling losses</p></td><td>Gambling losses, but only to the extent of gambling winnings reported on Form 1040. Note: not subject to the 2% AGI of limitation.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N545</p><p>Home mortgage interest (no 1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest paid, for which you did not receive a Form 1098 from the recipient. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N283</p><p>Home mortgage interest (1098)</p></td><td>Home mortgage interest and points reported to you on Form 1098. The interest could be on a first or second mortgage, home equity loan, or refinanced mortgage.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N282</p><p>Investment management fees</p></td><td>Investment interest is interest paid on money you borrowed that is allocable to property held for investment. It does not include any interest allocable to passive activities or to securities that generate tax-exempt income.
+</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N544</p><p>Local income taxes</p></td><td>Local income taxes that were not withheld from your salary, such as local income taxes you paid this year for a prior year.
+</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N274</p><p>Medical travel and lodging</p></td><td>Lodging expenses while away from home to receive medical care in a hospital or a medical care facility related to a hospital. Do not include more than $50 a night for each eligible person. Ambulance service and other travel costs to get medical care.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N273</p><p>Medicine and drugs</p></td><td>Prescription medicines, eyeglasses, contact lenses, hearing aids. Over-the-counter medicines are not deductible.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N523</p><p>Misc., no 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Other miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not reduced by 2% of adjusted gross income, such as casualty and theft losses from income-producing, amortizable bond premium on bonds acquired before October 23, 1986, federal estate tax on income in respect to a decedent, certain unrecovered investment in a pension, impairment-related work expenses of a disabled person.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N486</p><p>Misc., subject to 2% AGI limit</p></td><td>Safety equipment, small tools, and supplies you needed for your job; Uniforms required by your employer and which you may not usually wear away from work; subscriptions to professional journals; job search expenses; certain educational expenses. You may need to file Form 2106.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N485</p><p>Non-cash charity contributions</p></td><td>
+The fair market value of donated property, such as used clothing or furniture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N277</p><p>Other taxes</p></td><td>Other taxes paid not included under state and local income taxes, real estate taxes, or personal property taxes. You may want to take a credit for the foreign tax instead of a deduction.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N535</p><p>Personal property taxes</p></td><td>Enter personal property tax you paid, but only if it is based on value alone. Example: You paid a fee for the registration of your car. Part of the fee was based on the car s value and part was based on its weight. You may deduct only the part of the fee that is based on the car s value.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N284</p><p>Points paid (no 1098)</p></td><td>Generally, you must deduct points you paid to refinance a mortgage over the life of the loan. If you used part of the proceeds to improve your main home, you may be able to deduct the part of the points related to the improvement in the year paid. See Pub. 936 Use this line for points not reported on Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N276</p><p>Real estate taxes</p></td><td>Include taxes (state, local, or foreign) you paid on real estate you own that was not used for business, but only if the taxes are based on the assessed value of the property. Do not include taxes charged for improvements that tend to increase the value of your property (for example, an assessment to build a new sidewalk).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N522</p><p>State estimated tax, quarterly</p></td><td>State estimated tax payments made this year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N275</p><p>State income taxes</p></td><td>State income taxes paid this year for a prior year. Include any part of a prior year refund that you chose to have credited to this years state income taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N271</p><p>Subscriptions</p></td><td>Amounts paid for subscriptions to magazines or services that are dir!
ectly re
lated to the production or collection of taxable income. (example: subscriptions to investment publications, stock newsletters, etc.).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched A \ </b>N281</p><p>Tax preparation fees</p></td><td>Fees you paid for preparation of your tax return, including fees paid for filing your return electronically.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched B \ </b>H285</p><p>Schedule B - interest and dividend income</p></td><td>Schedule B is used to report your interest and dividend income.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N615</p><p>Fed tax withheld, dividend income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from dividend income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-DIV.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>< Sched B \ </b>N616</p><p>Fed tax withheld, interest income</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from interest income. This is usually reported on Form 1099-INT.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched C \ </b>H291</p><p>Schedule C - self-employment income</p></td><td>Schedule C is used to report income from self-employment. Use a separate Schedule C to report income and expenses from different businesses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N304</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>The amounts paid for advertising your trade or business in newspapers, publications, radio or television. Also include the cost of brochures, business cards, or other promotional material.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N305</p><p>Bad debts from sales/services</p></td><td>Include debts and partial debts from sales or services that were included in income and are definitely known to be worthless.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N306</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>You can deduct the actual expenses of running your car or truck, or take the standard mileage rate.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N307</p><p>Commissions and fees</p></td><td>The amounts of commissions or fees paid to independent contractors (non employees) for their services.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched!
C \ </b
>N494</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Labor</p></td><td>Labor costs are usually an element of cost of goods sold only in a manufacturing or mining business. In a manufacturing business, labor costs that are properly allocable to the cost of goods sold include both the direct and indirect labor used in fabricating the raw material into a finished, salable product.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N495</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Materials/supplies</p></td><td>Materials and supplies, such as hardware and chemicals, used in manufacturing goods are charged to cost of goods sold. Those that are not used in the manufacturing process are treated as deferred charges. You deduct them as a business expense when you use them.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N496</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Other costs</p></td><td>Other costs incurred in a manufacturing or mining process that you charge to your cost of goods sold are containers, freight-in, overhead expenses.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N493</p><p>Cost of Goods Sold - Purchases</p></td><td>If you are a merchant, use the cost of all merchandise you bought for sale. If you are a manufacturer or producer, this includes the cost of all raw materials or parts purchased for manufacture into a finished product. You must exclude the cost of merchandise you withdraw for your personal or family use.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N309</p><p>Depletion</p></td><td>The amounts for depletion. If you have timber depletion, attach Form T. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N308</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs that are not an incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan. Examples are accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N310</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for business insurance. Do not include amounts paid for employee accident and health insurance. nor a!
mounts c
redited to a reserve for self-insurance or premiums paid for a policy that pays for your lost earnings due to sickness or disability. See Pub. 535.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N311</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your business (other than your main home).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N312</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N298</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>Accountant's or legal fees for tax advice related to your business and for preparation of the tax forms related to your business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N294</p><p>Meals and entertainment</p></td><td>Total business meal and entertainment expenses. Business meal expenses are deductible only if they are (a) directly related to or associated with the active conduct of your trade or business, (b) not lavish or extravagant, and (c) incurred while you or your employee is present at the meal.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N313</p><p>Office expenses</p></td><td>The cost of consumable office supplies such as business cards, computer supplies, pencils, pens, postage stamps, rental of postal box or postage machines, stationery, Federal Express and UPS charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N302</p><p>Other business expenses</p></td><td>Other costs not specified on other lines of Schedule C, such as: Clean-fuel vehicles and refueling property; Donations to business organizations; Educational expenses; Environmental cleanup costs; Impairment-related expenses; Interview expense allowances; Licenses and regulatory fees; Moving machinery; Outplacement services; Penalties and fines you pay for late performance or nonperformance of a cont!
ract; Su
bscriptions to trade or professional publications.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N314</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>You can set up and maintain the following small business retirement plans for yourself and your employees, such as: SEP (Simplified Employee Pension) plans; SIMPLE (Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees) plans; Qualified plans (including Keogh or H.R. 10 plans). You deduct contributions you make to the plan for yourself on Form 1040.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N300</p><p>Rent/lease other business property</p></td><td>The amounts paid to rent or lease real estate or property, such as office space in a building.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N299</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The amount paid to rent or lease vehicles, machinery, or equipment, for your business. If you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an amount called the inclusion amount. See Pub. 463.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N315</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>The cost of repairs and maintenance. Include labor, supplies, and other items that do not add to the value or increase the life of the property. Do not include the value of your own labor. Do not include amounts spent to restore or replace property; they must be capitalized.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N296</p><p>Returns and allowances</p></td><td>Credits you allow customers for returned merchandise and any other allowances you make on sales.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N301</p><p>Supplies (not from Cost of Goods Sold)</p></td><td>The cost of supplies not reported under Cost Of Goods Sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N316</p><p>Taxes and licenses</p></td><td>Include the following taxes: State and local sales taxes imposed on you as the seller of goods or services; Real estate and personal property taxes on business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes paid to match required withholding from your emp!
loyees'
wages; Also, Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N317</p><p>Travel</p></td><td>Expenses for lodging and transportation connected with overnight travel for business while away from your tax home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N318</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your business property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched C \ </b>N297</p><p>Wages paid</p></td><td>The total amount of salaries and wages for the tax year. Do not include amounts paid to yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched E \ </b>H325</p><p>Schedule E - rental and royalty income</p></td><td>Schedule E is used to report income or loss from rental real estate, royalties, and residual interest in REMIC's. Use a different copy for each rental or royalty. Use the Schedule K-1 categories for partnership rental income and loss amounts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N328</p><p>Advertising</p></td><td>Amounts paid to advertise rental unit(s) in newspapers or other media or paid to realtor's to obtain tenants.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N329</p><p>Auto and travel</p></td><td>The ordinary and necessary amounts of auto and travel expenses related to your rental activities, including 50% of meal expenses incurred while traveling away from home.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N330</p><p>Cleaning and maintenance</p></td><td>The amounts paid for cleaning services (carpet, drapes), cleaning supplies, locks and keys, pest control, pool service, and general cost of upkeep of the rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N331</p><p>Commissions</p></td><td>The amounts paid as Commissions to realtor's or management companies to collect rent.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N332</p><p>Insurance</p></td><td>Insurance premiums paid for fire, theft, liability.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N333</p><p>Legal and professional fees</p></td><td>The amounts of fees for tax advice and the preparation o!
f tax fo
rms related to your rental real estate or royalty properties.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N502</p><p>Management fees</p></td><td>The amount of fees to a manager or property management company to oversee your rental or royalty property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N334</p><p>Mortgage interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid to banks or other financial institutions for a mortgage on your rental property, and you received a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N341</p><p>Other expenses</p></td><td>Other expenses that are not listed on other tax lines of Schedule E. These might include the cost of gardening and/or snow removal services, association dues, bank charges, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N335</p><p>Other interest expense</p></td><td>Interest paid for a mortgage on your rental property, not paid to banks or other financial institutions or you did not receive a Form 1098.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N336</p><p>Repairs</p></td><td>You may deduct the cost of repairs made to keep your property in good working condition. Repairs generally do not add significant value to the property or extend its life.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N337</p><p>Supplies</p></td><td>Miscellaneous items needed to maintain the property, such as: brooms, cleaning supplies, nails, paint brushes, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N338</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>The amounts paid for real estate and personal property taxes. Also include the portion of any payroll taxes you paid for your employees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched E \ </b>N339</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>The costs of electricity, gas, telephone, etc. for your rental property.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched F \ </b>H343</p><p>Schedule F - Farm income and expense</p></td><td>Schedule F is used to report farm income and expense. Use a different copy of Schedule F for each farm you own.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N543</p><p>Car and truck expenses</p></td><td>The business portion!
of car
or truck expenses, such as, for gasoline, oil, repairs, insurance, tires, license plates, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N366</p><p>Chemicals</p></td><td>Chemicals used in operating your farm, such as insect sprays and dusts.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N362</p><p>Conservation expenses</p></td><td>Your expenses for soil or water conservation or for the prevention of erosion of land used in farming. To take this deduction, your expenses must be consistent with a plan approved by the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) of the Department of Agriculture.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N378</p><p>Cost of resale livestock/items</p></td><td>The cost or other basis of the livestock and other items you actually sold.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N367</p><p>Custom hire expenses</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for custom hire (machine work) (the machine operator furnished the equipment). Do not include amounts paid for rental or lease of equipment you operated yourself.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N364</p><p>Employee benefit programs</p></td><td>Contributions to employee benefit programs, such as accident and health plans, group-term life insurance, and dependent care assistance programs. Do not include contributions that are a incidental part of a pension or profit-sharing plan.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N350</p><p>Feed purchased</p></td><td>The cost of feed for your livestock. Generally, you cannot currently deduct expenses for feed to be consumed by your livestock in a later tax year. See instructions for Schedule F.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N352</p><p>Fertilizers and lime</p></td><td>The cost of fertilizer, lime, and other materials applied to farm land to enrich, neutralize, or condition it. You can also deduct the cost of applying these materials. However, see Prepaid Farm Supplies, in Pub 225, for a rule that may limit your deduction for these materials.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N361</p><p>Freight and truck!
ing</p><
/td><td>The costs of freight or trucking of produce or livestock.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N356</p><p>Gasoline, fuel, and oil</p></td><td>The costs of gas, fuel, oil, etc. for farm equipment.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N359</p><p>Insurance, other than health</p></td><td>Premiums paid for farm business insurance, such as: fire, storm, crop, theft and liability protection of farm assets. Do not include premiums for employee accident and health insurance.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N346</p><p>Interest expense, mortgage</p></td><td>The interest you paid to banks or other financial institutions for which you received a Form 1098, for a mortgage on real property used in your farming business (other than your main home). If you paid interest on a debt secured by your main home, and any proceeds from that debt were used in your farming operation, refer to IRS Pub 225.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N347</p><p>Interest expense, other</p></td><td>The interest you paid for which you did not receive a Form 1098 (perhaps someone else did, and you are liable too), for a mortgage or other loans for your farm business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N344</p><p>Labor hired</p></td><td>The amounts you paid for farm labor. Do not include amounts paid to yourself. Count the cost of boarding farm labor but not the value of any products they used from the farm. Count only what you paid house-hold help to care for farm laborers.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N365</p><p>Other farm expenses</p></td><td>Include all ordinary and necessary farm expenses not deducted elsewhere on Schedule F, such as advertising, office supplies, etc. Do not include fines or penalties paid to a government for violating any law.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N363</p><p>Pension/profit sharing plans</p></td><td>Enter your deduction for contributions to employee pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plans. If the plan included you as a self-employed person, see the instructions for S!
chedule
C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N348</p><p>Rent/lease land, animals</p></td><td>Amounts paid to rent or lease property such as pasture or farm land.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N349</p><p>Rent/lease vehicles, equip.</p></td><td>The business portion of your rental cost, for rented or leased vehicles, machinery, or equipment. But if you leased a vehicle for a term of 30 days or more, you may have to reduce your deduction by an inclusion amount. For details, see the instructions for Schedule C (Form 1040).</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N345</p><p>Repairs and maintenance</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for repairs and maintenance of farm buildings, machinery, and equipment. You can also include what you paid for tools of short life or minimal cost, such as shovels and rakes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N351</p><p>Seeds and plants purchased</p></td><td>The amounts paid for seeds and plants purchased for farming.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N357</p><p>Storage and warehousing</p></td><td>Amounts paid for storage and warehousing of crops, grains, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N353</p><p>Supplies purchased</p></td><td>Livestock supplies and other supplies, including bedding, office supplies, etc.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N358</p><p>Taxes</p></td><td>Real estate and personal property taxes on farm business assets; Social security and Medicare taxes you paid to match what you are required to withhold from farm employees' wages and any Federal unemployment tax paid; Federal highway use tax.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N360</p><p>Utilities</p></td><td>Amounts you paid for gas, electricity, water, etc., for business use on the farm. Do not include personal utilities. You cannot deduct the base rate (including taxes) of the first telephone line into your residence, even if you use it for business.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b> Sched F \ </b>N355</p><p>Vet, breeding, and medicine</p></td><td>The costs of veterinary services, m!
edicine
and breeding fees.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help Sched H \ </b>H565</p><p>Schedule H - Household employees</p></td><td>Schedule H is used to report Federal employment taxes on cash wages paid this year to household employees. Federal employment taxes include social security, Medicare, withheld Federal income, and Federal unemployment (FUTA) taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched H \ </b>N567</p><p>Cash wages paid</p></td><td>For household employees to whom you paid $1,100 (as of 1999) or more each of cash wages that are subject to social security and Medicare taxes. To find out if the wages are subject to these taxes, see the instructions for Schedule H.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ Sched H \ </b>N568</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>Federal income tax withheld from total cash wages paid to household employees during the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2 \ </b>H458</p><p>Form W-2 - Wages earned and taxes withheld</p></td><td>Form W-2 is used by your employer to report the amount of wages and other compensation you earned as an employee, and the amount of federal and state taxes withheld and fringe benefits received. Use a separate copy of Form W-2 for each employer.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N461</p><p>Federal tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N507</p><p>Federal tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of Federal income tax withheld from your spouse's wages for the year.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N463</p><p>Local tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N509</p><p>Local tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of local taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N480</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of Medicare taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N510</p><p>Medicare tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of M!
edicare
taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N462</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N508</p><p>Social Security tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of social security taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N464</p><p>State tax withheld, self</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2 \ </b>N511</p><p>State tax withheld, spouse</p></td><td>The amount of state taxes withheld from your spouse's wages.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>Help W-2G \ </b>H547</p><p>Form W-2G - gambling winnings</p></td><td>Form W-2G is used to report certain gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2G \ </b>N550</p><p>Federal tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of federal income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr><tr><td><p><b>^ W-2G \ </b>N551</p><p>State tax withheld</p></td><td>The amount of state income taxes withheld from gross gambling winnings.</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="usage.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">3. Benutzung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A. GNU Free Documentation License</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/custom-gnucash.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section1.html" title="A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-preamble"></a>A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</h2></div></div><p>
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
+ other written document “free” in the sense of
+ freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
+ redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+ commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+ preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+ their work, while not being considered responsible for
+ modifications made by others.
+ </p><p>
+ This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means
+ that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
+ the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
+ which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
+ </p><p>
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same
+ freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
+ to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
+ regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
+ whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section1.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A. GNU Free Documentation License </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-preamble.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="A.1. 0. PREAMBLE"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section2.html" title="A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section1"></a>A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</h2></div></div><p><a name="fdl-document"></a>
+ This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+ notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+ distributed under the terms of this License. The
+ “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or
+ work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
+ as “you”.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-modified"></a>
+ A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work
+ containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
+ verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-secondary"></a>
+ A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a
+ front-matter section of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> that deals exclusively
+ with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
+ Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
+ matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
+ that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+ textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+ mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+ connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
+ legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-invariant"></a>
+ The “Invariant Sections” are certain <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</a> whose titles
+ are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
+ License.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-cover-texts"></a>
+ The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of
+ text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
+ in the notice that says that the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> is released under this
+ License.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-transparent"></a>
+ A “Transparent” copy of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document"> Document</a> means a machine-readable
+ copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
+ to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
+ directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
+ images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
+ drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
+ suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
+ translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
+ formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
+ whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+ subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
+ that is not “Transparent” is called
+ “Opaque”.
+ </p><p>
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
+ plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+ format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+ standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
+ modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
+ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+ proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
+ and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+ machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
+ output purposes only.
+ </p><p><a name="fdl-title-page"></a>
+ The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the
+ title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
+ hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
+ the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
+ page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the
+ most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
+ beginning of the body of the text.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-preamble.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section2.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.1. 0. PREAMBLE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section1.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section9.html" title="A.10. 9. TERMINATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-using.html" title="A.12. Addendum"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section10"></a>A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</h2></div></div><p>
+ The <a href="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html" target="_top">Free Software
+ Foundation</a> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
+ Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
+ will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
+ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft" target="_top">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
+ “or any later version” applies to it, you have the
+ option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+ specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
+ the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+ you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
+ the Free Software Foundation.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section9.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-using.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.10. 9. TERMINATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.12. Addendum</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section10.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section1.html" title="A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section2"></a>A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may copy and distribute the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
+ you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
+ control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
+ distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
+ copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
+ must also follow the conditions in <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
+ above, and you may publicly display copies.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section1.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section3.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.2. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section2.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section2.html" title="A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section3"></a>A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</h2></div></div><p>
+ If you publish printed copies of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
+ and the Document's license notice requires <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>, you must enclose
+ the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
+ Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
+ clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
+ copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
+ other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
+ limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+ respects.
+ </p><p>
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+ </p><p>
+ If you publish or distribute <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Opaque</a> copies of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> numbering more than 100,
+ you must either include a machine-readable <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a> copy along with
+ each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
+ publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
+ complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
+ material, which the general network-using public has access to
+ download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
+ protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
+ or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+ public.
+ </p><p>
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
+ of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> well before
+ redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
+ to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section2.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section4.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section3.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section5.html" title="A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section4"></a>A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may copy and distribute a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the conditions of
+ sections <a href="fdl-section2.html" title="A.3. 2. VERBATIM COPYING">2</a> and <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">3</a> above, provided that you release
+ the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
+ licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
+ to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
+ these things in the Modified Version:
+ </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>A. </b>
+ Use in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, and from those of
+ previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
+ listed in the History section of the Document). You may
+ use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>B. </b>
+ List on the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>,
+ together with at least five of the principal authors of
+ the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> (all of
+ its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>C. </b>
+ State on the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</a> the name of the publisher of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>, as the
+ publisher.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>D. </b>
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>E. </b>
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>F. </b>
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
+ license notice giving the public permission to use the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> under
+ the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>G. </b>
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> and
+ required <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover
+ Texts</a> given in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document's</a> license notice.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>H. </b>
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>I. </b>
+ Preserve the section entitled “History”, and
+ its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
+ title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>as given on
+ the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-title-page">Title Page</a>. If
+ there is no section entitled “History” in the
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
+ Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+ sentence.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>J. </b>
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> for public access
+ to a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-transparent">Transparent</a>
+ copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
+ given in the Document for previous versions it was based
+ on. These may be placed in the “History”
+ section. You may omit a network location for a work that
+ was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
+ refers to gives permission.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>K. </b>
+ In any section entitled “Acknowledgements” or
+ “Dedications”, preserve the section's title,
+ and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
+ each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+ dedications given therein.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>L. </b>
+ Preserve all the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>, unaltered in their
+ text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>M. </b>
+ Delete any section entitled
+ “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be
+ included in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified
+ Version</a>.
+ </p></li><li style="list-style-type: opencircle"><p><b>N. </b>
+ Do not retitle any existing section as
+ “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with
+ any <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Section</a>.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p>
+ If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
+ includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</a> and
+ contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
+ option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
+ do this, add their titles to the list of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> in the
+ Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
+ distinct from any other section titles.
+ </p><p>
+ You may add a section entitled “Endorsements”,
+ provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a> by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+ </p><p>
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</a>, and a passage
+ of up to 25 words as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</a>, to the end of
+ the list of <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</a>
+ in the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>.
+ Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
+ may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
+ entity. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
+ added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
+ acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
+ replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
+ publisher that added the old one.
+ </p><p>
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> do not by this License
+ give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version </a>.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section3.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section5.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section4.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section6.html" title="A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section5"></a>A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may combine the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a>
+ with other documents released under this License, under the
+ terms defined in <a href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>
+ above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
+ combination all of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
+ and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
+ its license notice.
+ </p><p>
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
+ and multiple identical <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
+ multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
+ contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
+ at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+ number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
+ list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
+ work.
+ </p><p>
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
+ “History” in the various original documents,
+ forming one section entitled “History”; likewise
+ combine any sections entitled “Acknowledgements”,
+ and any sections entitled “Dedications”. You must
+ delete all sections entitled “Endorsements.”
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section4.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section6.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section5.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section5.html" title="A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section7.html" title="A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section6"></a>A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may make a collection consisting of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> and other documents
+ released under this License, and replace the individual copies
+ of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
+ is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
+ documents in all other respects.
+ </p><p>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section5.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section7.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.6. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section6.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section6.html" title="A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section8.html" title="A.9. 8. TRANSLATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section7"></a>A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</h2></div></div><p>
+ A compilation of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> or its derivatives with
+ other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
+ volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
+ count as a <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-modified">Modified Version</a>
+ of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
+ for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
+ “aggregate”, and this License does not apply to the
+ other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
+ account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
+ derivative works of the Document. If the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</a> requirement of <a href="fdl-section3.html" title="A.4. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY">section 3</a> is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
+ quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
+ be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
+ aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
+ aggregate.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section6.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section8.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.7. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section7.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section7.html" title="A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section9.html" title="A.10. 9. TERMINATION"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section8"></a>A.9. 8. TRANSLATION</h2></div></div><p>
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> under the terms of <a href="fdl-section4.html" title="A.5. 4. MODIFICATIONS">section 4</a>. Replacing <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</a> with
+ translations requires special permission from their copyright
+ holders, but you may include translations of some or all
+ Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
+ Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
+ License provided that you also include the original English
+ version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
+ translation and the original English version of this License,
+ the original English version will prevail.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section7.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section9.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.8. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.10. 9. TERMINATION</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section8.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.10. 9. TERMINATION</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section8.html" title="A.9. 8. TRANSLATION"><link rel="next" href="fdl-section10.html" title="A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.10. 9. TERMINATION</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-section9"></a>A.10. 9. TERMINATION</h2></div></div><p>
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-document">Document</a> except as expressly
+ provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
+ modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+ automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+ parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+ License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+ parties remain in full compliance.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section8.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-section10.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.9. 8. TRANSLATION </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-section9.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A.12. Addendum</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="fdl.html" title="A. GNU Free Documentation License"><link rel="previous" href="fdl-section10.html" title="A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A.12. Addendum</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl-using"></a>A.12. Addendum</h2></div></div><p>
+ To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+ the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+ license notices just after the title page:
+ </p><blockquote class="blockquote"><p>
+ Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ </p><p>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</a> being LIST
+ THEIR TITLES, with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a> being LIST,
+ and with the <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
+ Texts</a> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
+ the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation
+ License”.
+ </p></blockquote><p>
+ If you have no <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</a>, write “with no Invariant Sections”
+ instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+ <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</a>, write
+ “no Front-Cover Texts” instead of
+ “Front-Cover Texts being LIST”; likewise for <a href="fdl-section1.html#fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</a>.
+ </p><p>
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
+ we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
+ choice of free software license, such as the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" target="_top"> GNU General Public
+ License</a>, to permit their use in free software.
+ </p></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="fdl-section10.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">A.11. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="fdl.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl-using.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>A. GNU Free Documentation License</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="previous" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="4. GnuCash anpassen"><link rel="next" href="fdl-preamble.html" title="A.1. 0. PREAMBLE"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A. GNU Free Documentation License</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="custom-gnucash.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="appendix"><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="fdl"></a>A. GNU Free Documentation License</h2></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="custom-gnucash.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="fdl-preamble.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">4. GnuCash anpassen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> A.1. 0. PREAMBLE</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/fdl.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/home.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/home.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/left.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/left.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/right.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/right.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/up.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/figures/up.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/getting-started.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/getting-started.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>2. Erste Schritte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="previous" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="1. Einführung zu GnuCash"><link rel="next" href="usage.html" title="3. Benutzung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. Erste Schritte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="usage.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="getting-started"></a>2. Erste Schritte</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="first-time"></a>2.1. GnuCash zum ersten Mal starten</h3></div></div><p>Wenn Sie GnuCash zum ersten Mal starten, werden Sie mit dem
+ <b>Willkommen in Gnucash!</b> Menü begrüßt. Die
+ folgende Tabelle beschreibt den Inhalt dieses Menüs.
+ </p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table1"></a><b>Tabelle 2. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td><p>Menüpunkt</p></td><td><p>Beschreibung</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
+ Neue Konten eröffnen
+ </p></td><td><p>Startet den Druiden zum "Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen"</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
+ QIF-Dateien importieren
+ </p></td><td><p>Startet den QIF-Import Druiden.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>
+ Die Einführung für neue Benutzer öffnen
+ </p></td><td><p>Öffnet das Fenster mit dem GnuCash Tutorial and Concepts
+ guide (z.Zt. nur in Englisch)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Mit diesem Menü sollen Sie leicht die Ihre ersten Schritte mit
+ GnuCash gehen können. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Der Knopf Abbrechen beendet dieses
+ Dialogfenster. Sie können dann markieren, ob Sie dieses Menü erneut
+ präsentiert bekommen wollen oder nicht.
+ </p></li><li><p>Der Knopf
+ Ok dient zur Bestätigung Ihrer Auswahl.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Sie können hier einen mitgelieferten Kontenrahmen verwenden, QIF
+ Dateien importieren (z.B. aus Quicken) oder den GnuCash Tutorial and
+ Concepts Guide (z.Zt. nur in Englisch) ansehen. Jede Wahlmöglichkeit
+ wird weiter unten genauer beschrieben.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>If you wish to have a basic set of accounts to add account transactions into choose
+ Create a new set of accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>If you already have Quicken files (QIF files) from another financial application and wish to import them then choose
+ Import my QIF files.
+ </p></li><li><p>If you are a new to GnuCash and just want to be guided though setting up GnuCash then choose
+ Open the new user tutorial.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>It is possible to run these items after you have made a choice here but this
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> menu will not reappear. To try one of the other choices later, use the following sections to start the other items from the GnuCash menu.
+ </p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-hierarchy"></a>2.1.1. Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen (englisch)</h4></div></div><p></p><p>This druid helps you to create a set of GnuCash accounts. It will appear if you choose
+ Create a new set of accounts in the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash! </b>menu.
+ </p><p></p><p>To start this druid manually go to
+ <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>New File</b>. This will create a new blank GnuCash file and then automatically start the
+ <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid.
+ </p><p></p><p>The
+ <b>New Account Hierarchy Setup</b> druid opens with a screen that briefly describes what this druid does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the druid.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made on that screen.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue though the druid.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to select the default currency to use for your accounts. The
+ Select... button on this screen is used to access the list of currencies. The
+ Select... button brings up the
+ <b>Select currency/security</b> dialog.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ <b>Type: </b>drop down list defaults to
+ CURRENCY. Other types are used for setting up commodities for stock related accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ <b>Currency/security:</b> drop down list defaults to
+ USD (US Dollar). If you wish your accounts to use a different default currency select one from the list.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ OK button is used to confirm your selection.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ New... button brings up the
+ <b>New Currency/Security</b> dialog. This is used for setting up commodities for stock related accounts.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without using any changes you have made.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen is used to choose a hierarchy of accounts to create. You will see a screen divided into three parts. </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The top part has a list of
+ <b>Account Types and Descriptions </b>for commonly used hierarchies of accounts. Select from this list the types of accounts you wish to use. You can select as many types of accounts as you wish.
+ </p></li><li><p>The left bottom part has a
+ <b>Detailed Description</b> of the account type you selected.
+ </p></li><li><p>The right bottom part has a list of the
+ <b>Accounts</b> that will be created from the selected account type.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Select All button allows you to include all of the account types from the top part.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Clear All button allows you to deselect all of the account types from the top part.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to enter opening balances for your accounts and also select if the account is a placeholder account. Placeholder accounts are used to create a hierarchy of accounts and normally do not have transactions or opening balances. Equity accounts also do not have opening balances.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The left side of the screen has a list of
+ <b>Account Names</b>. Select each account to enter a opening balance or to make it a placeholder account.
+ </p></li><li><p>The right side of the screen has a checkbox to make an account a
+ Placeholder and a box to add the
+ <b>Opening Balance</b> for the selected account.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The last screen gives you a list of three choices to finish the druid.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made on that screen.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Finish button creates the accounts you have selected.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>You should now have a hierarchy of accounts in your main GnuCash account window.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="import-qif"></a>2.1.2. QIF-Dateien importieren (englisch)</h4></div></div><p></p><p>This Druid helps you import Quicken (QIF) files. It will appear if you choose
+ Import my QIF files in the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash! </b>menu.
+ </p><p></p><p>To start this druid manually go to
+ <b>File</b> ->
+ <b>Import</b> ->
+ <b>Import QIF...</b> or press Ctrl-I.
+ </p><p></p><p>The
+ <b>Import QIF files</b> druid opens with a screen that briefly describes what this druid does. The three buttons at the very bottom of the screen will not change while using the druid.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel importing Quicken file data. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made on that screen.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Forward button will bring up the next screen so you can continue though the druid.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to
+ <b>Select a QIF file to load</b>. The
+ Select... button on this screen is used to access the list of files. The
+ Select... button brings up the
+ <b>Select QIF File</b> dialog.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ Create Dir button allows you to make a directory to store the GnuCash files.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Delete File button allows you to remove unwanted files.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Rename File button allows you to rename GnuCash files.
+ </p></li><li><p>The drop down list allows you to navigate the directory structure.</p></li><li><p>The left panel allows you to navigate up and down by directory</p></li><li><p>The right panel allows you to select the file you want</p></li><li><p>The
+ OK button is used to confirm your selection.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without using any changes you have made.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Navigate to where you have stored your QIF files and select the first one then click
+ OK. You will now see it listed in the
+ <b>QIF Filename:</b> field.
+ </p><p></p><p>If the file you are loading does not have an account name listed in it you will see the
+ <b>Set the default QIF account name</b> screen. Otherwise you will skip this screen and go on to the screen in the next section that shows loaded QIF files.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ <b>Account name:</b> field is used to set an account name for this QIF file.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen shows you the
+ <b>QIF files you have loaded</b>. You can use this screen to return to the previous screen and load more QIF files. It will also let you unload any files you have loaded by mistake.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The top panel shows the list of
+ <b>QIF Files</b> you have loaded.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ <b>Load another file</b> button takes you back to the previous screen to load another QIF file.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ <b>Unload selected file</b> allows you to select a file from the top panel and remove it from the list.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the
+ <b>Accounts and stock holdings</b> matching process on the
+ <b>Match QIF accounts with GnuCash accounts</b> screen. This and other informational screens in the
+ <b>Import QIF files</b> druid can be turned off in the
+ <b>Online Banking & Importing</b> section of the
+ <b>GnuCash Preferences</b>. Please refer to the
+ <b>GnuCash Preferences</b> section of the help for instructions on this.
+ </p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you
+ <b>Match QIF accounts with GnuCash accounts</b>. You will see a list of
+ <b>QIF account names</b> on the left and suggested
+ <b>GnuCash account names</b> on the right. The
+ <b>New?</b> column indicates if the GnuCash account name will be created by the QIF Import.
+ </p><p></p><p>To change the GnuCash account to a different one select the QIF account. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new one.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select an account from the list to choose a already existing account.</p></li><li><p>The
+ New Account (child of selected) ... button allows you to add a new account name as a sub-account of the selected account.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ OK button is used to confirm your selection.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without using any changes you have made.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the
+ <b>Income and Expense categories</b> matching process on the
+ <b>Match QIF categories with GnuCash accounts</b> screen.
+ </p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you
+ <b>Match QIF categories with GnuCash accounts</b>. You will see a list of
+ <b>QIF category names</b> on the left and suggested
+ <b>GnuCash account names</b> on the right. The
+ <b>New?</b> column indicates if the GnuCash account name will be created by the QIF Import.
+ </p><p></p><p>To change the GnuCash account to a different one select the QIF category. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new one.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select an account from the list to choose a already existing account.</p></li><li><p>The
+ New Account (child of selected) ... button allows you to add a new account name as a sub-account of the selected account.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ OK button is used to confirm your selection.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without using any changes you have made.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the
+ <b>Payees and memos</b> matching process on the
+ <b>Match payees/memos to GnuCash accounts</b> screen.
+ </p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you
+ <b>Match payees/memos to GnuCash accounts</b>. You will see a list of
+ <b>QIF payee/memo names</b> on the left and suggested
+ <b>GnuCash account names</b> on the right. The default GnuCash account used is called Unspecified. The
+ <b>New?</b> column indicates if the GnuCash account name will be created by the QIF Import.
+ </p><p></p><p>To change the GnuCash account to a different one select the QIF payee/memo. A dialog will pop up to select another account or create a new one.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Select an account from the list to choose a already existing account.</p></li><li><p>The
+ New Account (child of selected) ... button allows you to add a new account name as a sub-account of the selected account.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ OK button is used to confirm your selection.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the dialog without using any changes you have made.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>The next screen allows you to
+ <b>Enter the currency used for new accounts</b>. The drop down list defaults to USD (US Dollar). If you wish the new accounts to use a different currency select one from the list.
+ </p><p></p><p>The next screen gives a description of the
+ <b>Match duplicate transactions</b> process on the
+ <b>Select possible duplicates</b> screen.
+ </p><p></p><p>The next screen lets you
+ <b>Select possible duplicate transactions</b>. Imported transactions are shown on the left panel and possible matches to each selected transaction are shown on the right.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The left panel shows the list of Imported transactions to select from for matching duplicates</p></li><li><p>The right panel shows the list of Possible duplicates for the selected imported transaction. Select the one that most closely matches</p><p></p></li></ul></div><p>The last screen gives you a list of three choices to finish the druid.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ Cancel button is used to exit the druid and cancel creating a new set of accounts. Any selections you have made in this druid up to this point will be lost.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Back button will bring up the previous screen so you can change a selection made on that screen.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Finish button creates the accounts you have selected.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>You should now have successfully imported your accounts.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tutorial"></a>2.1.3. GnuCash Kurs und Konzepte (englisch)</h4></div></div><p></p><p>This guide is the counterpart to this help. It explains the concepts used in GnuCash and has a tutorial that takes you through using GnuCash to manage your accounts. It will appear if you choose
+ Open the new user tutorial in the
+ <b>Welcome to GnuCash!</b> menu.
+ </p><p></p><p>To open this Guide manually go to
+ <b>Help</b> ->
+ <b>Tutorial and Concepts Guide</b>.
+ </p><p></p><p>It is strongly recommended to read this guide if you are new to GnuCash or unfamiliar with accounting concepts. </p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="tip-of-the-day"></a>2.2. Tipp des Tages (englisch)</h3></div></div><p></p><p>The
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> screen starts whenever you start GnuCash. It gives tips on features and using GnuCash. You can use the three buttons at the bottom of the screen to look through the tips.
+ </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>The
+ close button is used to dismiss the
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> dialog
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Prev button is used to look at the previous tip
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Next button is used to look at the next tip.
+ </p></li><li><p>The
+ Display this dialog next time checkbox is used to enable or disable the
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> from running at GnuCash startup.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>It is also possible to configure if the
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> runs at startup in
+ <b>Edit</b> ->
+ <b>Preferences</b> ->
+ <b>General</b>. The
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b> can also be manually run by going to
+ <b>Help</b> ->
+ <b>Tip of the Day</b>.
+ </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="intro-to-gnucash.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="usage.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">1. Einführung zu GnuCash </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 3. Benutzung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/getting-started.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Hilfe</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="previous" href="titlepage.html" title=""><link rel="next" href="intro-to-gnucash.html" title="1. Einführung zu GnuCash"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Hilfe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="titlepage.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="article"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>GnuCash Hilfe</h1></div><a href="titlepage.html"></a><hr><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Einführung zu GnuCash</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html#what-is-gnucash">Was ist GnuCash?</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="intro-to-gnucash.html#de-translation">Deutsche Übersetzung</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="getting-started.html">Erste Schritte</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="getting-started.html#first-time">GnuCash zum ersten Mal starten</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="getting-started.html#tip-of-the-day">Tipp des Tages (englisch)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="usage.html">Benutzung</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="usage.html#windows">GnuCash Fenster</a></dt><dt>3.2. <a href="usage.html#setup-accounts">Konten erstellen und bearbeiten</a></dt><dt>3.3. <a href="usage.html#transactions">Geschäftsvorgänge im Kontobuch eingeben</a></dt><dt>3.4. <a href="usage.html#reports">Berichte und Diagramme benutzen</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="custom-gnucash.html">GnuCash anpassen</a></dt><!
dd><dl><
dt>4.1. <a href="custom-gnucash.html#account-options">Kontenoptionen</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="custom-gnucash.html#set-prefs">GnuCash Einstellungen anpassen</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="custom-gnucash.html#change-style">HTMl-Stilvorlagen ändern</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="custom-gnucash.html#set-tax-options">Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern</a></dt></dl></dd><dt xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">A. <a href="fdl.html">GNU Free Documentation License</a></dt></dl></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="titlepage.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="intro-to-gnucash.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> 1. Einführung zu GnuCash</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/help.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>1. Einführung zu GnuCash</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="previous" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="next" href="getting-started.html" title="2. Erste Schritte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. Einführung zu GnuCash</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="intro-to-gnucash"></a>1. Einführung zu GnuCash</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="what-is-gnucash"></a>1.1. Was ist GnuCash?</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash ist ein Programm, mit dem Sie Ihre persönlichen Finanzen
+ verwalten können. Einfache Benutzerführung ist hier vereinigt mit der
+ konsequenten Umsetzung professioneller Prinzipien der Buchhaltung. In
+ gnuCash können Einnahmen und Ausgaben verfolgt werden, Kontoauszüge
+ abgeglichen werden, Aktiendepots verwaltet werden und
+ Buchhaltungsaufgaben für Kleinbetriebe wahrgenommen werden.
+ </p></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="de-translation"></a>1.2. Deutsche Übersetzung</h3></div></div><p>GnuCash wird hauptsächlich von englischsprachigen Entwicklern
+ programmiert. Die deutschen Übersetzer haben große Sorgfalt walten
+ lassen, um die Benutzung des Programms an den deutschen Sprachraum
+ anzupassen. Zwar gibt es in diesem Hilfetext noch einzelne Abschnitte
+ auf Englisch, aber der gesamte Programmablauf und die Texte zur
+ Programmbenutzung im <a href="usage.html" title="3. Benutzung">Abschnitt 3</a> sind vollständig
+ ins Deutsche übertragen worden.</p><p>In der folgenden Tabelle sind die Übersetzungen der wichtigsten
+ Finanzbegriffe aufgeführt, für den Fall, daß Sie auf einen englischen
+ Text stoßen. Anschließend wird die Erläuterung der Benutzung von
+ GnuCash fortgesetzt. </p><p>
+ <div class="table"><p><b>Tabelle 1. Deutsche Worte</b></p><table summary="Deutsche Worte" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Englisch</th><th>Deutsch</th><th>Erläuterung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Account</td><td>Konto</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Transaction</td><td>Geschäftsvorgang</td><td>Ein Geschäftsvorgang besteht aus
+ einer, zwei oder mehreren Buchungen</td></tr><tr><td>Split</td><td>Buchung</td><td>Eine Buchung bucht einen Betrag in genau ein Konto, und
+ gehört dabei zu genau einem Geschäftsvorgang</td></tr><tr><td>Asset</td><td>Aktiva</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Liability</td><td>Passiva</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Expenses</td><td>Aufwendungen</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Income</td><td>Erträge</td><td> </td></tr><tr><td>Register</td><td>Kontobuch</td><td>Geschäftsvorgänge und ihre Buchungen werden im
+ Kontobuch-Fenster angezeigt (in früheren
+ GnuCash-Versionen: Kassenbericht)</td></tr></tbody></table></div>
+ </p></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="help.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="getting-started.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">GnuCash Hilfe </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 2. Erste Schritte</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/intro-to-gnucash.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/caution.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/caution.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnome-money.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/gnucash-icon.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/important.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/important.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/note.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/note.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/tip.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/tip.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/warning.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/stylesheet/warning.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ image/png
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>GnuCash Hilfe</title></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">GnuCash Hilfe</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="help"></a>GnuCash Hilfe</h1></div><div><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"></h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Chris Lyttle</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">GnuCash Documentation Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt></dd></dl><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><span xmlns="" class="contrib">Deutsche Übersetzung</span></h2><dl xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional"><dt>Andreas Fahle</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:fahle at web.de">fahle at web.de</a>></tt></dd><dt>Christian Stimming</dt><dd><strong>: </strong><span xmlns="" class="orgname">Deutsches GnuCash Team</span></dd><dd><strong>: </strong><tt xmlns=""><<a href="mailto:stimming at tuhh.de">stimming at tuhh.de</a>></tt></dd></dl></div><div><p xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="releaseinfo"><i>Diese Hilfedatei beschreibt die private Finanzsoftware GnuCash.
+ </i></p></div><div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" xmlns:doc="http://nwalsh.com/xsl/documentation/1.0" class="copyright"><h2>Copyright</h2><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Chris Lyttle</p></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2003 Andreas Fahle (Deutsche Übersetzung)</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2002 Christian Stimming (Deutsche Übersetzung)</p></div><div>
+<h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Rechtlicher Hinweis</h2><p>
+ Das vorliegende Dokument kann gemäß den Bedingungen der GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 oder jeder späteren, von der Free Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version ohne unveränderbare Abschnitte sowie ohne Texte auf dem vorderen und hinteren Buchdeckel kopiert, verteilt und/oder modifiziert werden. Eine Kopie der GFDL finden Sie unter diesem <a href="ghelp:fdl" target="_top">Link</a> oder in der mit diesem Handbuch gelieferten Datei COPYING-DOCs.
+ </p><p> Das vorliegende Handbuch ist Teil einer Reihe von GNOME-Handbüchern, die unter der GFDL verteilt werden. Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch separat verteilen möchten, können Sie dies tun, indem Sie dem Handbuch eine Kopie der Lizenz, wie in Abschnitt 6 der Lizenz beschrieben, hinzufügen.
+ </p><p>
+ Bei vielen der von Firmen zur Unterscheidung ihrer Produkte und Dienstleistungen verwendeten Namen handelt es sich um Marken. An den Stellen, an denen derartige Namen in einer GNOME-Dokumentation vorkommen und wenn die Mitglieder des GNOME Documentation Project über diese Marken informiert wurden, sind die Namen in Grossbuchstaben oder mit großen Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben.</p><p>
+ DAS DOKUMENT UND MODIFIZIERTE VERSIONEN DES DOKUMENTS WERDEN GEMÄSS DER BEDINGUNGEN DER GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE MIT DER FOLGENDEN VEREINBARUNG BEREITGESTELLT:
+
+ <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>DAS DOKUMENT WIRD "WIE VORLIEGEND" GELIEFERT, OHNE JEGLICHE GEWÄHRLEISTUNG, WEDER AUSDRÜCKLICH NOCH STILLSCHWEIGEND, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, GEWÄHRLEISTUNGEN, DASS DAS DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DES DOKUMENTS FREI VON HANDELSÜBLICHEN FEHLERN UND FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK GEEIGNET IST UND KEINE RECHTE DRITTER VERLETZT. JEGLICHES RISIKO IN BEZUG AUF DIE QUALITÄT, GENAUIGKEIT UND LEISTUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS TRAGEN SIE. SOLLTE SICH EIN DOKUMENT ODER EINE MODIFIZIERTE VERSION DAVON IN IRGENDEINER WEISE ALS FEHLERHAFT ERWEISEN, TRAGEN SIE (NICHT DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, AUTOR ODER EIN MITWIRKENDER) DIE KOSTEN FÜR JEGLICHE ERFORDERLICHE SERVICE-, REPARATUR- UND KORREKTURMASSNAHMEN: DIESE BESCHRÄNKUNG DER GEWÄHRLEISTUNG IST WESENTLICHER BESTANDTEIL DIESER LIZENZ. JEDE VERWENDUNG EINES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS UNTERLIEGT DIESER BESCHRÄNKUNG; UND UNTER KEINEN UMSTÄNDEN UND GEMÄSS KEINER RECHTSLEHRE, WEDER AUFGRUND VON UNERLAUBTEN HANDLUNGEN (EINSCHLIESSLICH FAHRLÄSSIGKEIT), VERTRÄGEN ODER SONSTIGEM, KANN DER AUTOR, DER URSPRÜNGLICHE VERFASSER, EIN MITWIRKENDER ODER EIN VERTEILER DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ODER EIN LIEFERANT EINER DIESER PARTEIEN VON EINER PERSON FÜR DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, BESONDERE, ZUFÄLLIGE ODER ALS FOLGE AUFGETRETENE SCHÄDEN IRGENDEINER ART, EINSCHLIESSLICH, ABER NICHT BESCHRÄNKT AUF, SCHÄDEN DURCH GESCHÄFTSWERTVERLUSTE, ARBEITSAUSFÄLLE, COMPUTERAUSFÄLLE ODER -FUNKTIONSSTÖRUNGEN ODER JEGLICHE ANDERE SCHÄDEN ODER VERLUSTE, DIE DURCH ODER IM ZUSAMMENHANG MIT DER VERWENDUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER MODIFIZIERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS ENTSTANDEN SIND, SELBST WENN DIESE PARTEI ÜBER MÖGLICHE SCHÄDEN INFORMIERT WORDEN SEIN SOLLTE, HAFTBAR GEMACHT WERDEN.
+ </p></li></ol></div>
+ </p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><h2 xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional">Feedback</h2><p>Um Fehler zu berichten oder anderes Feedback zu geben, benutzen Sie
+ bitte das Gnome Bug-Tracking System
+ <a href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=GnuCash" target="_top">Bugzilla</a>.
+ </p></div></div><div><div class="revhistory"><h2></h2><table border="1" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b></b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b></b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b></b></th><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="1"><b></b></th></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Hilfe V2.0.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>9. July 2006</p></td><td align="left"><p>Andreas Fahle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:fahle at web.de">fahle at web.de</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>Deutsches GnuCash Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Hilfe V1.8.0</p></td><td align="left"><p>02. Februar 2003</p></td><td align="left"><p>Chris Lyttle
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:chris at wilddev.net">chris at wilddev.net</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><p>GnuCash User Manual</p></td><td align="left"><p>June 2002</p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Developers and Documentors
+ <tt><<a href="mailto:gnucash-devel at gnucash.org">gnucash-devel at gnucash.org</a>></tt>
+ </p></td><td align="left"><p>GnuCash Documentation Team</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="help.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> GnuCash Hilfe</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/titlepage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
Added: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/usage.html
===================================================================
--- htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/usage.html 2006-11-01 21:14:30 UTC (rev 15070)
+++ htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/usage.html 2006-11-01 22:07:16 UTC (rev 15071)
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"><title>3. Benutzung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.45"><link rel="home" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="up" href="help.html" title="GnuCash Hilfe"><link rel="previous" href="getting-started.html" title="2. Erste Schritte"><link rel="next" href="custom-gnucash.html" title="4. GnuCash anpassen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. Benutzung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr></table><hr></hr></div><div class="sect1"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="usage"></a>3. Benutzung</h2></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="windows"></a>3.1. GnuCash Fenster</h3></div></div><p></p><p>In den einzelnen GnuCash-Fenstern werden Ihre Konten sowie einige Hilfsmittel für die Arbeit mit Ihren Finanzdaten dargestellt. In diesem Abschnitt erhalten Sie einen Überblick über die verschiedenen Fenster, die Ihnen in GnuCash begegnen.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="account-tree"></a>3.1.1. Kontenhierarchie</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Fenster "Konten" enthält eine Übersicht über sämtliche Konten und deren Salden. Die Konten werden hier entsprechend der buchhalterischen Praxis in Kontoarten gruppiert. Das Fenster ermöglicht den Zugriff auf andere häufig genutzte Fenster und kontenbezogene Hilfsmittel.</p><p></p><p>Um die Kontenhierarchie neu zu öffnen - falls Sie sie geschlossen haben, oder um eine zusätzliche Kontenhiera!
rchie zu
erhalten -, wählen Sie "Datei" -> "Neue Konto-Hierarchie". Damit wird die Kontenhierarchie innerhalb des bestehenden Fensters geöffnet.</p><p></p><p>Um die Kontenhierarchie in einem neuen Fenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie "Datei" -> "In neuem Fenster öffnen". Abbildung ? zeigt ein Kontenhierarchie-Fenster. [FIXME: Abbildung hier einfügen]
+</p><p></p><p></p><p>Tabelle 3 beschreibt die einzelnen Bestandteile des Kontenhierarchie-Fensters.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table2"></a><b>Tabelle 3. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Bestandteil</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menüleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält die Menüs für das Kontenhierarchie-Fenster.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Werkzeugleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält Knöpfe für den Zugriff auf typische kontenbezogene Funktionen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zusammenfassungs-Leiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält eine Kurzzusammenfassung der Finanzdaten.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kontenhierarchie </p></td><td><p>Enthält den Kontenrahmen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Statusleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält eine Kurzbeschreibung der Menüpunkte sowie einen Fortschrittsbalken.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tree-menus"></a>3.1.1.1. Menüs</h5></div></div><p></p><p>In den folgenden Tabellen werden die Menüs des Kontenhierarchie-Fensters beschrieben.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 4: Menü "Datei" - Datei- und Kontenfunktionen sowie Druckfunktion.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table3"></a><b>Tabelle 4. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Neue Datei</p></td><td><p>Startet den Druiden "Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen" und erzeugt eine neue Datei.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Neues Konto</p></td><td><p>Erstellt ein neues Konto und öffnet die Kontoeigenschaften.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Neue Konto-Hierarchie</p></td><td><p>Öffnet ein neues Exemplar der Kontenhierarchie-Ansicht.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Öffnen...</p></td><td><p>Öffnet eine andere GnuCash-Datei. Menütastenkürzel: F3.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Konto öffnen</p></td><td><p>Sofern ein Konto ausgewählt ist, wird das Kontobuch für dieses Konto geöffnet. Menüt!
astenkü
rzel: STRG-O.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Unterkonten öffnen</p></td><td><p>Sofern ein Konto ausgewählt ist, wird eine Hauptbuch-Ansicht für dieses Konto und alle Unterkonten geöffnet.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>In neuem Fenster öffnen</p></td><td><p>Öffnet ein neues Kontenhierarchie-Fenster. Dabei wird die aktuelle Kontenhierarchie bzw. der aktuelle Bericht verwendet.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zuletzt Geöffnet</p></td><td><p>Öffnet eine Datei aus der Liste der vier zuletzt geöffneten Dateien.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Speichern</p></td><td><p>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-S.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Speichern unter...</p></td><td><p>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei unter einem anderen Namen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Import -> QIF-Datei importieren</p></td><td><p>Startet den Druiden "QIF-Datei importieren", um Dateien aus anderen Finanzprogrammen zu importieren.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Export -> Konten exportieren...</p></td><td><p>Exportiert die Kontenhierarchie in eine neue Datei. Daten werden nicht exportiert.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Drucken</p></td><td><p>Druckt Berichte.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Eigenschaften</p></td><td><p>Ermöglicht die Pflege von Optionen für die aktuelle Datei.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schließen</p></td><td><p>Schließt die aktuell geöffnete Kontenhierarchie bzw. den aktuell geöffneten Bericht. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-W.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beenden</p></td><td><p>Beendet GnuCash. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-Q.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 5: Menü "Bearbeiten" - Bearbeitungsfunktionen für Dateien und Konten sowie Einstellungen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table4"></a><b>Tabelle 5. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Ausschneiden</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kopieren</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Einfügen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kon!
to bearb
eiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Konto löschen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Einstellungen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stilvorlagen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Steuerrelevante Optionen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 6: Menü "Ansicht" - Ändern der Ansicht des Kontenhierarchiefensters.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table5"></a><b>Tabelle 6. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Aktualisieren</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Werkzeugleiste</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zusammenfassung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Statuszeile</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 7: Menü "Aktionen" - Anlegen terminierter Buchungen, Überprüfen von Konten, Durchführen von Aktienteilungen, Buchen und Abgleichen von Geschäftsvorgängen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table6"></a><b>Tabelle 7. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Terminierte Buchungen -> Terminierte Buchungen Editor</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Terminierte Buchungen -> Seit letztem Aufruf...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Terminierte Buchungen -> Hypothek & Darlehen Druide...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abgleichen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktienteilung...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Überprüfen -> Konto überprüfen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Überprüfen -> Unterkonten überprüfen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Überprüfen -> Alle überprüfen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 8: Menü "Geschäft" - GnuCash-Funktionen für Kleinunternehmen.</p><p><!
/p><div
class="table"><p><a name="Table7"></a><b>Tabelle 8. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Neuer Kunde</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Kunde suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Neue Rechnung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Rechnung suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Neuer Auftrag</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Auftrag suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kunden -> Zahlung verarbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Neuer Zulieferer</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Zulieferer suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Neue Rechnung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Rechnung suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Neuer Auftrag</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Auftrag suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zulieferer -> Zahlung verarbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Steuertabellen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zahlungsbedingungen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 9: Menü "Berichte" - Berichte und Diagramme.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table8"></a><b>Tabelle 9. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Kontenübersicht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Steuer-Bericht & TXF Export</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Einführungs-Beispielbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Benutzerdefiniert Mehrspaltig</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beispiel &am!
p; Benut
zerdefiniert -> Benutzerdefiniert Internet</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert -> Beispielbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Erweitertes Portfolio</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Aktiva Balkendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Aktiva Tortendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Durchschnittlicher Kontostand</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Bilanz</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Portfolio</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Passiva Balkendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Passiva Tortendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Reinvermögen Balkendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktiva & Passiva -> Preisdiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Aufwendungen Balkendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Aufwendungen Tortendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Erträge/Aufwendungen Diagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Erträge Balkendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Erträge Tortendiagramm</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge & Aufwendungen -> Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Kundenbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Entwicklung Verbindlichkeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Druckbare Rechnung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftliche Berichte -> Entwicklung Forderungen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftlic!
he Beric
hte -> Zuliefererbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 10: Menü "Werkzeuge" - Verschiedene Hilfsmittel und Editoren.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table9"></a><b>Tabelle 10. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Hauptbuch</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Preis-Editor</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktien Editor</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Finanzrechner</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftsvorgänge suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 11: Menü "Hilfe" - Diese Hilfe sowie das Dokument "GnuCash Kurs und Konzepte".</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table10"></a><b>Tabelle 11. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tipp des Tages</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Hilfe</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Info...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tree-toolbar"></a>3.1.1.2. Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Kontenhierarchie-Fenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte kontenbezogene Funktionen. Mit dem Menübefehl "Werkzeugleiste" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Werkzeugleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 12: Werkzeugleiste im Kontenhierarchie-Fenster</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table11"></a><b>Tabelle 12. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Speichern</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schließen</p></td><td><p></p></t!
d></tr><
tr><td><p>Öffnen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bearbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Optionen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Neu</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Löschen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beenden</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tree-summary"></a>3.1.1.3. Zusammenfassungs-Leiste</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste zeigt Ihr aktuelles Nettovermögen und Ihren aktuellen Gewinn auf einen Blick an. Mit dem Menübefehl "Zusammenfassung" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tree-main"></a>3.1.1.4. Kontenhierarchie</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Kontenhierarchie zeigt eine Liste Ihrer Konten in einer Baumstruktur an. Dies ermöglicht, dass Sie Ihre Konten nach Kontoart organisieren können.</p><p></p><p>Das Kästchen mit dem Pluszeichen dient zum Öffnen und Schließen eines Zweiges der Kontenhierarchie. Wenn Sie das Kästchen anklicken, ändert sich das Pluszeichen in ein Minuszeichen, was darauf hinweist, dass der Zweig geöffnet ist. Direkt unter der Kontobezeichnung erkennen Sie dann eine Linie, welche entweder zum Unterkonto oder zu einem weiteren Kästchen führt. Dies kennzeichnet die zugehörige nächsttiefere Ebene der Kontenhierarchie. </p><p></p><p>Standardmäßig wird das Kontenhierarchie-Fenster im Karteikarten-Modus angezeigt. Dies erkennen Sie an dem Reiter auf der linken Seite. Wenn Sie Berichte oder weitere Kontenhierarchie-Fenster öffnen, erscheinen dort zusätzliche Reiter.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tree-status"></a>3.1.1.5. Statusleiste</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Statusleiste zeigt kurze Hilfetexte zu den Menüs an, welche
+ den jeweiligen Menüpunkt näher erläutern. Weiterhin erscheint hier
+ beim Öffnen oder Speichern einer Datei ein Fortschrittsbalken. Mit dem Menübefehl "Statuszeile" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Statusleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="account-register"></a>3.1.2. Kontobuch-Fenster</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Fenster "Kontobuch" dient zur Eingabe und Bearbeitung der Buchungsdaten für ein Konto. Es stellt auch Hilfsmittel für die Terminierung zukünftiger Geschäftsvorgänge, für die Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen, für die Erstellung von Berichten sowie für das Drucken von Schecks zur Verfügung.</p><p></p><p>Um das Kontobuch für ein bestimmtes Konto zu öffnen, wählen Sie das Konto in der Kontenhierarchie aus und wählen Sie "Datei" -> "Konto öffnen" oder drücken Sie STRG-O. Damit wird ein neues Fenster mit dem Kontobuch geöffnet. Weitere Möglichkeiten sind der Knopf "Öffnen" in der Werkzeugleiste und der Knopf "Gegen" in einem anderen Kontobuch-Fenster.</p><p></p><p>Abbildung ? zeigt ein Kontobuch-Fenster. [FIXME: Abbildung hier einfügen]</p><p></p><p></p><p>Die einzelnen Bestandteile des Kontobuch-Fensters sind in Tabelle 13 beschrieben.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table14"></a><b>Tabelle 13. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Bestandteil</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menüleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält die Menüs für das Kontobuch-Fenster.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Werkzeugleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält Knöpfe für den Zugriff auf typische kassenberichtsbezogene Funktionen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zusammenfassungs-Leiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält eine Kurzzusammenfassung der Finanzdaten.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge</p></td><td><p>Der Bereich, in dem Geschäftsvorgänge eingegeben und bearbeitet werden.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Statusleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält eine Kurzbeschreibung der einzelnen Bereiche in der Liste der Geschäft!
svorgän
ge.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="reg-menus"></a>3.1.2.1. Menüs</h5></div></div><p></p><p>In den folgenden Tabellen werden die Menüs des Kontobuch-Fensters beschrieben.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 14: Menü "Datei" - Datei- und Kontenfunktionen sowie Druckfunktion.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table15"></a><b>Tabelle 14. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Neues Konto</p></td><td><p>Erstellt ein neues Konto und öffnet die Kontoeigenschaften.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Speichern</p></td><td><p>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-S.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Speichern unter...</p></td><td><p>Speichert die aktuell geöffnete Datei unter einem anderen Namen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Drucken</p></td><td><p>Druckt den Kontenbericht.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Scheck drucken</p></td><td><p>Druckt den angegebenen Scheck.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schließen</p></td><td><p>Schließt das Fenster. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-W.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beenden</p></td><td><p>Beendet GnuCash. Menütastenkürzel: STRG-Q</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 15: Menü "Bearbeiten" - Bearbeitungsfunktionen für Konten und Geschäftsvorgänge sowie Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table16"></a><b>Tabelle 15. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Ausschneiden</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kopieren</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Einfügen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Konto bearbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftsvorgang ausschneiden</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftsvorgang kopieren</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Geschäftsvorgang einfü!
gen</p><
/td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Suche</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 16: Menü "Ansicht" - Ändern der Ansicht des Kontobuch-Fensters.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table17"></a><b>Tabelle 16. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Werkzeugleiste</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zusammenfassung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Statuszeile</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungen auswählen -> Datumsbereich -> Alle anzeigen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungen auswählen -> Datumsbereich -> Bereich festlegen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Standardreihenfolge</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Datum</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Eingabe-Datum</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Datum des Kontoauszugs</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Nummer</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Betrag</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Buchungstext</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Sortierreihenfolge -> Beschreibung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stil -> Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stil -> Auto-Mehrteiliges Hauptbuch</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stil -> Amerikanisches Journal</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stil -> Zwei Zeilen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 17: Menü "Aktionen" - Eingeben, Löschen, Duplizieren von Geschäftsvorfällen, Erfassung von mehrteiligen Vorgängen, terminierten Buchungen und Aktienteilungen, Überprüfen von Konten, Buchen und Abgleichen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table18"></a><b>Tabelle 17. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"!
><colgro
up><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Buchen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abgleichen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktienteilung...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Übernehmen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abbrechen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Löschen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Neue Buchung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchung duplizieren...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Mehrteiliger Vorgang</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Terminiert...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Gegenbuchung</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Überprüfen -> Alle Geschäftsvorgänge</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Überprüfen -> Dieser Geschäftsvorgang</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 18: Menü "Berichte" - Berichte und Diagramme</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table20"></a><b>Tabelle 18. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Kontenbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsbericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 19: Menü "Werkzeuge" - Verschiedene Hilfsmittel und Editoren.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table21"></a><b>Tabelle 19. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Hauptbuch</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Preis-Editor</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktien Editor</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Finanzrechner</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Table 19: Menü "Hilfe" - Diese Hilfe sowie das Dokument "GnuCash Kurs und Konzepte".</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table22"></a><b>Tabelle 20. </b></p><table summary=""!
border=
"1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tipp des Tages</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Hilfe</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Info...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="reg-toolbar"></a>3.1.2.2. Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Kontobuch-Fenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge. Mit dem Menübefehl "Werkzeugleiste" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Werkzeugleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 21: Werkzeugleiste im Kontobuch-Fenster</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table12"></a><b>Tabelle 21. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Schließen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Eingeben</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abbrechen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Löschen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Duplizieren</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Terminiert</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Mehrteilig</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Neu</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Gegen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Suchen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bericht</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Drucken</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="reg-summary"></a>3.1.2.3. Zusammenfassungs-Leiste</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste zeigt verschiedene Salden, die zum aktuell geöffneten Konto gehören, auf einen Blick an. Im Normalfall !
werden z
u einem Konto der tagesaktuelle Saldo, ein möglicher zukünftiger Saldo, ein Saldo für bestätigte Einträge und ein abgeglichener Saldo angezeigt. Eine Ausnahme bilden Aktienkonten, hier erscheint stattdessen die Summe der Anteile und deren aktueller Wert. Mit dem Menübefehl "Zusammenfassung" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="reg-main"></a>3.1.2.4. Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge</h5></div></div><p></p><p>In der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge erscheinen die von Ihnen eingegebenen Geschäftsvorgänge sowie der fortlaufende Saldo. Außerdem steht eine leere Zeile zur Eingabe neuer Geschäftsvorgänge zur Verfügung. Die Spaltentitel können je nach Kontoart des geöffneten Kontos unterschiedlich sein. Allgemein gleichlautende Spalten sind "Datum", "Beschreibung", "Buchen" und "Saldo".</p><p></p><p>Sie können das Menü "Ansicht" verwenden, um das Erscheinungsbild der Liste zu verändert. Beispielsweise ist es möglich, die Anzahl der angezeigten Geschäftsvorgänge einzuschränken, eine andere Sortierreihenfolge zu verwenden oder den Anzeigestil zu ändern, um Geschäftsvorgänge übersichtlicher darzustellen. Darüber hinaus gestattet der Knopf "Mehrteilig" einen schnellen Zugriff auf alle Buchungsbestandteile.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="reg-status"></a>3.1.2.5. Statusleiste</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Statusleiste zeigt jeweils eine kurze Beschreibung an, wenn ein bestimmtes Feld in der Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge ausgewählt ist. Mit dem Menübefehl "Statuszeile" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Statusleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="reg-gl"></a>3.1.2.6. Hauptbuch</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Hauptbuch stellt ein erweitertes Kontobuch dar, mit dem Sie Geschäftsvorgänge eingeben können, ohne einzelne Konten öffnen zu müssen. Die !
Buchungs
einträge aller Konten werden hier in einem einzigen Kontobuch dargestellt.</p><p></p><p>Die Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen im Hauptbuch ist etwas komplizierter als die Eingabe im Kontobuch des jeweiligen Kontos. Der Vorteil ist jedoch, dass das Hauptbuch eine umfassendere Sicht auf die Geschäftsvorgänge in allen Konten bietet.</p><p></p><p>Standardmäßig werden im Hauptbuch nur die Geschäftsvorgänge des letzten Monats angezeigt. Sie können dies über den Menüpunkt "Buchungen auswählen -> Datumsbereich" im Menü "Ansicht" ändern.</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-win"></a>3.1.3. Berichtsfenster</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Berichtsfenster erscheint immer dann, wenn Sie einen Bericht oder ein Diagramm aus dem Menü "Berichte" aufrufen. Es besitzt eine Anzeige ähnlich einem Web-Browser, in der Sie beispielsweise Hyperlinks zu den Kontendaten anklicken können.</p><p></p><p>Derzeit werden sämtliche Funktionen des Berichtsfensters über Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe aufgerufen.</p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="report-toolbar"></a>3.1.3.1. Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Berichtsfenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf berichtsbezogene Funktionen. Mit dem Menübefehl "Werkzeugleiste" im Menü "Ansicht" kann die Werkzeugleiste ein- und ausgeblendet werden.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 22: Werkzeugleiste im Berichtsfenster</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table13"></a><b>Tabelle 22. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Speichern</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Schließen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Zurück</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Vorwärts</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erneut laden</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abbrechen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><!
p>Export
ieren</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Optionen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Drucken</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beenden</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="report-main"></a>3.1.3.2. Bericht</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Dies ist der Bereich, in dem der von Ihnen gewählte Bericht bzw. das von Ihnen gewählte Diagramm angezeigt wird. Die Eigenschaften dieses Fensters können auf zweierlei Art verändert werden: Mit dem Knopf "Optionen" in der Werkzeugleiste können Sie einstellen, was genau der Bericht anzeigt und aus welchen Konten die Information bezogen wird. Mit dem Menübefehl "Bearbeiten" -> "Stilvorlagen..." können Sie die Eigenschaften der Web-Seite, in welcher der Bericht angezeigt wird, auswählen.</p><p></p><p>Falls Ihr Bericht Hyperlinks zu externen Web-Seiten enthält, kann sich das Berichtsfenster wie ein Web-Browser verhalten. Mithilfe der Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe können Sie sich zwischen Web-Seiten zurück und vorwärts bewegen. Wenn Sie bestimmte Hyperlinks im Bericht, welche auf ein Konto verweisen, anklicken, öffnen sich die dazugehörigen Kontendaten im Kontobuch-Fenster.</p><p></p><p>Sie können einen Bericht als Datei speichern oder drucken. Verwenden Sie auch hierzu die entsprechenden Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe.</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="tool-win"></a>3.1.4. Weitere Werkzeuge</h4></div></div><p></p><p>In GnuCash gibt es eine Reihe von Fenstern für bestimmte Spezialzwecke. Diese Fenster stellen zusätzliche Funktionen gegenüber dem Grundfenster "Konten" zur Verfügung.</p><p></p><p>Um den Editor für terminierte Buchungen aufzurufen, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen Editor". Um das Abgleichen-Fenster zu öffnen, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen..." (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-R). Alle anderen hier beschriebenen Werkzeuge erreichen Sie ü!
ber das
Menü "Werkzeuge".</p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tool-sched"></a>3.1.4.1. Terminierte Buchungen</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Der Editor für terminierte Buchungen ermöglicht das Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Geschäftsvorgängen, die automatisch in das Kontobuch aufgenommen werden sollen. Dies erfolgt in Kombination mit dem Druiden "Seit letztem Aufruf", mit dem die Geschäftsvorgänge überprüft und eingegeben werden können.</p><p></p><div class="sect5"><div class="titlepage"><div><h6 class="title"><a name="sched-win"></a>3.1.4.1.1. Terminierte Buchungen</h6></div></div><p></p><p>Der obere Bereich des Fensters "Terminierte Buchungen" enthält eine Liste der terminierten Buchungen, die derzeit eingerichtet sind. Hier sind jeweils der Name des Geschäftsvorgangs, die Häufigkeit der regelmäßigen Erfassung und der nächste Erfassungstermin aufgelistet.</p><p></p><p>Auf der rechten Seite dieses Fensters befinden sich drei Knöpfe zum Anlegen und Bearbeiten terminierter Buchungen. Die Knöpfe "Neu" und "Bearbeiten" öffnen das Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten". Der Knopf "Löschen" entfernt die ausgewählte terminierte Buchung.</p><p></p><p>Unterhalb der Liste befindet sich der Kalenderbereich "Geplante terminierte Buchungen". Dieser Mini-Kalender zeigt die Termine an, an denen terminierte Buchungen anstehen, so dass Sie leicht erkennen können, wann eine Buchung das nächste Mal auftritt. Wenn Sie im Kalender ein Datum anklicken, so öffnet sich eine Liste der terminierten Buchungen für dieses Datum. Wenn Sie danach die Maus über andere Datumsfelder bewegen, ändert sich die angezeigte Liste entsprechend dem gerade berührten Datum. Ein weiterer Mausklick auf den Kalender schließt die Liste.</p></div><div class="sect5"><div class="titlepage"><div><h6 class="title"><a name="sched-edit"></a>3.1.4.1.2. Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten</h6></div></div><p></p><p>Das Fenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten" unterteilt sich in Namensfeld, Optionen-B!
ereich,
Ende-Bereich, Häufigkeitsbereich, Mini-Kalender und Buchungsvorlagen-Bereich.</p><p></p><p>Der Bereich "Optionen" enthält Kontrollkästchen, mit denen Sie angeben, ob die Buchung automatisch erstellt werden soll und wieviel Tage im Voraus die Buchung erstellt bzw. eine Erinnerung eingeblendet werden soll.</p><p></p><p>Der Bereich "Ende" enthält Einstellungen, wie lange oder wie oft die Buchung regelmäßig erfasst werden soll.</p><p></p><p>Der Bereich "Häufigkeit" enthält Einstellungen, in welchem zeitlichen Abstand und zu welchen Terminen die Buchung erfasst wird.</p><p></p><p>Der Mini-Kalender visualisiert die Termine der bereits eingerichteten terminierten Buchungen.</p><p></p><p>Im Bereich "Buchungsvorlage" wird der Geschäftsvorgang angelegt, welcher in das Kontobuch eingegeben werden soll.</p><p></p><p>Einzelheiten zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt "Buchungen terminieren".</p></div></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tool-reconcile"></a>3.1.4.2. Abgleichen-Fenster</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Fenster "Abgleichen" dient zum Abgleich von Kontoauszügen der Bank mit einem Gnucash-Konto. Es ermöglicht den Zugriff auf eine Reihe von GnuCash-Funktionen, welche die Eingabe und Überarbeitung der Kontendaten während des Abgleichs erleichtern.</p><p></p><p>Sie öffnen das Abgleichen-Fenster aus dem Fenster "Konten" über den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen..." (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-R). Aus dem Fenster "Kontobuch" erreichen Sie es ebenfalls über "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen...".</p><p></p><p>Abbildung ? zeigt ein Abgleichen-Fenster. [FIXME: Abbildung hier einfügen]</p><p></p><p></p><p>Tabelle 23 beschreibt die einzelnen Bestandteile des Abgleichen-Fensters.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table26"></a><b>Tabelle 23. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Bestandteil</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Menüleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält die Menüs !
für das
Abgleichen-Fenster.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Werkzeugleiste</p></td><td><p>Enthält Knöpfe für den Zugriff auf häufig benötigte abgleichsbezogene Funktionen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Haben</p></td><td><p>Enthält eine Liste der Zugänge auf dieses Konto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Soll</p></td><td><p>Enthält eine Liste der Abgänge von diesem Konto.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Saldoanzeige</p></td><td><p>Enthält einige Salden, die für den Abgleich benötigt werden.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><div class="sect5"><div class="titlepage"><div><h6 class="title"><a name="rec-menus"></a>3.1.4.2.1. Menüs</h6></div></div><p></p><p>In den folgenden Tabellen werden die Menüs des Abgleichen-Fensters beschrieben.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 24: Menü "Abgleichen" - Informationen zum Abgleich sowie Fertigstellen und Unterbrechen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table27"></a><b>Tabelle 24. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Informationen zum Abgleich...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Fertig</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Unterbrechen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abbrechen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 25: Menü "Konto" - Kontenfunktionen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table28"></a><b>Tabelle 25. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Konto öffnen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Konto bearbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchen...</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Überprüfen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 26: Menü "Geschäftsvorgang - Funktionen zur Bearbeitung von Geschäftsvorgängen.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table29"></a><b>Tabelle 26. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><c!
ol></col
group><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Neu</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bearbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Löschen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 27: Menü "Hilfe" - Hilfefunktion.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table30"></a><b>Tabelle 27. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Menüpunkt</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Hilfe</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect5"><div class="titlepage"><div><h6 class="title"><a name="rec-toolbar"></a>3.1.4.2.2. Werkzeugleisten-Knöpfe</h6></div></div><p></p><p>Das Abgleichen-Fenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für den schnellen Zugriff auf häufig genutzte Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Abgleich.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 28: Werkzeugleiste im Abgleichen-Fenster</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table31"></a><b>Tabelle 28. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Werkzeugleisten-Knopf</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Neu</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bearbeiten</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Löschen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Öffnen</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Fertig</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p></div><div class="sect5"><div class="titlepage"><div><h6 class="title"><a name="rec-main"></a>3.1.4.2.3. Abgleichen-Fenster</h6></div></div><p></p><p>Der Bereich "Haben" listet alle nicht abgeglichenen Zugänge des Kontos auf.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Datum: Das Datum des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>Nr: Die Nummer des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>Beschreibung: Die Beschreibung des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Der Betrag des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäfts!
vorgangs
.</p></li><li><p>J: Zeigt ein grünes Häkchen an, falls der Geschäftsvorgang nach dem Fertigstellen abgeglichen sein würde.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Der Bereich "Soll" listet alle nicht abgeglichenen Abgänge des Kontos auf.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Datum: Das Datum des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>Nr: Die Nummer des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>Beschreibung: Die Beschreibung des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Der Betrag des nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgangs.</p></li><li><p>J: Zeigt ein grünes Häkchen an, falls der Geschäftsvorgang nach dem Fertigstellen abgeglichen sein würde.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die Saldenanzeige zeigt die zum Abgleichen verwendeten Salden.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Anfangssaldo: Der Saldo zum Ende des letzten Abgleichs.</p></li><li><p>Schlusssaldo: Der eingegebene Saldo aus dem Kontoauszug.</p></li><li><p>Abgeglichener Saldo: Der Saldo der gewählten Geschäftsvorgänge.</p></li><li><p>Differenz: Die Differenz zwischen abgeglichenem Saldo und Schlusssaldo.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tool-price"></a>3.1.4.3. Preis-Editor</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Der Preis-Editor dient zur Pflege der Werte für Währungs-, Investmentfonds- und Aktienkonten. Er besitzt eine einheitliche Oberfläche zur Aktualisierung der Kurswerte und ermöglicht die Aktualisierung sowohl manuell als auch durch Online-Kurse.</p><p></p><p>Jeder Eintrag im Preis-Editor repräsentiert einen Kursdatensatz eines Wertpapiers bzw. einer Währung:</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>
+ <b>Währung/Aktie: </b>Die bewertete Währung bzw. das bewertete Wertpapier.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Währung: </b>Die Währung, in der die Bewertung erfolgt.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Datum: </b>Das Datum, zu dem die Bewertung erfolgt.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Quelle: </b>Die Quelle des Kurses für das Wertpapier bzw. die Währung. Normalerweise lautet diese entweder "Anwender:Preis-Editor", was bedeutet, dass Sie den Kurs direkt eingegeben haben, oder "Finance::Quote", was bedeutet, dass der Kurs durch das Modul "Finance::Quote" aus einer Online-Börsenkursquelle gelesen wurde.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Art: </b>Eine von mehreren unterschiedlichen Aktienkursarten:
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Bid: </b>Gibt an, was ein professioneller Händler für eine Aktie bezahlen würde.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Ask: </b>Gibt an, zu welchem Preis ein Händler eine Aktie verkaufen würde.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Last: </b>Gibt den Kurs an, zu welchem der letzte Handel des Wertpapiers stattfand. Dies ist der Kurs, der meistens in den Medien angegeben wird.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Net Asset Value: </b>Wird üblicherweise bei Investmentfonds verwendet. Errechnet sich aus dem Nettowert des Fondsvermögens.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Unknown: </b>Benutzen Sie dies, falls die Art des Kurses nicht bekannt ist.
+ </p></li><li><p>
+ <b>Preis: </b>Der zugehörige Kurs des Wertpapiers bzw. der Währung.
+ </p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Um einen neuen Kurs einzugeben, wählen Sie "Hinzufügen" und geben Sie im Dialogfenster die Detailinformationen zum Kurs ein. Um einen bestehenden Kurs zu bearbeiten, markieren Sie ihn in der Liste "Preise", wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" und bearbeiten Sie die Angaben.</p><p></p><p>Um einen einzigen Kurs zu entfernen, markieren Sie den Kurs und wählen Sie "Entfernen". Wenn Sie alle Kurse entfernen wollen, die älter als ein bestimmtes Datum sind, wählen Sie "Alte entfernen..." und geben Sie im Dialogfenster das Datum ein.</p><p></p><p>Um für ein bestimmtes Aktien- oder Investmentfonds-Konto Online-Kurse zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst die Online-Aktualisierung aktivieren und eine Preisquelle auswählen. Einzelheiten hierzu finden Sie im Unterabschnitt "Neues Konto erstellen" des Abschnitts "Konten erstellen und bearbeiten". Sobald Online-Kurse aktiviert sind, können Sie mit dem Knopf "Kurse abrufen" die Kurse für Aktien und Investmentfonds aktualisieren.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tool-commodity"></a>3.1.4.4. Währungs-/Aktien-Editor</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Der Währungs-/Aktien-Editor dient zum Anlegen und Bearbeiten von Wertpapieren, welche von Investmentfonds- und Aktienkonten verwendet werden. Weiterhin kann er die Details der nationalen Währungen, die von GnuCash verwendet werden, anzeigen.</p><p></p><p>Jeder Eintrag repräsentiert ein Wertpapier mit den folgenden Detailinformationen:</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Art: Geben Sie bei einer Aktie die Börse an, an der sie gehandelt wird. Für Investmentfonds verwenden Sie die Art "FUND". Wenn Ihr Wertpapier keiner dieser Arten entspricht, können Sie eine neue Art anlegen, indem Sie eine Bezeichnung in das Feld eingeben. Bei nationalen Währungen lautet die Art "ISO4217". ISO-4217 ist ein internationaler Standard, welcher für jede Währung ein eindeutiges, aus drei Buchstaben bestehendes Kürzel definiert. Nationale Währungen!
können
nicht vom Benutzer bearbeitet werden.</p></li><li><p>Symbol: Gibt das Symbol bzw. das Kürzel für das Wertpapier/die Währung an. Dies ist entweder das Ticker-Symbol (bei Aktien) oder ein anderes eindeutiges Kürzel für das Papier. Wenn das Papier an einer öffentlichen Börse gehandelt wird, ist es wichtig, dass Sie dasselbe Symbol verwenden, welches auch an der Börse verwendet wird. Bei nationalen Währungen erscheint als Symbol das Währungskürzel nach ISO-4217.</p></li><li><p>Name: Der vollständige Name des Wertpapiers/der Währung, z.B. "US Dollar" oder "SAP AG Stammaktie".</p></li><li><p>Code: Ein beliebiger numerischer oder alphanumerischer Code zur Identifikation des Wertpapiers. In den USA gibt es mit der CUSIP eine eindeutige Ziffernfolge je Aktie, Anleihe, Investmentfonds sowie für die meisten handelbaren Optionen, Futures und anderen Papiere. In Deutschland ist dies die WKN, zukünftig die ISIN. Die Angabe eines Codes ist nicht zwingend notwendig.</p></li><li><p>Stückelung: Dies ist die kleinste handelbare Einheit des Wertpapiers, angegeben als Bruchteil einer einzelnen Nominaleinheit. Die GnuCash-Konten verwenden diese Einheit als Standardstückelung für den Handel mit dem Wertpapier.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Um ein neues Wertpapier anzulegen, wählen Sie "Hinzufügen" und geben Sie im Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie" die Detailinformationen ein. Um ein bestehendes Wertpapier zu bearbeiten, markieren Sie das Wertpapier in der Liste, wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" und bearbeiten Sie die Angaben im Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie". Um ein Wertpapier zu löschen, markieren Sie es und wählen Sie "Entfernen". </p><p></p><p>Um die Detailinformationen zu den nationalen Währungen einzublenden, wählen Sie die Option "Nationale Währungen anzeigen".</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tool-calc"></a>3.1.4.5. Finanzrechner</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Der Finanzrechner dient zum Rechnen mit Zinseszinsen. Es ermöglicht es, vier von fünf Para!
metern e
iner Zinseszinsrechnung einzugeben und daraus die fünfte Größe berechnen zu lassen.</p><p></p><p>Der Rechner ist in zwei Bereiche unterteilt. Auf der linken Seite befinden sich fünf Felder, jeweils mit einem "Berechnen"- und einem "Zurücksetzen"-Knopf. Der Knopf "Berechnen" dient zum Festlegen der Größe, die berechnet werden soll. Der Knopf "Zurücksetzen" dient zum Löschen des Betrags in dem Feld.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Zahlungsintervalle: In diesem Feld können Sie die Anzahl der Zahlungen angeben, die für die Rechnung verwendet werden soll.</p></li><li><p>Zinssatz: In diesem Feld können Sie den Zinssatz angeben.</p></li><li><p>Aktueller Wert: In diesem Feld können Sie den Barwert eingeben. Bei einem Darlehen ist dies üblicherweise der Betrag, den Sie geliehen bekommen. Dies ist der Basisbetrag für die Verzinsung.</p></li><li><p>Periodische Zahlung: In diesem Feld können Sie den Betrag eingeben, in dessen Höhe die Zahlung für die gewählte Periode (z.B. monatlich, wöchentlich) erfolgt. Bei der Rückzahlung eines Darlehens sollte dies ein negativer Betrag sein.</p></li><li><p>Zukünftiger Wert: In diesem Feld können Sie den Endwert, d.h. den Wert zum Ende der Zahlungsintervalle, eingeben. Bei der vollständigen Rückzahlung eines Darlehens würde dieser Wert Null sein.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Im rechten Fensterbereich kann eingestellt werden, in welcher Weise Zahlungen erfolgen, und welcher Verzinsungsmodus für die Berechnungen im linken Bereich zur Anwendung kommt.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Zinsen: Mit diesem Knopfmenü können Sie das Intervall für die periodenbezogene Verzinsung auswählen, falls die Option "Periodenbezogene Verzinsung" gewählt ist.</p></li><li><p>Zahlungen: Mit diesem Knopf wählen Sie das Intervall für die Zahlungen, welches für das Feld "Zahlungsintervalle" maßgebend ist.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung am Ende der Periode: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn die Zahlung jeweils am Ende des Zahlungsintervalls stattfinde!
t.</p></
li><li><p>Zahlung am Anfang der Periode: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn die Zahlung jeweils am Anfang des Zahlungsintervalls stattfindet.</p></li><li><p>Periodenbezogene Verzinsung: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn Zinsen jeweils für eine Periode (entsprechend der Einstellung "Zinsen") anfallen.</p></li><li><p>Kontinuierliche Verzinsung: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn Zinsen fortlaufend anfallen.</p></li><li><p>Zahlungsbetrag: In diesem Feld wird der insgesamt gezahlte Betrag ausgegeben.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Beispiele für die Benutzung des Finanzrechners finden Sie im Dokument "GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte".</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="tool-find"></a>3.1.4.6. Geschäftsvorgänge suchen</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Funktion "Geschäftsvorgänge suchen" gestattet die Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen in GnuCash, wobei die Ergebnisse in einem Kontobuch-Fenster angezeigt werden. Das Dialogfenster trägt den Titel "Suchen nach...", und zeigt in der ersten Zeile die Bezeichnung "Mehrteilig suchen". In anderen Suchfenstern von GnuCash lautet diese Bezeichnung anders, doch der grundsätzliche Aufbau unterscheidet sich nicht.</p><p></p><p>Um das Dialogfenster "Geschäftsvorgänge suchen" aus dem Fenster "Konten" heraus aufzurufen, wählen Sie im Menü "Werkzeuge" den Menüpunkt "Geschäftsvorgänge suchen" oder verwenden Sie das Menütastenkürzel STRG-F. Um das Dialogfenster aus dem Fenster "Kontobuch" heraus aufzurufen, wählen Sie im Menü "Bearbeiten" den Menüpunkt "Suche" oder verwenden Sie das Menütastenkürzel F6.</p><p></p><p>Das Suchfenster teilt sich in zwei Bereiche. Der obere Bereich enthält die Steuerelemente zur Einstellung der Suchkriterien, und der untere Bereich enthält die Auswahloptionen für den Suchtyp. </p><p></p><p>Im Bereich "Suchkriterium" befinden sich ganz oben zwei Knöpfe. Mit dem linken Knopf "Kriterium hinzufügen" können Sie eine weitere Zeile hinzufügen, so dass die Suche nach mehreren Kriterien durchgeführt w!
ird. Ein
e neue Zeile kann erst hinzugefügt werden, wenn die bestehende Zeile vollständig ausgefüllt ist. Der rechte Knopf enthält ein Menü, mit dem ausgewählt werden kann, ob nach Einträgen gesucht werden soll, für die alle Kriterien erfüllt sind, oder nach Einträgen, für die mindestens ein Kriterium erfüllt ist. Die Suche mit der Option "Alle Kriterien werden erfüllt" verlangt, dass jede Kriterium-Zeile mindestens einmal mit dem Geschäftsvorgang übereinstimmt. Die Suche mit der Option "Irgendeines der Kriterien wird erfüllt" verlangt nur, dass eine der Kriterium-Zeilen mit dem Geschäftsvorgang übereinstimmt.</p><p></p><p>Die Kriterium-Zeile kombiniert mehrere Elemente (Knopfmenüs, Eingabe-/Auswahlfelder und Knöpfe) zu einem Kriterium. Die folgende Tabelle beschreibt die möglichen Kombinationen der Elemente. (Hinweis: "reg. A." = regulärer Ausdruck)</p><p></p><p>Table 29: Suchkriterienelemente.</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table19"></a><b>Tabelle 29. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Element 1</p></th><th><p>Element 2</p></th><th><p>Element 3</p></th><th><p>Element 4</p></th><th><p>Element 5</p></th><th><p>Element 6</p></th><th><p>Element 7</p></th><th><p>Element 8</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Beschreibung</p></td><td><p>enthält</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beschreibung</p></td><td><p>enthält nicht</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beschreibung</p></td><td><p>entspricht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Beschreibung</p></td><td><p>entspricht nicht reg. A.</p></t!
d><td><p
>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungstext</p></td><td><p>enthält</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungstext</p></td><td><p>enthält nicht</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungstext</p></td><td><p>entspricht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungstext</p></td><td><p>entspricht nicht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nummer</p></td><td><p>enthält</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nummer</p></td><td><p>enthält nicht</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nummer</p></td><td><p>entspricht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Nummer</p></td><td><p>entspricht nicht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktion</p></td><td><p>enthält</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p!
></td><t
d><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktion</p></td><td><p>enthält nicht</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktion</p></td><td><p>entspricht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktion</p></td><td><p>entspricht nicht reg. A.</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Groß-/Kleinschreibung ignorieren?</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsdatum</p></td><td><p>vor</p></td><td><p>Datumsauswahlfeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsdatum</p></td><td><p>vor oder am</p></td><td><p>Datumsauswahlfeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsdatum</p></td><td><p>am</p></td><td><p>Datumsauswahlfeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsdatum</p></td><td><p>nicht am</p></td><td><p>Datumsauswahlfeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsdatum</p></td><td><p>nach</p></td><td><p>Datumsauswahlfeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Buchungsdatum</p></td><td><p>nach oder am</p></td><td><p>Datumsauswahlfeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben oder Soll</p></td><td><p>kleiner</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben oder Soll</p></td><td><p>kleiner !
oder gle
ich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben oder Soll</p></td><td><p>gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben oder Soll</p></td><td><p>ungleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben oder Soll</p></td><td><p>größer</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben oder Soll</p></td><td><p>größer oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben</p></td><td><p>kleiner</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben</p></td><td><p>kleiner oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben</p></td><td><p>gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben</p></td><td><p>ungleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben</p></td><td><p>größer</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Haben</p></td><td><p>größer oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Soll</p></td><td><p>kleiner</p></td><!
td><p>Ei
ngabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Soll</p></td><td><p>kleiner oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Soll</p></td><td><p>gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Soll</p></td><td><p>ungleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Soll</p></td><td><p>größer</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Wert</p></td><td><p>hat Soll</p></td><td><p>größer oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Anteile</p></td><td><p>weniger als</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Anteile</p></td><td><p>weniger als oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Anteile</p></td><td><p>gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Anteile</p></td><td><p>nicht gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Anteile</p></td><td><p>größer als</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Anteile</p></td><td><p>größer als oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><t!
d><p></p
></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price (Stückkurs)</p></td><td><p>weniger als</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price (Stückkurs)</p></td><td><p>weniger als oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price (Stückkurs)</p></td><td><p>gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price (Stückkurs)</p></td><td><p>nicht gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price (Stückkurs)</p></td><td><p>größer als</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Share Price (Stückkurs)</p></td><td><p>größer oder gleich</p></td><td><p>Eingabefeld</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abgleichen</p></td><td><p>ist</p></td><td><p>Unbestätigt</p></td><td><p>Bestätigt</p></td><td><p>Abgeglichen</p></td><td><p>Fixiert</p></td><td><p>Storniert</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Abgleichen</p></td><td><p>ist nicht</p></td><td><p>Unbestätigt</p></td><td><p>Bestätigt</p></td><td><p>Abgeglichen</p></td><td><p>Fixiert</p></td><td><p>Storniert</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Balanced (Ausgeglichen)</p></td><td><p>ist</p></td><td><p>auf wahr setzen</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Balanced (Ausgeglichen)</p></td><td><p>ist nicht</p></td><td><p>auf wahr setzen</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Konto</p></td><td><p>entspric!
ht irgen
deinem Konto</p></td><td><p>Konten wählen</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Konto</p></td><td><p>entspricht keinem Konto</p></td><td><p>Konten wählen</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>All Accounts (Alle Konten)</p></td><td><p>entspricht allen Konten</p></td><td><p>Konten wählen</p></td><td><p>Entfernen</p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Bei einer Suche mit der Einstellung "Konto" werden alle Konten, die per Knopf "Konten wählen" gewählt wurden, einzeln durchsucht. Dies bedeutet, dass jeder Treffer aus einem der gewählten Konten eingeblendet (bei Einstellung "entspricht irgendeinem Konto") bzw. ausgeblendet (bei Einstellung "entspricht keinem Konto") wird.</p><p></p><p>Bei der Suche mit der Einstellung "All Accounts (Alle Konten)" werden Treffer aus Konten, die per Knopf "Konten wählen" gewählt wurden, nur dann eingeblendet, wenn sie in allen gewählten Konten ein Treffer sind.</p><p></p><p>Im Bereich "Suchtyp" gibt es vier Auswahlmöglichkeiten. Wenn Sie eine neue Suche starten, ist nur die erste Option verfügbar. Die anderen Optionen werden erst verfügbar, sobald das Fenster "Suchergebnisse" sichtbar ist. [Hinweis: Die Suche muss dann aus dem Fenster "Suchergebnisse" heraus aufgerufen werden.]</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Neue Suche: Führt eine neue Suche nach Geschäftsvorgängen durch.</p></li><li><p>Verfeinern der aktuellen Suche: Damit wird innerhalb der letzten Suchergebnisse gesucht.</p></li><li><p>Ergebnisse zur aktuellen Suche hinzufügen: Für die neue Suche müssen entweder die letzten Kriterien oder die neu angegebenen Kriterien erfüllt sein.</p></li><li><p>Ergebnisse von der aktuellen Suche löschen: Alle Ergebnisse, die auch Ergebnisse der letzten Suche waren, werden aus den neuen Suchergebnissen entfernt.</p></li></ul></div></div></!
div><div
class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="help-win"></a>3.1.5. Hilfefenster</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das GnuCash-Hilfefenster zeigt die Hilfedokumente, die mit GnuCash geliefert werden (zum Beispiel dieses), als Web-Seite an. Es besitzt darüber hinaus mittels einer Datenbank die Möglichkeit, in der Hilfe nach Begriffen zu suchen, und kann Web-Seiten direkt aus dem Internet laden.</p><p></p><p>Um das Hilfefenster aufzurufen, wählen Sie aus dem Menü "Hilfe" einen der Menüpunkte "GnuCash-Kurs und Konzepte" oder "Hilfe".</p><p></p><p>Das Hilfefenster besitzt eine Werkzeugleiste für die Navigation. Die Werkzeugleiste wird im folgenden beschrieben.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Zurück: Kehrt zu einer zuvor betrachteten Seite zurück.</p></li><li><p>Vorwärts: Kehrt zu einer zuvor betrachteten Seite zurück.</p></li><li><p>Erneut laden: Lädt die aktuelle Seite neu.</p></li><li><p>Öffnen: Öffnet eine Web-Seite von einer anderen Adresse, welche nicht Bestandteil der Standard-Hilfe sein muss.</p></li><li><p>Abbrechen: Stoppt das Laden einer Web-Seite.</p></li><li><p>Drucken: Druckt die aktuelle Seite.</p></li><li><p>Schließen: Schließt das Hilfefenster.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die aktuell geöffnete Web-Seite wird im rechten Bereich des Hilfefensters angezeigt. Der linke Bereich enthält die Karteiseiten "Themen" und "Suchen". Wenn Sie auf der Karteiseite "Themen" ein Hilfethema auswählen, wird die entsprechende Web-Seite im rechten Bereich geladen. Die Liste der Hilfethemen enthält außerdem einen Link auf die GnuCash-Fehlerberichtsseite (http://bugzilla.gnome.org).</p><p></p><p>Die Karteiseite "Suchen" ermöglicht es, die Hilfe nach Dokumenten zu durchsuchen, welche die von Ihnen angegebenen Begriffe enthalten. Geben Sie den zu suchenden Begriff im Feld "Suchausdruck" ein und betätigen Sie den Knopf "Suchen". Sie erhalten eine Liste der Seiten, welche diesen Begriff enthalten. Wenn Sie einen der gefundenen Verweise in der Liste "Suchergebnisse" an!
klicken,
wird die entsprechende Web-Seite geladen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="setup-accounts"></a>3.2. Konten erstellen und bearbeiten</h3></div></div><p></p><p>In diesem Abschnitt wird die Vorgehensweise für die Anlage von Konten in GnuCash beschrieben. Ein Konto dient in GnuCash als grundlegendes Mittel, um die Aufzeichnung, von wo nach wo Geldflüsse stattfinden, zu organisieren. GnuCash erweitert dabei den allgemein geläufigen Kontobegriff (z.B. Bankkonto, Kreditkonto) auf gruppierbare Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten. Auf diese Weise können Sie leicht feststellen, wohin Ihr Geld fließt und was Ihre größten Einkünfte und Aufwendungen sind. GnuCash definiert die im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Kontoarten, um die Systematisierung und Gruppierung der Konten zu unterstützen. Mittels dieser Kontoarten ist es möglich, einen Kontenrahmen (Kontenhierarchie) zu erstellen.</p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-types"></a>3.2.1. Arten von GnuCash Konten</h4></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash unterstützt eine Anzahl verschiedener Kontoarten. Es wird empfohlen, dass Sie aus der folgenden Liste der Kontoarten jeweils die passende Kontoart auswählen.</p><p></p><p>Tabelle 30: Arten von GnuCash-Konten</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table23"></a><b>Tabelle 30. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Kontoart</p></th><th><p>Beschreibung</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Aktiva</p></td><td><p>Aktivkonten dienen zur Erfassung von Gegenständen oder
+ anderem Vermögen, das einen Wert hat, und stellen die
+ Vermögenswerte eines Unternehmens auf der linken Seite der
+ Bilanz dar. (Normalerweise ein Platzhalterkonto)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aufwendungen</p></td><td><p>Aufwendungen jeder Art, z.B. Lebensmittel, Kleidung, Steuern usw. Wird in Quicken als "Kategorie" bezeichnet.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bank</p></td><td><p>Die Kontoart "Bank" bezeichnet Spar- und Girokonten bei einer Bank oder einem anderen Finanzinstitut. Einige dieser Konten können Zinsen tragen. Diese Kontoart eignet sich auch für Scheckkarten (Bankkarten), mit denen Zahlungen direkt einem Girokonto belastet werden. </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Bargeld</p></td><td><p>Die Kontoart "Bargeld" bezeichnet das Bargeld, welches Sie z.B. in der Brieftasche, einem Schuhkarton, einer Sparbüchse oder unter Ihrer Matraze aufbewahren.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Aktienkonto</p></td><td><p>Aktien oder Anteile an einer Gesellschaft, die den Eigentümer an all ihren Gewinnen und Risiken beteiligen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Eigenkapital</p></td><td><p>Eigenkapitalkonten werden verwendet, um die Eröffnungsbestände beim ersten Start von GnuCash oder zu Beginn einer neuen Buchungsperiode zu erfassen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Erträge</p></td><td><p>Erträge jeder Art, die Sie z.B. durch Gehaltseinkünfte, Zinsen, Dividenden usw. haben. Wird in Quicken als "Kategorie" bezeichnet.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Forderungen</p></td><td><p>Forderungskonten (Debitoren) werden von einem Unternehmen verwendet, um Verkaufsvorgänge zu erfassen, für die Sie nicht sofort eine Zahlung erhalten haben.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Investmentfonds</p></td><td><p>Ein professionell verwaltetes Portfolio aus Aktien, Anleihen oder anderen Geldanlagen, die sich in Anteile teilen lassen.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Kreditkarte</p></td><td><p>Die Kontoart "Kreditkarte" bezeichnet
+ Kreditkartenkonten, z.B. VISA, MasterCard oder American
+ Express. </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Passiva</p></td><td><p>Passivkonten bezeichnen Schulden oder Verbindlichkeiten
+ und stellen das auf der rechten Bilanzseite
+ verzeichnete Eigen- und Fremdkapital eines Unternehmens
+ dar. (Normalerweise ein Platzhalterkonto)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Verbindlichkeiten</p></td><td><p>Verbindlichkeitskonten (Kreditoren) erfassen Rechnungen, die ein Unternehmen erhalten hat, aber möglicherweise erst später bezahlen wird.</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Währung</p></td><td><p>Währungskonten finden Verwendung für den Handel mit Devisen.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Der Druide "Neuen Kontenrahmen erstellen" bietet eine bequeme Methode, eine Anzahl von Konten zu erstellen, welche ein Grundgerüst aus den verschiedenen Kontoarten bilden. Er ist im ersten Anschnitt dieser Hife beschrieben.</p><p></p><p>Bei der Erstellung neuer Konten sind die verfügbaren Möglichkeit für die Kontoart eingeschränkt, je nachdem, welche Kontoart das übergeordnete Konto (Hauptkonto) hat. Nachfolgend sind die einzelnen Auswahlmöglichkeiten dargestellt.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Verbindlichkeiten: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Forderungen: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Aktiva: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Bank: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Bargeld: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Kreditkarte: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Währung: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Eigenkapital: Unterkonto können nur Eigenkapitalkonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Aufwendungen: Unterkonto können nur Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Erträge: Unterkonto können nur Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Passiva: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und E!
rtragsko
nten sein.</p></li><li><p>Investmentfonds: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li><li><p>Aktienkonto: Unterkonto können alle Konten außer Eigenkapital-, Aufwands- und Ertragskonten sein.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="chart-create"></a>3.2.2. Neue Kontenhierarchie erstellen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Ein Kontenrahmen (Kontenhierarchie) ist eine Art Inhaltsverzeichnis für Ihre Finanzen. Am besten denkt man sich einen Kontenrahmen als Baum: Die Äste stehen für ganze Kategorien oder Gruppen, während die Blätter einzelne Bankkonten oder Aufwandsarten bezeichnen. Wenn Sie einen zusammenfassenden Bericht aufrufen, werden typischerweise nur die Hauptäste im Bericht dargestellt und nicht die Einzelkonten. Eine Kontenhierarchie könnte beispielsweise wie folgt aussehen: [FIXME: Abbildung übersetzen]
+ <div class="literallayout"><p><br>
+<tt> 300 Expenses<br>
+ |<br>
+ +--310 Living Expenses<br>
+ | |<br>
+ | +--311 Beer<br>
+ | |<br>
+ | +--312 Cable<br>
+ |<br>
+ +--320 Business Expenses<br>
+ | |<br>
+ | +--321 8-inch Floppies<br>
+ | |<br>
+ : :</tt><br>
+</p></div>
+
+ </p><p></p><p>Beachten Sie, jedes Konto nicht nur einen Namen besitzt, sondern auch eine Nummer, um die Konten zu ordnen. Wenn Sie einen Bericht erstellen, wird die Sortierreihenfolge nach der Nummer bestimmt. Es ist üblich, dass die Nummern der "Blatt"-Konten nicht mit Null enden, während die Nummern der höheren Hierarchieebenen jeweils mehr Nullen am Ende haben. </p><p></p><p>GnuCash verbietet nicht die doppelte Vergabe von Nummern, jedoch wird empfohlen, dass Sie dies vermeiden. Kontonummern werden als Zahlen im 36er Basissystem behandelt, d.h., Sie können neben Ziffern auch die Buchstaben "a" bis "z" verwenden.</p><p></p><p>Nachfolgend ist eine Beispielkontenhierarchie dargestellt. Jedes Konto besitzt eine vorgegebene Kontoart. Dieses Beispiel kombiniert einige typische geschäftliche und private Konten. [FIXME: Abbildung übersetzen]
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Assets
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Cash On Hand
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Checking account
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Money Market Account
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Certificate of Deposit
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Fixed Assets
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Furniture
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Computers
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Jewelry, Collectibles
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Tools, Machinery
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Investments
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Stocks
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Bonds
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Mutual Funds
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Real Estate
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Liabilities
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Taxes
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Federal Income Tax
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Social Security
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Medicare
+
+ </p></li><li><p>FUTA
+
+ </p></li><li><p>State Income Tax
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Accounts Payable
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>MasterCard
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Visa
+
+ </p></li><li><p>American Express
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Diner's Club
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Loans
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Debentures
+
+ </p></li><li><p>School Loan
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Uncle Harry's Tide-me-over
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Equity
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Retained Earnings
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Current Year Earnings
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Historical Adjustments
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Income
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Interest Income
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Bank Account Interest
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Certificate of Deposit
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Bond Interest
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Dividends
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Stock
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Mutual Fund
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Consulting
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>ABC Design
+
+ </p></li><li><p>PQR Infomatics
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Salary
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>My Day Job
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Commissions
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Royalties
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Expenses
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p> Rent and Utilities
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Rent
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Rent Late Fees
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Electricity
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Gas
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Phone
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Internet
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Cable TV
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Office Expenses
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Accounting
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Legal
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Software
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Postage
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Bank Charges
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Credit Card Charges
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Toner, Paper, Paper Clips
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Auto Expenses
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Gas
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Insurance
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Repair
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Rental
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Taxes
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Social Security
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Unemployment
+
+ </p></li><li><p>IRS penalties
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Wages and Salaries
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Consulting
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Wages
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Health Insurance
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Travel
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Air
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Hotel
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Meals
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Auto
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+
+ </p></li><li><p> Marketing
+
+ <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Advertising
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Trade Shows
+
+ </p></li><li><p>Give Aways
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p></li></ul></div>
+
+ </p><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-create"></a>3.2.3. Neues Konto erstellen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Dialogfenster "Neues Konto" besitzt zwei Karteiseiten: "Allgemeines" und "Anfangsbestand". Sie können dieses Dialogfenster aufrufen, indem Sie "Datei" -> "Neues Konto..." wählen oder im Fenster "Konten" auf das Symbol "Neu" in der Werkzeugleiste klicken.</p><p></p><p>Um ein neues Konto zu erstellen, müssen Sie sich im voraus einige Einzelheiten überlegen, die im Dialogfenster "Neues Konto" benötigt werden. </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Welche Kontoart wird benötigt?</p></li><li><p>Wo lässt sich das Konto in der Kontenhierarchie einordnen?</p></li><li><p>Gibt es einen Anfangsbestand?</p></li><li><p>Gehört zum Konto eine bestimmte Währung oder Aktie?</p></li><li><p>Wird eine Online-Aktualisierung des Währungs- oder Aktienkurses gewünscht?</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Im folgenden werden diese Einzelheiten beschrieben.</p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="gen-info"></a>3.2.3.1. Allgemeine Information</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Karteiseite "Allgemeines" dient zur Pflege der grundlegenden Angaben zum Konto. Hier steht auch die Möglichkeit zur Verfügung, das Konto mit einer Börsenkursquelle zu verknüpfen, falls es sich um ein Währungs-, Investmentfonds- oder Aktienkonto handelt. Weiterhin kann das Konto als steuerrelevant und als Platzhalterkonto gekennzeichnet werden. </p><p></p><p>Die Karteiseite besitzt fünf Eingabebereiche. Darunter befinden sich Kontrollkästchen, um ein Konto als steuerrelevant oder als Platzhalterkonto zu kennzeichnen. Die Option "steuerrelevant" bedeutet, dass dieses Konto für die Aufnahme in die Steuerberichte und -exporte markiert ist. Diese Option sollten Sie nur für Ertrags- und Aufwandskonten aktivieren. Die Option "Platzhalter" bedeutet, dass dieses Konto nicht für Buchungsdaten verwendet wird. Dies wird gebraucht, um eine Kontohie!
rarchie
anlegen zu können.</p><p></p><p>Der obere Eingabebereich enthält Informationen zum Konto.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Kontobezeichnung: Geben Sie einen Namen für das Konto ein, z.B. "Mein Girokonto".</p></li><li><p>Beschreibung: Eine optionale Beschreibung des Kontos.</p></li><li><p>Währung/Aktie: Für die meisten Konten ist dies die Standardwährung, d.h. Ihre Landeswährung, z.B. "EUR (Euro)". Falls das Konto für eine Fremdwährung vorgesehen ist, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Auswählen..." und wählen Sie im folgenden Auswahldialog eine andere Währung. Falls es sich um ein Investmentfonds- oder Aktienkonto handelt, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Auswählen", um ein Wertpapier auszuwählen. </p></li><li><p>Auswahl der Währung oder Aktie: Um eine andere Währung auszuwählen, klicken Sie die Dropdown-Liste "Währung/Aktie" an und wählen Sie das gewünschte Währungskürzel. Um ein Wertpapier für Investmentfonds- oder Aktienkonten anzulegen, wählen Sie den Knopf "Neu...", um das Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie" zu öffnen. Nachdem ein Wertpapier angelegt worden ist, können Sie zuerst den Typ in der Dropdown-Liste "Typ" (normalerweise die Börse, an der das Papier gehandelt wird) und dann den Namen des Wertpapiers in der Dropdown-Liste "Währung/Aktie" auswählen.</p></li><li><p>Neue Währung/Aktie: Die hier verfügbaren Optionen sind im Abschnitt "Währungs-/Aktieneditor" detailliert beschrieben. Geben Sie den Namen, das Symbol und den Typ an.</p></li><li><p>Kontonummer: Hier können Sie optional eine Kontonummer angeben. Weitere Einzelheiten zu Kontonummern finden Sie im Abschnitt "Neue Kontenhierarchie erstellen".</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Der nächste Eingabebereich enthält eine Liste der Kontoarten. Wählen Sie hier eine Kontoart aus. Eine Beschreibung der einzelnen Kontoarten finden Sie im Abschnitt "Arten von GnuCash Konten".</p><p></p><p>Der nächste Eingabebereich besitzt einen Kontenbaum, aus dem Sie das übergeordnete Konto (Hauptkonto) wählen. Um einen neuen Hauptkont!
enast zu
erstellen, wählen Sie "Neues Top-Level-Konto". Wenn Sie ein Hauptkonto einer bestimmten Kontoart auswählen, so werden die Auswahlmöglichkeiten im Bereich "Kontoart" eingeschränkt. Hat das Hauptkonto beispielsweise die Kontoart "Aktiva", so werden die Kontoarten "Eigenkapital", "Aufwendungen" und "Erträge" ausgegraut. Dies dient dazu, eine plausible Struktur der Kontenhierarchie zu bewahren.</p><p></p><p>Der nächste Eingabebereich betrifft die Börsenkursquelle. </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Börsenkurse online abrufen: Diese Option steht nur dann zur Verfügung, wenn die Kontoart "Währung", "Investmentfonds" oder "Aktienkonto" ist. Sie bewirkt, dass für dieses Konto die Kurse von einer Online-Datenquelle herauntergeladen werden können.</p></li><li><p>Quelle der Börsenkurse: Wählen Sie eine Datenquelle für die
+ Kurse aus der Menüliste. Derzeit werden u.a. folgende
+ Kursdatenquellen unterstützt: Yahoo, Yahoo Europe, Fidelity
+ Investments, T. Rowe Price, the Vanguard Group, the Australian
+ Stock Exchange (ASX) und TIAA-CREF. </p><p>Die Kursdatenquelle "Yahoo" liefert dabei auch die Kurse
+ für die übrigen genannten Unternehmen (z.B. Fidelity
+ Investments, T.Rowe Price und The Vanguard
+ Group) und gibt den Kurs normalerweise identisch zur
+ Original-Datenquelle an. Beachten Sie allerdings, daß
+ Sie bei "Yahoo Europe" zusätzlich das Börsenplatzkürzel des
+ Wertpapiers anfügen sollten, z.B. "PA" für Paris, "BE" für
+ Berlin usw. Beispiel: 12150.PA (ein Peugeot-Papier am Pariser
+ Markt). In den nachfolgenden Tabellen 31 und 32 sind die Kürzel
+ für einige Börsenplätze aufgelistet. </p></li><li><p>Zeitzone dieser Kurse: Wählen Sie die Zeitzone für die Quelle der von Ihnen empfangenen Online-Börsenkurse. Beispielsweise verwendet Yahoo gewöhnlich die US-Eastern-Zeitzone, somit würden Sie "America/New York" wählen, falls Sie diese Börsenkursquelle verwenden.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Hinweis: Um die korrekte Online-Aktualisierung der Kurse einzurichten, müssen Sie die folgenden Schritte ausführen:</p><p></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Legen Sie den Fonds bzw. die Aktie an. Verwenden Sie entweder den Währungs-/Aktien-Editor oder die oben beschriebene Methode über das Dialogfenster "Neue Währung/Aktie".</p></li><li><p>Legen Sie das Konto für den Fonds bzw. die Aktie an und stellen Sie sicher, dass das gewünschte Papier im Feld "Währung/Aktie" erscheint.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie die Option "Börsenkurse online abrufen", die Quelle der Börsenkurse und die Zeitzone.</p></li><li><p>Führen Sie das Perl-Skript "update-finance-quote" als Benutzer "root" aus, um das Modul "Finance::Quote" zu installieren. [Hinweis: muss u.U. bereits einmalig vor dem GnuCash-Start ausgeführt werden, damit die Börsenkursoptionen verfügbar werden]</p></li><li><p>Fügen Sie ein Wertpapier zum Preis-Editor hinzu. Einzelheiten finden Sie im Abschnitt "Preis-Editor".</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie "Kurse abrufen" im Preis-Editor.</p></li></ol></div><p></p><p>Wenn Sie die Kurse per Kommandozeile abrufen wollen, können Sie dazu den folgenden Befehl benutzen:</p><p></p><p>gnucash --add-price-quotes <gnucash-dateiname></p><p></p><p>Tabelle 31 Liste der Kürzel für europäische Börsenplätze</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table24"></a><b>Tabelle 31. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Kürzel</p></th><th><p>Markt</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BC</p></td><td><p>Barcelona</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BE</p></td><td><p>Berlin</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BI</p></td><td><p>Bilbao<!
/p></td>
</tr><tr><td><p>BR</p></td><td><p>Bremen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>CO</p></td><td><p>Kopenhagen</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>D</p></td><td><p>Düsseldorf</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>F</p></td><td><p>Frankfurt</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>FX</p></td><td><p>Xetra</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>H</p></td><td><p>Hamburg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>HA</p></td><td><p>Hannover</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>L</p></td><td><p>London</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MA</p></td><td><p>Madrid</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MC</p></td><td><p>Madrid (MC)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MI</p></td><td><p>Milan</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>MU</p></td><td><p>München</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>O</p></td><td><p>Oslo</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>PA</p></td><td><p>Paris</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>ST</p></td><td><p>Stockholm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>SG</p></td><td><p>Stuttgart</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>VA</p></td><td><p>Valencia</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Tabelle 32: Für TIAA-CREF-Kurse benutzbare Pseudo-Symbole</p><p></p><div class="table"><p><a name="Table25"></a><b>Tabelle 32. </b></p><table summary="" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th><p>Name</p></th><th><p>Pseudo-symbol</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Bond Market</p></td><td><p>CREFbond</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Equity Index</p></td><td><p>CREFequi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Global Equities</p></td><td><p>CREFglob</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Growth</p></td><td><p>CREFgrow</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Inflation-Linked Bond</p></td><td><p>CREFinfb</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Money Market</p></td><td><p>CREFmony</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Social Choice</p></td><td><p>CREFsoci</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Stock</p></td><td><p>CREFstok</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Select Stock</p></td><td><p>TIAAsele</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Teachers PA Stock Index</p></td><td><p>TIAAsndx</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>TIAA Real Estate</p></td><td><p>TIAAreal</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p></p><p>Der letzte Eingabebereich ist der Bereich "Bemerkungen". Er steht für jede Art von zusätzlichen Notizen zum Konto zur Verfügung.</p><p></p></!
div><div
class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="open-balance"></a>3.2.3.2. Anfangsbestand</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Karteiseite "Anfangsbestand" ist nur beim Erstellen eines neuen Kontos verfügbar. Sie können hier den Eröffnungssaldo für das Konto angeben. Hierfür gibt es zwei verschiedene Anwendungsfälle: Wenn Sie zum ersten Mal Geschäftsvorgänge mit GnuCash erfassen, ist dies der Anfangsbestand des Kontos. Wenn Sie bereits bestehende Konten zum Ende einer Buchungsperiode abschließen und anschließend Konten neu eröffnen, können Sie hier den Abschlusssaldo in die neue Periode übertragen.</p><p></p><p>Die Karteiseite besitzt drei Bereiche. Der erste Eingabebereich enthält die Informationen zum Saldo.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Saldo: Geben Sie hier den Saldo an, mit dem das Konto eröffnet werden soll.</p></li><li><p>Datum: Wählen Sie hier das Datum, zu welchem der Eröffnungssaldo erfasst werden soll.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Der nächste Bereich betrift die Buchungsart.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Benutze Ausgleichskonto für Anfangsbestand: Hiermit wird der Eröffnungssaldo des Kontos von einem speziellen Eigenkapital-Konto namens "Anfangsbestand" abgebucht.</p></li><li><p>Herkunftskonto auswählen: Hiermit wird der nächste Eingabebereich freigegeben, mit dem ein anderes Herkunftskonto für die Abbuchung des Eröffnungssaldos angegeben kann.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Der letzte Eingabebereich dient zur Auswahl des Herkunftskontos. Wählen Sie das Konto, das für den Anfangsbestand verwendet werden soll, aus dem Kontenbaum aus.</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-edit"></a>3.2.4. Konto bearbeiten</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Dialogfenster "Konto bearbeiten" besteht nur aus der Karteiseite "Allgemeines". Diese Karteiseite enthält dieselben Informationen wie im zuvor beschriebenen Dialogfenster "Neues Konto". Um das Dialogfenster "Konto bearbeiten" zu öffnen,!
wählen
Sie "Bearbeiten" -> "Konto bearbeiten" (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-E), oder klicken Sie das Symbol "Bearbeiten" in der Werkzeugleiste des Fensters "Konten" an.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="chart-edit"></a>3.2.5. Kontenhierarchie bearbeiten</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Die Kontenhierarchie können Sie mithilfe des Eingabebereichs "Hauptkonto" im Dialogfenster "Konto bearbeiten" verändern. Dort ist es möglich, ein Konto an eine beliebige Stelle in der Kontenhierarchie zu bewegen. Es wird empfohlen, Konten generell als Unterkonten eines Hauptkontos mit verwandter Kontoart zu führen. Einzelheiten hierzu sind im Abschnitt "Arten von GnuCash Konten" beschrieben. Dies dient dazu, die Struktur der Kontenhierarchie konsistent zu halten.
+</p><p></p><p>Um das ausgewählte Konto unter ein bestimmtes Hauptkonto zu bewegen, wählen Sie das gewünschte Hauptkonto im Eingabebereich "Hauptkonto" aus. Wenn Sie "Neues Top-Level-Konto" auswählen, so wird das Konto auf die oberste Ebene der Kontenhierarchie bewegt.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-delete"></a>3.2.6. Konto löschen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Löschen eines Kontos bewirkt, dass alle Buchungsinformationen und alle kontenbezogenen Informationen zum Konto aus der Datei gelöscht werden. Diese Aktion kann nicht rückgängig gemacht werden. Sie werden aufgefordert zu bestätigen, dass dass Sie das Konto tatsächlich entfernen wollen. Wenn das Konto noch Buchungsdaten enthält, erhalten Sie eine Warnung, dass dieses Konto Buchungen enthält.</p><p></p><p>Ein Seiteneffekt beim Löschen eines Kontos, welches noch Buchungen enthält, besteht darin, dass anschließend bei einigen Konten der Saldo nicht ausgeglichen ist. Dies wird im jeweiligen Konto durch graue Kästchen neben den Soll- und Haben-Spalten gekennzeichnet. Sie können diese unausgeglichenen Konten automatisch korrigieren lassen, indem Sie das Menü "Aktionen" -> "Überprüfen" verwenden. Dies weist die Fehlbeträge automatisch einem neuen Konto namens "Ausgleichskonto" zu.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-jump"></a>3.2.7. Zu anderen Konten wechseln</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Wenn Sie das Fenster "Kontobuch" verwenden, ist es häufig wünschenswert, gleichzeitig ein Konto und das zugehörige Gegenkonto einsehen zu können. Hierfür ermöglicht GnuCash das rasche "Springen" zum Gegenkonto. Sie können dazu im Fenster "Kontobuch" entweder das Symbol "Gegen" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Gegenbuchung" verwenden. </p><p></p><p>Wählen Sie den gewünschten Geschäftsvorgang im Fenster "Kontobuch" und dann den Befehl "Gegen" bzw. "Gegenbuchung". Wenn der Geschäftsvorgang mehrteilig ist, mü!
ssen Sie
ihn zuerst aufklappen und die Zeile mit dem gewünschten Gegenkonto auswählen.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="acct-reconcile"></a>3.2.8. Konto mit einem Kontoauszug abgleichen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Der Abgleich von Konten in GnuCash mit Kontoauszügen von einer Bank oder einem anderen Institut stellt eine zusätzliche Saldenüberprüfung Ihrer Konten dar. Dies ist auch nützlich, um zu verfolgen, welche Schecks noch nicht eingelöst sind und welche sonstigen Buchungen noch ausstehen. </p><p></p><p>Die Zusammenfassungs-Leiste im oberen Bereich des Fensters
+ "Kontobuch" weist den Betrag der bestätigten und der
+ abgeglichenen Buchungen aus. Es ist möglich, über eine Online-Abfrage
+ der Kontodaten (oder auch manuell) die Kennzeichnung vorzunehmen,
+ welche Buchungen die Bank bereits verarbeitet hat. In diesem Fall
+ wird in der Spalte "J" (für "Abgeglichen: Ja") des Kontobuchs der
+ Eintrag "n" (neu) zu "b" (bestätigt). Anschließend wird im Fenster
+ "Abgleichen" der Kontoauszug verwendet, um das Konto abzugleichen,
+ wodurch sich das Feld "J" in "j" ("abgeglichen: Ja") ändert.</p><p></p><p>Um das Fenster "Abgleichen" zu öffnen, wählen Sie im Fenster "Konten" den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen..." (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-R), im Fenster "Kontobuch" ebenfalls den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abgleichen...".</p><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="rec-info"></a>3.2.8.1. Informationen zum Kontenabgleich</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Dialogfenster "Informationen zum Kontenabgleich" dient zur Angabe des Enddatums des Kontoauszugs sowie des Anfangs- und Schlußsaldos auf dem Kontoauszug. Die Option "Unterkonten mit einbeziehen" wird benötigt, wenn zwei oder mehr GnuCash-Konten verwendet werden, um ein einzelnes Bankkonto abzubilden. Der Knopf "Zahlung Habenzins eingeben..." (bei Aktivakonten) bzw. "Zahlung Sollzins eingeben..." (bei Passivkonten) kann benutzt werden, um die Buchung einer Zinszahlung für das Konto hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie diesen Knopf betätigen, erscheint ein weiteres Dialogfenster, mit dem Sie die Zinszahlung anlegen können.</p><p></p><p>Das Dialogfenster für die Zinszahlung besitzt drei Bereiche. Ganz unten befindet sich ein Knopf "Keine automatischen Habenzins(Sollzins)-Zahlungen für dieses Konto", welcher den Dialog abbricht. Der obere Bereich enthält die Zahlungsinformationen.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Betrag für die Zinszahlung ein.</p></li><li><p>Datum: Wählen Sie ein Datum für die Zinszahlung.</p></li><li><p>Nummer: Geben Sie eine Nummer für den Geschäftsvorgang an (optional).</p></li><li><p>Beschreibung: Geben Sie eine informative Beschreibung für den Geschäftsvorgang ein.</p></li><li><p>Buchungstext: Geben Sie hier Bemerkungen zum Geschäftsvorgang ein. (optional).</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Ein weiterer Bereich enthält eine Liste der Konten, aus denen das "Zahlung von"-Konto (bei Aktiva) bzw. das "Zahlung an"-Konto (bei Passiva) auszuwählen ist. Falls es sich um eine Zins!
zahlung
für ein Kredit- oder Darlehenskonto (Passiva) handelt, erfolgt die Zahlung normalerweise auf ein Aufwandskonto. Falls es sich um eine Zinszahlung für ein Giro- oder Sparkonto (Aktiva) handelt, erfolgt die Zahlung normalerweise von einem Ertragskonto. Mit der Option "Erträge/Aufwendungen anzeigen" können Sie die Aufwands- und Ertragskonten ein- oder ausblenden.</p><p></p><p>Ein dritter Bereich zeigt das abzugleichende Konto. Hier ist das Konto gekennzeichnet, auf dem der Zinsbetrag zu- bzw. abgeht.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="rec-win"></a>3.2.8.2. Abgleichen-Fenster</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Bestandteile des Fensters "Abgleichen" sind im Unterabschnitt "Weitere Werkzeuge" des Abschnitts "GnuCash-Fenster" beschrieben. Benutzen Sie dieses Fenster, um das Konto zu öffnen und die benötigten Buchungsinformationen hinzuzufügen, um das Konto mit dem Bankauszug abzugleichen.</p><p></p><p>Die nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgänge in den Listen "Haben" und "Soll" können geändert werden, indem Sie mittels der Menübefehle oder der Werkzeugleiste auf das Konto und die Buchungsinformationen zugreifen. Wenn Sie den Abgleich bis zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt unterbrechen wollen, wählen Sie den Menüpunkt "Abgleichen" -> "Unterbrechen". (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-P).</p><p></p><p>Wählen Sie jeden nicht abgeglichenen Geschäftsvorgang, der sich auf dem Kontoauszug wiederfindet, an, so dass in der Spalte "J" ein grünes Häkchen erscheint. Die im unteren Fensterbereich ausgewiesenen Salden verändern sich entsprechend den gewählten Geschäftsvorgängen, bis zum Schluss der Schlußsaldo gleich dem abgestimmten Saldo ist und die Differenz Null beträgt. Sobald dies erreicht ist, wählen Sie den Knopf "Fertig" oder den Befehl "Fertig" im Menü "Abgleichen" (Menütastenkürzel: STRG-F), um den Abgleich fertigzustellen.</p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="stock-split"></a>3.2.9. Aktienteilung durchführ!
en</h4><
/div></div><p></p><p>Aktienteilungen (Splits) finden gewöhnlich dann statt, wenn eine Gesellschaft der Meinung ist, dass ihr Aktienkurs zu hoch ist, damit ein einzelner Investor die Aktie kaufen würde. Aktienteilungen bewirken, dass sich der Preis einer einzelnen Aktie verringert, während der Wert der bereits an Investoren ausgegebenen Aktien gleich bleibt.</p><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="stock-split-druid"></a>3.2.9.1. Aktienteilungs-Druide</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Um Aktienteilungen zu erfassen, verwendet GnuCash den Aktienteilungs-Druiden. Dieser stellt Funktionen für die Eingabe der Detailinformationen zur Aktienteilung, wie auch für Änderungen an Aktienkursen und Ausgleichsbetrag infolge der Aktienteilung bereit.</p><p></p><p>Um den Aktienteilungs-Druiden zu starten, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Aktienteilung...".</p><p></p><p>Der Aktienteilungs-Druide begrüßt Sie mit einer Seite, welche kurz seine Funktion beschreibt. Die drei Knöpfe am unteren Rand bleiben während der Benutzung des Druiden unverändert.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Der Knopf "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Druiden und zum Abbruch der Eingaben zur Aktienteilung. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Druiden bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Weiter" gelangen Sie zur nächsten Seite, um mit dem Druiden fortzufahren.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Auf der nächsten Seite können Sie ein Aktienkonto auswählen. Wählen Sie das Konto aus der Liste aus, für welches Sie eine Aktienteilung oder einen Aktienzusammenschluss erfassen wollen.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Konto: Der Name des GnuCash-Kontos für die Aktie.</p></li><li><p>Symbol: Das Wertpapierkürzel der Aktie, die mit diesem Konto verbunden ist.</p></li><li><p>Anteile: Die Stückzahl der Aktien bzw. Anteile, !
deren Er
werb auf dieses Konto gebucht wurde.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Auf der nächsten Seite können Sie die Detailangaben zur Aktienteilung eingeben. Der obere Fensterbereich enthält die Details zur Erstellung des Geschäftsvorgangs für die Aktienteilung. </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Datum: Wählen Sie das Datum der Aktienteilung.</p></li><li><p>Aktien Verteilung: Geben Sie die Stückzahl der Aktien an, die Sie infolge der Aktienteilung zusätzlich bekommen haben. Bei einem Aktienzusammenschluss geben Sie eine negative Zahl ein.</p></li><li><p>Beschreibung: Geben Sie eine Beschreibung ein, oder übernehmen Sie die Voreinstellung.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Der untere Bildschirmbereich enthält Deteils zur Erfassung des Kurses für die Aktienteilung (optional).</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Neuer Preis: Geben Sie den Kurs der Aktien am Tag der Aktienteilung an.</p></li><li><p>Währung: Wählen Sie die Währung der Aktien.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite ermöglich die Eingabe eines Geschäftsvorgangs für den Ausgleichsbetrag (Cash In Lieu) infolge der Aktienteilung (optional).</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Geldbetrag: Geben Sie den Betrag für die Ausgleichszahlung ein.</p></li><li><p>Buchungstext: Geben Sie einen Buchungstext ein, oder übernehmen Sie die Voreinstellung.</p></li><li><p>Ertragskonto: Wählen Sie ein Ertragskonto für die Ausgleichszahlung.</p></li><li><p>Aktiva-Konto: Wählen Sie ein Aktivkonto für den Zugang der Ausgleichszahlung.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Auf der letzten Seite haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten, den Druiden zu beenden.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Der Knopf "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Druiden und zum Abbruch der Erstellung von Geschäftsvorgangen für die Aktienteilung. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Druiden bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Ausw!
ahl änd
ern.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Fertig" werden die Geschäftsvorgänge für die Aktienteilung erstellt.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Damit haben Sie die Aktienteilung bzw. den Aktienzusammenschluss fertig erfasst.</p><p></p></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="transactions"></a>3.3. Geschäftsvorgänge im Kontobuch eingeben</h3></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash verwendet Konten, um Geschäftsvorfälle zu gruppieren und ihre Aufzeichnung zu organisieren. Die Geschäftsvorgänge werden im Fenster "Kontobuch" eingegeben. In diesem Abschnitt werden die Hilfsmittel von GnuCash beschrieben, welche eine schnelle Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen in das Kontobuch ermöglichen. </p><p></p><p>Jeder Geschäftsvorgang (engl. <b>transaction</b>) entspricht einer Geldbewegung von einem Konto auf ein anderes. Jedesmal, wenn Sie Geld einnehmen, ausgeben oder zwischen Konten buchen, entspricht dies einem Geschäftsvorgang. In GnuCash sind an jedem Geschäftsvorgang mindestens zwei Konten beteiligt.</p><p></p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="reg-views"></a>3.3.1. Ansicht des Kontobuchs ändern</h4></div></div><p></p><p>In GnuCash stehen mehrere Stil-Optionen zur Verfügung, um das Erscheinungsbild des Kontobuchs zu verändern, so dass die Geschäftsvorgänge möglichst übersichtlich dargestellt werden. Vorgabestil ist "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch". Dieses zeigt die Geschäftsvorgänge als einzelne Zeilen an und ermöglicht somit umfassendsten Überblick, einschließlich aller relevanten Details.</p><p></p><p>Sie können den Stil mittels "Ansicht" -> "Stil" verändern. Nach Schließen des Fensters wird jedoch der Stil "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch" wiederhergestellt. Für eine dauerhafte Änderung können Sie den Vorgabestil in den Einstellungen, Abschnitt "Kontobuch", einstellen.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Hauptbuch: Vorgabestil mit einer Zeile je Geschäftsvorgang. Mehrteilige Geschäftsvorgänge werden in Summenf!
orm darg
estellt.</p></li><li><p>Auto-Mehrteiliges Hauptbuch: In diesem Stil wird der jeweils
+ ausgewählte Geschäftsvorgang automatisch aufgeklappt, so dass die
+ einzelnen Buchungen (engl. <b>splits</b>) sichtbar werden.</p></li><li><p>Amerikanisches Journal: In diesem Stil werden alle Geschäftsvorgänge aufgeklappt, so dass jeder Geschäftsvorgang komplett sichtbar ist.</p></li><li><p>Zwei Zeilen: Diese Option wirkt sich auf alle beschriebenen Stile aus; hiermit wird jeweils eine zusätzliche Zeile für Notizen zum Geschäftsvorgang hinzugefügt.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Zwei weitere Optionen für die Ansicht des Kontobuchs ermöglichen es, den Datumsbereich einzuschränken und die Sortierreihenfolge zu ändern. Beide sind über das Menü "Ansicht" erreichbar.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-enter"></a>3.3.2. Geschäftsvorgang eingeben</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Nach dem Öffnen des Fensters "Kontobuch" für ein Konto wird die Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge für dieses Konto angezeigt. Der Name des Kontos erscheint in der Titelleiste des Fensters. Die Menüs enthalten verschiedene Funktionen, um die Anzeige der Geschäftsvorgänge zu verändern. Auch die Werkzeugleiste enthält verschiedene Funktionen, die bei der Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen häufig benötigt werden. Eine Beschreibung finden Sie im Abschnitt "Kontobuch-Fenster" in dieser Hilfe.</p><p></p><p>GnuCash kennt zwei Methoden, um Geschäftsvorgänge einzugeben. Der gängigste Weg ist die direkte Eingabe im Kontobuch; die andere Möglichkeit ist das Fenster "Buchen".</p><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="trans-reg-enter"></a>3.3.2.1. Direkt im Kontobuch eingeben</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Das Fenster "Kontobuch" kann etwas unterschiedlich aussehen, je nachdem, welche Stil-Einstellungen Sie gewählt haben. Im Folgenden wird die Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen unter Verwendung des Stils "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch" beschrieben. Der Cursor befindet sich standardmäßig im Feld "Datum", nachdem das Fenster geöffnet wurde.</p><p></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ein Mausklick auf!
das Pfe
il-Symbol rechts im Feld "Datum" öffnet einen Datumsauswahldialog. Wählen Sie mit den Pfeilen den Monat und das Jahr und anschließend das Datum für den Geschäftsvorgang. Ein weiterer Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol schließt den Datumsauswahldialog. Sie können auch das Datum direkt eingeben oder einen Teil eintippen, in diesem Fall ergänzt GnuCash automatisch den Rest.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Nr" an. Hier können Sie eine Scheck- bzw. Buchungsnummer eingeben. Mit der Taste "+" wird automatisch die Nummer des letzten Geschäftsvorgangs, der eine Nummer hatte, um eins erhöht und hier eingefügt.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Beschreibung" an. Hier geben Sie entweder einen Zahlungsempfänger oder eine andere Beschreibung für den Geschäftsvorgang ein. Während des Eintippens versucht GnuCash automatisch, den Namen des Zahlungsempfängers zu ergänzen.</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie an dieser Stelle die Tabulatortaste drücken, passieren zwei Dinge: Falls GnuCash eine Übereinstimmung mit einem bereits bestehenden Geschäftsvorgang findet, springt der Cursor auf eines der Betragsfelder, und das Feld "Buchen" wird automatisch gefüllt. Falls noch kein entsprechender Geschäftsvorgang existiert, bewegt GnuCash den Cursor auf das Feld "Buchen". Wenn Sie das Feld "Buchen" direkt mit der Maus anklicken (ohne Tabulatortaste), wird es nicht automatisch gefüllt.</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie etwas in das Feld "Buchen" eintippen, versucht
+ GnuCash ebenfalls, das passende Konto automatisch zu
+ ergänzen. Dies geschieht alphabetisch, d.h. wenn Sie "Au"
+ eintippen, springt GnuCash i.d.R. zum Abschnitt "Ausgaben" der
+ Kontenliste. Sobald der richtige Abschnitt gefunden ist, können
+ Sie durch Eintippen des Doppelpunktes (":") zu den Unterkonten
+ springen. Wenn Sie also nach "Au" anschließend ":" tippen,
+ springt der Cursor zum ersten Unterkonto von "Ausgaben" in der
+ Liste. Indem Sie Kombinationen aus Buchstaben und ":"
+ eintippen, können Sie sich somit schnell im Kontenbaum
+ bewegen. Alternativ können Sie das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld
+ "Buchen" mit der Maus anklicken, um ein Konto auszuwählen.</p></li><li><p>Das nächste Feld dient zum Abgleichen von Konten. Eine Beschreibung hierzu finden Sie im Abschnitt "Konto mit einem Kontoauszug abgleichen" weiter oben.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste zum ersten Betragsfeld. Die Bezeichnungen der beiden Betragsspalten sind je nach Kontoart unterschiedlich. So heißen sie bei Bankkonten "Einzahlung" und "Abhebung", bei Kreditkartenkonten "Zahlung" und "Belastung", und bei Aktienkonten gibt es die Spalten "Anteile", "Preis", "Kauf" und "Verkauf".</p></li><li><p>Geben Sie den Betrag für den Geschäftsvorgang in das korrekte Feld ein. Durch Drücken der Eingabetaste, durch Anklicken des Symbols "Eingeben" oder mit dem Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Übernehmen" schließen Sie die Eingabe des Geschäftsvorgangs ab. Durch Anklicken des Symbols "Abbrechen" oder mit dem Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Abbrechen" wird der Geschäftsvorgang gelöscht.</p></li><li><p>Bei Geschäftsvorgängen mit nur einem Gegenkonto wird der Name dieses Kontos nach Abschluss der Eingabe im Feld "Buchen" angezeigt. </p></li><li><p>Um zum leeren Geschäftsvorgang am Ende des Kontobuchs zu wechseln, klicken Sie in der Werkzeugleiste das Symbol "Neu" an oder wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Neue Buchung".</p></li></ol></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="trans-win-enter"></a>3.3.2.2. Im Buchen-Fenster eingeben</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die hier beschriebene Methode verwendet das Fenster "Buchen", um einen einzelnen Geschäftsvorgang einzugeben. Dies ist hauptsächlich dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie schnell einen einzelnen Geschäftsvorgang erfassen wollen, ohne Kontobücher zu öffnen. Zur Erfassung mehrerer Geschäftsvorgänge wird empfohlen, direkt das Kontobuch zu verwenden.</p><p></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Geben Sie im Bereich "Buchungsinformation" den Betrag, das Datum und die Beschreibung ein. Die Felder "Nummer" und "Buchun!
gstext"
sind optional.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie das Herkunftskonto. Wenn es sich dabei um ein Ertrags- oder Aufwandskonto handelt, müssen Sie die Option "Erträge/Aufwendungen anzeigen" aktivieren.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie das Konto, nach dem gebucht werden soll. Wenn es sich dabei um ein Ertrags- oder Aufwandskonto handelt, müssen Sie die Option "Erträge/Aufwendungen anzeigen" aktivieren.</p></li><li><p>Falls eines der beiden Konten eine andere Währung hat als das andere, wird der Bereich "Währungs-Buchung" aktiviert, so dass Sie entweder einen Wechselkurs oder einen Betrag angeben können.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie "OK", um den Geschäftsvorgang zu bestätigen, oder "Abbrechen", um den Dialog ohne Erfassung eines Geschäftsvorgangs zu schließen.</p></li></ol></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-multi-enter"></a>3.3.3. Mehrteiligen Geschäftsvorgang eingeben</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Das Fenster "Kontobuch" kann etwas unterschiedlich aussehen, je nachdem, welche Stil-Einstellungen Sie gewählt haben. Im Folgenden wird die Eingabe von mehrteiligen Geschäftsvorgängen unter Verwendung des Stils "Vereinfachtes Hauptbuch" beschrieben. GnuCash betrachtet die Konten, die im aktuell geöffneten Geschäftsvorgang von der Geldbewegung berührt werden, als Teile eines "Mehrteiligen Vorgangs". Der Cursor befindet sich standardmäßig im Feld "Datum", nachdem das Fenster geöffnet wurde.</p><p></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ein Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld "Datum" öffnet einen Datumsauswahldialog. Wählen Sie mit den Pfeilen den Monat und das Jahr und anschließend das Datum für den Geschäftsvorgang. Ein weiterer Mausklick auf das Pfeil-Symbol schließt den Datumsauswahldialog. Sie können auch das Datum direkt eingeben oder einen Teil eintippen, in diesem Fall ergänzt GnuCash automatisch den Rest.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Nr" an. Hier k!
önnen S
ie eine Scheck- bzw. Buchungsnummer eingeben. Mit der Taste "+" wird automatisch die Nummer des letzten Geschäftsvorgangs, der eine Nummer hatte, um eins erhöht und hier eingefügt.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste weiter oder klicken Sie das Feld "Beschreibung" an. Hier geben Sie entweder einen Zahlungsempfänger oder eine andere Beschreibung für den Geschäftsvorgang ein. Während des Eintippens versucht GnuCash automatisch, den Namen des Zahlungsempfängers zu ergänzen.</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie an dieser Stelle die Tabulatortaste drücken, passieren zwei Dinge: Falls GnuCash eine Übereinstimmung mit einem bereits bestehenden Geschäftsvorgang findet, springt der Cursor auf eines der Betragsfelder, und das Feld "Buchen" wird automatisch gefüllt. Falls noch kein entsprechender Geschäftsvorgang existiert, bewegt GnuCash den Cursor auf das Feld "Buchen". Wenn Sie das Feld "Buchen" direkt mit der Maus anklicken (ohne Tabulatortaste), wird es nicht automatisch gefüllt.</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie etwas in das Feld "Buchen" eintippen, versucht
+ GnuCash ebenfalls, das passende Konto automatisch zu
+ ergänzen. Dies geschieht alphabetisch, d.h. wenn Sie "Au"
+ eintippen, springt GnuCash i.d.R. zum Abschnitt "Ausgaben" der
+ Kontenliste. Sobald der richtige Abschnitt gefunden ist, können
+ Sie durch Eintippen des Doppelpunktes (":") zu den Unterkonten
+ springen. Wenn Sie also nach "Au" anschließend ":" tippen,
+ springt der Cursor zum ersten Unterkonto von "Ausgaben" in der
+ Liste. Indem Sie Kombinationen aus Buchstaben und ":" eintippen,
+ können Sie sich somit schnell im Kontenbaum bewegen. Alternativ
+ können Sie das Pfeil-Symbol rechts im Feld "Buchen" mit der Maus
+ anklicken, um ein Konto auszuwählen.</p></li><li><p>Das nächste Feld dient zum Abgleichen von Konten. Eine Beschreibung hierzu finden Sie im Abschnitt "Konto mit einem Kontoauszug abgleichen" weiter oben.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor mit der Tabulatortaste zum ersten Betragsfeld. Die Bezeichnungen der beiden Betragsspalten sind je nach Kontoart unterschiedlich. So heißen sie bei Bankkonten "Einzahlung" und "Abhebung", bei Kreditkartenkonten "Zahlung" und "Belastung", und bei Aktienkonten gibt es die Spalten "Anteile", "Preis", "Kauf" und "Verkauf".</p></li><li><p>Geben Sie den Gesamtbetrag des Geschäftsvorgangs in das korrekte Feld ein. </p></li><li><p>Um die zusätzlichen Buchungsteile zu erfassen, klicken Sie das Symbol "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste an oder wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang". Geschäftsvorgänge mit mehreren Teilen tragen den Hinweis "--Mehrteiliger Vorgang--", und zur Anzeige der Details wird die Funktion "Mehrteilig" benötigt.</p></li><li><p>Die Anzeige wird nun aufgeklappt, dabei verändern sich die Bezeichnungen der Betragsspalten, und die Bezeichnung der Spalte "Buchen" verschwindet. Die erste Zeile enthält die Beschreibung und den Betrag des Geschäftsvorgangs. Die zweite Zeile enthält den Namen des aktuell geöffneten Kontos im Feld "Konto" sowie den Betrag. Die dritte Zeile enthält den Namen des Gegenkontos im Feld "Konto". Wenn der Betrag nicht ausgeglichen ist, deutet GnuCash dies durch graue Kästchen in den Betragsspalten an und weist den Fehlbetrag in einer vierten, leeren Zeile aus.</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie eine der kürzeren Zeilen auswählen, verändern sich die Spaltenbezeichnungen. Die Bezeichnungen der ersten und der letzten Spalte (Datum und Saldo) verschwinden, "Nr" wird zu "Aktion", "Beschreibung" zu "Buchungstext", und die zuvor unbezeichneten Spalte "Buchen" ändert sich zu "Konto". Die restlichen beiden Spalten tragen eine Bezeichnung, wie sie in Schritt 7 beschrieben ist.</p></li><li><p>Die Eingaben in den Spalten !
"Aktion"
und "Buchungstext" sind an dieser Stelle optional. Mit "Aktion" wird beschrieben, welche Art von Buchung stattfindet. "Buchungstext" ist eine zusätzliche Beschreibung der Buchung.</p></li><li><p>Bewegen Sie den Cursor zum noch fehlenden Betragsfeld in der dritten Zeile und ergänzen Sie den Betrag. Durch Drücken der Eingabetaste, Anklicken des Symbols "Eingeben" oder mit "Aktionen" -> "Übernehmen" wird nunmehr der Cursor zur nächsten Zeile bewegt.</p></li><li><p>Die Spalte "Konto" enthält die Liste der berührten Konten. Dies ist die Spalte, mit der Sie Buchungsteile hinzufügen können. Wie in Schritt 5 beschrieben, können Sie hier in der leeren Zeile ein weiteres Konto hinzufügen. Fügen Sie soviele Buchungsteile hinzu wie benötigt.</p></li><li><p>Sobald der Geschäftsvorgang ausgeglichen ist, verschwinden die grauen Kästchen, und in der letzten, leeren Zeile erscheint kein Betrag mehr.</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie, wie oben beschrieben, die Eingabetaste drücken, bis sich der Cursor hinter der Leerzeile befindet, so springt der Cursor zum nächsten Geschäftsvorgang. Dadurch wird der mehrteilige Vorgang geschlossen; er kann jedoch auch manuell geschlossen werden, indem Sie das Symbol "Mehrteilig" anklicken oder "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang" wählen.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-currency-enter"></a>3.3.4. Geschäftsvorgang mit mehreren Währungen eingeben</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Derzeit sind Bewegungen zwischen verschiedenen Währungen nur
+ mithilfe des Fensters "Buchen" möglich. In diesem Fenster wird dazu
+ bei Bedarf der Bereich "Währungs-Buchung" aktiviert. In diesem
+ Dialogfenster können Sie einen passenden Wechselkurs anzugeben. </p><p></p><p>Um ein Konto mit einer anderen Währung anzulegen, bearbeiten Sie die Kontoeigenschaften und ändern Sie das Feld "Währung/Aktie" auf die gewünschte Fremdwährung. Wenn Sie ein solches Konto verwenden, so ist der Bereich "Währungs-Buchung" im Fenster "Buchen" aktiviert.
+</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-edit"></a>3.3.5. Geschäftsvorgang bearbeiten</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Zur Änderung eines Geschäftsvorgangs müssen Sie nur den zu ändernden Teil des Geschäftsvorgangs auswählen. Sobald Sie die Änderungen vorgenommen haben, drücken Sie entweder die Eingabetaste, wählen das Symbol "Eingeben" oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Übernehmen", und der Cursor springt automatisch zur nächsten Zeile bzw. zum nächsten Geschäftsvorgang.</p><p></p><p>Um für die Bearbeitung eine detailliertere Ansicht des Geschäftsvorgangs zu erhalten, wählen Sie den Knopf "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste, oder wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang".</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-delete"></a>3.3.6. Geschäftsvorgang löschen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Um einen Geschäftsvorgang aus dem Kontobuch zu entfernen, wählen Sie den betreffenden Geschäftsvorgang aus und benutzen Sie entweder den Knopf "Löschen" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Löschen". Auch Teile des Geschäftsvorgangs können entfernt werden, indem Sie den Knopf "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang" aktivieren. Danach kann der zu löschende Teil des Geschäftsvorgangs ausgewählt und gelöscht werden.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-split-remove"></a>3.3.7. Gegenbuchungen entfernen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Beim Entfernen von Gegenbuchungen werden alle Buchungszeilen
+ (engl. <b>splits</b>) entfernt mit Ausnahme derjenigen,
+ die das aktuell geöffnete Konto
+ berührt. Dies ist nützlich, um einen früheren mehrteiligen
+ Geschäftsvorgang wiederzuverwenden, dessen Bestandteile geändert
+ werden müssen. (Beachten Sie, dass hierfür nicht unbedingt der
+ mehrteilige Vorgang geöffnet werden muss. Jedoch wird so die Wirkung
+ besser erkennbar.)</p><p></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Wählen Sie den Knopf "Mehrteilig" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl "Aktionen" -> "Mehrteiliger Vorgang", um den Geschäftsvorgang zu öffnen.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Gegenbuchungen entfernen".</p></li><li><p>Alle berührten Konten mit ihren Buchungsdaten werden entfernt, mit Ausnahme des aktuell geöffneten Kontos.</p></li><li><p>Der Buchungsbetrag ist nun nicht ausgeglichen. GnuCash weist darauf mit grauen Kästchen in den Betragsspalten hin und zeigt den Fehlbetrag in der letzten, leeren Zeile an.</p></li><li><p>Bearbeiten Sie den Geschäftsvorgang, indem Sie die neuen Buchungsdaten eingeben.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-copy"></a>3.3.8. Geschäftsvorgang kopieren</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Um Geschäftsvorgänge zu kopieren, können Sie das Menü "Bearbeiten" oder das Menü "Aktionen" verwenden. Im Menü "Bearbeiten" gibt es die Befehle "Geschäftsvorgang ausschneiden", "Geschäftsvorgang kopieren" und "Geschäftsvorgang einfügen", mit denen ein kompletter Geschäftsvorgang ausgeschnitten oder kopiert und anschließend in einer neuen Zeile eingefügt werden kann. Bei dieser Methode wird als Datum das benutzt, welches in der leeren Zeile für neue Geschäftsvorgänge steht.</p><p></p><p>Im Menü "Aktionen" gibt es weiterhin den Befehl "Buchung duplizieren..." welches darüber hinaus die Auswahl eines anderen Datums gestattet. </p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Wählen Sie den zu duplizierenden Geschäftsvorgang aus.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Buchung duplizieren..."</p></li><li><p>Ein Dialogfenster mit dem Titel "Buchung duplizieren"
+ (früher: "Doppelte Buchung") verlangt die Eingabe eines neuen Datums und einer Nummer für den Geschäftsvorgang.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie "OK", um den Geschäftsvorgang zum Kontobuch hinzuzufügen.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="trans-sched"></a>3.3.9. Buchungen terminieren</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Terminierte Buchungen ermöglichen es, Geschäftsvorgänge automatisch zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in das Kontobuch einzugeben. Mit dem Editor für terminierte Buchungen lassen sich Geschäftsvorgänge erstellen und bearbeiten, die automatisch in das Kontobuch eingefügt werden sollen. Dies erfolgt in Kombination mit dem Druiden "Seit letztem Aufruf", mit dem die Geschäftsvorgänge überprüft und eingegeben werden können. Der Druide "Hypothek & Darlehen" dient zum Anlegen einer terminierten Buchung für die Rückzahlung eines Darlehens mit Zinseszins.</p><p></p><p>Die einfachste Art, eine terminierte Buchung anzulegen, ist die
+ Verwendung eines bestehenden Geschäftsvorgangs aus dem Kontobuch
+ als Vorlage. Wählen Sie den Geschäftsvorgang, welchen
+ Sie als Vorlage verwenden wollen, und anschließend entweder das
+ Symbol "Terminiert" in der Werkzeugleiste oder den Menübefehl
+ "Aktionen" -> "Terminiert...". Anschließend öffnet sich das
+ Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchung erstellen".</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Geben Sie hier einen Namen für die terminierte Buchung an. Dieser wird dann im Feld "Beschreibung" des Geschäftsvorgangs verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Häufigkeit: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zeitspanne zwischen den regelmäßigen Erfassungsterminen. Die Daten, zu denen die Geschäftsvorgänge dementsprechend erfasst würden, erscheinen im Kalenderbereich auf der rechten Seite.</p></li><li><p>Anfangsdatum: Wählen Sie ein Datum, zu dem die terminierte Buchung beginnen soll.</p></li><li><p>Endet nicht: Diese terminierte Buchung hat kein Enddatum.</p></li><li><p>Enddatum: Wählen Sie ein Datum, an dem die terminierte Buchung enden soll.</p></li><li><p>Anzahl des Auftretens: Geben Sie an, wie oft die terminierte Buchung in das Kontobuch eingegeben werden soll.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Der Knopf "Erweitert..." öffnet den Editor für terminierte Buchungen, mit dem die terminierten Buchungen bearbeitet werden können. Dieser Editor wird im nächsten Abschnitt beschrieben.</p><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="trans-sched-editor"></a>3.3.9.1. Terminierte Buchungen Editor</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Der Editor für terminierte Buchungen bietet eine Liste aller terminierten Buchungen und ermöglicht es, diese zu bearbeiten oder zu löschen. Es besitzt außerdem einen Kalender, welcher die bevorstehenden terminierten Buchungen auflistet. Wenn Sie den Kalenderbereich anklicken und den Mauszeiger über jedes einzelne Datum bewegen, so erscheint ein kleines Dialogfenster, welches die Geschäftsvorgänge anzeigt, die für den jeweiligen Tag terminiert sind. Die gelbe Hervorhebung im Kalender zeigt an, welche Tage terminierte Buchungen haben. Um das Mini-Dialogfenster auszuschalten, klicken Sie den Kalenderbereich nochmals an.</p><p></p><p>Den Editor für terminierte Buchungen erreichen Sie mittels "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen Edi!
tor". We
nn Sie einen Geschäftsvorgang aus der Liste auswählen und "Bearbeiten" wählen, oder wenn Sie "Neu" wählen, öffnet sich das Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten".</p><p></p><p>Das Dialogfenster "Terminierte Buchungen bearbeiten" ist im Abschnitt "GnuCash Fenster/Weitere Werkzeuge" in dieser Hilfe beschrieben. Nachfolgend wird beschrieben, wie Sie neue Geschäftsvorgänge manuell hinzufügen.</p><p></p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Geben Sie einen Namen für die terminierte Buchung an.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie die gewünschte Regelmäßigkeit im Bereich "Häufigkeit".</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie die Details im unteren Teil des Bereichs "Häufigkeit". Ihre Änderungen werden im Kalenderbereich hervorgehoben.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie im Bereich "Optionen", ob der Geschäftsvorgang automatisch erstellt werden soll, und wieviel Tage im voraus er erstellt werden soll. Hier können Sie auch einstellen, ob GnuCash Sie im voraus bzw. bei automatischer Erstellung benachrichtigen soll. Bei automatischer Erstellung können in den Buchungsbestandteilen keine Variablen benutzt werden.</p></li><li><p>Wählen Sie die Ende-Optionen. Zur Auswahl stehen "Ohne Enddatum", ein festgelegtes Enddatum oder eine bestimmte Anzahl von Buchungen [?].</p></li><li><p>Geben Sie den Geschäftsvorgang in der Buchungsvorlage
+ ein. Dies geschieht recht ähnlich wie die Eingabe eines
+ Geschäftsvorgangs im Kontobuch. [FIXME: Hier ist noch die
+ Erklärung von Formeln und Variablen notwendig. Teilweise liegen
+ hier auch noch Programmfehler vor, so daß kryptische Zeichen in
+ den Betragsfeldern erscheinen.]</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="trans-sched-slr"></a>3.3.9.2. Seit-letztem-Aufruf Fenster</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Der Druide "Seit letztem Aufruf" wird automatisch ausgeführt, wenn GnuCash gestartet wird. Er dient dazu, alle Geschäftsvorgänge, die zur automatischen Erstellung anstehen, im Kontobuch zu erfassen. Die automatische Ausführung beim Starten von GnuCash kann in den Einstellungen ein- und ausgeschaltet werden. Um den Druiden manuell zu starten, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Seit letztem Aufruf...".
+</p><p></p><p>Der Druide "Seit letztem Aufruf..." überspringt alle automatisch alle Bildschirmseiten, die keine Geschäftsvorgänge enthalten. Im folgenden werden alle möglichen Seiten beschrieben, die der Druide anzeigen könnte. Die drei Knöpfe am unteren Rand bleiben während der Benutzung des Druiden unverändert.
+</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Der Knopf "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Druiden und zum Abbruch der Eingabe von Geschäftsvorgängen. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Druiden bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Weiter" gelangen Sie zur nächsten Seite, um mit dem Druiden fortzufahren.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die erste Seite heißt "Buchungserinnerungen". Hier sind diejenigen terminierten Buchungen aufgelistet, bei denen eine bestimmte Anzahl von Tagen im voraus eine Erinnerung erfolgen soll. Die Liste hat drei Spalten. Die erste Spalte enthält den Namen der terminierten Buchung und das Fälligkeitsdatum. Die zweite Spalte enthält die Wiederholungshäufigkeit der terminierten Buchung. In der dritten Spalte steht die Anzahl der Tage bis zu dem Datum, an dem die Eingabe fällig ist. Um nicht nur erinnert zu werden, sondern Geschäftsvorgänge aus dieser Liste auch gleich zu erstellen, wählen Sie die Zeile(n) mit dem jeweiligen Datum. Damit werden die Geschäftsvorgänge zu Liste auf der Seite "Vorbereitung der zu erstellenden Buchungen" hinzugefügt.</p><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite heißt "Benachrichtigung über automatisch erstellte Buchungen". Hier sind diejenigen terminierten Buchungen aufgelistet, bei denen eine automatische Erstellung mit Benachrichtigung erfolgen soll. Jeder Geschäftsvorgang wird in einer Kontobuchsansicht dargestellt, welche die Buchungsdaten aller Bestandteile des Geschäftsvorgangs anzeigt.</p><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite heißt "Vorbereitung der zu erstellenden Buchungen". Hier sind diejenigen terminierten Buchungen aufgelistet, deren Erfassung im Kontobuch fällig ist. Die Seite ist in drei Bereiche unterteilt. Oben links befindet sich eine Liste der Geschäftsvorgänge, deren automatische Erstellung fällig ist. Oben rechts können Sie die Buchung umdisponieren, weiterhin werd!
en hier
die Variablen angezeigt, mit denen der Geschäftsvorgang erstellt wird (schreibgeschützt). Im unteren Bereich befindet sich eine schreibgeschützte Detailansicht der zu erfassenden Geschäftsvorgänge.</p><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite heißt "Buchungsübersicht erstellt". Diese Seite zeigt eine Liste aller Geschäftsvorgänge an, die nun erstellt würden, und gestattet es Ihnen, abschließende Änderungen vorzunehmen. Die Liste wird in einer Kontobuchsansicht dargestellt, welche die Buchungsdaten aller Bestandteile des Geschäftsvorgangs anzeigt. Sie können diese Liste genauso bearbeiten, wie Sie Geschäftsvorgänge im Kontobuch bearbeiten.</p><p></p><p>Die letzte Seite heißt "Terminierte Buchung löschen". Hier wird eine Liste veralteteter terminierter Buchungen angezeigt, die gelöscht werden können, da die Termine erledigt sind. Wählen Sie die Buchungen aus, die gelöscht werden sollen.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Abbrechen" verlassen Sie den Druiden und brechen die Erstellung terminierter Buchungen ab. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Druiden bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern.</p></li><li><p>Der Knopf "Fertig" erstellt die ausgewählten Geschäftsvorgänge.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Anschließend hat der Druide "Seit letztem Aufruf" die terminierten Buchungen zum Kontobuch hinzugefügt.</p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="trans-sched-loans"></a>3.3.9.3. Hypothek & Darlehen Druide</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Dieser Druide erstellt eine terminierte Buchung für die Rückzahlung eines Darlehens. Wenn Sie ihn verwenden, erhalten Sie eine terminierte Buchung mit einer Variablen-Formel, so dass der Zins einschließlich Zinseszins korrekt berechnet wird. Um den Druiden manuell zu starten, wählen Sie "Aktionen" -> "Terminierte Buchungen" -> "Hypothek & Darlehen Druid!
e...".</
p><p></p><p>Der Druide begrüßt Sie mit einer Seite, welche kurz seine Funktion beschreibt. Die drei Knöpfe am unteren Rand bleiben während der Benutzung des Druiden unverändert.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Der Knopf "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Druiden und zum Abbruch der Erstellung der terminierten Buchung. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Druiden bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Weiter" gelangen Sie zur nächsten Seite, um mit dem Druiden fortzufahren.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Auf der nächsten Seite können Sie die grundlegenden Informationen zum Darlehen eingeben. Diese erhalten Sie gewöhnlich von der Bank, wenn die Dokumente für das Darlehen an Sie als Darlehensnehmer übergeben werden. Weiterhin können Sie hier das Konto angeben, welches in der terminierten Buchung für den Geschäftsvorgang der Zahlung verwendet werden soll.
+</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Darlehenskonto: Wählen Sie ein Konto für die Geschäftsvorgänge im Zusammenhang mit Darlehenszahlungen [Darlehensschuld?-Passivkonto?], oder benutzen Sie "Neu...", um ein neues Konto für diese Geschäftsvorgänge anzulegen.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Geben Sie die Darlehenssumme ein.</p></li><li><p>Zinssatz: Geben Sie den Darlehenszinssatz ein.</p></li><li><p>Typ: Wählen Sie die Zinsart des Darlehens aus. Wird ein variabler Zinssatz verwendet, so können Sie Angaben im Bereich "Änderungshäufigkeit des Zinssatzes" machen.</p></li><li><p>Änderungshäufigkeit des Zinssatzes: Wählen Sie die Regelmäßigkeit für die Zinsänderung sowie das Anfangsdatum der Zinsänderung.</p></li><li><p>Anfangsdatum: Wählen Sie das Datum, an dem das Darlehen beginnt.</p></li><li><p>Länge: Wählen Sie die Dauer des Darlehens.</p></li><li><p>Restliche Monate: Dieses Feld wird normalerweise automatisch berechnet. Wählen Sie, wie viele Monate für das Darlehen verbleiben.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite ermöglicht die Angabe von Treuhand-, Versicherungs- und Steueroptionen für das Darlehen. Dies ist hauptsächlich für Hypothekenzahlungen sinnvoll. Jede dieser Optionen hat zur Folge, dass der Druide, wenn aktiviert, weitere Seiten anbietet, um diese Zahlungsbestandteile einzurichten. Nachfolgend werden alle diese Seiten beschrieben, obwohl einige nicht erscheinen, wenn die jeweilige Option nicht aktiviert wurde.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>"... Treuhandkonto für Zahlungen verwenden?": Diese Einstellung ermöglicht die Benutzung eines Kontos zur Verfolgung von Treuhandzahlungen. Wenn für die Hypothek bzw. das Darlehen ein Treuhandkonto benutzt werden soll, um Steuern, Versicherungen usw. zu bezahlen, so können Sie hier ein Konto einrichten.</p></li><li><p>"... 'Taxes' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für Steuerzahlungen einrichten können.</p></li><li><p>"... 'Insurance' zahlen?": Zeigt eine !
weitere
Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für Versicherungszahlungen einrichten können.</p></li><li><p>"... 'PMI' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für die Zahlung einer PMI (private mortgage insurance) einrichten können.</p></li><li><p>"... 'Other Expense' zahlen?": Zeigt eine weitere Seite an, auf der Sie eine terminierte Buchung für die Zahlung sonstiger Auslagen einrichten können.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der Darlehenstilgung.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Zeigt die zur Verwendung des Zahlbetrages verwendete Formel an.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Zahlbetrag abgehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Endbetrag Kapital an (früher: bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Kapitalanteil des Zahlbetrags zugehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zinsen nach: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Zinsanteil des Zahlbetrags zugehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Restbetrag nach: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Rest
+ des Zahlbetrags zugehen soll. [FIXME: Feld nicht gefunden!]</p></li><li><p>Tilgungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Tilgungszahlungen an.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der Steuerzahlung ("Taxes").</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Steuerbetrag abgehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Steuerbetrag zugehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Steuerzahlungen an.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der Versicherungszahlung ("Insurance").</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Versicherungsbetrag abgehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Versicherungsbetrag zugehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Versicherungszahlungen an.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der PMI-Zahlung (private mortgage insurance).</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Betr!
ag: Gebe
n Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der PMI-Betrag abgehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der PMI-Betrag zugehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die PMI-Zahlungen an.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die nächste Seite dient zur Angabe der detaillierten Informationen für die terminierte Buchung der sonstigen Auslagen ("Other Expense").</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Name: Der hier eingegebene Name wird sowohl für den Namen der terminierten Buchung als auch für Beschreibung und Buchungstext verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Betrag: Geben Sie hier den Zahlbetrag ein.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung von: Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, von dem der Betrag für die sonstigen Auslagen abgehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlung an (früher: Zahlung bis): Wählen Sie hier ein Konto, dem der Betrag für die sonstigen Auslagen zugehen soll.</p></li><li><p>Zahlungshäufigkeit: Geben Sie die Regelmäßigkeit und das Anfangsdatum für die Zahlungen der sonstigen Auslagen an.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Auf der letzten Seite haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten, den Druiden zu beenden.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Der Knopf "Abbrechen" dient zum Verlassen des Druiden und zum Abbruch der Erstellung der terminierten Buchung für Darlehen. Jede Auswahl, die Sie im Druiden bis zu dieser Stelle getroffen haben, geht verloren.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Zurück" gelangen Sie zur vorhergehenden Seite zurück und können eine dort getroffene Auswahl ändern.</p></li><li><p>Mit dem Knopf "Fertig" wird die terminierte Buchung erstellt.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Damit haben Sie die terminierte Buchung für die Hypothek oder das Darlehen fertig erfasst.</p><p></p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="print-check"></a>3.3.10. Schecks drucken</h4></div></div><p></p><p>In GnuCash können Sie Schecks !
aus dem
Kontobuchfenster heraus bedrucken. GnuCash bietet die Möglichkeit, Schecks im Standard-Quicken-Format (US-Letter-Papierformat) oder in einem benutzerdefinierten Scheckformat zu bedrucken. Auch Scheckposition und Datumsformat sind benutzerdefinierbar.
+</p><p></p><p>Um die Scheckdruckfunktion in GnuCash zu benutzen, wählen Sie den Geschäftsvorgang aus, für die Sie einen Scheck bedrucken wollen, und wählen Sie "Datei" -> "Scheck drucken". Anschließend öffnet sich das Dialogfenster "Scheck drucken".</p><p></p><p>Das Dialogfenster "Scheck drucken" hat zwei Karteiseiten. Die erste Karteiseite "Optionen" dient der Einstellung der üblichsten Optionen, um einen Scheck zu bedrucken. Die zweite Karteiseite "Benutzerdefiniertes Format" ermöglicht es, die Position der verschiedenen Felder auf dem Scheck festzulegen. Es kann sinnvoll sein, zunächst einen Test-Scheck auf leerem Papier zu drucken und mit dessen Hilfe die benötigten Anpassungen vorzunehmen.</p><p></p><p>Die Standardauswahl unter "Optionen" ist "Quicken/Quickbooks (tm) US-Letter".</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Scheckformat: Versuchen Sie zuerst das Quicken-Format. Falls die Positionierung fehlerhaft ist, benutzen Sie "Custom" (benutzerdefiniert).</p></li><li><p>Scheckposition: Legt fest, ob der obere, mittlere oder untere Scheck bedruckt werden soll. Benutzen Sie "Custom" (benutzerdefiniert), falls die Positionierung der Schecks auf der Seite fehlerhaft ist.</p></li><li><p>Datumsformat: Die Voreinstellung wird in den Einstellungen im Abschnitt "International" festgelegt. Wählen Sie hier ein Datumsformat aus. Sie können dieses auch mit den Optionen "Monate:" und "Jahre:" modifizieren. Die Einstellung "Custom" (benutzerdefiniert) ermöglicht es, das Datum im Feld "Format:" zu spezifizieren (%d bedeutet Tag, %m bedeutet Monat, %Y bedeutet Jahr). Eine Beispieldarstellung des gewählten Formats wird im unteren Fensterbereich angezeigt.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Die Karteiseite "Benutzerdefiniertes Format" besitzt zwei Spalten, in die Sie die X/Y-Koordinaten der Position jedes Feldes auf dem Scheck eingeben können. Die Positionen werden im Eingabebereich "Benutzerdefiniertes Scheckformat" wie folgt angegeben: x ist Null an der linken Scheckkante und erhöht sich in Richt!
ung nach
rechts, y ist Null an der unteren Scheckkante und erhöht sich in Richtung nach oben.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Zahlungsempfänger: </p></li><li><p>Datum: </p></li><li><p>Betrag (in Worten): </p></li><li><p>Betrag (in Zahlen): </p></li><li><p>Buchungstext: </p></li><li><p>Scheckposition: </p></li><li><p>Datumsformat: </p></li><li><p>Maßeinheiten: Wählen Sie die Einheit für die Positionsangaben.</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Nachdem Sie im Dialogfenster "Scheck drucken" auf "OK" gedrückt haben, öffnet sich das Dialogfenster "GnuCash drucken". Wählen Sie "OK", um den Scheck zu bedrucken.</p><p></p></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="reports"></a>3.4. Berichte und Diagramme benutzen</h3></div></div><p></p><p>Mit seinen Berichten und Diagrammen ist GnuCash in der Lage, Ihnen auf unterschiedlichste Art und Weise einen Überblick über Ihre Finanzdaten zu geben. Dies reicht beispielsweise von einer einfachen Zusammenfassung der Kontosalden bis hin zu einer erweiterten Portfolio-Ansicht. In diesem Abschnitt werden die wichtigsten GnuCash-Berichte erläutert sowie Hinweise zu deren Anpassung gegeben.</p><p></p><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-types"></a>3.4.1. Arten von Berichten und Diagrammen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash definiert vier Hauptarten von Berichten. Alle sind über das Menü "Berichte" zu erreichen. Beachten Sie auch, dass Sie Balkendiagramme durch Ziehen mit der Maus verschieben können, und dass Sie in Tortendiagrammen einzelne Segmente herauslösen können.</p><p></p><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="report-general"></a>3.4.1.1. Allgemeine Berichte</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die allgemeinen Berichte umfassen den Steuerbericht/TXF-Export, die Kontenübersicht und den Buchungsbericht, sowie die Berichte im Untermenü "Beispiel & Benutzerdefiniert".</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Kontenübersicht:</p></li><li><p>!
Steuerbe
richt & TXF Export: Mit dem Steuerbericht können alle steuerrelevanten Erträge und Aufwendungen in eine TXF-Datei (Tax eXchange Format) exportiert werden. Diese Funktion steht hier zusätzlich zum HTML-Format, welches alle Berichte unterstützen, zur Verfügung. Die TXF-Datei kann in steuerliche Programme wie TaxCut oder TurboTax importiert werden (siehe Bemerkung 1).</p></li><li><p>Buchungsbericht:</p></li><li><p>Einführungs-Beispielbericht:</p></li><li><p>Benutzerdefiniert mehrspaltig: Dieser Bericht dient zur Einbettung mehrerer Berichte in ein einziges Berichtsfenster, so dass eine ganze Reihe finanzieller Daten auf einen Blick sichtbar wird.</p></li><li><p>Benutzerdefiniert Internet:</p></li><li><p>Beispielbericht:</p></li></ul></div><p></p><p>Bemerkung 1: Damit dies funktioniert, müssen Sie steuerpflichtige und nicht steuerpflichtige Erträge sowie abzugsfähige und nicht abzugsfähige Aufwendungen voneinander trennen. Dies geschieht mit dem Dialogfenster "Steuerrelevante Information". Um den Dialog aufzurufen, wählen Sie "Bearbeiten" -> "Steuerrelevante Optionen". Das Dialogfenster "Steuerrelevante Information" ist im Abschnitt "Steuerrelevante Optionen ändern" beschrieben.</p><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="report-assets"></a>3.4.1.2. Aktiva & Passiva</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Aktiva- und Passiva-Berichte umfassen z.B. die Bilanz, Portfolio-Berichte und das Reinvermögen-Diagramm.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Erweitertes Portfolio:</p></li><li><p>Aktiva Balkendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Passiva Balkendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Durchschnittlicher Kontostand:</p></li><li><p>Bilanz: Dieser Bericht fasst die Aktiva, die Passiva (i.S. Verbindlichkeiten) sowie das Eigenkapital zusammen. Bei ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung müssen die Aktiva mit der Summe aus Passiva und Eigenkapital übereinstimmen. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist, deutet das auf eine interne Nichtausgeglichenheit der Konten hin.</p></li><li><p>Portfo!
lio: Die
ser Bericht fasst den Wert der Wertpapiere des aktuellen Portfolios zusammen.</p></li><li><p>Passiva Balkendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Passiva Tortendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Reinvermögen Balkendiagramm: Das Reinvermögen entspricht der Differenz zwischen Aktiva und Passiva (i.S. Verbindlichkeiten).</p></li><li><p>Preisdiagramm:</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="report-income"></a>3.4.1.3. Erträge & Aufwendungen</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die Ertrags- und Aufwandsberichte umfassen u.a. den Cash-Flow sowie die Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Cash Flow:</p></li><li><p>Aufwendungen Balkendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Aufwendungen Tortendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Erträge/Aufwendungen Diagramm:</p></li><li><p>Erträge Balkendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Erträge Tortendiagramm:</p></li><li><p>Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung: Dieser Bericht fasst die Ertrags- und Aufwandsquellen zusammen.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect4"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="report-biz"></a>3.4.1.4. Geschäftliche Berichte</h5></div></div><p></p><p>Die geschäftlichen Berichte umfassen den Kunden- und den Zuliefererbericht, die druckbare Rechnung sowie die Entwicklung der Forderungen und Verbindlichkeiten.</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Kundenbericht:</p></li><li><p>Entwicklung Verbindlichkeiten:</p></li><li><p>Druckbare Rechnung:</p></li><li><p>Entwicklung Forderungen:</p></li><li><p>Zuliefererbericht:</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-create"></a>3.4.2. Berichte und Diagramme erstellen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Falls die vorhandenen Berichte nicht ausreichen, ist es möglich, eigene Berichte zu programmieren. Hierzu sollten Sie mit Scheme (einer LISP-ähnlichen Programmiersprache) vertraut sein und nach Möglichkeit den GnuCash-Quellcode vorliegen haben.</p><p>Die Berichtsschnittstelle (reporting i!
nterface
) ist im Quellcode
+ in der Datei src/report/report-system/doc/report-html.txt
+ dokumentiert. Die Datei src/scm/report/hello-world.scm in der
+ GnuCash-Source-Distribution bietet ein gutes Beispiel für die
+ Entwicklung von Berichten.</p><p>Weiterhin ist es für eigene Berichte notwendig, auf Daten der GnuCash-Engine zuzugreifen. Dies geschieht mithilfe einiger Scheme-Wrapper-Funktionen, welche in der Datei src/g-wrap/gnc.html dokumentiert sind. Sie können einen Blick auf andere Berichte unter src/scm/report werfen, um zu erfahren, wie diese benutzt werden.</p><p>Derzeit werden Berichte durch Aufruf einer HTML-Generierungs-API produziert, welche einen HTML-Dialekt ausgibt und die Ausgabe mittels einem HTML-Widget rendert. Dies ist mit Einschränkungen verbunden, insbesondere was die präzise Anordnung der Objekte betrifft, wie sie z.B. für das Bedrucken von Rechnungsformularen erforderlich wäre.</p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-custom"></a>3.4.3. Berichte und Diagramme anpassen</h4></div></div><p></p><p>Die Berichte in GnuCash besitzen vielfältige Optionen für die individuelle Anpassung. Um auf die Berichtsoptionen zuzugreifen, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Optionen" in der Werkzeugleiste.</p><p></p><p>Viele Berichte haben eine Reihe ähnlicher Optionen. Einige allgemeine Optionen sind:</p><p></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li><p>Berichtsname: Legt den Titel des Berichts fest. Dieser wird auch zum Drucken des Berichts für spätere Zwecke verwendet.</p></li><li><p>Datumsoptionen: Berichte verwenden typischerweise entweder ein Stichtagsdatum oder einen Datumszeitraum. Um ein Datum anzugeben, gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten: entweder direkt im Datumsfeld oder durch Auswahl eines relativen Datums aus dem Menü. Ein relatives Datum gestattet es, Daten wie "Anfang dieses Jahres" oder "Heute" anzugeben.</p></li><li><p>Schrittgröße: Diese Option wird in Balkendiagrammen benutzt, um das Intervall festzulegen, welches jeder Balken repräsentiert. Typische Werte sind "Tag", "Woche", "Monat" und "Jahr".</p></li><li><p>Konten: Wählen Sie die gewünschten Konten für den Bericht aus. Beachte Sie, dass in einigen Berichten nur bestimmte Kontoarten zulässig sin!
d. Beisp
ielsweise können in einem Aufwendungen-Tortendiagramm nur Aufwandskonten ausgewählt werden.</p></li><li><p>Lange Kontennamen anzeigen: Diese Option ermöglicht die Anzeige entweder kurzer Kontennamen (z.B. "Strom") oder langer Kontennamen (z.B. Wohnen:Nebenkosten:Strom).</p></li><li><p>Unterkonten anzeigen: Zusammenfassende Berichte besitzen meistens eine Option "Unterkonten immer anzeigen", welche - falls aktiviert - sicherstellt, dass alle Unterkonten berücksichtigt werden, sofern das zugehörige Hauptkonto berücksichtigt ist.</p></li><li><p>Verschachtelungstiefe der Konten: Diese Option legt fest, bis zu welcher Ebene Unterkonten im Bericht ausgewiesen werden. Falls die Unterkonten tiefer als angegeben verschachtelt sind, wird ein Gesamtwert für alle Unterkonten errechnet und als Summe aufgenommen. Wenn Sie sicherstellen möchten, dass jedes gewählte Konto einzeln ausgewiesen wird, wählen Sie "Alle".</p></li><li><p>Stilvorlage: Wählen Sie eine Stilvorlage aus. Stilvorlagen legen fest, wie der Bericht optisch dargestellt wird. Momentan existieren zwei Stilvorlagen: "Voreinstellung" und "Bunt". Sie können beide individuell anpassen, indem Sie den Menübefehl "Bearbeiten" -> "Stilvorlagen..." verwenden. Einzelheiten hierzu finden Sie im Abschnitt "HTML-Stilvorlagen ändern".</p></li><li><p>Diagrammbreite/-höhe: Diese Optionen sind für die meisten Diagramme verfügbar, sie legen die Ausgabedimensionen (in Pixeln) fest.</p></li><li><p>Berichtswährung: Wählen Sie hier die Berichtswährung. Im allgemeinen werden die Beträge zur Ausgabe in diese Währung umgerechnet.</p></li><li><p>Preisberechnungsquelle: Wählen Sie aus, wie Wertpapier- und Währungskurse im Bericht berechnet werden sollen. Zur Auswahl stehen: "Gewichteter Durchschnitt" der Kurse über die Gesamtheit der Geschäftsvorgänge, Bewertung zu aktuellen Werten ("Neuester") und Bewertung zum Berichtsdatum ("Zeitlich nächster").</p></li><li><p>Beträge anzeigen: Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, werden bei einem Diagramm die Gesamts!
ummen in
der Legende angezeigt. </p></li><li><p>Maximale Anzahl Segmente (bei Tortendiagrammen): Gibt die maximale Anzahl der Segmente in einem Tortendiagramm an. Weitere Konten werden in einem Segment namens "Weitere" angezeigt.</p></li><li><p>Maximale Anzahl Segmente (bei Balkendiagrammen): Gibt die maximale Anzahl von Balken in einem Balkendiagramm an.</p></li><li><p>Spalten anzeigen: Wählen Sie die Spalten aus, die angezeigt werden sollen.</p></li></ul></div><p></p></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="report-print"></a>3.4.4. Berichte und Diagramme drucken oder exportieren</h4></div></div><p></p><p>GnuCash kann Berichte sowohl drucken als auch in eine HTML-Datei (Web-Page) exportieren. Sie öffnen das Dialogfenster "GnuCash drucken" mit dem Knopf "Drucken" in der Werkzeugleiste oder mit den Menübefehl "Datei" -> "Drucken". Um einen Bericht als Web-Page (HTML) zu exportieren, benutzen Sie den Knopf "Exportieren" in der Werkzeugleiste, und geben Sie einen Dateinamen ein.</p><p></p><p>Im Dialogfenster "GnuCash Drucken" wählen Sie den Drucker aus, an den der Druckauftrag gesendet werden soll, oder geben an, dass in eine Datei gedruckt werden soll. Weiterhin steht ein Knopf "Vorschau" zur Verfügung, um vor dem Drucken eine Druckvorschau zu öffnen. Wählen Sie "Drucken", um den Auftrag zum Drucker zu schicken, oder "Abbrechen", um den Dialog abzubrechen.</p><p></p><p>Wenn Sie aus einem geöffneten Kontobuchfenster heraus drucken, so wird der Kontenbericht gedruckt, welcher auch "Bericht zum Kontobuch" heißt. Dieser listet die Geschäftsvorgänge zu einem Konto einschließlich einer Gesamtsumme auf. Alle anderen Berichte werden so gedruckt, wie sie in der Berichtsansicht erscheinen.</p></div></div></div><div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" class="navfooter"><hr></hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="getting-started.html"><<< Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="cen!
ter"><a
accesskey="h" href="help.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="custom-gnucash.html">Nach vorne >>></a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left">2. Erste Schritte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="help.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> 4. GnuCash anpassen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
Property changes on: htdocs/trunk/docs/v2.0/de_DE/gnucash-help/usage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:keywords
+ "Author Date Id Revision"
Name: svn:eol-style
+ native
More information about the gnucash-changes
mailing list